Full text of "Official gazette of the United States Patent Office. [microform]"

micRD PHOTO Division

OFFICIAL GAZETTE of the UNITED STATES PATENT OFFICE

March 5, 1974

Volume 920

Number 1

CONTENTS

page
Patent Notices

Certificates of Correction for the Week of March 5, 1974 2

Service by Pubhcation

National Technical Information Service 2

Patents Available for Licensing or Sale ^

Condition of Patent Applications

Defensive Publications (T920,001) ^

Reissue Patents Granted (27,934) ^^

Plant Patents Granted (3,501) ^^

Patents Granted

General and Mechanical (3,795,014) ^^

Chemical (3,795,479) ^^^

Electrical (3,795,752) ^^^

Design Patents Granted (230,536) ^32

PI 1

Index of Patentees

Indices of Applicants of Defensive Publications, Reissues, Plants and Designs . PI 30

Classification of

Patents (Including Reissues) PI 'i^i

Designs, Plants and Defensive Publications PI 35

Geographical Index of Residence of Inventors

Patents (Including Reissues) PI 36

Designs, Plants and Applicants of Defensive Publications PI 37

The following are mailed under direction of the Superintendent of Documents. Gorernment
Printing Office. Washington. D.C.. 20402. to whom .11 tubacriptions should be made payable and
all communications addressed :

THE OFFICIAL GAZETTE (PATENTS SECTION), issued weekly, subscription $211.00
per annum, foreign mailing $52.75 additional: single copies $4.10 each.

THE OFFICIAL GAZETTE (TRADEMARK SECTION), issued weekly, subscription $60.25
per annum, foreign mailing $15.10 additional: single copies $1.25 each.

CIRCULARS OF GENERAL INFORMATION concerning PATENTS or TRADEMARKS,
price 15 cents each.

PRINTED COPIES OF PATENTS are furnished by the Patent Office at 50 cents each;
PLANT PATENTS in color. $1.00 each: copies of TRADEMARKS and DESIGN PATENTS
at 20 cents each. Address orders to the Commissioner of PatenU. Washington, D.C.. 20231.

Printing authoriied by Section ll(a)3 of Title 35, U.S. Code P.O.

PATENT NOTICES

Certificates of Correction for the Week of Mar. 5, 1974

Re. 27,414

3,736,651

3.7

51,506

3.761,541

3,553,122

3.737,858

3.7

52,273

3,762,193

3,612,151

3.738.184

3,-!

52,340

3,762.350

3,612,295

3,738.323

3,7

52,534

3,763,151

3,634,401

3.738,489

3,7

52,776

3,763,281

3,639,911

3,738,515

3.7

52,793

3.703,462

3,661,110

3,738,673

3,1

52,917

3,763,569

3,661.781

3,738,754

3,1

53,471

3.763,765

3,666,833

3,738,912

3,1

53,744

3,764,461

3,670,703

3,739.102

3,(

54,658

3,764,725

3,672,446

3,739,258

3.'

54,936

3,764,727

3,675,546

3,730,328

3,1

55,235

3,764,842

3,682,959

. 3,739,332

3,:

55,341

3.765,005

3,685,465

3,740,590

3,:

55,820

3,765.036

3,692,585 '

3,741,329

3,1

55,834

3,765,587

3.703,352

3,741,827

3.'

56,402

3,765,838

3,703,534

3,742,699

3,-

56,647

3,765.898

3,707,834

3,742.800

3,'

56,832

3.765,949

3,708,586

3.742,922

3,'

56,901

3.766,042

3,708,809

3,743,024

3.'

57,131

3,706,115

3,709,858

3,743,171

3,'

57,145

3,766,449

3,709,990

3,743,384

3,'

57,746

3,766.861

3,711,432

3.743,412

3,'

■57,863

3.766,916

3,715,836

■3,743,480

3,'

57.952

3,767,350

3,717,636

3,743,683

■58,289

3,767,368

3,718,870

3.743,767

'58,308

3.767,391

3,720,009

3.743,818

'58,403

3,767,941

3,721,163

3,743,943

'58,565

3,768,419

3.727.412

3,745,085

'58,80S

3,768,484

.3,728,123

3.746,145

r58,96S

3.768.659

3,728,195

3,746.520

r5S,997

3.768.750

3.729.119

3,746.780

'59,294

3,768.986

3,730.137

3,747.726

r59,989

:{,7r,9.0o7

3.732,270

3,748,486

r60,046

3.769,214

3,733,090

3.748,689

r60,350

3,769..3S2

3,733.346

3,748,960

r60,469

3.769..503

.1.734,353

3,749,244

r60,621

3,783,8.56

3;734,839

3.751,464

r61,373

Service by Publication
Eugenia R. Q^am

In accordance with Rule 47 of thp Rules of Practice of the
United States Patent Office In Patept Cases, notice Is hereby
given of the filing on December 24, 1968, of an application for
patent entitled "Block Polymer Hjjdrogenatlon Process," on
behalf of the estate of Myron G. Qliam, deceased, whose last
known address is 1830 Jefferson sitreet. Concord, California
94521. The application was made j in compliance with Rule
47(a) and 35 U.S.C. 116 by joint jlnventor Milton M. Wald
without execution by Eugenia R. Quam, the apparent sole
heir of said Myron G. Quam. Notlc^e of the filing directed to
Eugenia R. Quam at the above notedl address has been returned
undelivered.

Any action to be taken by the paid Eugenia R. Quam in
connection with the said applicatiion must be taken within
one month of the publication of this notice.

Wm-LIAM FELDMAN.
Acting Assistant Commissioner of Patents
for Patent Examining.

National Technical Information Service

Government-Owned Inventions
Notice of Availabilitv for Licensing

The inventions listed below are owned by the U.S. Govern-
ment and are available for licensing in accordance with the
licensing policy of each agency-sponsor.

Copies of patent applications, either paper copy (PC) or
microfiche (MF), can be purchased from the National Tech-
nical Information Service (NTIS). Springfield, Va. 22151, at

the prices cited. Requests for copies of patent applications
must include the patent application number and the title.
Paper copies of patents cannot be purchased from NTIS
but are available from the Commissioner of Patents, Wash-
ington, D.C. 20231, at $0.50 each.

Requests for licensing information slpould be directed to thy
address cited below for each agency.

Douglas J. C.vmpion,
Patent Program Coordinator,
National Technical Informa-
tion Service.

U S DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH, EDUCATION, AND WELFARE

National Institutes of Health, Chief, Patent Branch.
Westwood Building, Bethesda, Md. 20014

Patent application .S93,207. A portable Ultrasonic Radiometer.
Filed Aug. 30, 1973, PC $3/MF $1.45.

U.S. Department of the Interior

Branch of Patents. 18th and C sts. NW.,

Washington. D.C. 20240

Patent 3.495,411. Water Level Control System. Filed June 28,

1968. Patented Feb. 17, 1970. Not available NTIS.

Patent 3,508,506. Process and Apparatus for Reduction of Un-
burned Combustible in Fly Ash. Filed June 13, 1968. Pat-
ented Apr. 28, 1970. Not available NTIS.

Patent 3.775.096. Production of Niobium and Tantalum. F^led
Jan. 15, 1973. Patented Nov. 27, 1973. Not available NTIS.

Department of the Navy
\ssistant Chief for Patents, Office of Naval Research,
Code 302. Arlington Va. 22217
Patent 3.592,692. Apparatus for Battery Cell Connections^
Filed Feb. 19 1970. Patented July 13, 1971. Not available
NTIS.
Patent 3,597,685. Semiconductor Electromagnetic Radiation
Isolated Thermocouple. Filed Apr. 23. 1969. Patented Aug.
3. 1971. Not available NTIS.
Patent 3.589,505. Bellows Pump. Filed Oct. 24. 1969. Patented

Aug. 10, 1971 Not available NTIS.
Patent 3,599,149. Sequence Recognition System. Filed Apr. 9,

1969. Patented Aug. 10, 1971. Not available NTIS.

Patent 3,599,170. Flexible Hermetically Sealed Connector.

Filed Aug. 29, 1969. Patented Aug. 10, 1971. Not available

NTIS.
Patent 3.601,899. Single Core Solid-State Compass. Filed Jul.v

3, 1969. Patented Aug. 31, 1971. Not available NTIS.

Patent 3,602,577. Optical Tunneling Acou.stic Surface Wave

Light Modulator. Filed Mar. 17, 1970. Patented Aug. 31.

1971. Not available NTIS.
Patent 3.603.838. High Intensity Electron Beam Generator^

Filed June 20, 1969. Patented Sept. 7, 1971. Not available

NTIS.
Patent 3,607,:i79. Microelectronic Interconnection Substrate.

Filed Jan. 22. 1968. Patented Sept. 21, 1971. Not available

NTIS.
Patent 3,608.510. Collapsible Pontoon. Filed Feb. 26. 1969.

Patented Sept. 28, 1971. Not available NTIS.
Patent 3,609,499. Electronic Chopper Circuit. Filed Apr. 29,

1969. Patented Sept. 28, 1971. Not available NTIS.

Patent 3.609,571. Sideband Suppression for Broadband Para-
metric Amplifier. Filed Oct. 27. 1969. Patented Sept. 28,
1971. Not available NTIS.

Patent 3,609,590. Expanded Laser Beam Output Filed Dec.
11, 1969. Patented Sept. 28. 1971. Not available NTIS.

Patent 3,631.551. Prepackaged Monopropellant Gas Genera-
tor Buoyancy System. Filed Sept. 3, 1969. Patepted Jan.

4, 1972. Not available NTIS.

Patent 3,631,835. Magnesium Bimetal and System for Flame
Spraying Metals on Magnesium Substrate. Filed Feb. 26.
1969. Patented Jan. 4, 1972. Not available NTIS.

Patent 3 631,850. Pressure Transducer Apparatus for Micro-
hemoci'rculatlon Studies. Filed Nov. 14, 1969. Patented Jan.
4, 1972. Not available NTIS.

Patent 3,632,519. Aqueous Solutions of Omega-Amlnoalkyl Al-
kvlsulfones as Regenerative CO2 Absorbents. Filed Nov. 10,
1969. Patented Jan. 4, 1972. Not available NTIS.

Patent 3,633.118. Amplifying Surface Wave I>evice. Filed
July 22, 1970. Patented Jan. 4, 1972. Not available NTIS.

Patent 3 633 155. Pressure-Balanced Electrical Assembly.
Filed Apr. 13, 1970. Patented Jan. 4, 1972. Not available
NTIS.

lia

March 5, 1974

U. S. PATENT OFFICE

National Aeronaitics ani> Si'ace Al.ministr.\tion
Assistant (ieneral Counsel for I'a tent Matters, NASA-
Code GP-2. Washington. D.C. 20oiQ

Patent application 398.885. Fiber Mo'^'fied Polyurethane Foan^
for ballistic Protection. Filed Sept. 17, 19.3. IL .>.J/3it
.'<1.45.

Patent application 411.572. Ergometer Calibrator. Filed Oct.
31, 1973. PC i?3/Mr $1.45.

Patent application 412.379. Anti-Multipath Digital Signal De-
tector. Filed Nov. 2. 1973. PC $3/MF ^1.45.

Patent 3.760.380. Monitoring Atmospheric Po""^'^'!};^,}^'!^)}
a IIet..ro.llne Radiometer Transmitter-Receiver. Patented
Oct. IG. 1973. Not available NTIS.

Patent 3 769.623. Low Loss Dichroic Plate. Patented Oct. 30,
1973. Not available NTIS.

Patent 3 769,689. Method of Making Pressure Tight Seal for
super Alloy. Patented Nov. 6, 1973. Not available NTIS.

Patent 3 770.933. Apparatus for Welding Blades to Rotors.
Patented Nov. 6. 1973. Not available NTIS.

Patent 3,771,0.37. Solid State Controller Three Axes Control-
ler. Patented Nov. 6, 1973. Not available NTIb.

Patent 3,771.040. Regulated DC-to-DC Converter for Voltage
Step-Up or Step-Down With Input-Output Isolation. Pat-
ented Nov. 6, 1973. Not available NTIS.

Patent 3 771.074. Tunable Cavity Resonator With Ramp
Shaped Supports. Patented Nov. 6. 1973. Not available
NTIS. ^^^^^^^^^_

Patents Available for Licensing or Sale

3 237 885. SPACE CRAFT. Jack L. Mohar, 41 W. Arbor
St!, 'Long Beach, Calif., 90805.

3 "95 265 CIRCULAR MULTI-PURPOSE BUILDING
AnV ITS ASSEMBLING METHOD. Naoto HUIa. Correspond-
euee to : Watanabe Patent Law Office, Koenjl Minami 1-29-16,
Suginami, Tokyo 166, Japan.

3 474 790 Tr)OTH SPACE CLEANER USING DEN-TAL
FLOSS LINKS ON HOLDER. Vlto P. Cappello, 1047 I-ranklin
St., Santa Monica, Calif., 90403.

3 533 231 DUAL CONVERSION ISOTHERMAL STEAM
POWER PLANT. Lewis S. Lacy. 7326 S. 67th East Ave.,
Tulsa. Okla.. 74133.

3 727 118. CONTACTLESS REVERSIBLE DEVICE IN AN
ELECTRIC CAR. Nippon Gijutsu Boeki Co.. Ltd., .?2t Kasi-
migaseki Bldg., 2-5 Kasumigasekl. 3 chome. Chiyoda-ku,
Tokyo 100, Japan.

3 741.449. GARMENT HANGER. David D. MacKenzie, 15
Pea'chtr'ee Ave. NE., Atlanta, Ga.. 30305.

3 748 370 SPACER DAMPER FOR CONDUCTORS OF
OVERHEAD ELECTRIC LINES. S.A.S. Offlcine Mecchaniche.
Correspondence to Michael S. Striker, 360 Lexington Ave..
New York, N.Y., 10017.

3 754 190 SATURABLE FILTER. Lloyd G. Cross. Corre-
spondence to : Lear Siegler, Inc., 4141 Eastern Ave SE., Grand
Rapids. Mich., 49508.

3 757 469 PLANT WATERING AND FERTILIZING DE-
VICE irwin B. Ady, Sharon Acres Road. Forest Hill, Md.,
21050.

3 760 396 BOAT AND SWIMMING POOL INTRUSION
DETECTOR. Frederick R. Haselton, 1205 Fallsmead Way,
Rockvllle. Md., 20854.

3.763.587. IN-CRANKED AUTOMATIC PISTOL. Duma-
lag. Capiz. Philippines.

3 763 955 ARRANGEMENT FOR CONTROLLING THE
STEERING OF VEHICLES DIRECTED ALONG A PREDE-
TERMINED PATH Pulsotronic Merten KG, Germany. Cor-
respondence to: Michael S. Striker. 360 Lexington Ave., New
York, N.Y.. 10017.

3 766 632 METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR COSKECT-
In4; SLEEVES WITH TAPERED INTERNAL THREADS TO
IMPES Wrni TAPERED EXTERNAL THREADS. Th. Kie..er-
ling & Albrecht, Germany. Correspondence to : Michael S.
Striker, 360 Lexington Ave., New York, N.Y., 10017.

3 768 051. MAGNETO-MOTIVE BISTABLE SWITCHING
nirvirps w H Kurpanek, Toronto, Ontario. Canada. Cor-
™mlence to : HoCS & Stern, 240l'l5th St. NW., Washing-
ton, DC, 20009.

3 777,655. MEAT FLAVORING SYRINGE Sheldon E.
Ainsworth, P.O. Box 12559, Albuquerque, N. Mex.. 87105.

3 790 939 REAL TIME SYNTHETIC RADAR. James Con-
stant. 1603 Danbury Drive, Claremont, Calif., 91711.

The following 3 patents are being oflfered by Louis E. Ko-
pecky, 4th and Downing Sts., Hollister, Mo., 65672.
D 229 017 HOUSING FOR RAKE FOR FLUFFING CAR-
PETS.

3,740,783.
3,706,588.

RAKE DEVICE FOR SHAG CARPETS.
DEVICE FOR RAISING THE NAP OF SHAG
RUGS.

Resnord, Inc.. Is prepared to grant non-exclusive licenses
upon reasonable terms under the following Patent

Correspondence should be directed to: A. H. Pljer, 03 i^.
Monroe, Chicago, 111.. 60603.

2.970,783.

COMPOSITE WEARING PARTS FOR CRUSH-
ERS AND THE LIKE.

The following 2 patents are being oflfered by : Moses Beden,
Beden Engineering Co.. Inc., 466 Union St.. Lynn. Mass.,
01901.

3.741,228.
3.782,135.

VALVE.
COUPLING.

Eastman Kodak Company announces that, in accordance
with its policv, nonexclusive licenses upon reasonable terms
are available "to responsible applicants under the following

This offer is consistent with the practice of Eastman Kodak
Companv generallv to grant nonexclusive licenses under un-
expired U.S. patents issued to Kodak prior to 1969 on photo-
graphic inventions and on inventions made In the course of
research or development work for the U.S. Government.
■ Inquiries regarding the availability of such licenses may be
addressed to Director. Patent Department, Eastman Kodak
Companv, 343 State St., Rochester. N.Y., 14650.

3,362,774.

The following 2 design patents are being offered by : Elaine
G. Vigaii. 1932 Weepah Way, Los Angeles, Calif., 9004G.

COMBINED GAME DEVICE AND SAVINGS
BANK.

D. 225,657.

D. 226,928. GAME BOARD

MOTION PICTURE CAMERA OF THE CAR-
TRIDGE TYPE.

The RCA Corporation offers to grant nonexclusive licenses
on reasonable terms and conditions under the following 15

''^Inquiries respecting licenses under RCA patents should
be addressed to RCA Corporation, Staff Vice President Do-
mestic Licensing, 1133 Avenue of the Americas, New York,
N.Y., 10036.

3,776,304.
3,776,634.

3.776,736.
3,777.209.

3,777,210.

3,777..369.

3,777,700.

3,778,128.

3,778,815.
3,780,795.
3.781.570.

3.781,722.
3,781.830.

3,781,870.
3,781,879.

CONTROLLABLE HEAT PIPE.

APPARATUS FOR AND METHOD OF REPRO-
DUCING AN ELECTROSTATIC CHARGE PAT-
TERN.

STABILIZED PHOTORESIST COMPOSITION.

NON- THERMIONIC ELECTRON EMISSIVE
TUBE COMPRISING A CERAMIC HE.\TER
SUBSTR.\TE.

ELECTRON GUN AND METHOD OF ASSEM-
BLY.

METHOD OF MAKING A MAGNETIC RECORD-
ING HEAD.

DAMPING MEANS FOR ULTRASONIC TRANS-
MITTERS.

GATED HOLOGRAPHIC CODING SYS-TEM FOR
REDUCING ALIGNMENT REQUIREMENTS.

KEYBOARD ENCODER.

MULTILAYER HEAT SINK.

STORAGE CIRCUIT USING MULTIPLE CON-
DITION STORAGE ELEMENTS.

DIGITALLY VARIABLE DELAY TIME SYSTEM.

HOLOGRAPHIC MEMORY WITH LIGHT IN-
TENSITY COMPENSATION MEANS.

VOLTAGE TO PULSE WIDTH CONVERTER.

HARMONIC RADAR DETECTING AND RANG-
ING SYSTEM FOR AUTOMOTIVE VEHICLE.

General Electric Company Is prepared to grant non-exclusive
licenses under the following 72 patents upon reasonable terms
to domestic manufacturers. , , „ , » ,. „i,„„i^

Applications for licenses under the following patent should
be addressed to: Division Patent Counsel Space Division,
Ceneral Electric Company, P.O. Box 8555, Philadelphia, Pa..
19101.

3.736,447.

UNIFORM IONIZATION MEANS FOR MHD
GENERATORS.

Applications for licenses under th( following 2 patents may
be addressed to: Division Patent Ccunsel, SwitchRear Equip-
ment Business, General Electric Conifany, 6901 Elmwood Ave.,
Philadelphia. Pa., 19142.

3,776,719. METHOD OF PREPARING COPPER FOR USE
IN THE ARCING ELECTRODES OF A VACU-
UM CIRCUIT INTER ilUPTER.

3,780,244. GAS BLAST CIRCUIT BREAKER OF THE
AXIAL P.LAST TYPE.

Applications for licenses under th( following 7 patents may
be addressed to: General Electric Cqmpany, Appliance Com-
ponents Business Division, 1035 Broftdway, Fort Wayne, Ind.,
46S04. Attention : Patent Counsel.

3,169,173.
3,569,639.
3,582.593.
3,749.602.

3,734,676.
3,737,826.

3.750.267.

OFFICIAL GAZETTE

•"inr?^

March 5, 1974

PUSH BUTTON SWITCH OPERABLE BY EX-
TERNAL ACTUATOR,

PUSHBUTTON SWITdll ASSEMBLY WITH
MULTIPLE MOMEN'J^ARY ACTION.

PUSHBUTTON SWlTCfa WITH SLIDES, HAV-
ING SCRUB ACTIONJBETWEEN CONTACTS.

METHOD OF REMOVING HIGH-TEMPERA-
TURE ENAMEL INSULATION FROM ELEC-
TRICALLY CONDUCTIVE WIRE.

ELECTRICALLY ENl
SYSTEM FOR A FUl

IRGIZABLE
BURNER.

CONTROL

OVEN TEMPERATURE CONTROL SYSTEM
AND THERMOSTATIC COMPONENT THERE-

METHOD FOR PROEJUCING A RESILIENT
MOUNTING ARRANGEMENT FOR ROTAT-
^ ING MACHINES.

Applications for licenses under thi following 7 patents may
be addressed to : Patent Counsel, Gfeneral Electric Company.
Industrial and Power Capacitor Products Department, John
Street, Hudson Falls, N.Y.. 12S39.

N CONTAINING POLY-
DIMETHYLSILOXANE

3,664,959. DIELECTRIC SOLUTI
CARBONATE - PO
BLOCK COPOLYME

3,743,532. COATED SUBSTRATE Ji'ORMED FROM PHOTO-
POLYMERIZED GAS,

3,754,173. STABILIZED ESTER I^IPREGNATED CAPACI-
TOR.

3,772,578. IMPREGNATED CAPACITOR.

3,775,720. CAP-REACTOR POWHR GROOVE BALLAST
CIRCUIT.

RE. 27,823. IMPREGNATED POlA'PROPYLENE FILM IN
A SEALED HOUSING.

RE. 27.824. CAPACITOR WITH IMPREGNATED POLY-
PROPYLENE DIEE.ECTRIC.

Applications for license under theifollowlng 11 patents may
be addressed to : Group Patent Counsel, Major Appliance Busi-
ness Group, General Electric Compaov, Appliance Park, Louis-
ville, Ky.. 40225.

3.740.149.

3.740,553.

3,766.598.
3,766.976.
3.768.399.

3.768,507.
3,768,742.

3,768,771.

3,768,883.

3.776.465.
3,779,156.

METHOD AND APPAR.VTUS FOR MEASUR-
ING SIZE DISTRIBUTION' OF PARTICLES
USING A THREE-DIMENSIONAL ALTER-
NATING CURRENT ELECTRIC FIELD.

METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MEASUR-
ING SIZE DISTRIBUTION OF PARTICLES
USING A TWO DIMENSIONAL ALTERNAT-
ING CURRENT ELECTRIC FIELD.

HANDLE ASSEMBLY.

INTEGRAL FIN EVAPORATOR.

COMPACTING APPARATUS HAVING MEANS
FOR RELEASING A COMPACTED LOAD

THEREFROM.

FLOW CONTROL DEVICE.
DISPOSER

WASTE FOOD
SEMBLY.

FLUID CONTROL
DIAPHRAGM.

MOUNTING AS-
VALVE WITH IMPROVED
SYSTEM IN A

RACK LEVEL ADJUSTMENT
DISHWASHER.

LIQUID SPRAY DEVICE.

TRASH COMPACTOR HAVING MEANS FACIL-
ITATING TRASH REMOVAL THEREFROM.

Applications for licenses under the followins: 44 patents
may be addres.<ed to the : Manager. Technology Marlveting Op-
eration, General Electric Company. 1 River Road, Schenectady,
NY., 12345.

2,948,184. CONCAVE GRATING
STRUMENT.

SPECTROGRAPHIC IN-

2.096,408.
.•{.075.S56.
3,078,553.
3,403.900.
3. 406. 420.
3,477,636

3,512,637.

3,512.638.
3,522,167.

3,535,711.

3..541,257.
3,557,627.

3,579,382.

3,580,391.

3,585,569.
3,600,221.
3,603,444.
3,605,285.

3,616,358.

3,618,319.

3,619,259.

3,619,382.

3,626,.306.
3,630,770.

3.631,291.

3,634,520.

3,635,750.
3,646,394.

3.647,223.
3,649,350.
3,650,744.

3,654,377.

3,654.390.

3,671,902.
3,672,687.

3,676,220.

3,681,976.

3,694,691.

3,701,639.

3,715,323.

3,724,261.

3.729,294.
3,740,055.

COPPER PLATING PROCESS AND SOLUTION.

SINTERED ALUMINUM COMPOSITION.

ELECTRON BEAM WELDING APPARATUS.

BALANCING OF GAS PRESSURE FORCES IN
MULTI-STAGE REGENERATIVE COMPRES-
SORS.

STATIC SOLID STATE MODULARIZED ELEC
TRONIC CONTROL FOR HIGH SPEED CON-
VEYOR SORTING DEVICE.

HIGH SPEED CONVEYOR SORTING DEVICE.

ELECTROHYDRAULIC STERILIZING APPARA-
TUS.

CUTANEOUS STIMULI SENSOR AND TRANS-
MISSION NETWORK.

COMMUNICATION RESPONSE UNIT.

APPARATUS FOR COMPENSATING INERTIAL
EFFECTS.

SEALED CONTAINER FOR ELEMENTAL SO
DIUM.

SOLID-STATE PULSED ELECTRONIC CON-
TROL FOR HIGH SPEED CONVEYOR SORT-
ING DEVICE.

ELECTRICAL CONTACT CLOSURE.

ZINC DIFFUSED COPPER.

HIGH-SPEED SORTING DEVICE.

RANDOM ACCESS AUDIO- VISUAL EDUCA
TIONAL APPARATUS.

PHOTOSYNTHESIS OF DIHYDROCARBONOXY

OXETANES.

MAIN COMBUSTION SYSTEM AND COMBUS-
TION PROCESS.

PHOTOPOLYMERIZED FILM, COMPOSITE
THEREOF, AND METHOD OF FORMING.

PROCESS OF REDUCING METAL COMPOUNDS
TO METAL IN A MATRIX.

AUTOMATIC BAUD SYNCHRONIZER.

METHOD FOR FABRICATING LANTHANUM
BORIDE CATHODES.

FIELD EMISSION CATHODE WITH METAL-
LIC BORIDE COATING.

NITRATION OF AROMATIC RING CONTAIN-
ING COMPOSITIONS.

PHOTOPOLYMERIZED COPOLYMER FILMS.

ACYCLIC GENERATOR WITH VACUUM ARC
COMMUTATOR FOR RAPID GENERATION
OF SHORT, HIGH-ENERGY PULSES.

SELECTIVE AUDIO PLAYBACK APPARATUS.

ELECTROLESS COPPER PLATING.

ETCHING METHOD USING PHOTOPOLYMER
IZABLE VAPORS AS THE PHOTORESIST.

ELECTRICAL LEADS FOR CRYOGENIC DE-
VICES.

SYNCHRONIZER FOR SEQUENCE GENERA-
TORS.

SHIELDED INDUCTIVE DEVICE.

AUDIO REPRODUCING APPARATUS FOR RAN-
DOM ACCESS PLAYBACK SYSTEMS.

FACILITATED TRANSPORT LIQUID MEM-
BRANE.

FREE AND LOOSE OBJECT DETECTION SYS-
TEM.

SUBLIMATION GETTER PUMP WITH CATH-
ODE TRIGGER MEANS.

SOFT - SOLDERABLE MOLYBDENUM AND
TUNGSTEN SURFACES CONTAINING DIF-
FUSED TIN.

NITRATION OF AROMATIC RING-CONTAIN-
ING COMPOSITIONS.

DEVICE FOR MEASURING HEAT RELEASE
IN CONTINUOUS COLORIMETER.

ZINC DIFFUSED COPPER.

AUDIO REPRODUCING APPARATUS FOR RAN-
DOM ACCESS PLAYBACK SYSTEMS.

PATENT EXAMINING CORPS

WILLIAM FELDMAN, Acting Assistant Commissioner
CONDITION OF PATENT APPLICATIONS AS OF FEBRUARY 16, 1974

PATENT EXAMINING GROUPS

Actual

Filing Date

of Oldest

New Case

Awaiting

Action

CHEMICAL EXAMINING GROUPS

(iFNFRAL CHEMISTRY AND PETROLEUM CHEMISTRY. GROUP 110— M. STERMAN. Director ...

Indrcaiiic Compounds; Inorganic Compositions; Organo-Mptai and Organo-Mctulloid Chemistry; Metallurgy; Metal Stock; E ectro
Chemistry; Batteries; Hydrocarbons; .Mineral Oil Technology; Lubricating Compositions; Gaseous Compositions; Fuel and
Igniting Devices.

(iFNERAL ORGANIC CHEMISTRY. GROUP 120—1. MARCUS. Director .....

lleterocvdic \midps; Alkaloids: Azo; Sulfur; Misc. Esters; Carbohydrates; Herbicides; Poisons; Medicines; Cosmetics; bteroids;
Oxo aiid o'xv; C^uiiioiies; Acids; Carboxylic .\cid Esters; .\cid .\nhydrides; Acid Ilalides.
HIGH POLYMER CHEMISTRY. PLASTICS AND MOLDING. CJROUP 140-A. P. KENT. Director....

Svntlietic Resins- Rubber; Proteins; Macromolecular Carl)ohydrates; -Mixed Synthetic Resin Compositions; bynlhetic Resins
Willi Natural Polymers and Resins: Natural Resins: Reclaiming: Pore-Forming; Compositions (Part) e.g.: Coaling; .Molding;
Ink- .\dhesive and Abrading Compositions; Molding, Shaping, and Treating Processes.
COATlNli AN!) LAMINATING, ULEACllINti. DYEINCi AND PHOTOGRAPHY, GROUP 160-.V L.LEAVITT Director
Coating- Processes and Misc. Products; Laminating Methods and Apparatus; Stock .Materials; Adhesive Bonding; special Chemical
.Manufactures; Special Utility Compositions; Bleaching; Dyeing and Photography.

1-30-73

11-17-72

10-11-72

2-01-73

11-06-72

-ifluiU (.'out act Apparatus;
esses .

ELECTRICAL EXAMINING GROUPS

INDUSTRIVL ELECTRONICS PHYSICS AND RELATED ELEMENT?. (JROUP JIO-N. ANSHER. Director... 7-11-73

* Ciriieralion and Utilization; (ieiieral Applications; Conversion and Distribution; Heating and Related Art Conductors; bwitehes;

Photography; Motion Pictures; Illumination; Horology; .■Vcoustic.^-: Recorders; W eighing Scales.
SPECIAL LAWS AD.MINISTRATION. GROUP 220-R. L. CAMPBELL. Rirwtor ..... .........---.-.---.--------- 9-28-72

Ordnance Firearms and Ammunition: Radar. Underwater Signalling. Directional Radio, Torpedoes, Seismic Exploring, Radio-
Active liatteries; Nuclear Reactors, Powder Metallurgy. Rocket Fuels; Radio-Active Material.
INFORMATION TRANSMISSION, STORACJE AND RETRIEVAL. GROUP 230-J. F COUCH, director ....... ... 4-03-73

Coniinunications; Multiplexing Techni(iues; Facsimile; Data Processing, Computation and Conversion, Storage Devices and

KECEPT.\CLE.^! SANITATION AND CLEANING, WINDING, AND MEASURING, GROUP 240-L. FORM AN, Director 9-13-72

Receptacles; Joint Packing: Conduits; Plumbing Fixtures: Textile Spinning; Food; .-Vgitating; Cleamng; Pressing; Geometrical
Instruments; Sound Recording; Winding and Reeling; Measuring and Testing: Indicating.
ELECTRONIC COMPONENT SYSTEMS AND DEVICES, GROUP 250-W. L- CARLSON. Director...... .. 2-20-73

Semi-C-onductor and Space Discharge Systems and Devices; Electronic Component Circuits; \V ave Transmission Lines and Net-
works; Oritics; Radiant Energy; Measuring. •!uns--2

DESIGNS, GROUP 2iX)-R. L. CAMPBELL, Director S-Ob-t^

Industrial Arts; Household, Personal and Fine Arts.

MECHANICAL EXAMINING GROUPS

HANDLING AND TRANSPORTING MEDIA. GROUP 310-G. M. FORLENZA Director..... ■■---u:r-r:-^--:-i^:--: ^-O*"^

Convevors; Hoists; Elevators: Article Handling Implements; Store Service; Sheet and W eb Feeding; DispensinR. Fluid bprinKling,
Fire "Extinguishers: Coin Handling; Check Controlled Apparatus; Classifying and Assorting solids; Boats; ships; Aeronautics,
Motor and Land \'eliicles and .\ppurtenances; Brakes; Railways and Railway Eryiipment.

MATERIAL SHAPING, ARTICLE .MANUFACTURING, TOOLS. GROUP 32<^D-^ J- ^JPP^^.^^'J^^f'^lSiir.r^nXv/iy^

Manufacturinp Processes, Assembling. Combined Machines. Special Article .Making; Metal pefonning; ^nee^ f",- 'n,^.. ! 'h

Working; Metal Fusion-Bonding. -Metal Founding; Metallurgical Apparatus: Plastics ^Vorking Apparatus; fustic Block ana

Earthenware Apparatus; Machine Tools for Shaping or Dividing: Work and Tool Holders, W ood working; Tools; Cutlery. JacKS.

AMUSEMENT. HUSBANDRY, PERSONAL TREATMENT. INFORMATION. GROUP ^0-A RUEGG, Director 3--1-73

Amusement and Exercising Devices; Projectors; Animal and Plant Husbandry; Butchering: Earth ^^orking and t.xca\ating.

Fishing, etc.; Tobacco; Artificial Body Members; Dentistry; Jewelry; Surgery; Toiletry; Printing; Typewriters, stationery.

Information Dissemination. on~o

HEAT, POWER, AND FLUID ENGINEERING, GROUP 340-M. M. NEW.M.\N, Director if "; V.-V-V,Vnn" VnA

Power Plants: Combustion Engines: Fluid Motors; Reaction Motors; Pumps: Rotary Engines and Pumps; Heat Generation ana
Exchange: Refrigeration; Ventilation; Drying; Temperature and Humidity Regulation; Machine Elements; Couplings, t.car-
sng; Bearings; Clutches; Power Transmission: Fluid Handling and Control; Lubri'^ation. _

MISCELLANEOUS CONSTRUCTIONS, TEXTILES AND MINING, GROUP 350-T. J HICKEY, director- ------ 1-08-/3

Joints; Fasteners; Rod. Pipe and Electrical Connectors; Miscellaneous Hardware; Locks; Building structures .V'*^"'^! "P^If?"^^'
Bridges; Closures; Earth Engineering: Drilling; Mining; Furniture: Supports; Cabinet Structures; Centrifugal Separations,
Coating; Textiles; Apparel and Shoes; Sewing Machines.

Expiration of patents: The patents

expired earlier due to shortened terms

Law 61'.t, 83rd Congress, approved .\upust

35 U.S.C. 253. Other patents, issued after the dates of tne range

the same reasons, or have lapsed under the provisions of 35 U.S.C. 151.

Patents

Plant Patents

Numbers 2,783,468 to 2,786,999, inclusive
Numbers 1,575 to 1,585, inclusive

DEFENSIVE PUBLICATIONS

Piiblishert at tho request of the

PUBLISHED MARCH 5, 1974

applicant or owner in accordance with the Notice of Dec. 16. in6!t. S69 O.G. 687. The
al)stracts of Defensive Publication aliplications are identified l).v distinctly numbered series and are arranged chronoloRlcally.
The headinj: of each abstract indicates the number of pages of specification, including claims and sheets of drawings contained
in the application as originally filed The files of these applications are available to the public for inspection and reproduction
may be purchased for 30 cents a sheet.

Defensive Publication applications have not been examined as to the merits of alleged invention. The Patent Office makes
no assertion as to the novelty of the disclosed subject matter.

T920,001

METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR REMOVING
IODINE FROM A NUCLEAR REACTOR COOLANT

Martin H. Cooper, Monroeville, Pa., assignor to W esting-
house Electric Corporation, Pittsburgh, Pa.

Filed June 15, 1972, Ser. No. 263,054

Int. CI. COlb 7/14; G21c 19/30
U.S. CI. 176—37

1 Sheet Drawing. 14 Pages Specification

a nuclear reactor that depends on turbulent friction
through an annulus. The annulus is fomed by a piston at-

iMTCVWEOtATC

A method and apparatus for removing iodine-131 and
iodine- 125 from a liquid sodium reactor coolant. Non-
radioactive iodine is dissolved in hot liquid sodium to in-
crease the total iodine concentration. Subsequent precip-
itation of the iodine in a cold trap removes both the radio-
active iodine isotopes as well as the non-radioactive iodine.

T920,002

VARIABLE FLOW CONTROL FOR A NUCLEAR
REACTOR CONTROL ROD

Richard D. Carleton, Pittsburgh, Pa., and Ajay Bhattac-
haryya, Vasteras, Sweden, assignors to Westinghouse
Electric Corporation, Pittsburglk, Pa.

FUed Aug. 23, 1972, Ser. No. 283,260

Int. CL G21c 7/08
U.S. CL 176—36

3 Sheets Drawing. 12 Pages Specification

A variable flow control for a control rod assemblv of

tached to the control rod drive shaft and a housing or
sleeve fitted to the enclosure housing the control rod. As

March 5, 1974

U. S. PATENT OFFICE

the nuclear fuel is burned up and the need exists for in-
creased reactivity, the control rods are withdrawn, which

T920,004
MAGNETIC TAPE UNTT HAVING AN AUTOMATIC
REEL LATCH AND MEANS FOR SENSING IM-
PROPER LOADING OF A TAPE REEL

Everette R. McCuIly, Northglenn, and William J. Schaffer,
Loveland, Colo., assignors to International Business
Machines Corporation, Arnionk, N.Y.

Filed Dec. 22, 1972, Ser. No. 317,875

Int. CL Glib 15/66; B65h 19/02

U.S. CI. 242—68.3

3 Sheets Drawing. 22 Pages Specification

increases the length of the annulus and decreases the rate
of coolant flow through the control rod assembly.

A magnetic tape unit includes a source of positive air
pressure for use with components such as air bearings and
the pneumatic motor of an automatic reel latch.

T920,005
SEGMENTED MAGNET HOMOPOLAR DYNAMO-
ELECTRIC MACHINES HAVING FLUID COOLED
LIQUID METAL CURRENT COLLECTING ZONES
Cecil J. Mole, Monroeville, Pa., assignor to Westinghouse
Electric Corporation, Pittsburgh, Pa.
Filed Mar. 6, 1973, Ser. No. 338,489
Int. CI. H02k 31/00
U.S. CI. 310—178
2 Sheets Drawing. 15 Pages Specification

T920,003

ALCOHOLIC COMPOUNDS AS MOLYBDENUM

COLLECTOR FROTHERS

William L. Groves, Jr., and Tommie G. Edwards, Ponca

City, Okla., and James A. Wingrave, Austin, Tex.,

assignors to Continental Oil Company, Ponca City,

Okla.
Continuation of abandoned application Ser. No. 105,077,
Jan. 8, 1971. This application Sept. 29, 1972, Ser.
No. 295,091

Int. CI. B03d 1/02
U.S. CI. 209—166
No Drawing. 6 Pages Specification
In froth flotation methods for concentrating molyb-
denum bearing ore by subjecting an aqueous pulp of said
ore to froth flotation; the improvement comprising the
use of from about 0.01 to about 0.20 lb. per ton of ore
of an alcoholic compound selected from the group con-
sisting of alcohols having the general formula

R— CHOH— R'

wherein R is a hydrogen or an alkyl group containing
from 1 to about 7 carbon atoms, R' is an alkyl group con-
taining from 1 to about 8 carbon atoms and R plus R'
contain from about 4 to about 8 carbon atoms; and al-
kyl phenyl alcohols containing from about 7 to about 9
carbon atoms as a collector-frother. The alcoholic com-
pounds are shown to be effective in the recovery of mo-
lybdenum ores without the use of collectors. In com-
parisons of alcoholic coUector-frothers alone with alco-
holic collector-frothers plus conventional collectors it is
shown that improved recoveries are achieved with the al-
coholic collector-frothers alone.

A homopolar dynamoelectric machine is constructed
with a magnetic field that is broken into segments along
the axis of the machine. Liquid metal contacts are uti-
lized to transmit electrical energy between the armature
and current collecting members which have ducts for the
transmission of cooling fluid located therein. Grouping
armature conductors, and appropriately interconnecting
the current collecting members to serially relate the volt-
ages induced in the armature conductors in order to in-
crease the magnitude of the output voltage, permits
achievement of the desired output characteristics.

T920,006

PACKAGE MAKING METHOD

Lowell L. Scboening, Wilmington, Del., assignor to E. I.

du Pont de Nemours and Company, Wilmington, Del.

Continuation of application Ser. No. 149,579, June 3,

1971. This application Apr. 16, 1973, Ser. No. 351,627

Int. CLB65b57/7S

U.S. CI. 53—39

2 Sheets Drawing. 5 Pages Specification

A method of making a package consisting of a package

unit overwrapped in a heat-sealable material having over-

OFFICIAL GAZETTE

March 5, 1974

lapping parts on at least one side thereof, such method in-
cluding the steps of:

positioning a porous belt loosely about a stationary
heating means having a sealing plate;

heating the belt;

moving the overwrapped package unit past the sealing
plate;

urging, by means of the inherent resiliency and size of
the overwrapped package unit and spacings of parts
of the apparatus for making the package, the over-
lapping parts into an abutting relationship with one
surface of the belt only after it is heated thereby to
start heating substantially immediately such overlap-
ping parts as they are brought into contact with the
belt, whereby to bring about a tacky state in the over-
lapping parts to provide an operative connection be-
tween the belt and the overlapping parts so that when
such overlapping parts move, they move the belt with
them, such belt being substantially free of tension
prior to such contact with the overlapping parts;

moving the belt only by its contact with the overlap-
ping parts, such moving starting substantially imme-
diately upon such contact;

urging the belt into direct, sliding contact with a surface
of the sealing means as the overwrapped package unit
is moved therepast, such surface being positioned ad-
jacent the other surface of the belt and out of direct
contact with the overlapping parts, and

further heating the overlapping parts as the overwrapped
package unit and belt move together past the seal-

° ing plate, including passing additional heat through

, the heated belt and onto the overlapping parts, there-
by to seal such overlapping parts together, to form
the package.

T920,007

BOBBIN ASSEMBLY

Edward J. Cator, Country Road 36,

Naples, N.Y. 14512

Filed Apr. 20, 1973, Ser. No. 353,142

Int. CI. H02h 7104; HOlf 15/10, 27/30

U.S. CI. 317—15
1 Sheet Drawing. 10 Pages Specification
A coil bobbin of unitary body construction having a
core for winding insulated primary and secondary coil
wire between oppositely opposed flanges at each end of
the core. The flanges are adapted to receive terminal lugs
on a periphery thereof for terminating the wound coil wire
and lead-in or lead-out wires. The terminal lugs are elec-
trically conductive and are anchored adjacent the core
and laterally spaced along the flange to provide ready
automated winding of primary or secondary coils. A ter-
minal lug includes a tang for terminating coil wire and
a terminal having a body for receiving a lead wire. The
body includes a flexible projection partially blocking pas-
sage of an inserted lead wire through the body, located
at an acute angle to an axis through the body and being

engageable by a lead wire inserted into the body. The
flexure of the projection permits the lead wire to be in-
serted into the body beyond the projection so that the

angle and flexure of the projection releasably retains the
lead wire in an electrical connection with the terminal lug.

T920,008
DYNAMICALLY MODIFIABLE ADAPTIVE
MACHINE TOOL CONTROL SYSTEM AND
METHOD
Walter B. Broadwell, Malibu, Richard M. Burkley, Los
.\ngeles, and Royal H. Daw, Sherman Oaks, Calif.,
assignors to International Business Machines Corpora-
tion, Armonk, .N.Y.
Continuation of abandoned application Ser. No. 25L727,
Mav 8, 1972. This application Apr. 23, 1973, Ser. No.
353,180

Int. CI. G06f 15/46

U.S. CI. 340—172.5

10 Sheets Drawing. 41 Pages Specification

CENTRAL
PROCESSING UNI T

CARD PUNCH

22>

PAPER
TAPE

PUNCH

2*\

PAPER

TAPE

READER

CARD READER

CENTRAL

PROCESSING

UNIT IPROCESSI

SPM

DO |PI

SERVOS j DETCTR . I SENSORS

MACHINE TOOL

A system and method for adaptively controlling the op-
eration of machine tools, the system including processing
means for supplying control signals to each machine tool.
A feedback means supplies feedback signals representing
operation factors of the tool to the processing means.
Storage means stores a plurality of adaptive control pro-
gram modules, each arranged to operate the processing
means to respond to the feedback to provide differing

U. S. PATENT OFFICE

March 5, 1974

control parameter instructions. The storage means also
stores part programs including operation mstructions de-
fining predetermined operations of the machine tool. A
part programmer supplies a designation of the part pro-
gram to be used and also supplies designations of char-
acteristics of the machining, covering such things as the
type of material, type of tool and type of cut. The proc-
essing means responds in accordance with the method by
selecting the designated part program and by decoding
the designations of machining characteristics to select one
of the adaptive control program modules. The selected
part program operation instructions cause the processing
means to supply the control signals to the machine tool
the control signals being defined in terms of the defined
operations as modified by the control parameter mstruc-
tions.

T920,009 _^^^

CONTROL MEANS FOR A SOUND MOTION
PICTURE CAMERA

Gerald J. Kosarko, PaviUon, N.Y.

(901 Elmgrove Road, Rochester, N.Y. 14650)

Filed Apr. 30, 1972, Ser. No. 356,005

Int. CI. G03b 23/02

U.S. CI. 352—72

2 Sheets Drawing. 12 Pages Specification

tion sort with building an index containing the location
and a key of a record in each string block written from
the replacement-selection sort. A final sort phase com-

fORR fllE

INPUT
FILE

INDEX

RECORD STORACE *RE*

BLOCK

SIRING BLOC*

-50

-53

OllTPI

58-

53'

bines a replacement-selection sort with removal of re-
cords to the output file. Other sort strategies can be used
in the initial and final phases.

T920,011
FILM MOVEMENT PREVENTING MEANS
James E. Dierks, Rochester, N.Y.
Continuation of abandoned application Ser. No. 316,639,
Dec. 19, 1972, which is a continuation of application
Ser. No. 217,808, Jan. 14, 1972. This appUcation June
28, 1973, Ser. No. 374,726

Int. a. G03b 19/04

U.S. CI. 95—31 FM

1 Sheet Drawing. 7 Pages Specification

A motion picture camera or the like incorporating a
sound system for recording of sound onto film during ex-
posure of film to scene light includes a switch which is
closed by a sensor when the sensor detects the proper
positioning into the camera of a film cartridge containing
sound film. When the switch is closed and the camera is
energized to initiate exposure of film frames to scene light,
a circuit is completed to sound apparatus in the camera
and to a capstan drive for the sound apparatus. In the
absence of the sound cartridge, such as when a conven-
tional non-sound or silent cartridge is positioned in the
camera, the switch remains open, thereby de-energizing
the sound apparatus and capstan motor to avoid drain
on the related battery or power supply. The switch can be
in a circuit including a battery, a second switch that is
closed when the camera is energized by the operator en-
gaging a trigger mechanism, and an amplifier circuit com-
prising part of the sound apparatus. The camera disclosed
has a motor for the film pull-down mechanism and a sep-
arate capstan motor for the sound apparatus. The sensor
also closes a third switch to the capstan motor when a
sound cartridge is in the camera, and opens the third
switch at other times. Also disclosed is a circuit for con-
trolling the speed of the motor for the pull-down mecha-
nism as a funcuon of the size of the loop between that
mechanism and the sound capstan.

T920,010
SORTING METHOD
Watson M. Conner n, Los Gatos, Calif., assignor to
International Business Machines Corporation, Armonk,

N Y
Continuation of application Ser. No. 210,893, Dec. 22,
1971. This application May 14, 1973, Ser. No. 359,938
Int. CI. G06f 9/16
U.S. CI. 444—1
2 Sheets Drawing. 22 Pages Specification
A sorting method utUizing a direct access storage de-
vice An initial sort phase combines a replacement-selec-

A camera receives perforated roll film in a cartridge
having a surface across which the film is advanced and
a recess in the surface in general alignment with the film
perforations. The camera includes a film advance mech-
anism and means for selectably disabling the film advance
mechanism. A film perforation sensing pawl rests against
the film surface to fall into a perforation of the advanc-
ing film and to be moved thereby against the force of a
spring until the sensing pawl reaches a predetermined
position whereat the disabling means is activated to dis-
able the film advance mechanism. The side load on the
film from the spring force on the sensing pawl tends to
push the film backward along the exposure plane, there-
by tending to cause undesired film movement during an
exposure. A member or dart fixed in the camera projects
across the cameras exposure plane in the region of the
recess of a received cartridge for depressing the him into
the recess to prevent such undesired film movement. The
relationship of the dart and the recess permits film ad-
vancement in one direction but prevents film movement
in the opposed direction.

OFFICIAL GAZETTE

March 5, 1974

T920,012

METHOD FOR PRODUCING AN IMPROVED

COFFEE FLAVOR

Richard A, Pfluger, Maplewood, Howard J. Bowden,

Westwood, and Andrew J. Perla, Nutley, N.J.
Continuation of abandoned application Ser. No. 161,969,
July 12, 1971. This application July 11, 1973, Ser. No.
378,088

Int. CI. A23f I 08
U.S. CI. 426 — 132
No Drawing. 13 Pages Specification
A method for producing an improved soluble coffee
product which comprises splitting the extract draw off
stream from a coficc percolation unit into two batches,
one batch containing higher quality and higher concen-
tration extract than the second batch containing lower
quality and lower concentration extract. The second batch
is eva'poratively concentrated within a continuous evap-
orator with a uniform residence time of less than about
30 seconds and added to the first batch. The combined
extracts are dried to give a soluble coffee product which
does not produce significant off-flavors.

these estimates by a sequential correction scheme which
filters out random errors present in the count.

At both the entrance and exit points of the roadway,
detector mechanisms monitor the number of passing ve-
hicles and their respective velocities. For each observa-
tion period, the input and output velocities are averaged
and an estimate of travel time over the roadway is com-
puted. Then, a rough estimate of the number of vehicles
in the roadway is computed from an inventory of vehi-
cle arrivals at the input of said roadway and the travel
time of exiting vehicles. The rough estimate is then ad-
justed by means of sequential estimator which utilizes the
requirement that the count obtained at the end of two
successive observation periods is equal to the number of
cars present in the roadway at tl»e prior observation pe-
riod plus the difference between the number of vehicles
entering and exiting the roadway during the present ob-
servation.

1920,013
METHOD FOR ON-LINE ESTIMATION OF
TRAFFIC DENSITY
Denos C. Gazis, Millwood, N.Y., and Charles H. Knapp,
Willimentic, Conn., assignors to International Business
Machines Corporation, Armonk, N.Y.
Continuation of abandoned application Ser. No. 180,274,
Sept. 14, 1971. This application July 16, 1973, Ser. No.
379,673

Int. CI. G06f 15/48

U.S. CI. 444—1

5 Sheets Drawing. 32 Pages Specification

ON LINE SEQUENTIAL ESTIMATION
OF TRAFFIC FLOW DENSITY

MeiSURED
DATA INPUT

ENTRANCE VELOCITT AND fit* MEASUREMENTS
EIlT VELOCITT AND PLOI MEASUREMENTS

COMPUTE SMOOTHED E»tM"CE VELOCITT

AND SMOOTHED EIlT VELOCITT

COMPUTE TRAVEL TIME —34

COMPUTE ROUGH

COUNT —36

,38

NO /"is this Th)\^ YES

FIRST 08SERVA1II0H

PERIOD ?

UPDATE ESTIMATES
USIK FILTER' EQUATIONS

INITIALIZE FILTER
AND ESTIMATES

T920,014
MULTIPLEX CHANNEL SIMULATOR

Joanne Kraus, Staatsburg, N.Y., assignor to International

Business Machines Corporation, Armonk, N.Y.
Continuation of abandoned application Ser. No. 284,844,
Aug. 30, 1972. This application July 19, 1973, Ser. No.

380,930

Int. CI. G06f 9/12

U.S. CI. 444—1

6 Sheets Drawing. 18 Pages Specification

This is a method for automatically estimating the num-
ber of vehicles present on a section of roadway from
measurements of speed and vehicle flow at the entrance
and exit points of the roadway section. The method com-
prises the steps of computing rough count estimates of the
number of vehicles in said roadway at regular intervals,
referred to as observation periods, and then correcting

.102

.103

TURK ON

PROTECTION CHECK

BIT IN CSI

5TMU5 BTTES

TURN ON
PROGRAM CHECK

BIT IN CSf
STATUS BTTES

SET CONDITION
CODE TO I

i-»(^ RETURN ')

•106

SAVE THE CCI

113

(ETA BLOCK
OF FREE

CORE

_/_

5ETUPA
imER EVENT
BLOCK TOR A
PCI INTERRUPT

INT

PLACE THE
EVENT ON THE
TIMER CHAIN

-<D

This invention is a method of operating a computer to
model an IBM System/360 multiplex channel in such
great detail that the timing relationships of events in a
real channel are substantially maintained in the simulated
channel, thus providing a method through which the sim-
ulated channel appears to simulated control unit equip-
ment much the same as a real channel would appear to
real control unit equipment, and also so that the simu-
lated equipment appears to the control computer much
the same as real equipment. With this method, new equip-
ment to be used on an existing System /360 computer, can
be simulated in order to ascertain the effect of the new
equipment on the efficiency of the computer. Also, with
this method, new or rewritten programs for use on yet to
be installed equipment can be debugged prior to actual

March 5, 1974

U. S. PATENT OFFICE

installation by driving the new programs over the sim-
ulated channel.

a simulated device, if so, passing the address of the chan-
nel program to the channel modelling procedure, next in-
specting the first Channel Command Word (CCW) as to
key, address of the CCW, the command code, presence

CET A tLOCl
OF FREE COSE

-III

PUT RETURN

POINT (MPniHR)

III TIMER EVENT

BLOCt

^IIT

.IIS

6ET ADDRESS

OF PROPER

CONTROL UNIT

SIMULATOR

.III

INDICATE

FIRST ANALYSIS

OF CCI

CUSIM

COMPUTE TINE

10 EXECUTE

THE CCI

.129

RELEASE CORE
USED FOR TIMER
EVENT BLOCK

INT-

PLACE EVENT

ON THE TIMER

CHAIR

-Q

12)

C MP»TINR )

CUSIM

ANALTZE CCI
AND NOVE DATA

,130

SAVE CCI

EXCEPT CNS

CODE

SAVE THE
C(l

133

GET BLOCK

OF FREE

CORE

RETURN TO
INTERCEPTOR

( TICANAL )

GET ADDRESS

OF NEXT

CCW

200

J03

SET PROGRAM

CHECK BIT

IN CSW

SAVE ADDR
OF NEW CCW

204

(

RN J)

•

^ MPXHIO 3

CUSIM

<J>A

ANALYZE ^"'^
THE HIO

^let

GET CORE FOR
TIMER BLOCK

162

16}

SET UP
CSW FOR
INTERRUPT

—

INT

PLACE EVENT

ON TIMER

CHAIN

SET CONO
CODE TO 1

,164

SETUP

ALL ZERO

CSW

^165

) ,

( RETURN ^

135

of a Transfer-in-Channel (TIC), the CCW format and the
CCW data address. If an invalid condition is found, set-

The method is co„,prised of ^ s.eps of i„,ercep.,n. 'Z :!:^^t.SZt^^ZT^^^^^-
Start I/O (SIO) operations, determming if they are for the condition coae lui

OFFICIAL GAZETTE

March 5, 1974

If valid, checking the Program Controlled Interrupt (PCI)
flag, obtaining a time estimate of what real equipment
might use to execute the CCW, placing that time on a
chain of future events, causing an interrupt when that
time expires, transferring the data designated by the
CCW, and determining if data or command chaining is
in effect. If not, setting up a CSW and returning to the
operating system. If so, performing validity checks on
the next CCW, calculating its estimated time of execu-
tion, placing that time on a future events chain, and con-
tinuing until the channel program is ended or until an
error intervenes.

T920,015

METHOD FOR CONTROLLING USE OF

RANGES IN A DATA SET

Glenford J. Myers, Poughkeepsie, N.Y., assignor to Inter-
national Business Machines Corporation, Armonk, N.Y.
Continuation of application Ser. No. 138,053, Apr. 28,
1971. This application Aug. 13, 1973, Ser. No. 387,865
Int. CI. G06f 9/18
U.S. CI. 444—1
4 Sheets Drawing. 19 Pages Specification

PRIOR IRT '

IMCCS

IITIIOOUCE JOI
l«TO IIPUT SIRElll

lOEITIFT

10 --

tllCE

DODEII
IITERPRnER

1 SET-UP COITROl

11^

810CIS

12 --

llPUt

OUEUE

iiiTUToa

RIRCE

COITROL

11'

M-'

TISK maiSEIIEIT
CtTt iiAit;EiiEaT

15'

JOI sTcr
eucuTioi

iTia

REMOVE COITROl
IIOCIS

li-

OUTPUT fllTER

a c

lata pi

•ocessii

ng system on

eratine in a

gramming mode, one or more ranges of data items in a
data set. can be used by two or more concurrently op-
erating programs on an exclusive basis or a shared basis.
.A.S a job is placed in the input stream of the system, in-
formation identifying the ranges and data sets is placed
in tables. During job initiation, a central resource table
is checked for entries from previously initiated jobs to
see if there is any conflicting request. Parameter lists are
built and the resources, i.e.. the ranges of the data sets.
are enqueued upon using the system's supervisory pro-
gram. If there is no conflict, the resources are allocated.
Otherwise, the initiator is placed in a wait state until the
resources are freed.

T920,016
MAGNETIC RECORDING MATERIALS

.Arthur John Holloway, Bengeo, and Graham George
Turner, Sandy, England, assignors to Imperial Chemi-
cal Industries Limited, London, England

Filed Aug. 21, 1973, Ser. No. 390,303
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Sept. 1, 1972,

40,672/72
Int. CI. HOlf 10/00
U.S. CI. 117—235
No Drawing. 14 Pages Specification
.•\ magnetic recording material, which comprises a mo-
lecularly oriented and heat set polyester film base hav-
ing a coating comprising vinyl chloride polymer particles
on one surface and a magnetic coating on the other sur-
face, the vinyl chloride polymer particle coating having
a coat weight of 0.01 to 1.4 mg. dm. 2. The material is
made by coating the surface of the polyester film base
with the vinyl chloride polymer particles during or after
the orientation and heat setting. Preferably the final coat
weight of the vinyl chloride polymer particle coating is
from 0.05 to 0.25 mg. dm.-^ and the average size of ag-
glomerated vinyl chloride polymer particles in the final
coating is from 10 to 15 microns.

T920,017
PERFORATION OF THERMOPLASTIC FILMS
Peter Ralph Billinghurst, East End Green, near Hertford,
England, assignor to Imperial Chemical Industries Lim-
ited, London, England
Continuation of abandoned application Ser. No. 137,841,
Apr. 27, 1971. This application Sept. 7, 1973, Ser. No.
395,171
Claims priority, application Great Britain, May 8, 1970,
22,382 70; Feb. 17, 1971, 4,844/71
Int. CI. B26f i/ZO, 1/24
U.S. CI. 83—16
2 Sheets Drawing. 14 Pages Specification

A method of perforating a film of a thermoplastic ma-
terial comprising passing the film under tension around
at least part of the surface of a roller, the surface having
a plurality of projections thereon which are arranged in
the pattern corresponding to that which is required for
the perforations in the film and which are maintained at
a temperature sufficient to melt the film, wherein the film
is held against the roller solely by virtue of the tension
in the film. Apparatus for carrying out this method is
also disclosed. The method and apparatus can be used for
packaging purposes.

REISSUES

MARCH 5, 1974

27,934
CTRCUIT STRUCTURE

Seymour Merrin, Fairfield, Conn., and MelvynD. Silver
and Edward M. Suden, San Jose, Cahf., assignors to
International Business Machines Corporation, Armonk,

Original No. 3,508.118, dated Apr. 21,.1970, Ser. No.
794,014, Jan. 24, 1969, which is a division of applana-
tion Ser. No. 513,412, Dec. 13, 1965, now Patent No.
3,436,818. Application for reissue Aug. 12, 1971, »er.

^^•^'^'^«' ,nt.a.H011iP/00
U.S. a. 317-101 CC 6 Claims

the functional identity of a cell, a group of cells, parjs of
a cell and various combinations thereof by means of the
design connection pattern of the various uncommitted
connecting points.

27,936
FLUID DEVICE

Edwin R. Phillips, Roseraont, Pa., assignor to Sperry
Rand Corporation, New York, N.Y.
Original No. 3,270,759, dated Sept. 6, 1966, Ser. No.
286,396, Jun; 7, 1963. AppUcation for reissue Mar.
16, 1970, Ser. No. 19,832

Int.Cl.F15c7/i6 , ri-w

U.S. CI. 137-81.5 3 Claims

A microminiature circuit structure includes a substrate
having a plurality of connecting areas. A micrommiature
chip device having a face with solder wettable terminal
areas is bonded to the substrate by means of a plurality
of connectors which establish a unified jomt between ter-
minal and connecting areas. The connectors are made of
a solder which will only partially wet the connecting areas.

27 935
LSI ARRAY AND STANDARD CELLS

Thomas Richard Mayhew, Langhome, Pa., assignor to
RCA Corporation
Original No. 3,365,707, dated Jan. 23, 1968, Ser. No.
648,449, June 23, 1967. AppUcation for reissue Jan.

10, 1972, Ser. No. 216,530

Int. Cl.Gllci7/^0
U.S. CI. 340—173 R ^^ Claims

HmMy

7e-6

^^ ngnnnnnga

The present invention comprises a common mixm
chamber from ^vhich leads an inlet, a plurality of con-
trol inlets, a pair of outlet passages and a vortex cham-
ber The vortex chamber is disposed in substantial align-
ment with the inlet and intermediate the pair of outlets.
The vortex, due to its dimensions and position maintains
the fluid flow at one or the other of said pair of outlet
passages.

27 937
FRICTION CLUTCH CONSTRUCTION

Werner R. E. Hensel, Berkheim uber Essbngen, Ger-
mry,^signor to Daimler-Benz Aktiengesellschaft,
Stuttgart-Unterturkheim, Germany
Original No. 3,279,573, dated Oct. 18, 1966, Ser. No.
26M89, Ma^. 7, 1963. AppUcation for reissue Sept
5, 1968, Ser. No. 766,361 w , m lO/il

Clkims priority, appUcation Germany, Mar. 10, 1962,

D 38,338

Int. CI. F16d 25/12

VS. a. 192-87.11 23 Claims

38 " 44

A large scale integrated (LSI) array of standard cells
and interconnection scheme is described. The standard
cell includes four insulated gate field-effect devices hav-
ing both committed and uncommitted connecting points.
The system designer is given the flexibility of specifymg

Two friction clutches, one nested within the other inside
a rotating drum, on the same side of a disc portion sup-
porting the drum.

March 5, 1974

U. S. PATENT OFFICE

PLANT PATENTS

GRANTED MARCH 5, 1974

Illustrations for plant patents ire usually In color and therefore It is not practicable to reproduce the drawing.

3,501
GAZANIA PLANT

Francis C. Tomlinson, Whittier, Calif., assignor to Select
Nurseries, Incorporated, Brea, Calif.
Filed Feb. 2, 1972, Ser. No. 223,033
Int. CI. AOlh 5/00 .
U.S. CI. Pit.— 68 1 Claim

1. A new and distinct variety of Gazania plant substan-
tially as herein shown and described, characterized par-
ticularly as to novelty by its large extremely doubled
blooms' that are predominantly Lemon Yellow, by the
fact that said blooms remain fully open during the hours
of darkness, and by the fact that the new variety does
not produce any seeds.

3,505

APPLE TREE

Francis M. Crites, Wapato, Wash., assignor to Carlton
Nursery Company Inc., Dayton, Oreg.

Filed May 30, 1972, Ser. No. 257,550

Int. CI. AOlh SlOi
U.S. CI. Pit.— 34 1 Claim

1. A new and distinct variety of apple tree, substan-
tially as shown and described, characterized particularly
by its smooth golden, glossy, waxy appearance at matu-
rity and its tendency toward oiliness and excellent keep-
ing qualities in storage, also characterized by its rich,
crisp, sweet and aromatic flavor and excellent dessert and
culinary qualities.

3,502

PfflLODENDRON PLANT

Robert H. McCoIIey, P.O. Box 17126,
Orlando, Fla. 32810

Filed Apr. 10, 1972, Ser. No. 242,846

Int. CI. AOlh 5/00

1 Claim

The disclosure hereof is of a Philodendron plant par-
ticularly characterized by the contrasting red and green
colors of the leaves in immature and mature state, the
dark red color of the sheath covering as the leaf opens.
the sheaih curling back hanging on to the stem for long
periods of time, together with superior disease resistance
to bacterial soft rot and shot-gun fungus.

U.S. CI. Pit.— 88

3,503
CHRYSANTHEMUTVl PLANT

Barrie J. Machin, Chichester, and Paul T. Stone, Roydon.
England, assignors to Yoder Brothers, Inc., Barberton,
Ohio

Filed May 11, 1972, Ser. No. 252,497

Int. CI. AOlh 5100
U.S. CI. Pit.— 74 1 Claim

1. A new and distinct cultivar of chrysanthemum
characterized particularly as to uniqueness when com-
pared with the parent cultivar. Yellow Sands, by its more
intense golden flower color; more rounded, less pointed
petals; less longitudinal petal roll; 5-7 days earlier re-
sponse; better cushion development; and less compound-
ing of sprays, and 4"-5" shorter height during high
temperature periods.

3,504

LAGERSTROEMIA IISDICA

Jacques Desmartis, 15 Avenue Wilson,
Bergerac, France

FUed May 22, 1972, Ser. No. 255,871

Claims priority, application France, May 21, 1971,
7119390

U.S. CI. Pit.— 54

Int. CI. AOlh 5/00

1 Claim

A Lagerstroemia indica variety (Indian lilac) having
pink flowers, winter weather resistance to temperatures
below —10° C, straight tree-like growth and uniform
leaf and heavy uniform blossom distribution.

3,506
CHRYSANTHEMUTVl PLANT

Walter H. Jessel, Jr., Doylestown, and William E. Duffett,
Akron, Ohio, assignors to Yoder Brothers, Inc., Bar-
berton, Ohio

Filed July 7, 1972, Ser. No. 269,542

Int. CI. AOlh 5/00
U.S. CI. Pit.— 78 1 Claim

1. A new and distinct cultivar of chr\'santhemum char-
acterized particularly as to its uniqueness when compared
to the parent cultivar Symphony by its lemon yellow
flower color, approximately 2"-3" less vigor, 2-3 days
later response, flovscrs which are approximately '4" small-
er in diameter, an average of one less flower per stem, and
by its slightly less stem strength.

3,507

APHELANDRA PLANT

Marion R. Mulford, Maitland, Fla., assignor to
Norman E. Hickerson, Apopka, Fla.

Filed July 11, 1972, Ser. No. 270,704

Int. CI. AOlh 5/00
U.S. a. Pit.— 88 1 Claim

A sport of an Aphelandra squarrosa plant characterized
by distinctive and attractive leaf color which leaves are
much whiter in general appearance.

3,508

ROSE PLANT

William A. Warriner, Tustin, Calif., assignor to Jackson
ft Perkins Company, Medford, Oreg.

Filed Aug. 11, 1972, Ser. No. 279,815

Int. CI. AOlh 5/00
U.S. CI. Pit.— 21 1 Claim

1. A new and distinct variety of rose plant of the
hybrid tea class, substantially as herein shown and de-
scribed, characterized particularly as to novelty by the
unique combination of its vigorous, upright and branched

plant, abundantly bearing fragrant blooms of Cardinal
Red whose petal edges often are darker.

3,509
ROSE PLANT

Reimer Kordes, Sparrieshoop, near Elmshom, Germany,

assignor to Jackson & Perkins Co., Medford, Oreg.

Filed Sept. 7, 1972, Ser. No. 287,047

Int. CI. AOlh 5/00

U.S. CI. Pit. 24 1 Oaim

'1! a' new and distinct variety of rose plant of the
floribunda class, substantially as herein shown and de-
scribed, characterized particularly as to novelty by the
unique combination of excellent, uniform fully branched
plant, bright Aureolin Yellow flowers, semi-glossy foli-
age, heavy petal substance and strong fragrance.

3,510
ROSE PLANT

William A. Warriner, Tustin, Calif., assignor to Jackson
& Perkins Company, Medford, Oreg.
FUed Sept. 28, 1972, Ser. No. 292,892
Int. CI. AOlh 5/00
U.S. CI. Pit.— 17 / Claim

1. A new and distinct variety of rose plant of a cla^
between hybrid tea and floribunda. substantially as herein
shown and described, characterized particularly as to nov-
elty by the unique combination of its floribunda type
plant but of a general large size; its hybrid tea type and
size blooms; its Signal red bud and Mandarin red bloom;
its long keeping qualities as a cut flower and its relatively
strong resistance to rose powdery mildew.

tfMI

■hrib

liii

PATENTS

GRANTED MARCH 5, 1974

GENERAL AND MECHANICAL

3,795,014

EAR PROTECTOR

Jack N. Simpson, Sinking Spring; Heinz E. Ruck, Morton, and

Charles E. Bowers, Jr., Glenn Mills, all of Pa., assignors to

The Fibre-Metal Products Company, Chester, Pa.

Filed May 4, 1972, Ser. No. 250,131

Int.CI. H04r I HO

L.S. CI. 2-209 4 Claims

3,795,016

TOILET WATER TANK WITH LIGHT AND HEAVY

FLUSH CONTROL

Edward A. Eastman, 9726 E. 26th Ter., Independence, Mo.

64052

Filed May 1, 1972, Ser. No. 249,349

Int. CI. E03d 5U0. 1/22. 1134. 1130, 5102

U.S. CI. 4 — 67 A 6 Claims

^i^

An ear protector wherein a generally flat mounting plate is
sized and configured to extend beyoiKl a wearer's ear entirely
thereabout and provided centrally with an inwardly depressed
region having a through opening Headband connection
means connects to the plate through the opening, while a
resiliently compressible endles.s head engaging formation ex-
tends peripherally about the plate and sound attenuating sheet
means extend across the plate within the bead.

3,795,015
PORTABLE BIDET
Henry J. Talge, Kansas City, Mo., and Samuel L. McNair,
Overland Park, Kans., assignors to Dazey Products Com-
pany, Kansas City, Mo.

Filed Oct. 30. 1972, Ser. No. 302,046

Int.CI.A47ki/22.///0,S

U.S. CI. 4-7 2 Claims

nvRto^

A toilet is provided with light and heavy flush mechanisms
to permit conservation of water Iv-o independent ctintrol
valves disposed at different water levels within the tank are
operable by actuator arms which are coupled with handles
disposed externally oi the tank in a manner which assures
positive operation and economical construction When the
light flush handle is used, only the valve which is disposed
higher in the tank is opened and 40 percent of the total water
in the tank can be conserved. When the heavy flush handle is
used, the lower valve opens draining a larger quantity of water
from the tank while simultaneously opening the higher valve
to substantially increase the flow rate of water from the tank.

3,795,017

INFANT S CRIB AND DRESSING TABLE COMBINATION

Herbert K. Saxe, 302 W . 79th St., New York, N.Y. 10024

Filed June 8, 1972. Ser. No. 260.855

Int. CI. A47d / l/OQ- A47b fi3/00

L.S.CL5— 2 6 Claims

A portable bidet and sitz bath having a basin with a
peripheral flange to overlie the top ritn of a conventional toilet
bowl with the basin fitting within said bowl and having a
drainage port near the peripheral flange A spray head is
secured to the bottom of the basin beneath the drainage port
by a flexible suction cup which permits the spray head to oscil-
late from side to side when water is delivered thereto through
a flexible coupling This action creates a rippling crest of
water which oscillates to cleanse perineal areas.

A mobile crib-dressmg table combination formed substan-
tially by two respective pairs of side panels and end members
fitted together Of the two side pane's, one is fixed and the
other IS hingedly and pivolally attached at four points to the
end members Access to the interior of the crib is made possi-
ble by release of the upper two hinge members and urging the
side panel to and away from the crib about lower pivot pins.
Conversion of the crib to a dressing table is readily possible by
release of the lower two hinge members and pivoting of the
side panel about upper pivot pins into the crib interior. To in-

MaRCH 5, 1974

GENERAL AND MECHANICAL

sure a positive fit, grooves are provided in the end members to
engage the upper pivot pins of the side panel Normal position
of the cnb is achieved by reversing the above steps. The infant
on the dressing table is enclosed on three sides to provide rela-
tive safety for the child. A pair of wheels provided at one end
together with suitable stop means and handles, permit move-
ment and positioning of the crib from room to room.

3.795,018

ADJUSTABLE BED

Charley H. Broaded. P.O. Box 1011. Costa Mesa. Calif. 92627

Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 148.1 10, May 28, 1971,

abandoned. This application May 29. 1973, Ser. No. 364,225

Int. CI. A47c 2 //OO, A61g 13100
U.S.a.5-68 11 Claims

3.795,020
PORTABLE, FOLDING TRAY RETAINER AND STAND
(MULTIPURPOSE)
Hans B. Bartholomew, and Maureen A. Hunt, both of San An-
tonio, Tex., assignors to The United SUtes of America as
represented by the Secretary of the Air Force, Washington.

D.C.

Filed May 23, 1972, Ser. No. 256,067

Int. CI. A47b 23/00

U.S.CL 5-332 9 Claims

A bed having a plurality of independently adjustable,
resilient, horizontal, body-supporting surfaces that can be ver-
tically positioned to provide a sleeping surface for supporting
a person in a sleeping position so that the spine is maintained
in substantially linear alignment for a variety of sleeping posi-
tions and localized body pressure and fatigue reduced. The
sleeping surface includes a stationary lower-torso support, a
pair of vertically adjustable leg supports, a vertically adjusta-
ble upper-torso support, a vertically adjustable head support,
and a pair of vertically adjustable arm supports.

3.795,019
BED SHEET OR OTHER BED COVERING HAVING TWO

HEAD PORTIONS
Restituto R. Fragas. 7035 Templeton St.. Huntington Park,

Calif. 90255

Filed Apr. 19. 1971. Ser. No. 135,057

Int. CI. A47g 9100

U.S.CL 5-334 C 5 Claims

/2i 1 !;>-.^^^::;=^._ /

A portable litter tray holder and stand including a central
discoid member, a mounting arm having a horizontal portion
rigidly attached to the central member and a vertical-stand
portion attached in upright relation to one side of the litter,
and a pair of extension arms each having a horizontal portion
pivotally attached to the central member and extending over
the litter to terminate in a vertical-stand portion attached in
upright relation to the opposite side of the litter.

3.795.021

HEAD POSITIONING PILLOW

Vincent E. Moniot, 5919 Hanna Ave.. Woodland Hills, Calif.

91364

Filed Nov. 18. 1971. Ser. No. 200.086

Int.CI. A47c27/0«,7//4

U.S. CI. 5-341 11 Claims

A sheet or other covering for a mattress, box spring, or the
like, with the covering having a main portion which extends
across the entire width of the bed toward its foot end, and hav-
ing two narrower head portions for covenng two separately
elevatable halves or sections of the mattress or spnng at its
head end.

A pillow for the headrest section of a chair wherein the pil-
low is divided into four inflatable sections, a human head is
adapted to come into contact with each section, by controlling
the inflating of each section the position of the human head
can be controlled.

3,795.022
ADJUSTABLE BED RAIL MEMBER HAVING LOCKING

ARM
George M. Harris, Chicago, III., assignor to Harris-Hub Com-
pany Inc., Harvey, III.

Filed Mar. 9. 1973, Ser. No. 339,87 1
Int. CLA47c/ 9/04
U.S.CL 5- 181 13 Claims

An improved adjustable cross frame member for use in a
bed frame having side frame members and another such ad-
justable cross frame member, and including first and second
elongate L-shaped elements having mutually perpendicular
legs. The first element is provided with a plurality of pairs of
longitudinally spaced position-defining round openings in one

OFFICIAL GAZETTE

March 5, 1974

leg. and longitudinally elongated slots on the other leg each
located between each pair of the round openings. The second
elongate element is provided whh a pair of rivets, longitu-
dinally spaced to match the spacing of the round openings and
matching the round openings in diameter so that upon bring-
ing the rivet pair into registration with one of the round open-
ing pairs corresponding to the desired position and positioning

the bristle plate at opposite sides thereof, means for adjusting
the perforated disc member in position relative to the bristle
plate, the adjusting means including an externally threaded

the elements in leg-abutting engagement, the rivets engage
that opening pair The second element also includes an arm
pivoted on the one leg of the second clement and carrymg a
cam portion When the elements are in leg-abuttmg engage-
ment, the cam portion is inserted through an access slot in the
other leg of the second element and into engagement with a
slot on the other leg of the first element to lock the elements in
the selected position of adjustment

3,795,023 '
COMBINATION CLTTING, STRIPPING AND SWAGING

TOOL

Vito Vliragliotta, 1 184 S. 1000. East, Clearfield, Ltah 84015
FiledDec. 26, 1972, Ser. No. 318,116
Int.CI. H02g / /2 B25f y/06»
L.S. CI. 7-5.5 5 Claims

29''

,33b -^ 36D';36' -^
36d : 38

38 b

:;^^--t;

pin and an internally threaded hollow shaft substantially cen-
trally located on one of the members, respectively, and
threadedly engageable with one ancnhcr through a substan-
tially central opening formed in the bristle plate.

3,795,025

ELECTR0PH0T0(;RAPHIC PHOTORECEPTOR

CLEANING APPARATUS

Katsumi Sadamitsu, Iwatsuki, Japan, assignor to Xerox Cor-
poration, Stamford, Conn.

Filed Nov. 21, 1972, Ser. No. 308,637

int. Ci.G03g 15100

U.S.CL 15-256.52 10 Claims

.A hand operated tool including a pliers type handle operat-
ing opposing jaws to which are connected saw like stripping
blades for cutting and stripping portions of a coaxial cable,
which opposing jaws have adjustable stop means associated
therewith for controlling the distance between the stripping
blade edges. An arrangement for inserting a coaxial fitting
onto the prepared end of a section of coaxial cable is included
as part of the tool and comprises a cable holder, operated by
movement of the tools opposing jav/s, and a fitting coupler,
with which a fitting is inserted into the outer covering of the
end of a section of coaxial cable, which fitting coupler is
operated by a lever pivotally connected to one of the tools
pliers type handles.

3,795,024
BRLSH HAVING ADJUSTABLE HARDNESS
Georg Weihrauch, Aschbach, Germany, assignor to Coronet-
Werke Heinrich Schlerf GmbH, Odenw, Germany

Filed Mar. 27. 1972, Ser. No. 238,496
Claims priority, application Germany. Mar. 25, 1971,

2114533

Int. CI. A46b / 7/Of 9/0<»(
U.S. CI. 15-169 j 12 Claims

Brush having adjustable hardness includes a bristle plate, a
perforated disc member and a cover member located adjacent

Photoreceptor cleaning apparatus in an electrophoto-
graphic apparatus including a pair of rotating brushes closely
enclosed within a brush box and engaging the photosensitive
drum The lower, and first engaged, brush rotates in the same
direction as the drum surface The upper, and second en-
gaged, brush rotates in the opposite direction An integral
planer guide plate and brush fiicking member is positioned
between and separates the brushes and extends away from the
drum Opposite sides of this guide plate are closely engaged by
the brushes The residual toner on the surface of the drum is
swept off away from the drum and along the guide plate
towards the center of the brush box and into an appropriate
filter.

March 5, 1974

GENERAL AND MECHANICAL

3,795,026

SAW-TOOTHED SCRAPER

Francis John Kazamek, and Kenneth James Kazamek, both of

1 1696 Lafayette Dr., Parma Heights, Ohio 44130

Filed Mar. 30, 1971, Ser. No. 129,355

Int.CLB44di/y6

U.S. CI. 15-236 R 1 Claim

bracelet therein in slidable. adjustable relation and a coupling
assembly that is secured to the other free end of the bracelet.

The invention relates in general to a materials removal
device and more particularly to hand-held scraper devices.

3,795,027

VACUUM NOZZLE FOR CLEANING UNDERWATER

SURFACES

Albert W. Lindberg, Jr.. 179 W. Fifth St., Bayonne, N.J.

07002

Filed Oct. 25, 1972, Ser. No. 300,691

Int. CI. A47I 9106

U.S. CI. 15-398 3 Claims

^e^^e^^

the coupling a.ssembly including a coupling member that en-
gages the clamp assembly for removably mounting the
bracelet on the wrist of the wearer.

A vacuum nozzle for cleaning underwater surfaces compris-
ing a housing having a centrally-disposed intake channel open-
ing into a hose coupling integally formed therewith. A plurali-
ty of brush bristles arc secured in a U-shaped, resilient frame
which IS mounted in a seat or groove disposed in the bottom of
the channel of the housing so as to extend outwardly
therefrom. An elongated, rigid mounting member, disposed
inside the channel, overlaps and engages the ends of the brush
bristle mounting frame, and is fa.stcned to a handle mounting
member which engages the outside of the nozzle housing. I he
resilient mounting frame secures both the brush and the han-
dle mounting member on the nozzle housing.

3,795,029
BUCKLE FOR PLANE BELTS, PREFERABLY TEXTILE

BELTS
Karl Arne Norman, S-790 20 Grycksbo, Falun, Sweden
Filed Aug. 8, 1972, Ser. No. 278,835
lnt.CLA44byy/y2

U.S.CL 24— 191

2 Claims

3,795,028
CLASP CONSTRUCTION FOR BRACELET
Irving Weiss, New York, N.Y., assignor to Kestenman Bros.,
Mfg. Co., Providence, R.I., a part interest

Filed Dec. 21, 1971, Ser. No. 212,549

Intfci.A44b ///25

U.S.CL 24-78 4 Claims

A clasp construction for use in adjustably interconnecting

the free ends of a bracelet on the wrist of a wearer, including a

clamp assembly that receives one of the free ends of the

15 6 18 M ^22 19

A sheet metal buckle having one end adapted to be attached
to one end of a textile belt, is provided with a spring-loaded
tongue pivotally mounted on the buckle and adapted to en-
gage an integral transverse portion of the buckle located at its
other end for clamping the belt therebetween. The transverse
portion is formed by bending part of the sheet metal to pro-
vide a forward portion which is directed upwardly away from
the bottom of the buckle and inclined inwards toward the
buckle and which is thereafter bent downward and inwards
toward the buckle to provide a first surface, and by bending a
further part of the buckle to provide a rearward portion which
is directed upwards relative to the bottom member and which
terminates in a second surface forming a stop adjacent said
first surface at a position below the clamping end of the spring
loaded tongue.

3,795,030

BUCKLE

Gerald A. Yates, Birmingham, and Arnold M. Stephens. Jr.,

Mount Clemens, both of Mich., assignors to The Firestone

Tire & Rubber Company, Akron, Ohio

Filed Mar. 21, 1972, Ser. No. 236,702

Int.CI. A44b///26

U.S.CL 24-230 AL 10 Claims

A buckle with a wrap-around or encircling housing for
safety belts into which housing are opposedly inserted two
similar tongue pieces, one of which becomes fixed in its rela-
tion to the housing and the other of which is selectively
removable therefrom. The fixed tongue plate retains a spring
and a latch against which the spring presses and the latch in-
cludes a latch lug which extends through the fixed tongue
plate. The spring and latch arc in a cavity m the housing and
the cavity opens outward transverse of the plane position of
the tongue plates The second of the tongue plates is insertable
in the housing in slidable relation over the fixed tongue plate
and IS guided by buttressing in the housing so that on entry the
latch IS depressed until the latch opening in the second tongue

OFFICIAL GAZETTE

March 5, 1974

plate registers with the latch opening in the fixed tongue plate.
L pon registration, the latch lug pops through the latch open-
ing in the second tongue plate and withdrawal is prevented A
push plate having legs astraddle the tongue plates is provided
in the ca\it> oi the housing and the legs impinge on the latch

3,795,032
METHOD FOR MAKING A CENTER GEAR
CRANKSHAFT
William F. Stewart; John B. Whittingham, both of Peter-
sborough, and Geoffrey R. Perkins, Bourne, all of England,
assignors to Perkins Engines Limited, Petersborough. En-
gland

Filed Jan. 12. 1972. Ser. No. 217,128
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Jan. 19, 1971,

2452/71

Int.CI. B21k//0«
L.S.CI. 29-6 6 Claims

element Manual depression of the jiush plate depresses the
latch and releases the upper of the tongue plates for removal
from Its slot Reinforcing means integral with the tongue
plates provide added strengthening against torsional or twist-
ing movement as between the two tongue plates under stress.

3,795,031

PROCESS FOR THE CONTINLOLS SHRINKAGE OF

RANDOM WEBS

Heinz Fleissner. Egelsbach, Germany, assignor to Vepa AG,

Basel, Switzerland

Division of Ser. No. 880,350. Nov. 26, 1969. Pat. No.
3.713.219. This application Nov. 13. 1970, Ser. No. 89.438
Claims priority, application Germany. Nov. 28. 1968,
1811380; Aug. 4. 1969. 1939993

Int. CI. D06c 2^/00
L.S.CI. 26-18.6

8 Claims

Method of constructing a crankshaft incorporating a timing
driving wheel includes forming a crankshaft having a crank
disposed on opposite sides of a mam bearing region, machin-
ing and treating the beanng surfaces of the crankshaft, prepar-
ing a machined cylindrical datum area on the surface of said
main bearing region, cutting through said datum area to
separate the crankshaft into two portions, locating a machined
and treated timing wheel between the severed ends oi said
portions, accurately aligning the driving wheel in co-axial rela-
tionship with the parts of said datum area on each of said por-
tions, and welding the resulting assembly together by a local
welding methtxl.

3.795.033
FIXING PROCESS
Charles A. Donnelly. South St. Paul. Minn., and James F. San-
ders. Hudson. Wis., assignors to Minnesota Mining and
Manufacturing Company. St. Paul. Minn.

DivisionofSer. No. 867.176. Oct. 17. 1969, Pat. No.

3,669,707. This application Feb. 3. 1972, Ser. No. 223,104

Int.CI. B21bi//«^

U.S. CL 29- 132 3 Claims

A process for the shrinkage of random webs which includes
the steps of drawing-in a web of textile material to be treated,
freely guiding the web of textile material over a distance which
IS at least equal to the width of the untreated web of textile
material and which is substantially vertical, pleating the width
of the web of textile material to form a wave-like fleece, con-
veying the pleated wave-like fleece over the conveying surface
of at least one sieve means and passing a heated fluid
processing medium through the conveying surface and
through said fleece and thereafter removing the treated fleece
from the conveying surface of said sieve means. Drawing-in
the web is effected to provide overfeeding in the length of the
web onto the seive means.

Particulate thermoplastic toner is fixed on a receptor sur-
face by directly contacting the toner with a silicone elastomer
surface while the toner is in a fused state responsive to the ad-
hesive nature of the silicone elastomer and to the adhesive na-
ture of the receptor to provide for the substantially complete
retention of the toner on the receptor surface in a fixed condi-
tion. Preferably, the silicone elastomer is free of high surface
energy fillers and, most preferably, is both free of high surface
energy fillers and contains low surface energy fillers blended
therein.

March 5, 1974

GENERAL AND MECHANICAL

3,795,034
SURGICAL INSTRUMENT FOR SUTURING TISSUES AND

ORGANS WITH METAL STAPLES
Alexei Alexeevich Strekopytov; Tatyana Andreevna
Strekopytova, both of ulitsa Vsevaloda Vishnevskogo. 10, kv.
67; Tamara Pavlovna Androsova. Beskudnckovo ulitsa
Dubninskaya. 10, korpus 3. all of Moscow. U.S.S.R.. and
Pavel losifovich Androsov. deceased, late of ulitsa Sergeya
Eizenshteina. 2. kv. 267. Moscow. U.S.S.R. (by Maria
Nikiforovna Androsova. administratrix)

Filed May 9. 1972, Ser. No. 251.696

Int.CI. B23q 7/76/

U.S.CL 29-212 D 2 Claims

ing more working space internally of the tubular members A
modification compnses a plurality of seven axially spaced
apart, parallel layers of swaging pistons and cylinders
suspended from the swage block. ^

3.795.036

DIE-SET COMBINATION FOR MAKING PIN-BACU

BADGES

Malcolm J . Roebuck. Box 6 1 8. LaSalle. 111. 6 1 30 1

Filed Jan. 2, 1973. Ser. No. 320,441

Int. CI. B23p///00

U.S. CI. 29-243.52 1 Claim

A surgical instrument for suturing tissues and organs with
metal staples incorporates a supporting body which at one of
its ends carries a supporting jaw which has a fiat area on which
three parallel rows of depressions are provided, adapted for
the ends of the staple legs to bend, two of said three rows serv-
ing for applying a double-stitch suture to all the layers of the
tissue being sutured, the remaining row is for the application
of a single-stitch suture to the upper layer of that tissue. Part
of the supporting jaw carrying said one row of depressions is
made detachable. The instrument has a staple body, having a
hollow head into which is inserted a staple magazine, and sta-
ple ejectors for the staples to be driven out therefrom, as well
as actuators for an independent motion of the staple ejectors
and the staple body. The instrument is capable if application
of both a double-stitch suture with subsequent invagination
thereof and the application of a single-stitch suture, and a sin-
gle-stitch suture alone.

3,795,035
MECHANISMS FOR SWAGING THE ENDS OF PIPES
Ivo C. Pogonowski, Houston, Tex., assignor to Texaco, Inc.,
New York, N.Y.

Filed Apr. 26, 1972, Ser. No. 247,584

Int.CI. B23p 7 9/00. / 9/04

U.S. CI. 29-200 B 10 Claims

A combination of mutually interfitting die and press-block
elements adapted for manual use and operation with each
other to produce a finished and permanent assembly of the
separate components of a pin-back button or badge.

3.795,037

ELECTRICAL CONNECTOR DEVICES

Willem Luttmer, Romiley. England, assignor to International

Computers Limited, London, England
Division of Ser. No. 135,674. April 20, 1971. abandoned. This
application Dec. 11. 1972, Ser. No. 31 1.602
Claims priority, application Great BriUin, May 5. 1970.
21609/70; Sept. 23, 1970. 45196/70

Int.CLH01r4i/00
U.S. CI. 29-628 2 Claims

One device for swaging one vertical smaller tubular member
internally of a larger tubular member comprises a cylindrical
swage block for loosely fitting in the large tubular member and
resting on the upper edge of the inner smaller tubular
member. A plurality (preferably six) pistons and cylinders are

suspended from the swage block a precise distance below the , , . r i . ^

upper edge and actuatable radially from the longitudinal axis An electrical connector compnses a plurality of elongated
of the smaller tubular member for deforming the upper edge fiexible conductors embedded in, and extending between sur-
portion thereof against the larger tubular member for provid- face of, a block of elastomeric insulating matenal.

OFFICIAL GAZETTE

March 5, 1974

GENERAL AND MECHANICAL

3,795.038

METHOD OF MANUFACTURING MOUNTING PADS FOR

ENERGY ABSORBING STEERING COLUMN

INSTALLATIONS

Richard R. Brezinski, Saginaw, and Lyie H. Durkee, Hemlock.

both of Mich., assignors to General Motors Corporation.

Detroit. Mich. ^

Filed Mar. 16. 1973, Ser. No. 342,045
Int. CI. B23p/ 7/00

U.S. CI. 29— 417

3 Claims

clamped in the recess, introducing the assembly mto a mould,
introducing plastics material m the mould to set and form the
body of the cell and then applymg pressure to one end of the
mandrel to cause the cuttmg edges to shear off that portion of
each electrode held in a recess thus leaving a smooth bore
through the cell body. An alternative form of construction
provides a mandrel having sections each with an internal
peripheral recess at one end to hold an electrode against an
abutting end of an adjacent section, moulding the cell body as
above and then applying pressure to the mandrel to shear off
the outer periphery of each electrode to form a smooth outer
surface for the cell body

3.795,040

METHOD OF INSERTING FUEL RODS INTO

INDIVIDUAL CELLS IN A FUEL ELEMENT GRID

Felix S. Jabsen, Lynchburg, Va., assignor to The Babcock &

Wilcox Company. New York. N.Y.

Filed Oct. 28. 197 1. Ser. No. 193.383

Int.CI. B23p/W04

U.S. CL 29-433 » Claim

A method of manufacturing mounting pads for energy ab-
sorbing steering columns from a flat continuous ribbon of
plastically deformable stock, as for example cold rolled steel,
the method including the steps of forming a plurality of lugs
along each edge of the ribbon at predetermined intervals
along the length thereof, bending the lugs at right angles to the
plane of the ribbon to define thereon a plurality of channel
sections, severing the ribbon at predetermined intervals to
define a plurality of pad blanks each including a pair of chan-
nel sections, and bending the blanks at right angles to the
plane of the ribbon to define closed polygons each having a
pair of opposite sides on which are disposed respective ones of
the pair of channel sections, each channel section opening
outwardly with respect to the interior of the closed polygon.

3.795.039
METHOD OF MAKING AN ELECTROLYTIC
CONDUCTIVITY CELL
Roger Eric Earl. Clifton, England, assignor to L. T. H. Elec-
tronics Limited. Bedfordshire, England

Filed Feb. 29. 1972, Ser. No. 230.308
Claims priority, application Great BriUin. Mar. 10. 1971.

6470/71

Int. CI. GOln 27/00
U.S. CI. 29-592 » 8 Claims

An illustrative embodiment of the invention provides a fuel
element assembly technique that facilitates the insertion of a
fuel rod into a cell which is formed by a resilient grid struc-
ture. Initially, a cam is introduced into the cell. The inserted
cam is rotated to deflect the gnd surfaces that comprise the
cell wails This defiection prevents a leaf-spring mounted de-
tent formed in the grid surface from extending into the path of
the fuel rod A key with a dimension that generally matches
the deflected gnd is inserted into the cell in order to engage
the temporarily bowed grid surface. The inserted cam is
rotated back to the initial orientation relative to the cell con-
figuration and IS withdrawn from the grid structure The
defiecting key lodged against the bowed grid surface, how-
ever, sustains the defiection in order to enable the fuel rod to
be inserted into the cell without being abraded by the detent.
After fuel rod insertion, the matching dimension portion of
the defiecting key is disengaged from the grid surface and the
key is withdrawn from the cell to release the leaf spnng and
allow the detent to clutch the fuel rod.

A method of making electrolytic conductivity cells and a
mandrel therefor in which the mandrel comprises a plurality
of rod like sections each having at one end thereof a reduced
diameter portion and a threaded stud for engaging a threaded
recess in an adjacent section so that all the sectipns can be
screwed together providing recesses along the length of the
mandrel each formed by a reduced diameter portion of one
section and an abutting end of normal diameter of an adjacent
section. The step between the normal and reduced diameter
portions of each section being undercut to provide a cutting
edge. The method comprises slipping over the reduced diame-
ter portion of each section a carbon graphite ring electrode,
screwing together all the sections bo that the electrodes are

3,795.041
PROCESS FOR THE PRODUCTION OF METAL-
CERAMIC BOND
Hans-Walter Hennicke, Clausthal-Zellerfeld. and Hermann-
Walter Grunling, Eriangen, both of Germany, assignors to
Siemens Aktiengesellschaft, Berlin, Germany

Filed Sept. 13. 1971, Ser. No. 180,090
Claims priority, application Germany, Sept. 24, 1970,

2047056

Int. CI.B23k i//02
U.S.CL 29-472.9 6 Claims

A metal ceramic bond wherein the ceramic portion and the
metal part, which is alloyed with an active metal in the bond-
ing zone or which contains the bonding zone m the form of an

interpolated fi)rmcd member that is adapted to the bonding
surface, is kept below the melting point, in a vacuum, and
under pressure of 5 to 50 kp/mm^ for a period up to 25 hours
The metallic bonding zone, preferably, consists of a binary
alloy with an active metal content of 0.05 to 15 atom-percent
and the ceramic part is preferably sintered corrundum or sap-
phire (A1;,0:,) The base metal used for the binary alloy is
copper, silver, nickel or iron The method may be used ad-
vantageously, for example, in the production of electron tubes
and semiconductor components.

3.795,044
METHOD OF CONTACTING A SEMICONDUCTOR BODY
HAVING A PLURALITY OF ELECTRODES UTILIZING
SHEET METAL ELECTRIC LEADS
Hanns-Heinz Peltz. Munich. Germany, assignor to Siemens Ak-
tiengesellschaft. Berlin. Germany

Filed July 22, 1971. Ser. No. 164,999
Claims priority, application Germany. July 29, 1970,
2037666

Int. CI. BO Ij 17/00
U.S. CI. 29-591 3 Claims

3,795,042
METHOD FOR PRODUCING COMPOSITE MATERIALS
Kenneth G. Kreider. Glastonbury, and Karl M. Prewo,
Manchester, both of Conn., assignors to United Aircraft Cor-
poration, East Hartford. Conn.

Filed Aug. 22. 1972, Ser. No. 282,818

Int. CI. B23k J/ /02

U.S. CI. 29— 472.3 5 Claims

A method for continuously manufacturing in air high
strength metal matrix composites reinforced with a plurality of
parallel layers of unidirectional filaments comprising position-
ing a plurality of filament reinforced aluminum matrix
monolayer tapes in a stack, pressing the stack between at least
one pair of rollers heated to a predetermined temperature at
pressures of approximately 100-10,000 psi to reduce its
thickness and cause dcnsificalion, said temperature being
lower than the liquidus temperature of the aluminum matrix
but being sufficiently high, in combination with the pressure,
to cause bonding of the aluminum matrix of each tape to the
filaments embedded ihercwithin and to contiguous portions of
the adjacent tapes.

3.795.043
METHOD FOR OBTAINING BEAM LEAD CONNECTIONS

FOR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS
Franco Forlani. Monza. Italy, assignor to Honeywell Informa-
tion Systems Italia, Caluso. Italy

Filed Nov. 2. 1971. Ser. No. 196,442

Claims priority, application Italy, Nov. 5, 1970, 31333/70

Int. CI. BO Ij/ 7/00

U.S. CI. 29-574 7 Claims

A process for obtaining beam leads for connecting in-
tegrated circuit chips to an external circuit substrate, wherein
aluminum beam leads are formed and directly and simultane-
ously bonded to aluminum pads on the chips while continu-
ously being supported

~1 - „( iPT

=^-11

In a method of contacting a semiconductor body provided
with several electrodes, utilizing a plurality of sheet metal
electric leads, the thickness or width of the sheet metal is
reduced at the ends of the tongue-like electric sheet metal
leads with respect to the parts thereof bordering a common
holder frame therefor. The ends of the leads are directly con-
nected to the electrodes of the semiconductor body provided
therefor.

3,795.045

METHOD OF FABRICATING SEMICONDUCTOR

DEVICES TO FACILITATE EARLY ELECTRICAL

TESTING

Guy Dumas. Paris. France, assignor to Silec-Semi-Conduc-

teurs, Paris. France

Filed Feb. 1 1. 1971. Ser. No. 1 14.452
Claims priority, application France. Aug. 4. 1970. 70.28767
Int. CI. BOlj/ 7/00
U.S. CL 29—574 3 Claims

A method of fabricating semiconductor devices to facilitate
electrical testing at an early stage and before final as.sembly to
heat sinks and the like. A metallic layer is deposited over one
surface of a semiconductor wafer having a previously formed
internal junction or junctions The other surface of the wafer
is then coated with a chemically impervious protective layer in
a grid pattern, and the exposed semiconductive material is
chemically cut down to the metallic layer to form islands of
junction devices separated by grooves The grooves are next
filled with a protective substance to cover the exposed junc-
tions and the devices are electncally tested. The devices arc
then separated by mechanically cutting through the grooves
and metallic layer, and the acceptable ones are mounted on
their final supports or heat sinks.

OFFICIAL GAZETTE

March 5, 1974

3,795,046

METHOD OF MAKING A HEAT SINKED RESISTOR
George A. Shim, Williamstown, Mass., assignor to Sprague
Electric Companv, North Adams. Mass.

Continuation-in-partof Ser. No. 104,621, Jan. 7, 1971,

abandoned. This application Apr. 5, 1972, Ser. No. 241,420

Int. CI. HOlc .?/««. 5/(>y. 17100

V.S. CI. 29-618 1 4 Claims

sure proccs.s. The epoxy is cured with a resultant interconnec-
tion that is electrically good and mechanically strong.

A ceramic core has selected resistance alloys wound
thereon, and is covered by a vitreoas-enamel msulatmg laver,
and rinally by a relatively thick metallic outer covering that is
bonded to the vitrcous-cnamel layer The metallic outer
covering can be applied by pouring molten metal over the
vitreous-enamel covered resistor thaJt has been preheated The
resultant electrical resistor is designed for the utmost stability
under extreme operating conditions, and has a power rating
that IS increased over five-fold fromithe power rating without
the metal outer laver.

3,795,047

ELECTRICAL INTERCONNECT STRLCTLRING FOR

LAMINATE ASSEMBLIES AND FABRICATING

METHODS THEREFOR

Oscar R. Abolafia, Endicott; John A. Lau, Johnson City;
Franklin F. M. Lee, Endwell, and Catherine R. Watson,
Binghamton, all of N.Y.. assignors to International Business
Machines Corporation. Armonk, N.Y.

Filed June 15. 1972. Ser. No. 263,089

Int. CI. H05k J/i6

U.S. CI. 29-625 11 Claims

(EPOXT)!?'
18

WMmM

-'iiEPoni

-'Ob

r!8

'10c

:y ' ■■■•rT>

3,795,048

METHOD FOR MANLFACTLRINC; NON-LINEAR

RESISTORS

Kan-ichi Tachibana; Michihiro Nishioka, and Mikiya Ono, all
of kitakyushu. Japan, assignors to Mitsubishi Mining & Ce-
ment Company, Ltd.. Tokyo, Japan

Filed Jan. 26. 1973. Ser. No. 327.1 77
Claims priority, application Japan. Feb. 16, 1972,47-16305
Int.CI. HOlc /,/-4. /7/W;
U.S.CL 29-621 2 Claims

A method for manufacturing non-linear resistors compris-
ing superposing several sintered wafers and applying silver
electrodes to opposite surfaces of the sintered wafers super-
posed respectively is disclosed. The sintered wafer, consisting
es.scntially of iron oxide and copper oxide has negative re-
sistance and also possesses such thermister constant B°K and
specific resistance RoKH at 27.VK as satisfy the relation
Bx Rog 10*Kn°K. The non-linear resistors manufactured
by this method, based on utilization of the property of the
contact surfaces between the sintered wafers superposed,
have remarkably stable volt-amphere characteristics and are
inexpensive in cost.

3,795,049

METHOD OF MAKING A PRINTED CIRCUIT ED(;E

CONNECTOR

Carl J. Steigerwald. Wauconda. III., assignor to TRW Inc.,

Cleveland. Ohio

Filed Feb. 22. 1972. Ser. No. 228.099

Int. CI. H02g 15100

U.S. CI. 29—629 9 Claims

This IS a structuring technique for fabricating a multilayer
circuit assembly by laminating subassemblies and joining
the conductive elements from one subassembly to another
both electrically and mechanically by application of a metal
powder epoxy (MPE) process at each joint interface Ad-
jacent conductive surfaces are interconnected by first apply-
ing a thin layer of B-stage epoxy lo the circuit areas of one
conductive surface Uniformly spherical metal particulate
powder IS then sprinkled over the entire surface After
moderate heating the powder particulate will remain only on
the epoxied areas. The other surface is uniformly covered with
B-stagc epoxy The two surfaces so pretreated arc then
laminated together in an alignment fixture under both pres-
sure and heat. The metal particles, which are spherical and
equal sized, and harder than both of the conductive surfaces,
are able to penetrate the epoxy layers and into contact with
the metallic conductive surfaces during the heating and pres-

A method and device defining a printed circuit edge con-
nector wherein extruded plastic insulator bodies are utilized in
forming the connector and the contact elements associated
with the edge connector arc inserted in or molded in the edge
connector during formation thereof.

March 5, 1974

GENERAL AND MECHANICAL

3.795.050

TRIMMER CATCH BOX

Albert L. Latsha, 460 Colfax Rd., Havertown. Pa. 19083

Filed Oct. 1 1 . 1972. Ser. No. 296,522

Int.Cl. B26b/9/4«

U.S.CL 30-132 10 Claims

3,795.052

SELF-SHAPING DENTAL MATRIX

Llewellyn L. Mowery. 1214 Central. Redlands. Calif. 92373

Filed June 5. 1972. Ser. No. 259,460

Int. CI. A61c 5//2

U.S.CL 32-63 3 Claims

This application discloses a trimmer catch box which can be
readily attached to a power driven hedge trimmer of either a
single edge or double edge type instantly without attaching
tools, which provides guide tines or fingers disposed at an
angle to the cutter plane for efficient cutting, and which pro-
vides a catch box bottom disposed at an angle to the cutter
plane for effective reception and retention of clippings and
guidance of the trimmer when the cutting plane is vertical,
horizontal, or inclined.

A thin fiexiblc sheet inscrtable uprightly between teeth has
a small hole at one end for receiving a pulling instrument and a
compound tapering wedge at the opposite end for holding the
sheet between teeth. The wedge is shaped such that it not onl\
fixes the matrix between teeth but imparts a bend lo the
matrix sheet to partly surround the ttwth being worked on.

3.795.053

COMBINATION DRAFTING INSTRUMENT

Dennis A. Burke, 3104 N.E. 48th Ave., Portland, Oreg. 97213

Filed Mar. 10, 1972, Ser. No. 233,652

lnt.CI.B43l/i/00

U.S.CL33-1B 6 Claims

3,795,051

TANGENTIAL FEED PIPE CUTTER

William C. Feamster, III, 311 Saunders Dr., Portsmouth. Va.

23701

Filed July 11. 1972, Ser. No. 270,707
Int. CI. B23d2//0«

U.S. CI. 30- 101

14 Claims

A tangential feed pipe cutter capable of cutting pipe in
restricted spaces, formed of two semi-circular annular body
segments hinged together to form a ring for encircling the pipe
to be cut Two pairs of rollers joumaled in one of the segments
engage the pipe at two roller contact points at circum-
ferent.ally spaced locations on the pipe surface and a cutting
wheel or blade for contacting the pipe at a contact point op-
posite the midregion between the rollers is slidable in the
other segment and adjusted by a feed screw and feed nut along
a rectilinear path paralleling a line connecting the two roller
contact points.

A one-piece combination drafting instrument combines fea-
tures of a protractor, compass, ruler and triangle. The instru-
ment comprises a thin, fiat, circular, transparent disc with its
peripheral edge subdivided into degrees by radial degree
marking lines, degree marking holes at 5° intervals just in-
wardly ef the peripheral edge and degree indicia at 10° inter-
vals. The disc is subdivided into 45° segments by straight rows
of guide holes radiating from a center guide hole along various
diameters of the disc A primary pair of such diameters, ex-
tending perpendicular to one another, is subdivided into units
of length by dimension marking lines. At lea.st some of such
lines extend through the guide holes along such diameters
Some of these marking lines are also identified by dimensional
indicia which proceed progressively outwardly in increasing
order from a zero reference point at the center guide hole
Pairs of sight guide lines extend at right angles to one another
from the guide holes provided along a secondary pair of
diameters spaced 45° from' the primary diameters The sight
guide lines are aligned with the lineal dimension marking lines
and guide holes along the primary diameters. The sight guide
lines together define a series of concentric squares symmetri-
cal about the center guide hole.

■2e>

OFFICIAL GAZETTE

March 5, 1974

3,795,054

METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CALIBRATING THE

POSITION OF A TOOL AND FOR GAUGING THE

DIMENSION OF A WORKPIECE

John M. Kinney, Cortland, Ohio, assignor to The American

Welding & Manufacturing Company. Warren, Ohio
Division of Ser. No. 63,620, Aug. 13, 1970. Pat. No. 3,641.849,
which is a continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 776.389. Nov. 18.
1968, abandoned. This application Sept. 21. 1971, Ser. No.

182.504

Int.CI. G05b /9 //*, GOlb 7/02

L.S. CI. 33-174 PC 8 Claims

sivc to workpiccc diameter is carried by the forked support
and bears against a reference point in the hgamcnt support for
the block which does not exhibit any lateral shifting upon
change in workpiece diameter.

X —

let

TO MOO[ itirCH 3 I

ISc

-—TO GATCJSO

in a machine tool, a calibration and gauging system com-
prising drive means for moving a tix)l or inspection probe to a
commanded position which is beyond a calibration position
The calibration and gauging system also includes circuitry for
developing a transfer signal when the tool or inspection probe
has arrived at the commanded position and a ■"false" transfer
signal when the tool or probe has arrived at the calibration
position The transfer signals initiate the next sequence of the
machine tool program

3.795,055

APPARATUS FOR DIMENSIONAL TESTING OF

NOMINALLY CYLINDRICAL WORKPIECES

Matteo Zucco, Turin, Italy, assignor to Fiat Societa Per Azioni,

Turin. Italy

Filed May 25. 1972, Ser. No. 256,854
Claims priority, application Italy, May 28, 1971, 68817

A/71 !

Int. CI.GOIb 5/0«,5/20
U.S. CI. 33-1 74 Q < 1 Claim

3,795,056
TRACK CORRECTION CONTROL
Franz Plasser, and Josef Theurer. both of Johannesgasse 3,
1010 Vienna, Austria

Filed Jan. 19. 1970, Ser. No. 3,763

Claims priority, application Austria. Jan. 22, 1969, 645/69

Int. CI. B6 Ik 9/61*

U.S.CL 33-287 33 Claims

c a- "a ly <j

^Si^^^^S

A mobile track laying machine arranged to move in a work-
ing direction from a newly laid corrected to a newly laid un-
corrected track section corrects the position of the track at a
track correction station. Ihc track correction is contrt)lled by
a reference system which includes a reference associated with
a track rail The reference extends in a direction opposite the
working direction towards the track correction station
between two end ptiints spaced from each other along the
track one in the old track section and the other in the uncor-
rected newly laid track section, and means is provided to posi-
tion the reference solely in dependence on the position of the
track in the old track section.

3,795,057
FLUIDIZED BED PROCESS
John Peter Fanaritis, Warren. Pa., assignor to Struthers Scien-
tific and International Corporation. New York. N.Y.

Filed June 6. 1972, Ser. No. 260,149
Claims priority, application Great Britain, June 18, 1971,
28755/71

Int.CI. F26bi/0S,/7//0
U.S. CI. 34— ID 1 Claim

P/fVaATT

This mvcntion provides a testing apparatus for nominally
cylindrical workpicces enabling errors of both form and con-
centricity of a workpiece to be assessed, independently of
workpiece diameter, while also checking the diameter itself.
The workpiece is rt)lated about a longitudinal axis through at
least 1 8U^ and two adjustable feelers urc maintained in contact
with diametrically opposite points on the surface of the work-
piece, one feeler being carried bv one arm of a forked support In a fluidized bed dryer or reactor in which particles are ag-
while the other feeler is carried by an block capable of lateral gregated or coated to form granules, a two stage granulation
displacement relative to the other fork arm, both the forked process is provided in two vertically separated fluidized beds
support and the block being displacoable linearly in a lateral m a single chamber. In a drying process, heat may be added
direction by virtue of ligament supports. A transducer respon- between the fluidized beds.

March 5, 1974

GENERAL AND MECHANICAL

3.795.058

GRID FOR FLUIDIZED BED APPARATUS

Neophytos (ianiaris, Riverdale, N.Y.. assignor to Struthers

Scientific and International Corporation, New York, N.Y.

Filed June 6, 1972, Ser. No. 260.146
Claims priority, application Great Britain. June 6, 1971,

28757/71

Int.CI. F26b/ 7/70

a series of pa.sses through the heating tunnel in a manner
whereby the trays arc always maintained in a substantially
horizontal face-up position Lifters or transfer means arc pro-
vided adjacent the ends of each pass to co-act with the move-
ment of the conveyor means to horizontally lift the respective

U.S. CI. 34-57 D

' 1 Claim

A flat conical grid at the bottom of a container for forming a
fluidized bed therein contains a central opening for granules
removal and has a rotary scraper on the upper surface of the
grid driven by a shaft extending through the central opening.

3,795,059
TRAINING SIMULATOR WITH NOVEL MALFUNCTION

INSERTION
Victor Faconti. Jr., Binghamton, N.Y., assignor to The Singer
Company. New York, N.Y.

Filed Oct. 30. 1970. Ser. No. 85.668

Int. CI. G09b 9m, B64g 7100

U.S. CI. 35-12 D 5 Claims

^.^r-:

-^-^

tNTS L-

: r"

INSTRUCTORS
STATION

work support trays between adjacent passes. The arrangement
is such that the work support trays are disposed to travel in an
endless path within the tunnel in a manner whereby the load-
ing and/or unloading of the workpieces upon the respective
trays can be expedited without interruption of the moving
conveyor means. , •

This specification discloses an automatic malfunction inser-
tion system for a flight simulator wherein the operating condi-
tions under which each aircraft malfunction is likely to occur
arc stored and compared with actual simulator conditions
Out of the most likely malfunctions as determined by the com-
parison one IS randomly selected for insertion in the simulator,
and means are provided to cycle through all possible malfunc-
tion before repeating any one malfunction.

ERRATUM

For Class 35—12 D see:
Patent No. 3,795,059

3.795.061

TRAINING INJECTOR

Stanley J. Sarnoff, and George B. Calkins, both of Bethesda.

Md., assignors to Survival Technology. Inc.. Bethesda, .Md.

Filed Mar. 21. 1973, Ser. No. 343.276

Int. CI. G09b 2il28

U.S.CL 35— 17 4 Claims

'- 24 !8 60

A training injector for use in learning to administer medica-
tion to one's self or another, said injector having a blunt prod
which is spring projected to simulate the action of the needle
in an automatic injector

3.795.062

CHILD S HAND TRAINER

Thomas Lamb, 42 Mariomi Rd., New Canaan. Conn. 06840

Filed Sept. 20, 1972, Ser. No. 290,439

Int. CI. A63b2i/00

U.S. CI. 35-29 E 4 Claims

3,795.060
DRYER CONSTRUCTION
David Jaffa. Fairlawn. and Sandor Szarka. Hawthorne, both of
N.J.. assignors to Precision Screen Machines Inc.,
Hawthorne, N.J.

Filed Dec. 6, 1972, Ser. No. 312,787
Int.CI. F26b/9/«0
U.S.CL 34-203 12 Claims

This disclosure 4s directed to a dryer construction having a
heating tunnel in which there is disposed an endless conveyor
including a series of connected work supporting trays. The
conveyor and connected work supporting trays are conveyed
through the tunnel in an endless serpentine manner to traverse

A child's hand trainer designed to teach infants and children
at an early age to use fingers and hands intelligently and use-
fully when handling objects comprises two symmetrical, op-
positely disposed, reversely oriented implements such as
spoons or forks joined together by a tetrahedral structure
providing triangular surfaces which provide natural gripping
surfaces for the child's thumb and fingers.

OFFICIAL GAZETTE

March 5, 1974

3,795,063
CARD SELECTION SYSTEM
Roy A. Nelson. Acton, Mass., assignor to Spellbinder, Inc.,
Boston, Mass.

Filed Feb. 28, 1973, Ser. No. 336,751

Int. Ci.G09b 5/02

U.S. CI. 35-35 D 7 Claims

A card selection system comprises! a control card and an
element card, each having visible indicia, one card having a
coded array of apertures and the other hav ing a coded array of
cooperatmg protrusions The one card is received in a base
with lis coded array of apertures aligned with a plurality of
resilient electrical contacts and receives the other card with its
coded arrav of protrusions directed toward the contacts, the
protrusions move certain of the contacts with respect to con-
ducting means on the base, and the apertures cooperate to
permit motion of those contacts with respect to the conduct-
ing means. An electric current is thereby conditioned through
the conducting means to indicate the selection of an element
card having an array comcidently coded with a control card
coded array

3,795,064
THERAPEUTIC TOY
Christopher Temple Sims-Williams, London, England, as-
signor to Alfred George Moore, Hounslow, England

Filed Oct. 12, 1972, Ser. No. 296,924
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Oct. 14, 1971,
47,860 71

Int. CI. G09b I9n)4
U.S. CI. 35-35 C 9 Claims

A toy particularly useful for speecn therapy and including
visual display means actuated in rcsp<inse to sounds prt)duced
into a microphone. In one form the visual display is a monkey
which is suspended on a vertical pillar by a thread passing over
pulleys or bv magnets attracted to other magnets mounted for
movement within the pillar. The microphone is connected to
an electrical circuit adapted to drive an electric motor in a for-
ward direction thereby raising the monkey up the pillar when
an acceptable sound is produced. The circuit is adjustable to
redefine an acceptable sound and may be adapted to lower the
monkey immediately an acceptable Kiund cea.ses or after a
preset delay.

3,795,065

DEVICE FOR INTRODUCING IN REAL TARGET

OBSERVATION SYSTEMS APPARENT MOTION

CHARACTERISTICS QUITE DIFFERENT FROM THE

REAL CHARACTERISTICS

Pierre-Camille Aubert, Viroflay, and Michel Poesy. Hatenay-

Vlalabry. both of France, assignors to Societe Nationale In-

dustrielle Aerospatiale. Paris, France

Filed July 1 1. 1972. Ser. No. 270.739
Claims priority, application France. July 23, 1971,
71.26977

Int. CI. G09b 9/00
U.S.Ci.35— 25 11 Claims

I
I
I

i'ii'x

*).

»-i-^

The present invention relates to a target animator and more
particularly to a command mixer operating on a weapon
system which substantially includes a sighting telescope mova-
ble in elevation and in azimuth responsivcly to command
signals emitted by the aimer, a first input of said mixer receiv-
ing said commands and a second input thereof being pri>vided
to receive disrupting signals designed to selectively simulate
varied movements of a target which may be towed or
parachuted or even motionless.

3,795,066
(GRAPHIC ANSW ER INPUT DEVICE FOR A TEACHING

MACHINE

Igor Rafailovich Tarnopolsky. ulitsa Zarodshaya 33, kv. 27.,
and (lennady Vasilievich Akimtsev, ulitsa Furmanova, 23,
both of Frunze. U.S.S.R.

Filed Sept. 22, 1971, Ser. No. 182,658
Claims priority, application U.S.S.R., Sept. 22, 1970,
1472767

Int. CI. G09b 5/00
U.S. CL 35—48 R 1 Claim

A graphic answer input device for a teaching machine of a
sandwich structure comprising four elements placed one

March 5, 1974

GENERAL AND MECHANICAL

above another, namely a board with contacts electrically con- hydraulic motor means disposed inside this propeller drum

nected to the logical unit of the machine, a perforated card structure. Advantageously, several hydraulic motors drive two

with holes, a current-carrying plate and a problem blank for

the student to plot the required drawing on, the heads of the

contacts being rectilinear polyhedrons in shape, which makes

it possible to have the number of holes in the perforated card

equal to that of contacts on the contact-bearing board and,

hence, to increase the resolution of the input device as a ^^

whole. '^

3,795,067
EDUCATIONAL APPARATUS
Harold Weinstein, 1820 Avenue V, Brooklyn, N.Y. 11 229 --^i

Filed Oct. 16, 1972, Ser. No. 297,615

Int. CI. G09b 3102 V

U.S. CI. 35—9 D 3 Claims symmetrical sections of a drum by a common gear and shaft

means within the drum structure.

3,795,069

PORTABLE TRAIL GROOMING DEVICE

Stanley O. Cheney, West Springfleld, N.H. 03284

Filed July 5, 1972, Ser. No. 269,1 19

Int. CI. EOlh 5/00

U.S. CI. 37— 48 4 Claims

Educational apparatus including a block having a planar
surface formed with a square array of holes therein. A card
having indicia representing an educational problem is posi-
tioned on the planar surface and fixed thereto by a pair of pins
inserted through a pair of holes in the card in registration with
two of the holes in the square array on the planar surface of
the block Positioning of the pins fixes a code for choosing the
correct answer to the problem displayed on the card. An
answer to the problem is chosen by selecting an answer card
having appropriate indicia thereon from the plurality of cards
and superimposing the answer card on the problem card. The
answer card selected, if correct, will have a pair of holes which
register with the pins extending through the problem card to
establish and immediately visually indicate to the student the
correctness of the selection of his answer. If the holes on the
answer card are not in registration with the pins, the student
will have an indication of an incorrect answer and must select
another answer card until registration is accomplished. The
problem and answer cards are transparent so that their posi-
tioning on the planar surface of the block may be in-
terchanged with the result that the answer card may become a
problem card and the problem card the answer card, respec-
tively.

This Trail Groomer is designed to adapt itself to the trail
condition, and automatically reduces the load on the towing
vehicle whenever the groomer meets high resistance such as
iced snow cover or very heavy snow fall. The unloading of the
groomer is accomplished by tilting the mam beam upwards to
lift a fixed blade, and pulling a lifting wedge which responds to
excessive draw-bar pull under a movable blade to reduce some
of the load of snow.

3,795,068
SNOW PLOW
Gustav Brunner, Hausern, Germany, assignor to Firma Ing.
Alfred Schmidt, Schwarzwald, Germany

Filed Feb. 23, 1972, Ser. No. 228,592
Claims priority, application Germany, Sept. 21, 1971,

2147001

Int. CLEOlh 5/00
U.S. CI. 37-43 D 3 Claims

A snow plow has snow propeller drum structure driven by

3,795,070

MULTIPURPOSE BUCKET FOR HEAVY-DUTY

CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT

Orville P. Bronson, 5209 Targee Space No. 14, Boise, Idaho

83705, and Bruce L. Crabtree, Sr., P.O. Box 423.

Snohomish, Wash. 98290

Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 234,355, March 13, 1972,
abandoned. This application Mar. 12, 1973, Ser. No. 340,623

Int. CI. E02f i/76
U.S.CL 37—1 17.5 4 Claims

The multipurpose bucket for loaders, mounted on suitably
actuated, commonly known, lift armvand being tilted by ac-
tuator cylinders mounted to the arms and to the bucket, com-
prises a bowl, an extendible bottom which is slidable forwardly

OFFICIAL GAZETTE

March 5, 1974

and rcarv^ardly with respect to said boM»l. and being connected
at the rearwardmost terminal end by a connector bar: and an
actuator assembly including a bell crank upstandmglv.
pivotallv mounted at its vertex to the rearwardmost terminal
side of the bowl, an actuator cylmder mounted in alignment
with and over the bell crank to the rearwardmost side ot the
bow I and pivotally mounted by its piston to the upper arm por-
tion of the bell crank, the lower arm portion of the bell crank
being pivotally secured to the connector bar.

3.795,073
COLLAPSIBl.t TRAP FOR C RABS AND THE LIKE
Robert J. Olsen, Seattle. VVa.sh., assignor to Northwest Wire
Works. Inc.. .Seattle, W ash.

Filed Mar. 23. 1972. Ser. No. 237^84

Int. CI. AO Ik 69/05

U.S.CI.43-105 9 Claims

3.795,071
PLANNING BOARD
Heinz R. Wagner. Kapfsteig 16, 8032. Zurich. Switzerland
Filed Oct. 13. 1971, Ser. No. 188.822
Claims priority, application SwiUerland, Oct. 19, 1970.

15363/70

Inl.Ci. G09fWq(^

L.S. CI. 40-63 R

3 Claims

A planning board comprising a base plate adapted to be
dctachably secured to a support, the base plate being provided
with a number of rows of clamping strips At one end or edge
of the planning board which extends transverse to the
direction in which the clamping strips extend there is provided
a recess means which extends over the entire length of this
edge, and such recess means penetrates through the clamping
strips and extends at least up to the region of the base plate.

3.795.072
FISHING REEL

Thomas D. Sherman, 71 1 Daisy Ln., Fox Point, Wis. 53217
Filed Feb. 12, 1973, Ser. No. 332,051
Int.CI.AOlk.^y/00
L.S. CI. 43-25 11 Claims

^ »

Twt) oppt)site sides of a rectangular trap are hinge con-
nected to both the top and bottom of the trap The remaining
two sides are hinge connected to only the bottom and are
adapted to be folded inwardly into a position Oat against the
bottom. Then, the top and one of the double hinged sides are
folded downwardly onto the bottom and the remaining double
hinged side A framed tunnel opening is provided in each side
for receiving a removable rigid wire tunnel

3,795.074

NATLRAL BAIT HOLDER

John F. Mantel. 2728B N. Fratney St.. Milwaukee. Wis. 53212

Filed May 24, 1973, Ser. No. 363.688

Int.CI. A01kW/6»6

U.S.CL 43-44.2 10 Claims

A fishing reel includes two spafced spools with the line
stored on the spools in the form of elongated loops which en-
circle both spools. When casting, the spools do nc)t rotate and
the elongated loops slip from the spools in the manner of a
spinning reel The line is retrieved and wound on the spools by
a belt arranged around pulleys or drive wheels on both sptwls
with a handle connected to the belt for rotation of the belt. In
one embodiment, the reel frame is pivotally mounted to the
rod to position the spool axes parallel to the rod for casting
and at right angles to the rod for rewinding the line.

A straight wire shank has an eye formed on one end for at-
tachment to a fishing line and has a pointed, grooved guide
member attached to the other end for pierceable insertion into
a worm, such as a night crawler, minnow, or other natural bait,
or certain types of simulated natural bait of soft material. A
pair of bait-securing wires are slideably attached to the wire
shank and slideably extend through the grooves in the grooved
guide member. The ends of the bait-securing wires are hook-
shaped to engage the interior of the bait and hold it in posi-
tion, but are substantially confined in the guide member dur-
ing insertion so as not to interfere with insertion into the bait.
The grooved guide member has camming surfaces which en-
gage the bait-securing wires and spread the hook-shaped ends
of the wires apart in response to forces which would normally
tend to strip the bait from the holder, thereby holding the bait
more firmly in position in response to such bait stripping
forces. The hook-shaped ends of the bait-securing wires may
be barbed to catch fish or alternately a separate barbed hook
may be attached to the shank adjacent to the bait-securing
wires for catching fish.

March 5, 1974

GENERAL AND MECHANICAL

3,795,075 inside of a window opening by means of unique installation

CONTROLLABLE TURNSTILE clips and can be installed from the exterior of a window open-

Walter Joseph Orzechowski, Grenada Hills. Calif., assignor to ing in conjunction with a unique installation bracket Trim ex-

Western Data Products, Inc., Los Angeles, Calif.
Filed Mar. 1 5. 1 972, Ser. No. 234.7 1 1
Int. CI. E06b///0«
U.S.CL 49-46

2 Claims

This invention describes a controllable turnstile for allowing
metered movement in either of two directions. A cogwheel as-
sembly is located on the same shaft as a turnstile and is con-
trolled by a pair of separately operated pawls. A push pawl
prevents counterckxrkwise rotation, but allows clockwise
rotation whereas a pull pawl prevents clockwise rotation, but
allows counterclockwise rotation. Each pawl is biased by a
spring into an undctented position and is normally held in a
detented position by the application of power to a pair of
separately controllable solenoids. In the absence of power
both pawls are rclea.sed and the turnstile is free wheeling in
either direction.

3.795,076
WINDOW STRUCTURE
Richard N. Anderson, Owensboro, Ky., assignor to V. E. An-
derson Mfg. Co., Owensboro, Ky.
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 36,303, June 22, 1 970. This
application Mar. 8,1971, Ser. No. 1 2 1 ,985
Claims priority, application Australia, Sept. 9. 1970. 19708
Int. CI. E05d I5J52
U.S. CI. 49- 192 13 Claims

142 ^ 140

Universal window structure for use as a single-hung win-
dow, a hopper window, or a right or left-hand glider window
and having a box frame and at least one movable sash is dis-
closed

An improved mull cover for securing a plurality of the
universal window structures together, sash guide and tilt
release structure for permitting tilting of the movable sash out
of the plane of the window structure, and sash guide and pivot
structure for the movable sash arc also disclosed, together
with an improved sash balance shoe, improved locking struc-
ture for the movable sash, improved glazing structure, im-
proved weather stripping, structure for maintaining the
weathertightness of the window structure during high winds,
and a combination screen retainer and movable sash seal The
window structure of the invention may be installed from the

tensions are also provided with the window structure for
finishing a window opening in which the window structure is

installed

The window structure of the invention has provision for
weepage installed as a single-hung hopper or as a right or left-
hand glider window. The movable sash of the window struc-
ture of the invention is separated from the frame thereof and
guiding and spacing means to eliminate metai-to-metal en-
gagement between the movable sash and the window frame
are provided whereby the window structure is particularly
quiet in operation

3,795,077
SEGMENTAL CUT-OFF GRINDING W HEEL
Robert W . Bosma, Whitinsville, and George H. Pettee, Sterling;
both of Mass., assignors to Norton Company, Worcester,

Mass.

Filed Dec. 4, 1972, Ser. No. 31 1,467

Int. CI. B24d 5/06. 5/OS
U.S. CI. 51 -206.5 17 Claims

JZ-f 7ts2c

3ZM

A high speed segmental cut-off grinding wheel has a reusa-
ble drive center with either one or a plurality of angularly
spaced narrow segment aligning grooves of predetermined
radial depth in its circumferential surface and a plurality of
identical interchangeable, replaceable and detachable com-
posite abrasive segments equally spaced around the center
Each abrasive segment has a segment support member, in-
cluding resilient members extending into the aligning groove,
engaging the center, and displacing the segment radially out-
ward into a precise position and engagement with a plurality
of quickly and easily removable segment locating and retain-
ing members, each with a locking groove therein, inserted into
axially aligned mating apertures in the center and extending
through non-aligned locating apertures in the displaced seg-
ment support member. Sufficiently displacing each abrasive
segment inwardly relative to the center deflects and preloads
the resilient members and aligns the previously non-aligned
locating apertures with the axially aligned apertures in the
center for either inserting or removing the locating and retain-
ing member to replace a segment. The resilient members bias
the released composite abrasive segment outwardly with suffi-
cient force to maintain the segment support member engaged
with precision locating surfaces within the locking grooves of
the locating and retaining members and thereby prevent axial
displacement of the segment locating and retaining members.

3,795.078
SEGMENTAL CUT-OFF W HEEL
Loring Coes. Jr., Princeton, Mass., assignor to Norton Com-
pany, Worcester, Mass.

Filed Nov. 1. 1972. Ser. No. 302,662

Int. CI. B24d 5/06.5/0*

U.S.CL 51-206.5 10 Claims

A relatively large high speed thin segmental cut-off grinding

wheel has a reusable drive center with a peripheral segment

]

OFFICIAL GAZETTE

March 5, 1974

aligning groove between axially spacdd opposed side Hangc
pcirtions and equally spaced identical groups of precision
tapered locating holes, in at least one of the side Hanges
Identical interchangeable, replaceable and detachable com-
posite reinforced abrasive segments are equally spaced
around, precisely located, and clamped between the side
Hanges of the center Each abrasive segment comprises, a thin
non abrasive segment support member including a plurality ot
precision segment locating holes therein precisely aligned with
a group of the tapered locating holes in the side Hange portion

3,795.080
MKTHOD FOR PAC KAGING
Albert Emiet Smolderen, Aarlselaar. and Joseph Marie Cap-
puyns, Berchem, both of Belgium, assignors to Afga-(ievaert
N.V., Mortsel. Belgium

Filed Oct. 26, 1971,Ser. No. 192,021
Claims priority, application (Ireat Britain, Oct. 26, 1970,

50.835/70

Int. CI.B65b6///«
U.S.CI.53-14 4 Claims

IZk'

by a plurality of easily removable and insertable mating
tapered segment locating and retaining members extending
axially therethrough and threaded into either the opposite side
flange portion or into a tapered nut withm an opposite tapered
hole in the opposite side flange of the center. Resilient mem-
bers may be compressed in the space between the inner sur-
face of the abrasive segments and the circumferential surface
of the center for maintaining the segment in tension and/or
compensate for any irregularities or non mating contours m
the adjacent surfaces.

Hermetically sealed package for photographic sheet materi-
als provided with one or two tearstrips which extend at the end
of the package in the form of a kxip In order to facilitate the
opening of the package in the dark a small part of the package
is scored in the comers where the tearstrip extends, so that it
can easily be torn off whereup<in a sufficiently long extremity
of the tearstrip is freed to open the package without difficulty.

3,795.079 I
BLILDING STRLCTCRE AND METHOD OF ERECTING

SAME
Michael L. Klem, 6244 Brous Ave., Philadelphia, Pa. 19049
Filed May 20, 1970, Ser. No. 38,943
Int.CI. E04b:/20

3,795.081

PROCESS FOR CONTINLOLSl.Y FORMING

COMPARTMENTED PACKAGES

Theodore E. Brown, Jr.. Mickleton. N J., and Frank M. Willis.

Hedgesville. W. Va., assignors to E. 1. du Pont de Nemours

and Company, Wilmington, Del.

Filed Nov. 2. 1972, Ser. No. 303,054

Int.CI. B65by//2

U.S.CI.53-28 6 Claims

t.S. CI. 52-437

2 Claims

A structure having the overall appearance of conventional
brick construction is erected from a series of building ele-
ments each of which has a peripheral channel and transverse
vents connecting top and bottom portions of the channel to
enable a bonding agent to be flowed downwardly through the
vents and into passageways formed by the channels between
the elements when they are laid one upon the other with their
channels m registry with one another The elements are pro-
vided with recesses in their side faces for receiving strips of
decorative mortar which provide the illusion of morlar-joints
and which are applied after the structure has been erected.
Three forms of building elements are disclosed; a course ele-
ment for the walls of the structure, a corner element for its
corners, and an edge element for framing apertures in the
structure.

( !

A series of mulli-compartmented packages is produced con-
tinuously by forming a web of film, e.g., biaxially oriented,
heat-set polyethylene terephthalate, into a continuously ad-
vancing convoluted tube having a partially single-ply and par-
tially double-ply wall, sealing the inner to the outer ply so as to
form at least two linear junctures, one adjacent the inner edge
and one adjacent the outer edge of the web, thereby forming
at least two adjacent compartments with the inner ply com-
mon to two compartments, feeding different Huent materials
to the different compartments, constricting the loaded tube at
spaced intervals and applying a pair of encircling closure
means to the constricted areas, and severing the tube between
the pair of closure means.

March 5, 1974

GENERAL AND MECHANICAL

Lawrence A
Pottstown,
loit. Wis.

U.S. CI. 53

3,795,082
PAPER ROLL CODING DEVICE
Brenner, Westchester, and Andrew Lopuski,
both of Pa., assignors to Beloit Corporation. Be-

thcrcafter to wrap the legs around the constricted tube materi-
al so that the ends lap each other.

Filed Mav 4. 1972. Ser. No. 250.159
Int. CI. B65b6/.26

131

9 Claims

3.795.084
PACKAGING APPARATUS
Charles D. Richardson, Muncie, Ind.; Robert J. Corsentino,
Jr., Temple, and Oliver M. Gould, Belton. both of Tex., as-
signors to Richardson Service Division, Muncie. Ind.
Filed Aug. 15, 1972, Ser. No. 280,924
Int.CI. B65b//i2,6J/02
U.S. CI. 53-59 W 23 Claims

MM/tKlne

FLUID

A device for color coding the wrapper of a paper roll to per-
mit ea.sy identification of wrapped paper rolls. Automatic
color coding means are disposed for marking the wrapper as it
is being fed to and around the paper roll. The automatic color
coding means comprises spray means for a marking nuid
closely spaced between the wrapper feed device and the paper
roll to be wrapped, with the spray means being actuated to
apply a stripe of perdetcrmined color marking fluid to the
wrapper

3,795,083

WRAPAROUND CLOSURE CLIP APPLYING

MECHANISM

Roy Earl Wells. Haqoketa. Iowa, assignor to The Kartridge

Pak Co.. Davenport, Iowa

FiledJune6. 1972. Ser. No. 260.198

Int. CI. B65b5//04

U.S.CI.53-138A 10 Claims

A closure clip forming and applying mechanism which is
adapted to be incorporated in a packaging machine of the type
which feeds materials to be packaged into a continuous tube
of relatively thin pliable packing film and which has a
reciprocating head in which there arc movable plates for con-
stricting the tube at axially spaced intervals and for applying to
the constricted portion of the tube pairs of spaced closure
clips which are formed into a U-shape on an associated anvil
and delivered to the reciprocating head, with the latter includ-
mg clip applying punch members and cooperating means to
tilt the U-shaped clips as they are delivered to the head and

020 O.O. — 2

A packaging apparatus for fibrous material comprises at
least two vertically disposed housings that are laterally spaced
with respect to each other. Each housing has a weighing
chamber that is disposed above a compressing chamber with a
guide passageway fixedly disposed therebetween A diverting
chamber is adapted to deliver material directly to a
preselected one of said housings Material is directed from a
supply through the weighing chamber into the compressing
chamber where it is compressed to a desired shape and size.
The compressing chamber includes a vertically disposed
movable wall which is laterally displaced a preselected
distance across the width of the housing. A plunger means is
disposed above and vertically movable into and out of the
compressing chamber to compress material disposed therein
Features of the apparatus include a continuous package mak-
ing operation used in conjunction with the packaging ap-
paratus, a simplified control mechanism and a novel air supply
system.

3,795,085
DEVICE FOR THE EVACUATION, CLIPPING AND
TRIMMING OF BAG-LIKE PACKAGES
L. George Andre, Cincinnati, Ohio; Wayne R. Barthalomew.
and Paul W. Worline. both of Oak Ridge. Tenn.. assignors to
Acraloc Corporation, Oak Ridge. Tenn. and Rheem Manu-
facturing Company. New York. N.Y.. part interest to each
Filed Jan. 20. 1972, Ser. No. 219,415
Int. CI. B65bi//06
U.S.CI.53-112B 29 Claims

A device for the evacuation, clipping and trimming ot
prtxlucl containing, bag-like packages comprising a rotalablc
assembly having a circular table pt)rtion, a plurality of radially
oriented evacuation nozzles and clamping means for each noz-
zle for sealingly affixing a product containing bag-like package
thereon. The device has circumfcrentially arranged about the
rotating assembly a bag insertion position having clamp clos-
ing means, vacuum initiating means, vacuum terminating
means, means to clip the bag-like package and to trim the ex-
cess end therefrom, clamp releasing means, means to divert

OFFICIAL GAZETTE

March 5, 1974

the package from the table portion af the rotating assembly to
further processing equipment and means to dispose of the ex

\/^

cess bag end Fmallv, means arc provided to rotate the as-
sembly and each of its nozzle and clamping means through the
above noted positions.

3,795,086' .
APPARATUS FOR WRAPPING MEAT
Reinhard C alhoun Hiss, Crystal Lake, III., assignor to Borden,
Inc.. Columbus. Ohio

Continuation of Ser. No. 77,064, Oct. 1, 1970, abandoned.
This application Aug. 30, 1972, Ser. No. 284,900

Int. CI. B65b / 1

L.S. CI. 53-390

1 Claim

A method for wrapping meat, particularly freshly
slaughtered carcass, compnses supporting the carcass upon a
rotatable member adjacent a roll supply of a plastic film, en-
gaging a p<irtion of the film on the carcass and rotating the
support for the carcass so as to cause the film to wrap around
the carcass The apparatus for the method includes an over-
head trolley or rail having a suppKirting hook which permits
the carcass to be moved into association with a supfxirtmg
bracket which mounts a roll supply of a plastic film for rota-
tion about a substantially vertical axis The carcass is posi-
tioned directly adjacent the roll supply of the film and it is a
simple manner to peel off a forward portion of the film and en-
gage It on the carcass and then to rotate the carcass to remove
a sufficient quantity of the film from the roll supply to
completely wrap the carcass. Associated with the reel supply
IS a cutting knife or heating wire for severing the plastic after a
sufficient quantity has been fed The plastic advantageously
compnses a vinyl chloride polymer of a type which pos.sesses a
high oxygen permeability rate and which allows the cut sur-
face of the wrapped carca.ss to maintain its bloom and also a
moisture vapor transmission rate which is sufficiently low to
prevent dehydration or moisture Iossj

3.795,087
REMOVAL OF HYDR0(;EN FROM LIQl ID SODIIM
Hisashi Kamei. Tokyo, and Masayoshi Ohno, Yokohama, both
of Japan, assignors to Tokyo Shibaura Electric Co., Ltd.,
Kawasaki-shi and Nippon Atomic Industry (>roup Co.,
Tokyo, both of. Japan, part interest to each

Filed July 30. 1971, Ser. No. 167,851

Claims priority, application Japan, Aug. 3. 1970. 45/67604

Int. CI. BOld JiJ/22

U.S. CK 55- 16 1 Claim

«to

3P2SS

-ss^^

V////..'.'.-,^,:^^

^\v//,vi

Hydrogen is separated from a fluid, particularly molten
sodium, by use of a hydrogen selective semi-permeable mem-
brane. A method is provided whereby the membrane is con-
structed so as to replace a portion of a pipe for containing said
molten sodium In a second embodiment, the method is dis-
closed whereby a tank for containing said molten sodium, is
provided with a hollow tube at least partly constructed with
said membrane.

3.795,088
DEGASSING PARTICULATE MATTER AND OIL FILTER

DEVICE

William G. Esmond. 537 Stamford Rd., Baltimore, Md. 21229

Filed Mar. 3. 1972. Ser. No. 231,691

Int. CI. BOld 19/00

U.S. CL 55-206 9 Claims

This disclosure relates to a device for the removal of gases,
particulate matter and oil from a liquid, and more particularly
for the removal of bubbles from blood after the treatment
thereof in an artificial body device such as an artificial kidney
or artificial lung. The device operates primarily on the princi-
ple of laminar flow of the blood through and material having
an affinity for the liquid or blood whereby gases or bubbles en-
trapped therein will be caused to be relea.sed. The flow is one
wherein the liquid, such as blood, will in no way be damaged.

3,795.089
W ET SCRUBBER FOR AIR PURIFYING SYSTEMS
Karl Reither. Troisdorf/Spich, Germany, assignor to Kunst-
stoffetechnik G.m.b.H. & Co. KG, Troisdorf, Germany

Filed Jan. 21, 1972, Ser. No. 221,458
Claims priority, application Germany, Feb. 10, 1971,
7104981

Int. CI. BOld 47/06
U.S. CI. 55 — 227 36 Claims

A wet scrubber for an air purifying system comprising a
housing having an inlet and an outlet for gas flow through the
housing. The scrubber includes wetting means in the form of a
plurality of jet banks mounted in the housing for wetting the

GENERAL AND MECHANICAL

March 5, 1974

removal transversely of the longitudinal axis of the housing.

One or more packings are mounted in the housing and arc
retained therein in such a manner that the packings can be in-
stalled and removed in an axial or longitudinal direction with
spect to the housing when the jet banks are moved.

function A sufficient number of the ceils are mounted ad-
jacent each other to provide the desired volume capacity
throughput for the vessel in which the cells are mounted.

3.795.090
FLUID FILTER CONSTRUCTION
Herbert L. Barnebey. Columbus. Ohio, assignor to Barnebcy-
Cheney Co.. Columbus, Ohio

Filed Aug. 25, 1 972, Ser. No. 283,783

Int. CI. BOld 5i/04

U.S.CL 55-387 2 Claims

3.795,092

AIR FILTERING APPARATUS FOR ALLERGY

SUFFERERS

Arthur G. Schwartz, 1119 Smyrna Ct.. Sunnyvale, CaliL

94087, and Robert J. Deffeyes. 1330 Carolina. Graham.

Tex. 76046

Filed Sept. 2. 1971, Ser. No. 177,283

Int. CI. BOld 46/54

U.S. CI. 55-473 ' 8 Claims

This disclosure pertains to the construction of assemblies of
granular material filled adsorbers or filters for fiuids using
modular components readily standardized to facilitate as-
sembly of a variety of filter unit sizes and in diverse patterns
from stock manufactured parts. The adsorbent filled panels
are between air-space panels which are modular components
of this invention The other modular components include a
hopper shaped housing and supporting and spacing means for
assembling the air-space modules inside the housing. The filter
is completed by filling the hopper, between the air-space
modules, with granular adsorbent or other filtering medium

An overbed filter unit incorporating a blower and an ab-
solute filter capable of removing 99 percent and more of
micron and greater size particles of dust and pollen from
blower air with quiet, through the use of a continuous plenum
extending circumferentially about the air blower to convey
blower air at reduced velocity to the filter.

3,795,091
MEANS FOR SEPARATING FLUIDS
David M. Rennie, London, England, assignor to Combustion
Engineering, Inc., New York, N.Y.

Filed Aug. 18, 1972. Ser. No. 281,884
Int. CI. BOId 45/0«
U.S.CL 55-440 4 Claims

Parallel plates between which fiuids are passed for phase
separation are assembled into modular cells vertically ex-
tended within the limits established by the size of the vessel in

3,795,093
APPARATUS FOR CLEANING THE AIR FROM A SPRAY

PAINTING CHAMBER
Rainer Gerhard, Stiegefled, Germiny, and Sture Axberg, Vax-
jo, Sweden, assignors to Aktiebdaget Svenska Flaktfabnken.
Nacka, Sweden

Filed Apr. 27, 1972, Ser. No. 237,272

Int.CI.B0Id47//0

U S CI 55 — 238 3 Claims

A method and arrangement for cleaning wetted air from

spray painting chambers equipped with venturi, discharge

OFFICIAL GAZETTE

March 5, 1974

opening by deflecting softly laterally mixture of air and water The mower has a deck or housing which encloses a cutter
for separating by centrifugal force ection enclosed particles blade, and the deck or housing has a plurality of air vents

which permit air to enter the top of the deck" or housing and to
pass downwardly to the location of the cutter blade, and
thereby introduce air into the housing and assist in the flow of

and then causing flow of mixture to pass laminar for prevent-
ing new mixture.

3,795,094 I
RIDING MOWtR
Ignatius J. Mollen. Brillion; Phillip K. Koerper; Albert G.
Turner, both of Brookfield, and David S. Dewhurst, Wau-
watosa. all of Wis., assignors to Ariens Company. Brillon.
Wis.

Filed Oct. 30, 1972, Ser. No. 302,176

Int. CI. A0IdJ5/26

C.S. CI. 56— 11.1 1 13 Claims

A wheeled frame with tilting front axle has rack and pinion
steering gear A rear mounted prime mover with vertical shaft
has separate pulleys for driving the vehicle through a friction
disk rate changer and for driving the shaft of the centrally
mounted mower

The mower is bodily movable fore and aft for tightening the
drive belt or relaxing it to interrupt the drive to the mower.
The pan which houses the rotary mower can be adjusted verti-
cally and can move vertically independently of adjustment
without interfering with, or being affected by, the clutching
fore and aft movement

3,795,095
VENTED ROTARY LAWN MOWER
Donald G. Erickson, Racine, and Vemon R. Kaufman, Cedar-
burg, both of Wis., assignors to Jacobsen Manufacturing
Company, Racine, W is.

Filed Jan. 17, 1973, Ser. No. 324,298
int. CI. AOId 55//*
L.S. CI. 56-320.2 11 Claims

A vented rotary lawn mower having wheels for ground sup-
porting the mower and having a handle for guiding the mower

air through the housing and out the exhaust The mower is
shown to be power propelled, and it has a drive which is under
the control of the operator for driving the ground wheels.
•Also, the mower handle is pivoted on the mower housing in a
manner and at a point to effect easy and efficient guiding of
the mower through the handle.

3,795,096

PRODI CT AND PROCESS

Samuel A. Dunwoody. Jr., Martinsville, Va.. assignor to E.l. du

Pont de Nemours and Company, W ilmington, Del.

Filed Sept. 5, 1972. Ser. No. 286,134

Int. CI. D02gJ/i4

U.S. CI. 57- 144 10 Claims

A slub yarn product is prepared by a process in which a core
strand is advanced through a series of false-twisting devices so
as to form rotating standing waves ahead of each false-twister
and simultanet)usly feeding yarns to the advancing core at the
rotating waves to form a wrapped layer extending all along the
core. Slubs are provided by feeding a sliver of discontinuous
fibers to the core at a rate which causes the silver lo be inter-
mittently caught in the advancing core and broken into
separated portions which become part of the wrapped core.
Slubs can also be produced by intermittently advancing the
core strand through the wrapping operation to provide a
wrapped layer of varying thickness. Slub size and spacing may
be random or substantially uniform. The slubs are generally 15
to 35*^ greater in cross-scctional area than nonslubbed por-
tions, 2 to 5.5 inches long, and spaced 8 to 30 inches between
slubs.

3,795,097
STEPPING MOTOR FOR TIMEPIECES
Heinz Meitinger, Mutlangen, Germany, assignor to Timex Cor-
poration, Waterbuty, Conn.

Filed Jan. 19, 1972, Ser. No. 219,102
Int.CI. C04ci/00
U.S. CI. 58-23 D 8 Claims

A stepping motor for timepieces comprising a movable coil
means which is intermittently activated by electrical drive
means to move between two extreme positions and an escape-
ment member engaging the coil means to transmit the step-by-
step movement to an escapement wheel The coil means and

March 5, 1974

GENERAL AND MECHANICAL

Is A

escapement mem

that may affect the rotation

-z,::^:^:^::^^^ ^^^'^^^^'^^-'^^

2'--

bv the compensating movement of the escapement member.
The resultant low moment of inertia for the c^il results in low
p-owcr consumption and a highly efficient motor.

3,795,098

TIME CORRECTION DEVICE FOR DIGITAL

INDICATION ELECTRONIC WATCH

Kinji Fujita, 10616, Takagi, Shimosuwa-machi. Suwa-gun,

Nagano-ken, Shimosuwa, Japan

Filed Dec. 2, 1971, Ser. No. 204,064
Claims priority, application Japan, Dec. 3, 1970. 45/106454
Int.CI.G04b2 7/6»0
U.S.CL 58-85.5 ^ Claims

playing the present time represented by said first divider tim-
ing signals or elapsed time represented by said second divider
chronograph timing signals.

3,795,100

TIMING DEVICE

Curtis K. Baird, Sr., 313 Red Acre Rd., Stow, Mass. 01775

Filed Dec. 22. 1972, Ser. No. 317,613

Int.CI. G07c im

U.S.C1.58-145R 7 Claims

29^

A digital indication electronic wristwatch having a liquid
crystal display panel driven by the output of a standard oscilla-
tor through frequency divider circuitry. Time regulation is
provided bv means of a first switch for resetting the entire
frequency dividing circuit and a second switch for individually
resetting that portion of the frequency divider circuit whose
output corresponds to a 1 -second or I -minute signal. If
desired further swiches may be provided for individually
resetting those portions of the frequency divider circuit whose
output corresponds respectively to the lU-second, 10-minute
or 1 -hour signal.

3,795,099

EI ECTRONIC TIMEPIECE HAVING A CHRONOGRAPH

MECHANISM

Yuki Tsuruishi, 3-5,3-chome, Owa, Nagano-ken, Suwa, Japan
Filed Feb. 4, 1972, Ser. No. 223,665

Claims priority, application Japan. Feb. 18, 1971,46/7158

Int.CI.G04b/9/00

U.S. CI. 58-23 R 15 Claims

An electronic timepiece having a pulse generator for
generating a high frequency time standard signal and a first di-
vider for dividing the time standard signal into low frequency
timing signals. A second chronograph divider divides the time
standard signal of said pulse generator starting at a first time
and ending at a second time independent of the operation of

A timing device is disclosed which has particular applica-
tion in determining the linear feed rate of a tool, e.g. a drill
An adjustable, linearly movable spindle attached to the feed
rate indicator is positioned Ui contact with the tool or tool
holder so that it will move at the same linear speed as the tool.
Timing means, such as a stopwatch, arc provided to mea.surc
the elapsed time that it takes the spindle to traverse a
predetermined linear distance while it is in contact with the

tool.

A unique arrangement of three slide members and two cams
,s used to start and stop the timing means at the beginning and
end respectively, of the predetermined linear distance Fwo
cam members, mounted in a vertically parallel relationship
but having their activating faces offsc t in the vertical direction
by said precetermined distance, are attached to the spindle.
Two slide me.Tibers mounted to slidably reciprocate in a verti-
cal direction are attached to the cams so as to form an integral
unit As the integral unit is depressed, the cam faces engage a
horizontal slide which activates and deactivates the stop-
watch. Each of the slides and cams are spring biased s<^ that
they return to their original positions after operation

OFFICIAL GAZETTE

March 5, 1974

3.795.101

ELECTRICAL CONTACT ARRANGEMENT WITH SELF

CLEANING CONTACT POINTS

Emil J. Niznik. Lake Gene\a. Wis., assignor to Bunker Ramo

Corporation. Oak Brook. 111.

Filed Dec. 8, 1 97 1 . Ser. No. 206,050
Int. CI. G04b-?/00

L.S. CI.58 41 B

3 Claims

jaccnt, with ga.s connections of minimum length, the cylmdcr
units are combined into one aligned row forming the longitu-
dmal axis of the engme The regenerator and condenser units
for each of the cylinders arc placed in common housings,
preferably also of cylindrical shape and size similar to and not
less than that of the cylinders such that the central axis of the
cylinders and the central axis of the common housings paired
therewith are placed in planes perpendicular to the longitu-
dinal axis of the machine. The hot gas connection means are
all placed in planes which arc perpendicular to the machine
axis and the cold gas connection means are inclined at an
angle to the plane perpendicular to the machine axis. The re-
hcatcrs are preferably formed as a wall of tubes extending in a
plane parallel to the longitudinal axis of the machine, the
cylinders, as well as the cylindrical housings for the regenera-
tor and condensers being formed with similar manifolds con-
necting to the re-heater tube wall

An electromechanical rewind deMce for clock mechanism.
in s^hich a reuind motor switch is aulomaticaliy opened at the
end of each spring winding cycle by the thrusting into separat-
ing relation between spring contacts of a wedge segment
dri\ingl\ coupled with the rewind gear associated with the
power spring, and when the spring is to be again wound, a
spring-motivated coupling functions to release the contact-
separating wedge from the switch for closing of the switch to
repeat the rewind cycle. To pre\en| unwinding of the power
spring when battery power is insufficient for proper winding, a
spring finger extends into the path of the contact-separating
wedge, the strength of the spring finger is so gauged that the
force exerted by the power spring will not enable the wedge to
pass it. but the force exerted by the rewind motor will do so.

3,795.103

DIALFLCID CYCLE

James Hilbert Anderson, 1615 Hillock Ln., York, Pa. 17403

Filed Sept. 30, 1 97 1 , Ser. No. 1 85,243

Int. CI. F01k25/rM

L.S. CI. 60-651 7 Claims

4.^

IZl.

COnOfMSf^

'^^4S ^^^

-40

■ X'O r^

^-» cOMoe/fse/t

J4
so

ae.

■Z4-

3,795,102

DOUBLE ACTING, RECIPROCATING HOT GAS,
EXTERNAL COMBCSTION CYLINDER-PISTON ENGINE
Eckhard Tusche, Augsburg, Germany, assignor to M.A.N.
Maschinenfabrik Augsburg-Nurnberg Aktiengesellschaft,
Augsburg, Germany

Filed Mar. 29. 1973, .Ser. No. 346.107
Claims priority, application Germany. Apr. 8. 1972,
2217078

Int. CI. F03g 7/06 F'25b V Y^O
L.S. CI. 60-24 14 Claims

^2 '3)

U— '> r^/4- ^/S

so</M:e

iy^r£ ^

Power is extracted from a stream of hot fluid, such as
geothermal water, by passing the stream in heat exchange
relationship with a working fluid to vaporize the latter, ex-
panding the vapor through a turbine, and condensing the
vapor in a conventK)nal Rankine cycle. Additional pt)wcr is
obtained in a second Rankine cycle by employing a portion of
the hot fluid after heat exchange with the working fluid to
vaporize a second working fluid having a lower boiling pt^int
and higher vapor density than the first fluid Istibutane and R-
22 (CH CI F.^) may be employed as the first and second work-
ing fluids, respectively

-f 3,795,104

GAS TLRBINE CONTROL SYSTEM
Arthur P. McLean, Ann Arbor, Mich., assignor to Ford Motor
Company, Dearborn, Mich.

Filed Nov. 3, 1972. Ser. No. 303,585
Int.CI. F02c9//0
L.S. CI. 60— 39.27 12 Claims

A simple, low cost control system for a single shaft gas tur-
To provide a compact engine construction in which the bine engine in which steady state operation is controlled by
operating pistt)n-cylindcr units and the associated regenera- movement of the stator vanes of a torque converter fixed to
tor, condenser and re-heater unit.s are located closely ad- the compressor shaft, to load or unload the shaft, accelera-

March 5, 1974

GENERAL AND MECHANICAL

tions arc controlled by controlling fuel flow as a function of
engine temperatures and speeds; and engme starling and idle

3,795,106
BAFFLED SOLID PROPELLANT MOTOR
Charles C. Cherry. McGregor, and William G. Haymes, Waco,
both of Tex., assignors to Rockwell International Corpora-
tion, El Segundo. Calif.

Filed July 7, 1972, Ser. No. 269,905

Int. CI. F02k 9104

U.S.CL 60-255 ' ^'''''"

f^¥^

-,J^,nK\.\^\^IJII^.

|-H2^

^l^

One or more baffle plates are positioned along the axial
length of a solid propcllant motor, positioned in a direction
transverse to the axis of the motor Each disc has an aperture
therein so that combustion products can pass therethrough,
the primary function of the baffie is to alter the destructive
characteristics of the pressure waves resultant from the com-
bustion process to break up any axial modes of oscillation.

\ 3*M3ae I ^*

3,795,107

HYDROSTATIC TRANSMISSION AND CONTROL

SYSTEM

speed operations, as well as overtemperature operations are Harold R. Ward. Marshall. Mich., assignor to Eaton Corpora-
controlled by opening or closing a nozzle constituted by vana- ^^^^ Cleveland, Ohio

ble angle compressor inlet guide vanes. Filed Sept. 1 , 1972, Ser. No. 285.729

^ ^ InLCI.F16hi9/46

U.S.CL 60-395

28 Claims

3,795,105

CONTROL APPARATUS FOR HYDRAULIC JET
PROPULSION WATER BORNE CRAFT
George R. Aschauer. Racine. Wis., assignor to Twin Disc. In-
corporated, Racine, W is.

Filed May 2, 1972, Ser. No. 249,565
Int. CI. F02k//20

eo^

U.S. CI. 60-221

4 Claims

Control apparatus for a hydraulic jet propulsion water
borne craft of the type having a variable area nozzle, thrust
reversing means for the nozzle, steering valves, and a power
plant such as an internal combustion engine for driving the
water pump means that creates the water pressure. The ap-
paratus includes a single operators lever which controls the
engine speed and also includes programming means, also con-
trolled by the lever, which controls the area of the nozzle in
relationship to the engine speed

An improved straight tracking and steering control system is
utilized to control the operation of a pair of hydrostatic trans-
missions having variable displacement pump and motor umts
which drive tracks of a vehicle. The control system includes a
pair of variable displacement pumps which are associated with
the hydrostatic transmission motor units If one of the tracks
of the vehicle should tend to accelerate relative to the other
track of the vehicle, the hydrostatic transmission motor unit
which drives the accelerating track will also increase the
operating speed and output of the associated control pump
This increased fiuid output is detected by a comparator which
effects a vanation in the displacement of the pump and/or
motor units of the accelerating hydrostatic transmission to
equalize the output speeds of the hydrostatic : missions
Steering of the vehicle is effected by dcc.-eas.i,^ tii.- displace-
ment of one of the control pumps relative to tt.e on.er control
pump For example, to turn the vehicle toward the left, the
displacement of the control pump associated with the right
hand track and hydrostatic transmission is decreased The
comparator will then sense the relatively high output from the

OFFICIAL GAZETTE

March 5, 1974

left hand control pump and effect a reduction in the output
speed of the left hand hvdrostatic transmission.

3.795,108 i
PRESSl RE FLUID DRIVE SYSTEMS FOR MINE
INSTALLATIONS
Wolfgang Schwandt; Werner Mennekes, both of Altlunen;
Heinz Weinhold, (Jelsenkirchen. and Walter Weirich, Dort-
mund, all of (iermany, assignors to Gewerkschaft Eisenhutte
Westfalia, Wethmar near Lunen. Westfalia, Gerinan\

Filed Feb. 4, 1972, Ser. No. 223.422
Claims priority, application Germany, Feb. 11, 1971. P 21
06 444.8

Int. CI. F15b 15/IH. F16h .?9/02
L.S. CI. 60^484 4 Claims

A pressure tluid drive system for suppUing pressure fluid to
a number of different hydraulicalK -operated appliances in a
mine working. The system employs two hydraulically inter-
connected pump units each having one or more pumps provid-
ing a plurality of pressure fluid outlets and a vessel containing
a supply of pressure fluid for the puifips Each of the outlets
from the pumps is available for independently driving one of
the appliances. One of the units has an additional pump used
to circulate pressure fluid between t|hc vessels of the pump
units, the vessels of the units being directly interconnected via
a conduit Each pump unit has a device for cooling the fluid in
the vessel and there is also provided a device for removing air
from the fluid returned to the vessel of one of the units

vehicle. The input or output speed ratios of the hydrostatic
transmissions are simultaneously varied by operating a single
speed control valve to port control fluid pressure to pressure
responsive secondary or ccmtrol motors in pump and motor
actuators of the hydrostatic transmissions. A separate steering
control valve is asst)ciated with each of the hydrostatic trans-
missions. The pump actuators each include a primary or
swashplate mt)tor which is operable to vary the effective dis-
placement of a pump unit of the associated hydrostatic trans-
mission To effect operation of a swashplate motor, the as-
st)ciated secondary motor is operated to actuate a pilot valve
from a null position and port fluid under pressure to the
swashplate motor. When the swashplate motor has been
operated to an extent corresponding tt) the extent of i>peration
of the associated secondary motor, a floating link feedback as-
sembly returns the pilot valve to its null position tt) interrupt
operation of the swashplate motor Shuttle type selector
valves port control fluid pressure to the secondary motor ac-
tuators The motor actuators are generally similar in construc-
tion to the pump actuators and each includes a secondary
motor which operates a pilot valve to port fluid under pressure
to a swashplate motor Pressure regulator assemblies for the
hydrostatic k>ops of the two hydrostatic transmissions contain
pressure relief valves. The pressure relief valves have a valve
member which is acted upon tending to move it in an opening
direction by the fluid pressure in the hydrostatic loop of the
associated transmission and is acted upon by a spring and a
control pressure tending to urge the valve member in a closing
direction A master relief or pilot valve is opened when the
pressure in one of the hydrostatic loops exceeds a predeter-
mined pressure Opening i>f the pilot stage relief valve reduces
the force urging the relief valve member closed m) that it can
open and maintain the pressure at a predetermined level in the
associated hydrostatic loop Operation of a parking brake for
the vehicle disengages the master relief valve and limits the
pressure at which the pilot relief valve opens.

3.795,109

HYDROSTATIC TRANSMISSION DRIVE SYSTEM

Edward J. Bojas, and Harold R. Ward, both of Marshall.

Mich., assignors to Eaton Corporation, Cleveland. Ohio

Filed Apr. 28, 1972, Ser. No. 248,685

Int.CI. F16h.?9/46

L.S. CI. 60-490 32 Claims

f:4tn>4 r«*'

v^;^'*^

An improved drive system includes a pair of hydrostatic
transmissions which are driven by a common engine or prime
mi>vcr and arc drivingly connected with different tracks of a

3,795,110
MLLTIPLE-STATION FLLID CONTROL CIRCUIT
Jack R. Kobelt, 61 1 Oak St., Vancouver 13, British Columbia,
Canada

Filed Dec. 7, 1972, Ser. No. 312,963

Int. CI. F15b Il02n

U.S. a. 60— 413 9 Claims

This disclosure pertains to a fluid control circuit which pro-
vides remote control of a device or servo-mechanism from
more than one operator station. A control circuit having a
pressuri/ed fluid source, a system of control valves, a plurality
of control stations, and a controlled device, includes as essen-
tial elements a pressure proportional linear actuator, a time-
delay cam assembly, and a volumetric accumulator The time-
delay cam assembly is mounted on an oscillating shaft which is
actuated by the proportional linear actuator A cam portion is

March 5, 1974

GENERAL AND MECHANICAL

pivolally mounted on the shaft, a cam actuator portion is
secured to the shaft whereby the shaft and cam actuator may
be oscillated through a predetermined angle by the propor-
tional linear actuator while the cam remains in a fixed pivotal
position. Once the cam actuator contacts the cam, the latter is
impelled in the oscillatory direction experienced by the shaft
and cam actuator Hence, the cam in its fixed position holds a
fluid control valve in one position during a predetermined
time-delay and in another position subsequent to actuation by
the cam actuator Therefore, irrespective of either length or
variation in distance of each control station from the con-
trolled device, fluid from the accumulator is employed to ac-
tuate the device with uniform timing from either station and
upon actuation the accumulator is exhausted thereby return-
ing full control of the device to the control stations.

planes which partly overlap, the legs of the U-shaped tubes
being connected to wall portions of the parallel manifolds
which are adjacently located, and so placed that the bends of
the L'-shaped tubes are positioned in planes which arc parallel
to the planes which include the manifolds; preferably, the
widths of the manifolds change as a function of distance from

3,795,111
TANDEM MASTER CYLINDER
Tetsuo Haraikawa, Funabashi, Japan, assignor to Tokico Ltd.,
Kawasaki-shi, Kanagawa-ken, Japan

Filed Sept. 29, 1972, Ser. No. 293,740
Claims priority, application Japan, Sept. 29, 1971, 46-

76366

Int. CI. F15b 7/08
IJ.S.CL 60-581 1 Claim

This invention relates to a tandem master cylinder adapted
for use in the hydraulic braking system of a powered and
wheeled vehicle

More specifically, the invention concerns with such master
cylinder as.sembly having a stepped bore cylinder and a cor-
responding stepped hydraulic piston slidably arranged therein.
This type piston is provided with a valve acting member,
preferably an elongated valve rod for actuation of at least the
foremost valve mechanism so as to interrupt the normally
established hydraulic communication between a related liquid
reservoir and a related hydraulic chamber In the conventional
master cylinder, this valve rod is made rigidly with the main
piston which causes a substantially elongated axial length of
the cylinder assembly According to the present invention,
said valve rod is arranged to move telescopically relative to
the main piston, so as shorten the axial length of the cylinder.

3,795,112
HOT GAS CYLINDER-PISTON APPARATUS
Hans Aupor, Mannheim; Gunter Reuchlein, Gersthofen; Hans-
Joachim Kanzler, Viernheim, and Eckhard Tusche,
Gersthofen, all of Germany, assignors to Maschinenfabrik
Augsburg-Nurnberg Aktiengesellschaft (M.A.N. ), Augsburg
and Mortorenwerke Mannheim AG, Mannheim, both of,
Germany

Filed Dec. 22, 1972, Ser. No. 317.778
Claims priority, application Germany. Dec. 24. 1971,

2164522

Int. CI. F01k25/0<S, F03g 7/06
U.S. CI. 60-526 17 Claims

An operating cylinder and a regenerator cylinder are
located adjacent each other, each cylinder having a manifold
extending therefrom, a group of staggered U-shaped heating
tubes connect the manifolds, the manifolds being arranged in

the associated respective cylinder, the change being propor-
tional to the change in flow of gases through the remaining
portion of the manifold after gases have been drawn off from
the preceding portion of the manifold by U-shaped tubes
located in the preceding portions, the manifolds preferably
being mirror images of each other, and of streamlined configu-
ration.

3,795.113
METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONSOLIDATING
SOILS AND IMPROVING THE BASE BEARING FOR
FOUNDATION STRUCTURES
Wolf Chitis, Corso Vittorio Emanuele 167/c, Napoli. luly
Filed Apr. 19, 1972, Ser. No. 245,568
Claims priority, application Italy, Nov. 8, 1971. 40441
A/71; Dec. 3. 1971,40445 A/71

Int. CI. E02d i//2
U.S. CI. 61-50 7 Claims

iO' '/?

A method for consolidating soils and foundation structures.
Under the zone to be consolidated, a hollow impermeable
rigid wall pressure cell or chamber is inserted, this cell com-
municating with the outside by means of an injection conduit
and a vent conduit, then over said chamber or cell erecting the
foundation structures (piles, walls, etc ), next injecting
through the injection conduit a pressure binder mixture within
the chamber previously introduced into the soil, then closing
the vent conduit and continuing to inject pressure binder mix-
ture until destroying the impermeability of said chamber and
enabling a tamping or stuffing up of the neighbouring soil,
then closing also the injection conduit and maintaining it at
closed condition until the binder mixter injected into the soil
has set, and finally washing or scavenging in site the pressure
cell, whereupon the injection operation of the pressure binder
mixture into the cell can be repeated also for many times by
following the same method and through the same device
above described.

OFFICIAL GAZETTE

March 5, 1974

3.795.114

PROCESS \ND INSTALLATION FOR THE CONNECTION
OF A CABLE OR FLEXIBLE PIPE TO AN UNDERWATER

GLIDE COLUMN
Bertrand De Cremiers, Neuilly s/Seine, and Georges Chateau,
Chatenay Malabry. beth of France, assignors to Societe
Anonvme Engins Matra. Velizy. France

Filed Jan. 1 1 , 1973. Ser. No. 322,697

Claims priority, application France. Jan. 26. 1972. 7202542
lnt.CI.E21b2i/00,Fl6iy/00
U.S. CI. 6 1-69 15 Claims

within it to bring a segment on the surface into proximity with
the submerged segment and to join the two segments. A
manned atmosphenc pressure capsule operating from a sur-
face vessel is used to reach the submerged chamber and to
support the various operations conducted in the chamber.

3,795,116
METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SUPERCOOLING OF
ELECTRICAL DEVICES
Pierre H. Burnier. St. Jullen en Genevois. and Daniel D.
Bricout. Maurepas/Trappes. both of France, assignors to
Societe Generale de Constructions Electriques Ft
Mecaniques ( Alsthom). Paris. France

Filed Mar . 25. 1 97 1 . Ser. No. 1 27,945
Claims priority. applicaUon France, Mar. 31. 1970,

70.11562

Int. CI. F25d
U.S. CM. 62 56 19CUims

\::r

This invention concerns a submerged installation for the
connection of a gu^idt cable or Hexiblc hydraulic pipe to an un-
derwater well-head guide column, from a floating structure.

The invention comprises a process and equipment for laying
the cable or flexible pipe, stored m a drum inside a module
with a guide cone, which is lowered near the guide column and
propelled into its final position by propulsion gear controlled
from the floating structure on the basis of locating signals
transmitted by detectors on the module

3,795.115 '
METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR JOINING SUBSEA
PIPELINES
Arthur John Bergquist, Houston, Tex.; Roy E. Blaby, New
Westminster, British Columbia, and John W. Hopkins.
North Burnaby, British Columbia, both of Canada, assignors
to Lockheed Petroleum Services, Ltd., New Westminster.
British Columbia, Canada

Filed Sept. 5. 1972, Ser. No. 286.597

Int.CI. F16I 1100,31100

U.S. CI. 6 1-72.3 11 Claims

To improve efficiency and space factor, compressed gas at
ambient temperature is supplied to the inside of a housing
which contains electrical apparatus to be operated at
cryogenic temperature, the gas being expanded and super-
cooled inside the housing, with possible additional cooling
stages located therein, heal exchangers, in the form of heat
exchange shields are located within the housing intermediate
the housing walls and the electrical devices to be supercooled
Typical electric devices are superconductive coils, cables and
the like, the cooling tluid being conducted, if desired, through
hollow portions of the devices.

A method and apparatus for undlerwater laying and joining
of pipeline segments, especially where such segments lie at
depths of several hundred feet. The individual segments con-
sist of a pipestring permanently attached to a joint chamber at
one end When submerged, the jcunt chamber is kept at at-
mospheric prcs.sure and is utilized by personnel operating

3.795,117
INJECTION COOLING OF SCREW COMPRESSORS
Harold W, Moody, Jr., Farmington, and Clark B. Hamilton.
Hartford, both of Conn., assignors to Dunham-Bush. Inc.,
West Hartford, Conn.

Filed Sept. 1, 1972, Ser. No. 285.695
Int.CI. F25b//W>
U.S. CI. 62- 197 29 Claims

A liquid injection expansion valve permit liquid refrigerant
at high pressure, bled from the condenser, to be injected into
the working chamber between the screws and intermediate of
the suction and discharge sides of a helical rotary screw com-
pressor for cooling the refrigerant working fluid and the cap-
tured oil. A solenoid valve limits bleeding of liquid refrigerant
from the condenser at high compressor loads. A thermostat
sensing the temperature of the screw compressor discharge,
modulates the liquid injection expansion valve downstream of
the liquid injection solenoid valve. A compressor unloader
slide valve may port oil and the liquid refrigerant into the
working chamber The condenser may be positioned at a
height considerably above that of the screw compres.sor to in-
crea.se the head of the bled liquid refrigerant to a pressure
higher than the screw compressor discharge pressure. System
oil pressure may be supplied to a fluid pressure operated.

March 5, 1974

GENERAL AND MECHANICAL

directacting, on-off control valve upstream of the liquid injec- mounted and axially movable in a space defined between
tion expansion valve and within the bleed line, under control counter cams for the passage of needle butts The prismatic

body has two active cam faces of unequal length located on
opposite sides of the pivoting axis. The cam body is spring

— «

of a solenoid valve which is responsive to the temperature of
the oil leaving the oil pump, where such temperature is pro-
portional to compressor loading

3,795,118
KNUCKLE SHIELD
Elmer M. KesI, and Ronald F. Zitko. both of Downers Grove,
III., assignors to International Harvester Company. Chicago.
III.

Filed June 19, 1972, Ser. No. 263,827

Int.CLF16di/54

U.S.CL 64-32 F II Claims

urged towards an operative position, notches in the support
disk defining three selectable angular positions of the cam
body in which the active faces cooperate with the counter
cams to provide tracks for guiding the needle butts to knitting,
looping or tucking, and non-knilting positions respectively.

3,795,120

STOP MOTION APPARATUS FOR KNITTING MACHINES

Nathan Levin, 416 Highgate Dr., Trenton, N J. 08618

Filed Oct. 16, 1972, Ser. No. 297,677

Int. CI. D04bi5//2, 27/;2

U.S. CI. 66— 163 10 Claims

A flexible shield for a universal joint or knuckle made of
elastomer material having stretchable end portions which are
adapted to be stretch fitCed over disk-like end supports which
are rotatably mounted oil the ends of the knuckle The shield
is a tubular structure and has an annular central body portion
and folds at opposite ehds of the body portion and the folds
are connected to end portions which arc shaped as annuii each
having an internal annular groove receiving the periphery of
the respective support with a sphincteral grip. At least one
disk-like support may be optionally formed with a cam-edged
slot to facilitate application of the annulus onto the support.

In the embodiments of the invention the folds and body por-
tion are of stepped diameters so that in compression they in-
tercollate.

3,795,119
CAM DEVICE FOR CONTROLLING THE NEEDLES OR
KNITTING ACCESSORIES OF CIRCULAR KNITTING-
MACHINE
Norbert Bourgeois, Troyes, France, assignor to Etudes Et Bon-
neterie S.A., Lausanne, Switzerland

Filed Nov. 12, 1971, Ser. No. 198,132
Claims priority, application Switzerland, Nov. 26, 1971,

17522/71

Inl.CI.D04b /5/i2
U.S. CI. 66— 20 7 Claims

A control cam in the cam-box of a circular knitting machine
comprises a support disk with a prismatic cam body pivotally

Stop motion apparatus for use with knitting machines
wherein an electric motor is used to automatically re-set the
stop motion after the same has been tripped by excessive ten-
sion in yarn controlled thereby, the tripping of the stop motion
apparatus acting to automatically start the motor which then
acts to automatically re-set the stop motion apparatus and to
stop Itself during a cycle of a single revolution of its output
shaft, providing the stop motion apparatus has been re-set dur-
ing such single revolution If the stop motion apparatus is not
re-set during the first of such cycle of operation of the motor,
it will continue to operate to try to re-set the stop motion ap-
paratus and to stop itself dunng each of successive ones of
such cycles of operation of the motor.

OFFICIAL GAZETTE

March o, 1974

3 795 , 2 1 ! lock-bolt radially movable through a hole provided in the tube

HELICAL SHELF FOR ROTARY INCLINED PROCESSING to engage in the extended locking position a stop dog secured

TANK
Fred D. Cressman. Waterloo. Ontario. Canada, assignor to
Canada Barrels & Kegs, Limited. Waterloo, Ontario,
Canada

Filed Feb. 26. 1973, Ser. No. 335.713
Claims priorit). application Canada, Mar. 10, 1972, 136764
Int.C!.Cl4c/Ji/00

r4=,

L.S. CI. 69-30

19 Claims

A pair ol helically shaped flat sMcIves each having a first
rearward curving lip along a portion of its inner edge located
in a generally cylindrical rotatable processing tank, such as a
hide processing tank, with an axis of rotation inclined to the
honzontal. Rotation of the tank about the axis of rotation
causes the shelves to move thereby producing improved circu-
lation of the hides in suspension in processing tluid in the tank
The circulating motion of the hides is down the walls of the
tank along the shelves towards the raar and up the central por-
tion of the tank towards the front. In addition to this improved
circulation, the hides are also lifted up the walls by the motion
of the shelves and dropped back into the processing fluid,
thereby subjecting the hides to improved "scudding"" action
This lifting and dropping action is dependent upon lips which
curve from the inner edge of the shelves towards the rear of
the tank The degree of lifting action is also determined by the
pitch of the shelves as well as the angle of inclination of the
axis of rotation, and therefore the pitch of the shelves is varied
in three different zones along the length of the tank to produce
different lifting action in each zone. The junctions of the
shelves with the rear end of the tank arc filled to form smooth
sloping surfaces and a deOection barrier provided across the
rear end of the tank between the junctions to provide im-
proved circulation of the hides in the tank The shelves may
also each have a second forward curving lip extending a
second portion of its inner edge through a truncated cone
shaped body portion leading to a front opening Processed
hides may be removed from the tank by reversing the
direction of rotation of the tank The hides are retained on the
shelves by the second curved lips as they are carried forwardly
along the shelves to the front opening

fl.

^^Il

J=l

to said shaft and having a radial size such that the maximum
diametral dimension of said shaft and dog assembly is smaller
than the diameter of said inner restriction of said tube.

3.795,123

ROTARY L(K K PROTECTION MEMBER

Henry R. Stiffel. 170 Demarest Ave., River Vale, N.J. 07675

Filed Dec. 20. 1972, Ser. No. 316,705

Int. CI. E05b/5//6

L.S. CI. 70-417 7 Claims

This invention pertains to rotary locks and their protection

when said locks are used with vaults or enclosures for coin col-
lecting systems such as parking meters. 1 he door or heavy wall
of the vault or enclosure m which the lock is mounted for
releasing or securing the vault is counterbored for retention of
a rotatable shouldered plug of hardened metal. In and through
the plug IS a passageway for the receiving and pa.ssmgof a key.
The plug in its mounted condition has its exterior face flush or
substantially flush with the outer surface of the vault member
in which il is mounted.

3,795,122
STEERING-SHAFT LOCK FOR AUTOMOTIVE VEHICLES
Paul Lipschutz, Croissy-sur-Seine, France, assignor to .Societe
d'ExploiUtion des Brevets Neiman, Neuilly S/Seine, France

Filed Apr. 3, 1972, Ser. No. 240,409
Claims priority, application France, Apr. 13, 1971,7112876
Int. CI. B60r 25/02
U.S. CI. 70-182 6 Claims

In an automotive vehicle, a lcx;k for a steering shaft sur-
rounded by a steenng-column tube formed endwise with an
inner restriction and carrying said lock which comprises a

3,795,124

METHOD OF DETECTING AND COMPENSATING FOR

DEFECTS ON ROLLING MILL ROLLS AND MEANS FOR

APPLYING THIS METHOD

Lucien Diolot, Neuilly-sur-Seine, France, assignor to Societe
Nouvelle Spidem, Paris, France
Continuation of Ser. No. 152,722, June 14, 1971. This
application May 7, 1973, Ser. No. 357,645
Claims priority, application France, June 12, 1970,

70.21796

lnt.CLB21bJ7/0S
L.S. CI. 72-20 6 Claims

Method and device for detecting and compensating defects
in rolling mill cylinders, characterized in that the fluctuations

March 5, 1974

GENERAL AND MECHANICAL

of the idle pres.sure of the Ouid contained in the hydraulic contact surfaces for contacting the work between which cylin-
jacks arranged between shoulders fast with the working drical grooves are formed for enabling the straightening rolls

chocks of the machine and the corresponding upright of the
latter, arc picked up. recorded and then restored during nor-
mal operation, with a view to controlling the compensation.

3,795,125
HIGH-FIN INTEGRAL FINNED TUBE OF HEAT-
RESISTING ALLOYS, AND MLLTI-PASS PROCESS FOR
MAKING THE SAME
David D. Laing, Plymouth, and John W. Issott, Dearborn
Heights, both of Mich., assignors to Universal Oil Products
Company, Des Plaines, III.

Filed Jan. 27, 1972, Ser. No. 221,358

Int.CI. B21hi//2

L.S.CL 72-69 11 Claims

to be moved together until defining a minimum clearance
therebetween. Disposed in these grooves are centering rollers
having a radius less than the depth of the grooves.

3,795,127

METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PRODUCING LONG

FLAT METAL STRIP FROM A COILED METAL STRIP

WITH UNIFORM STRAIGHT EDGES TO A HIGH

DEGREE OF PRECISION

Andre Demus, Imphy, France, assignor to Creusot-Loire,

Paris, France

Filed June 19, 1972, Ser. No. 263,949
Claims priority, application France. Aug. 11, 1971,

71.29342

Int. CI. B21d 4i/2*
U.S. CI. 72-294 5 Claims

-i:'yj—

a«s

ws/P£ roa£ sufi^^ce

Rolling of high-fin integral finned tube from stainless steel
Ol other difficult to form material, in two operations with an
annealing step between rolling operations. Each rolling opera-
tion quickly forms narrow helical grooves to displace metal
into wide helical ribs or rib portions, followed by more gradual
widening and deepening of the grooves with additional metal
displacement, and lateral application of pressure to the ribs to
form It to required fin shape.

3,795,126
STRAIGHTENING INSTALLATION FOR ELONGATED
CIRCULAR ARTICLES
Jury Lukich Semenenko, ulitsa Gogolya, 1, kv. 30; Nikolai
Vasilievich Tumanov, ulitsa Simferopolskaya, 19. kv. 5, and
Leonid Mikhailovich Varava, prospekt Gagarina, 161, kv.
23, all of Dnepropetrovsk, U.S.S.R.

Filed June 10, 1971, Ser. No. 151,71 1

Int.CI. B21f//02

U.S. CI. 72-78 2 Claims

The straightening installation is provided with straightening

rolls and centering rollers with the straightening rolls having

A method and apparatus for producing long flat metal strip
from a coiled metal strip so that the fiat metal strip has
uniform straight edges to a high degree of precision. The un-
coiled strip is straightened by traction to a degree slighlls
bevond its elastic limit, laid flat undamped on a bench, then
immobilized on the bench and the edges trimmed by mobile
shears movable on a longitudinal guide member lying parallel
to the axis of the bench and the metal strip thereon.

3,795,128
BENDING
Ronald Edward Benton, 61, St. Alban s Rd.. Cheam. England
Filed Dec. 22, 1971, Ser. No. 210,927
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Dec. 23. 1970,

61297/70

Int.CI. 82 Id 7/04
U.S. CL 72-306 14 Claims

In bending a workpiece, the workpiece is located in a first
position and bent with two inner bends by movement of

OFFICIAL GAZETTE

March 5, 1974

respective bending members, then relative movement is ef- cantilever support to the press. An alternative form mounting
fected between the workpiece and the members to a second bars provides a notch opening downwardly for catching over

the bracket.

3,795.131
SPIN TESTINC. APPARATLS FOR TURBINE TYPE FLOW

METERS
Zane A. Wade, and W illiam F. Kolash, both of Du Bois, Pa., as-
signors to Rockwell Manufacturing Company, Pittsburgh.

Pa.

Filed Mar. 17, 1971,Ser. No. 125.178
Int. CI. GOlf 25/00; GOlm 19/00
U.S. CI. 73—3

position of the workpiccc relative to the members and the
workpicce is bent again with two outer bends by respective
movements of the same two members

3.795.129'
METHOD OF FORGING SINTERED ARTICLES OF HIGH

DENSITY
Saburo Goto. 49-Banchi, Shichiku K8miumenoki<ho. Kila-ku,

Kvoto. Japan

Filed Jan. 21, 1972, Ser. No. 219.652

Claims priority, application Japan, Oct. 7. 1971, 46-78909

Int.CI. B21j //06

U.S. CI. 72-342 3 Claims

A method of forging sintered articles of high density charac-
terized in that pre-shaped powdery articles are heated to a
temperature of 1 I20°-12{)0T' and then are forged by a tool,
which IS pre-warmed to 80°-l20X: and maintained at such
pre-warming temperature, at a tool speed of 7-lOm/second.
The articles thus forged are rapidly separated from the tool
through the medium of an ejector provided on the forging
machine.

3.795.130
MOUNTING DEVICE FOR PORTABLE LOADERS
Donald L. Hufford, Charlevoix, Mich., assignor to Hufford
Idustries, Inc., Charlevoix, Mich.

Filed Nov. 8, 1971.Ser. No. 196,622

Int. CI. B2 Id 4,^ 06*

II.S.CL74— 419 8 Claims

A novel portable material handling device for attachment to
a die press in which a pair of mounting bars extend longitu-
dinally from the device to detachably interlock with a mount-
ing bracket affixed to the die The bracket includes a pair of
elongated slots open at the top to permit insertion of the bars
therein. The bars include a pair of laterally projecting ears
which are positioned behind the bracket to prevent uninten-
tional end-wise removal t)f the bars and device A third bar ex-
tends intermediate and below the others for beanng on the
outer surface of the bracket to anchtir and level the device for

21 Claims

^ . "^ I ^-V_-_

— HeoieiT.aiei -^ nmat — i—\, \^^«ij.j
1 1 miif m I OKU- 1; ^ f '

An apparatus for measuring a performance-indicating
parameter in a fluid tlow turbine meter spin test in which the
turbine meter rotor and other operative rotatable parts of the
turbine meter are selectively accelerated and then allowed to
coa-st so that the rate of the rotor rotational speed is depen-
dent upon accuracy-impairing mechanical friction which re-
sists rotation of the turbine meter rotor The measured per-
formance-indicating parameter is comparable with a
reference parameter to determine if an increase has occurred
m the mechanical friction which is developed by the operative
meter parts under test [he measured performance indicating
parameter may be the time required by the coasting turbine
meter rotor to decay from one preselected speed to a lower
preselected speed, or it may be the change in decaying rotor
speed that occurs in a pre-selecled time period.

3,795.132

CURVED SURFACE FINISH ANALYZER

Paul T. Huling, Plainfield, and John J. Janes, Jr., Joliet, both of

III., assignors to Caterpillar Tractor Co., Peoria, III.

Filed May 30, 1972, Ser. No. 257,654

lnt.CI.G01b5/2«

U.S.CL73-10S 6 Claims

c40

ri'o

CHART
RecOROCR

INTEWATINO
ANO

CIRCUIT

Y
X

. «^2b

An analy/er for measuring the finish of an arcuate surface
of manufactured objects, test specimens, or the like includes a
movable carrier for supporting a stylus which is moved along
the curved surface to sense surface irregularities. A guide por-

MarCH 5, 1974

GENERAL AND MECHANICAL

tion of the carrier, adjacent the stylus, has a curvature con-
forming with that of the arcuate surface to be tested and rides
thereon to position and guide the stylus along the arcuate sur-
face during movement of the carrier relative thereto This
avoids a need for complex mechanism heretofore used to
guide the stylus along a curved predetermined reference path.

ing assembly to permit visual inspection of that region of the
specimen adjacent to the opening onto which the heat is
directed It is understood that suitable optical or photographic
devices may record the effects upon the tested portion of the

3,795,133
THICKNESS MEASURING METHOD AND APPARATUS
James L. Fergason, Kent, and Thomas B. Harsch, Stow, both of
Ohio, assignors to International Liquid Xtal Company,
Cleveland. Ohio

Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 132.060. April 7. 1971.
abandoned. This application Feb. 15, 1972, Ser. No. 226.468

Int. CI. GOln 25/00
IJ.S.CI.73-I5R 12 Claims

FLUID' OeLlve^r U£MNS

rrr-

.-^

\ '\ moMOCHKome

—1 —

INDICMTOK

3.795.134
ANTI-BUCKLING FATIGUE TEST ASSEMBLY
Fred E. Eichenbrenner. Hampton, and Leiand A. Imig. New-
port News, both of Va., assignors to The United States of
America as represented by the Administrator of the National
Aeronautics and Space Administration, Washington, D.C.
Filed Mar. 30, 1972, Ser. No. 239,575
Int.CI. G01nJ/;«
U.S.CL73-15.6 8 Claims

An anti-buckling fatigue test assembly is disclosed for hold-
ing a metal specimen which is subjected to compression and to
rapid cyclical heating and cooling while permitting visual ob-
servation. In an illustrative embodiment of this invention, the
anti-buckling fatigue test apparatus includes first and second
guide members between which the metal specimen is disposed
and fixedly held, a heating a.ssembly comprising a suitable
heating source such as a quartz lamp and a reflecting assembly
directing the heat onto the specimen, and a cooling assembly
for directing a suitable cooling fluid such as air onto the
specimen. Further, the guide members each have a passage to
permit the heat to be directed therethrough onto the
specimen Significantly, an opening is provided in the reflect-

specimen resulting from the successive heating and cooling In
an illustrative embodiment of this invention, more than one
heating assembly and cooling assembly are disposed upon the
guide members so that simultaneous tests are performed at
two different test locations of the specimen

Method for measuring thickness by the use of a thermal
wave and cholestenc liquid crystals to detect the thermal
wave. The thickness of a body (or portion of a body) is deter-
mined by covering one surface of the body with a liquid-
crystal material and by abruptly changing the temperature of a
medium in contact with an opposite surface of the body The
liquid crystal material has a color play temperature range,
meaning that the wavelength of maximum light scattering of
the liquid-crystal material will vary over a range of tempera-
tures By measuring the time elapse between the change in
temperature of the medium on one side of the body and the
occurrence of scattered light of a specific wavelength from the
liquid-crystal material on the other side of the body, its
thickness can be very accurately determined, taking into ac-
count the thermal diffusivity of the body The invention is par-
ticularly adapted for, by no means limited to, use in detecting
the thickness of the walls of hollow bodies, such as turbine
blades

3,795,135

SAMPLER OF AIR-BORNE PARTICLES

Ariel A. Andersen, Provo, UUh, assignor to 2000, Inc., Salt

Lake City, Utah

Continuation of Ser. No. 23,105, March 19, 1970, abandoned.

This application Nov. 7, 1972, Ser. No. 304,323

Int.CI.GOln /5/06

U.S. CL 73-28 3 Claims

An apparatus adapted tn extract minute particles from a gas
and deposit them on surface means for inspection and analysis
and comprises a plurality of stacked perforated discs held
firmly in position by retainer means and spaced apart by ring
means, and air inlet and outlet means, vacuum pump at-
tachment means for attaching a vacuum pump to draw air or
other gases through the device, with the perforations in the
discs in alternating positions in relation to the perforations
next below and above The apparatus of this invention is so
constructed as to be easily assembled and disa.ssembled and
inexpensive to manufacture.

OFFICIAL GAZETTE

March 5, 1974

3 795 136 ' passes, the shield means comprising acoustic barrier material.

VIBRATION DFNSITOMETER APPARATUS the shield means also including extension portions adjacent to

Gerald Lance Schlatter, Boulder. Colo., assignor to Interna- either surface of the table and comprising ^<^""'^;'^-"^^;;";^»;'"g

t onal Te ephone and Telegraph Corporation. Nen York, material on the inside surfaces, at least one detection chamber

tional lelepnone ana le r p k" defined within the tunnel, ultrasonic noise detector means

Filed Sept 18 1972 Ser. No. 289.770 within the chamber, means to feed cans seriatim through the

Int. CI. CO Im 9/

U.S. CI. 73-32

chamber and means to reject containers in response to leaks
4 Claims detected therein.

3,795.138

METHOD OF STAGE INTERNAL PRESSURE TESTING

CONNECTIONS BETWEEN TUBULAR MEMBERS

Malvern M. Hasha, 1 1 1 Acacia St., Lafayette, La. 70501

Filed Mar. 25. 1971, .Ser. No. 127,953

Int.CI.GOlm Jy2.S

lJ.S.a.73-46 13 Claims

A preamplifier for a vibration densitometer for connection
from a pKVoeleclric cr>stal and including a differential ampli-
fier having a negative feedback capacitor Noise discrimina-
tion is unexpectedly increased tenfold The densitometer is
also less temperature sensitive A voltage divider having a tap
is employed to set the noninvcrting mpul of the amplifier at a
desired fixed DC reference level A negative feedback re-
sistor prevents amplifier drif A bypass capacitor connected in
parallel with one leg of the voltage divider references one A.C.
output lead to ground

3,795,137

LEAK DETECTION APPARATUS FOR AEROSOL

CONTAINERS

Mei-Kuo Lo; Gary R. Thompson, and Erwin Sheppard, all of

Racine, W is., assignors to S. C. Johnson & Son, Inc.. Racine.

Wis.

Filed Sept. 12, 1972, Ser. No. 288,461
Int. CI. GOlm J/24

U.S. CI. 73-45.4

17 Claims

An apparatus for detecting leaks m pressurized containers
in a production line environment bylmeans of ultrasonic noise
detection, a preferred embodiment comprising a rotatablc
table having a peripheral area adjacent tc a conveyor line and
having portions covered by damping material, blocks
peripherally spaced on the peripheral portion of the table to
define spaces for carrying containers, the bkxks having side
walls of acoustic-absorbing material and end walls comprising
acoustic barrier material, shield means forming a tunnel
through which a peripheral portion, including the blocks.

Connections between tubular bodies or members are tested
by making the connection up to a desired i>r predetermined
amount, the connection is sealed off by positioning seal means
internally of the tubular members, and a suitable fluid medium
is positioned between the seal means at an initial pressure sub-
stantially below the pressure which the connection will en-
counter during use, and any decay or falloff m pressure from
this amount is noted or measured as an indication of a leak or
other malfunction in the connection.

In another embodiment, after the connection has been only
partially made up a predetermined amount until a primary or
initial seal is established in the connection, internal pressure
then is initially applied in an amtiunt less than that at which
movement of the connection and tubular members occurs
(generally, this pressure is substantially below the pressure
which the connection will encounter during use), and any fal-
loff or decay in pressure from this amount is determined as an
indication of a leak or malfunction in the connection. If the
connection does not leak at this pressure, it is increased m
sequential amounts or increments to at least or greater than
the pressure to which the connection will be subjected in use.

In another embodiment, the connection is made up to the
recommended full makeup torque, the connection is sealed
off internal of the tubular member; and internally pressure is
applied in sequential increments as above described to test the
connection.

In another embodiment, the connection may be backed off
from Its fully made up position, but retained in a relationship
which should establish the primary or initial seal therein, and
while in this partially made up position, the connection is
again subjected to internal pressure testing in sequential incre-
ments as above described.

The above tests may be conducted while the connection is
not in tension; they may be conducted with the connection in
tension; or they may be conducted when the connection is out
of tension and then placed in tension.

March 5, 1974

GENERAL AND MECHANICAL

3.795,139
SNUBBER SEAL LEAKAGE TEST CIRCUIT
Daniel Anthony Peck, South Windsor, Conn., assignor to Com-
bustion Engineering, Inc., Windsor, Conn.

Filed Dec. 23. 1971, Ser. No. 21 1,379

Int. CI. GOlmi/00, J/22
U.S.CL 73-40.5 R

rixi deHection is directly related to the lateral input force ap-
plied. Therefore, measurement of that input force in terms of
rod deHeclion can be made. The force responsive device of
the present invention also includes a suitably long transverse
loading arm member mounted on the free end of the bending
tube extending laterally away from the bending lube axis fhis
5 Claims arrangement permits measurement of an input force applied
to the transverse load arm member and directed parallel to the
bending tube axis.

3,795,141

WELL LOGGING PROBES

Jean Planche, L Hay-les-Roses, France, assignor to Schlum-

berger Technology Corporation, New York, N.Y .

Filed May 23, 1972. Ser. No. 256.107

Claims priority, application France, May 24, 1971,

71.18636

Int. CLE21b 49/00

U.S.CL73-151 15 Claims

■•oaepv^

The hydraulic system of shock suppressor apparatus for
vapor generators utilized in nuclear power plants is provided
with integrated fluid circuitry that permits testing for leakage
across internal piston seals to be conducted in situ. The fluid
circuitry, together with appropriate valving. is operative to
hold the piston members of the shock suppressor apparatus in
place while testing is conducted and to impart fluid pressures
to the system that simulate maximum piston loadings. Sight
glass or other detection apparatus is utilized to determine the
presence of a leak.

3,795,140
FORCE RESPONSIVE DEVICE
Tadashi Nishihara, Tokyo. Japan, assignor to Yokogawa Elec-
tric Works, Ltd., Tokyo, Japan

Filed Dec. 20. 1972, Ser. No. 316,674

Claims priority, application Japan. Dec. 29. 1971. 46-2918

Int.CLG01l//26

U.S.CL73-I4IA 18 Claims

KM ROD

A force responsive device such as a differential pressure
transmitter or a buoyancy transmitter including a force-dis-
placement transducer comprised of a bending tube and a
deflection nxi. The bending tube is mounted with one of its
ends securely fixed to a mounting support and its other end
free The deflection rod extends into the tube with one of its
ends fastened to the free end of the tube. The rod's other end
extends out of the flxed end of the tube. When subjected to a
lateral input force, the free end of the tube bends, thereby dis-
placing or deflecting the free end of the deflection rod The

■^-2_[f

In the representative embodiment of the invention disclosed
herein, an elongated wall-engaging pad carrying one or more
formation-investigating devices is operatively mounted along
one side of a well logging tool and arranged for lilting about an
axis perpendicular to a plane of movement including the lon-
gitudinal axes of the tool body and the pad as the pad is urged
against an adjacent borehole wall. To insure thai the pad
member is free to tilt as may be required for following irregu-
lar borehole walls, forwardly-urged positioning memhers are
uniquely arranged on the tool above and below the pad for
spatially positioning that side of the tool away from the ad-
jacent borehole wall. One or more rearwardly-urged position-
ing members are also arranged on the opposite side of the tool
and adapted to be pressed against the opposite borehole wall
with only sufficient force to retain the spaced positioning
members engaged with the adjacent borehole wall above and
below the pad member.

3.795,142
TEMPERATURE WELL LOGGING
Robert C. Smith, Inola. and Roger J. Steffensen, Tulsa, both of
Okla., assignors to Amoco Production Company, Tulsa.

Okla.

Filed June 27, 1972, Ser. No. 266,770

Int. CI. E2 lb 47/06

U.S.CL 73 -154 2 Claims

This concerns a method of determining vertical locations of
intervals receiving injection of a fluid in an injection or
production well drilled through a subsurface formation Fluid,
having a bottomhole temperature at least about 5° difl-erent
from the fluid normallv injected or produced through the well,
is injected for a E#lMS&x.ef t""*^- "^ ^ • ^''""^ 3 - 6. or occa-

OFFICIAL GAZETTE

March 5, 1974

sionalK 24 hours As soon a.s injection is stopped, a series of
time-spaced temperature logs are run in the well bore,

'^:

-iFTEfi SHUT-iH •-

I I I i : ■ I ' I I I ■ I ' I

iij* 114- !(«• iir IK, :f 124' ijf i;

OtWEES « 'I

3,795.144

TAMPKR-PROOF WATER METER

Ralph R. Marchesi.881 Main St., Winchester, Mass. 01890

Filed Feb. 17, 1972, Ser. No. 227,091

Int. CI. GO If //OO

U.S. CI. 73— 201 9 Claims

— v/f/^hn

r'"

^-- i

? • lyr iH* IM* I3«" 13*" MO*

preferably at intervals of not over 30 minutes. Temperature
anomalies appearing in the logs indicate the injection zone or
/ones.

A tamper-proof plumbing arrangement for a water meter in

an establishment for preventing the owner of the establish-
ment from reversing or bypassing the water meter The water
meter has the internal shut-off valve for the establishment as
an integral part of the meter such that the water meter cannot
be removed while the shut off valve is closed. The water meter
has a main housing which houses both the water meter and the
shut off valve, and has a small, unbreakable window at the top
of the meter to allow the meter to be read The small Plex-
iglass window prevents the gauge reading from being altered
by the customer.

3,795,143

MACHINE FOR RUNNING TOGETHER BEVEL OR

HYPOID GEARS TO DETERMINE OPTIMLM RUNNING

POSITION OF ONE GEAR RELATIVE TO ANOTHER

Thomas A. Deprez, and Frank M. Whalley, both of Rochester,

N.Y.. assignors to Gleason Works, S.A., Baudour, Belgium

Filed Sept. 13, 1972, Ser. No. 288,636

InLCLGOlm /J/02

3,795,145
VARIABLE THROAT VENTURI AIRSPEED SENSOR
Harry Miller, Scottsdale, Ariz., assignor to Sperry Rand Cor-
poration, New York, N.Y.

Filed Mar. 23, 1972, Ser. No. 237.425
Int. CI.GOlb //00,G01p5//6

U.S. CI. 73

10 Claims U.S. CL 73— 213

10 Claims

A gear testing machine is provided with a manual adjust-
ment means for adjusting position of one gear of a pair relative
to another gear of the pair while the gears are running
together in meshing engagement. The manual adjustment
means includes a safety feature which prevents running en-
gagement of the pair of gears unlcs.s the operator of the
machine has each hand in place on control switches which
must be simultaneously actuated before the machine can be
started.

An airspeed sensor utilizes a venturi in which the throat
area is adjustable The fluid pressures in the inlet region and
the throat region are measured. The throat area of the duct is
programmed by a servo as a function of the pressure ratio
between inlet and throat so as to cause the pressure ratio to be
a function of the Mach number of the airflow at the entrance
to the venturi. An output signal representing the equivalent
airspeed is taken from a potentiometer which is energized
through a shaping circuit from the inlet region pressure sen-
sor The setting of the potentiometer is adjusted in accordance
with the setting of the variable throat mechanism of the ventu-
ri.

March 5, 1974

GENERAL AND MECHANICAL

3,795,146
REFERENCE SIGNAL DIFFERENTIATING CAPACITIVE

FLUID LEVEL GAUGE
Francis B. Wilson, Wauconda, III., assignor to Vapor Corpora-
tion, Chicago, III.

Filed May 12, 1972, Ser. No. 252,796

Int. CI. GOlf 23126; GOIr 27/26

U.S. CI. 73-304 C 3 Claims

9'\ ~

representing the rear side. Axially positioned between oppos-
ing surfaces of the window and casing is a resilient gasket by
which a seal can be effected thereat. For maintaining the seal
there is provided an annular collar ring resiliently biasing the

An open loop capacitance-type level gauge that utilizes a
triangular reference voltage, a differentiator means including
a capacitor probe, an absolute value amplifier, and a utiliza-
tion means for providing a linear voltage directly proportional
to the level of fluid contained in a ves.sel is disclosed.

3,795,147
ATMOSPHERE DETECTOR FOR HELICOPTER BLADES
Carl L. Peterson, Gloucester, and James D. Korumpas, Salem,
both of Mass., assignors to GTE Sylvania Incorporated, Dan-
vers, Mass.

Filed Feb. 2, 1972, Ser. No. 222,793

Int.CI.G01mi//4

U.S.CL 73-49.3 7 Claims

window and casing axially toward each other and against the
gasket. In the event of an internal overpressure buildup, in-
creasing pressure acting against the inside window surface
forces separation thereof from the gasket in opposition to the
biasing force of the collar.

An atmosphere detector for providing a visual indication of
the presence or absence of a crack in a helicopter blade. The
detector comprises a glass bulb having an internaf coating of
barium and mounted in scaled communication with the interi-
or of the hollow blade, which is filled with nitrogen at a pres-
sure different from atmospheric The barium coating changes
color in the presence of a sufficient amount of oxygen, thereby
indicating an air leak.

3,795,149
METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SUPPLYING SAMPLES

FOR AUTOMATED ANALYSIS
William H. Gillette, Deer Park, N.Y.; William J. C. Mc-
Candless, Ringwood, N.J., and Kent M. Negersmith, Carmel,
N.Y., assignors to Technicon Instruments Corporation, Tar-
rytown, N.Y.

Filed Oct. 15, 1971, Ser. No. 189,673

Int.CI.GOlr ///2

U.S.CI.73-423A 13 Claims

3,795,148
PRESSURE VENTING INSTRUMENT CASING ASSEMBLY
Ronald Joseph Luich, Bridgeport, Conn., assignor to Dresser
Industries, Inc., Dallas, Tex.

Filed Jan. 23, 1973, Ser. No. 325,986
InLCI.G01p//f>2,G0II7/04
U.S.CL 73-431 10 Claims

An instrument casing assembly for pressure gauges and the
like providing controlled venting to atmosphere in the event of
internal overpressure buildup. A cylindrical cup-shaped win-
dow or crystal representing the front side is received axially
inler-fitting within the open face of a cup-shaped casing

Liquid from a liquid sample container is flowed in auto-
mated analysis apparatus into a filter-equipped inlet end of a
probe while the latter is immersed in the liquid, for transport
of the sample to automated analysis The probe is sub-
sequently removed from the container and immersed in the
liquid of a wash receptacle. Prior to immersion in another
liquid sample, a fluid, other than sample, is flushed through
the aforementioned filter in a reverse direction to cleanse it of
particulate matter, the flushing being in timed relation to the
movements of the probe.

OFFICIAL GAZETTE

March 5, 1974

3,795.150

SYSTEM FOR RAPIDLY POSITIONINC GIMBALED
OBJECTS
Homer D. Eckhardt, Lincoln, Mass.. assignor to The Lnited
States of America as represened bv the Air Force, Washing-
ton, D.C.

Filed Dec. 13, 1972, Ser. No. 314,622 ,

Int. CI. GO Ic I9l0i)
L.S. CI. 74-5.4 7 Claims

A system tor rapidly ptisitioning gimbaled objects utilizing a
rotating mass stabilization technique in conjunction with a
brake and motor at each gimbal trunnion With the alternate
activation and encrgi/ing ot" a preselected motor and brake,
the gimbaled object can be rapidly pt)sitioned with a minimum
ot torque.

3,795,151

ELECTROMAGNETIC COL FLING FOR AN ALTIMETER

Lynn C. Jehly, and Carl E. Johanson, b«th of Davenport, Iowa.

assignors to The Bendix Corporation, South Bend, Ind.

Filed Aug. 18, 1972, Ser. No. 281,893

Int. CI. GOII 7! 14

L.S. CI. 73-387 10 Claims

TACNOMCTCII^

■n

A synchronizer for coupling a corrective servo mechanism
to a pneumatic altitude sens<.)r in an aircraft to provide a dis-
plav with a positive pressure altitude indicatum The
svnchronizer has a first rotor retained on a shaft with gear
teeth that are positively engaged with the servomotor The
synchronizer has a second rotor concentric to said first rott)r
with gear teeth that positively engage the altitude sensor A
coil in the svnchronizer is energized and lines of magnetic tlux
developed which pass through poles in the first and second ro-
tor An altitude computing device connected to the altitude
sensor computes an electrical error signal which activates the
servomotor With the servomotor activated the first rotor is
moved. The magnetic attraction between the poles cor-
respondinglv causes the second rotc>r to move and exert a

modifying force on the output from the altitude sensor to
establish the true pressure altitude output for operating an in-
dicator.

ERRATUM

For Class lA — 5.4 see:
Patent No. 3,795,150

3,795,152
DUAL LEVER CONTROL

Trevor G. Campbell, Peoria. III., assignor to Caterpillar Trac-
tor Co., Peoria. III.

Filed Aug. 17, 1972, Ser. No. 281,5 15
' Int. CI. (;05g 1 3102

U.S.CI. 74-471 R 12(laims

First and second handles are mt)vably mounted on a sta-
tionarv suppi>rt The first handle is C(mnected to the control
elements of tlrst and second control valves whereas the second
handle is connected to the control element of a third control
valve Movement of the first handle in a first direction will
reciprocate the first control element whereas movement of the
second handle m such direction is nonfunctional Movement
of the first and second handles in the second, transverse
direction will simultaneously reciprocate the second and third
elements, respectively. A pivoted latch selectively k)cks the
two handles in their neutral conditions of operation and the
second handle is fricti(.)nally held in a selected position by a
pair of rubber bushings.

3,795,153
(iEAR CHANGE MECHANISM
Alec Harry Seiily, North Wembley, England, assignor to C. A.
V. Limited, Birmingham, England

Filed May 12. 1972, Ser. No. 252,741
Claims priority, application Great Britain, May 14, 1971,
15036/71

Int. CI. F 16h 5/06, G05g 5106
U.S. CI. 74— 335 11 Claims

A gear change mechanism for a multi ratio gearbox includes
selector bars movable axially one at a time to effect engage-
ment of a particular ratio of the gearbox, each bar having a
groove with which can co-operate a plurality of balls to

GENERAL AND MECHANICAL

March 5, 1974 -t....... , . ,.,...... ^ . -v .. ^ . . 53

prevent movement of two of the bars from the neutral position rotatable but non-axially movable section of the ^'>-P''"8'^^';'^
when the other bar IS ,n a ratio selecting postfon. There .s also sp.ndle .s ngidly supported by -P.P«-^/'^^7g^^"^,""";;

move in the axial direction. The spindle therefore is only capa-

provided a spring loaded locking member movable between a
pair of balls and which when operative arrests movement of
the bars at the neutral positions.

3,795,154
CALIBRATABLE CONTROL
Lincoln Stoddard Magor, Gait, Ontario, Canada, assignor to
Mimik Limited, Gait, Ontario, Canada

Filed Sept. 11. 1972, Ser. No. 287,915
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Sept. 13, 1971,

42486/71

Int.CI. F16h//04,//y6,i5/06

IJ.S. CL 74-422 5 Claims

ble of rotary motion. The indexing accuracy of the present in-
vention is a function only of the grinding accuracy of the teeth
formed on the opptwed transverse surfaces of the coupling
sections.

3,795,156
SHIFTING LEVER FOR THE TRANSMISSION OF MOTOR

VEHICLES

Wilhelm Neuscheler, Spitzholzstr. 113, 7032 Sindelfingen,

Germany

Filed Dec. 15, 1971, Ser. No. 208,241
Claims priority, application Germany, Dec. 23, 1970,

2063371

Int.CI.G05g//06
U.S. CL 74-523 ^ Claims

A rod for servo mechanism is converted to a rack by moving
longitudinally to be cut by the teeth of a harder toothed gear.

3,795,155
ANGULAR INDEXING APPARATUS FOR A MACHINE

TOOL
Robert B. Price, Delanson; Richard N. Hosterman, Elnora, and
William G. Cook, Schenectady, all of N.Y., assignors to Nu-
micon. Inc., Delanson, N.Y.

Filed Oct. 22, 1971, Ser. No. 191,938
lnt.CI.B23b29/i2
U.S.CL 74-826 16 Claims

The angular indexing apparatus of the present invention is
comprised of a multiple tooth face gear coupling pair, one sec-
tion of which is ngidly secured to the spindle that supports the
workpiece and the other section of which is axially slidable on
the spindle, both into and out of engagement with the first.

A shifting lever for a motor vehicle transmission which es-
sentially consists of an elastic synthetic material and is rein-
forced by at least one insert of spring steel.

OFFICIAL GAZETTE

March 5, 1974

3.795,157

COMBINED TRANSMISSION GEAR SELECTOR AND
ENGINE SPEED CONTROL
Trevor (i. Campbell, Peoria, and Monte Chamberlain,
Metamora. both of 111., assignors to Caterpillar Tractor Co..

Peoria, 111.

Filed Aug. 21, l972,Ser. No. 282,138

Int. CI. B60k 23100. G05g 9/12

IS. CI. 74-879 ' 3 Claims

commodate jars of different heights and arranged to be con-
trollubly clamped on the periphery of a threaded jar lid and
then to be power-driven in ajar-lid unscrewing dircctu)n and
with the jar lid clamp means being of a type such that the
forcible motorized application of lid-unscrewing torque ac-
tually increases the extent of the clamping engagement of the
clamp means on the lid so as to positively prevent any tor-
sional slippage during a jar lid unscrewing operation In one
preferred form, the jar base clamp means may be of the same
type as that disclosed in connection with the jar lid engaging
clamp means — that is. arranged to provide amplitled clamp-
engaging force as a result of the torque produced during ajar
lid unscrewing operation.

A hand-operated control as.sembly (ot accomplishing both
transmission gear selection and engine speed control through
a single control member or lever, gear selection being accom-
plished bv pivotal movement of the lever and engine speed
regulation being accomplished by rotation of the lever about
Its own axis. With the contrt)l lever being preferably movable
m a conventional L -shaped pattern for gear selection, a rela-
tively simple and novel interconnection is provided for
coupling the single control lever with a transmission control
selector rod and an engine speed control rod.

3,795,158

JAR LID REMOVER

Robert V. Morita, 1268 Lyaman PI., Los Angeles, Calif. 90029

Filed Dec. 7, 1972, Ser. No. 312,578

Inl.CI. B67b7 /.S

L.S. CI. 81-3.32 , 9 Claims

3,795,159

INSl I.ATION STRIPPER FOR TWISTING WIRE PAIR

Charles Dale Steiner, Harrisburg, and F:arl William. Annville,

both of Pa., assignors to AMP Incorporated, Harrisburg, Pa.

Filed Sept. 20, 1972, Ser. No. 290.61 1

lnt.CI.H02g/ 72

U.S.CL81-9.51 6 Claims

Apparatus for stripping insulation from the end portions of
the wires of a twisted pair of wires has insulation stripping
blades for cutting into the insulation of the wires. A pair of
wire orienting members, mounted adjacent to the stripping
blades, engage the twisted pair prior to cutting of the insula-
tion and orient the pair properly with respect to the cutting
edges. The stripping blades and the orienting fingers are
mounted in a rotatable head which untwists the end portions
of the twisted pair

3,795,160
GLIDING MEANS FOR BORING BARS
Kasimir Janiszewski, 11908 W. Loomis Rd., Franklin, Wis.
53132

Filed Sept. 29, 1972. Ser. No. 293.604

Int. CI. B23b4//06

U.S. CI. 82- 1.4 5 Claims

■.%1^'M

A jar lid remover for relatively unscrewing and separating
thrcadedly engaged jar lids and jars and comprising a jar base
clamp adjustable into clamping relationship with respect to
the base of a jar and a jar lid clamp adjustably positioned
directly above the jar base clamp for vertical adjustment to ac-

Apparatus for boring holes with a rotatable boring bar in-
cludes a guide tool or element located at the free end of the
boring bar and projecting in the same direction as the boring
tool A hardened bushing concentrically aligned with the bor-

MaRCH 5, 1974

GENERAL AND MECHANICAL

ing bar engages and guides the guide tool to prevent deflection
of the working tool during use The hardened bushing and
guide tool enable the boring tool to provide a hole with a
uniform radius.

3.795,161
TOOL MACHINE FOR MACHINING CRANKSHAFTS
Hermann Berbalk, Goppingen, tJermany, assignor to
Ciebruder Boehringer Gesellschaft mit Beschrankter Haf-
tung, Goppingen, (iermany

Filed Feb. 21, 1973, Ser. No. 334,226
Claims priority, application (iermany, Feb. 29, 1972,
2209622

Int. CI. B23b5//S. 5/00
U.S. CI. 82-9 4 Claims

t—a

handle opening The bottles are supported in an upright posi-
tion and arc rapidly trimmed while hot and pliable by a swing-
ing arm having cutting tools that conform to and skim the con-
tour of the bottle. The cutting tools have curved or tapered
surfaces relative to the plane of the flashings that engage the
flashings from one side and curl them away from the bottle in
a one step operation.

3,795,163
METHOD OF SELECTIVELY CLTTING AND
PERFORATING SUPERPOSED PANELS OF MATERIAL
William A. Armstrong, Elyria. and James M. Stefancin. Par-
ma, both of Ohio, assignors to The Do\* Chemical Company,
Midland, Mich.

Filed Dec. 16, 1971, Ser. No. 208.799

Int. C\. B26t 124, Blbd 3/00

L.S.CL 83-30 20 Claims

^r.^-_-^-a

The present invention relates to a tool machine of a known
type in which a crankshaft is machined by a rotary annular
tool having internal cutting edss located on a circle through
which the crankshaft extends The ends of the crankshaft arc
held by chucks mounted on columns carried by the bed of the
machine. A slide on this bed movable in a direction parallel to
the crankshaft carries the tool holder which is movable on the
slide to a cutting position in which said circle is located in a
tangential relationship to the pin of the crankshaft being cut
and to a loading and unloading position in which said circle is
brought to co-axial relationship with the chucks When the
tool holder is in this position, it may be moved by the slide to a
position close to one of the columns in which the tool sur-
rounds a substantially cylindrical projection on the column
carrying the chuck In this position the tool and the tool holder
are U)cated laterally of the workpiece permitting the same to
be easily released from the chucks and unloaded from the
machine which may then be charged with the next crankshaft.

The present invention discloses a method of perforating a
first layer or panel of material, while selectively slitting a
second layer underlying and in face to face contact with said
first layer, and without requiring separation of said layers.
Such a method is practiced using a saw-tooth blade which is
pressed through both said layers, followed by stroking the
blade to sever the underlying layer, while the upper layer is
caused to slide with and accompanying the stroke of the blade,
leaving the same intact, with with a line of perforations super-
ptised with the aforesaid cut. The indicated method has utility
particularly as regards fabricating certain end to end con-
nected bag structures from continuous lengths of flattened tu-
bular film "^

3.795.162
METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRIMMING PLASTIC

BOTTLES

Ben E. Jaeger. 204 S. Brodge St., Yorkville, III. 60560

Filed Feb. 5, 1973, Ser. No. 321,157

Int.CI.B29c/7//0

U.S. CL 83-23 21 Claims

3,795,164
DEVICE FOR STRAIGHT-LINE SLITTING AND CUTTING

OF CORRUGATED PAPER
Rudolf Schneider, Hamburg, Germany, assignor to General
Corrugated Machinery, Lubeck, Germany

Filed June 8, 1972, Ser. No. 260,845
Claims priority, application Germany, June 19, 1971,
7123640

lnt.CLB26d//20

U.S.CL83— 349

3 Claims

A device for cutting corrugated paper including one or

more disc-like knives fixed to a rotatable shaft. The circum-

Bottles or other containers formed by blow molding are ference of each knife enters a groove in a table over which the

trimmed to remove the flashings at the bottom, top, and in the paper travels with the paper held on the table by connection ol

OFFICIAL GAZETTE

March 5, 1974

the groove to a suction device. Very small clearance is pro- direction, driving means for feeding the sheet material
vidcd between the rear edge of the groove, which edge is rein- towards the cutting means, deflecting and guiding means for
"forced by a plastic strip, and the circumference of each knife
to obtain a positive cutting action.

3.795,165

HVDRAl lie SHEARINC; MACHINE

Heinrich \U)elbert, Hamburg, N.V.. assignor to Advanced

Machine Design Company, North Olmsted, Ohio

Filed Jan. 18, 1973, Ser. No. 324,872

Int. CI. B26d5//2, 7 104

U.S. CI. 83-378

.^^**^t.^ ^

17 Claims

t' 21 22 23 rs « 6 Ai

passing the material towards the cutting means, and a carrier
for supporting rolls of sheet material to be priKCssed, the car-
rier being movable with the material supplying means.

M 4*

i^ -£-

3,795,167
PLATE TRIMVHNC SHEARS
Gunter Karl Fries, Neunkirchen-Saar. and Ernst-CJunther
Oberhauser, Rohrbach-Saar, both of (iermany, assignors to
Moeller & Neumann (JmbH, Ingbert/Saar, (Jermany

Filed May 5, 1972, Ser. No. 250,699
Claims priority, application (iermany. May 8. 1971,
2122855

int. CI. B26d 11/00
l.S. CI.83-514 4 Claims

A hydraulic shearing machine of the type wherein opposite
sides of longitudinally adjacent sections of a length of bar
stock and the like arc engaged respectively between a Tixed
knife and a hold down member and between a movable knife
and yieldable back support member characterized in that the
movable knife, the hold down member, and the back support
member are hydraulically actuated from the same fluid pres-
sure source to shear the bar between said sections while the
latter are maintained in parallel relation by the hold down and
back support forces which arc proportionately related to the
variable shearing forces encountered during the shearing of
the bar and the variable shear forces encountered in the shear-
ing of bars of different sizes and materials, the magnitude of
the fluid pressure from said source being variable automati-
call> in accordance with the shearing resistance imposed by
the particular bar being sheared. The machine herein is
further characterized in that a back gage member is also
hydraulically actuated by the low pressure-high volume or the
high pressure-low volume pump of a dual pump system, said
system providing for rapid traverse of the hold down and knife
actuators toward and away from the bar and for high pressure
actuation by the high pressure-low volume pump of the system
upon engagement of the hold down member and movable
knife with longitudinally adjacent sections of the bar.

3,795,166
APPARATUS FOR PROCESSING SHEET MATERIAL
Karl Brand, am Stkh 2, 4125 Riehen, Switzerland
Filed Feb. 15, 1972, Ser. No. 226,612
Claims priority, application Switzerland, Feb. 24, 1971,
2688/71

Int. CI. B65h / 715
L.S. CI. 83-409 7 Claims

.Apparatus for processing sheet material, comprising cutting
means to cut the sheet material and which comprise an elon-
gated longitudinally extending bed on which the material is
supported during cutting, material supplying means which
reciprocate relatively to the cutting means in a longitudinal

Plate trimming shears especially for heavy plates include
cutter blades one of which receives a rocking movement so as
to perform a rolling cut and a cross cutter is provided for
chopping off the waste strip trimmed from the plate, the cross
cutter being supported in its own guide and functionally con-
nected to the support carrying the moving cutter blade so that
the cross cutter executes a linear chopping cut with an operat-
ing movement derived from the moving cutter support.

3,795,168
LOW-IMPACT FOLR-BAR PRESS
Sheldon A. Spachner, Havertown; John G. Lose, Lansdowne,
and Martin Friedland, Flourtown, all of Pa., assignors to
Gulf & Western Industrial Products Company, Salem, Ohio
Filed Jan. 4, 1973, Ser. No. 321,009
Int.CI. B26d5/««
U.S. CI. 83-617 36 Claims

A low-impact four-bar press is provided having a drive
mechanism which will cause the press slide to move relatively
slowly throughout a metal working portion of the press stroke

March 5, 1974

GENERAL AND MECHANICAL

and relatively rapidly on the return and advance portions of
the stroke. The drive arrangement includes a linkage system
comprised of a first link pivotally connected between the press
slide and a second link which is connected to a driven crank.
A third, lazy or constraining link is pivotally connected at one

criminating range of the phase locked loop may be varied ac-
cording to the requirements of the instrument.

end thereof to the second link and at the other end thereof to
the press frame at a point between the crank axis and the path
of the slide The arrangement of the several links is such as to
provide desirable kinematic and dynamic characteristics by
developing a particular coupler curve at the pivot point
between the first and second links.

3,795,169
ELECTRONIC DEVICE EMPLOYING A PHASE LOCKED

LOOP FOR TUNING MUSICAL INSTRUMENTS
Donald K. Belcher, Olathe, Kans., assignor to Signa-Signer,
Inc., Fairfax, Va.

Filed May 31, 1973, Ser. No. 365,785

Int. CI. GlOg 7/02

U.S. CI. 84-454 10 Claims

-^fe<l' I'M

An electronic tuner is used to indicate when a musical in-
strument IS tuned above or below a desired given frequency
The disclosed elctronic tuner includes the following elements
in series: an audio frequency microphone, a band pass filter
selected to the frequency range desired, a preamplifier, a
pha.se locked loop with associated power supply for detecting
when the incoming frequency is above or below the desired
frequency, an output amplifier, and a push-pull complementa-
ry transistor output means for driving a pair of lamps in such a
fashion as to indicate whether the incoming frequency is
abt)ve or below the desired frequency Frequency discrimina-
tion is performed by the phase locked loop which is adjusted
to a normal B'' concert frequency of 466.2 Hz. The dis-

3,795.170
CHEST VALVE FOR PIPE ORGANS
Paul A. Klann, P.O. Box 2398, Waynesboro, Va. 22981

Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 152,304. June 11, 1971,

abandoned. This application Dec. 29, 1972, Ser. No. 319.813

Int.CI. GlObi/yo

U.S.CI. 84— 339 4 Claims

,122 i'O

The outlet opening of the air chest is provided with a sleeve
for supporting the organ pipe externally of the chest and
which acts as a valve scat for the ficxible resilient diaphragm''
of the chest valve. The diaphragm forms one wall of an auxilia-
ry chamber located beneath the sleeve An electro-magnetic
valve controls the communication of the auxiliary chamber to
the atmosphere or the air under pressure in the chest When
the auxiliary chamber is in communication with the interior of
the air chest the pressures on opp>osite sides of the diaphragm
are equalized around the sleeve and the pressure differential
between the atmospheric pressure in the sleeve and the air
under pressure in the auxiliary chamber maintains the
diaphragm in sealing engagement with the sleeve When the
auxiliary chamber is in communication with the atmosphere,
the pressure differential acting on the diaphragm will move
the diaphragm away from the sleeve allowing air under pres-
sure to escape from the chest through the sleeve to the pipe of
the organ. The chest valve is preferably mounted on the un-
derside of the air chest externally thereof with the diaphragm
exposed to the interior of the chest for ciK)peration with the
sleeve.

3,795,171

GUIDING UNIT FOR BRAIDING SPOOLS IN BRAIDING

MACHINES

Reiner Strangfeld, Oldenburg, Germany, assignor to August
Herzog Maschinenfabrik, Oldenburg, Germany
Filed May 28. 1971, Ser. No. 147,972
Int. CI. D04c 3122
U.S. CI. 87-50 5 Claims

The guide groove-engaging portion of a shuttle for a braid-
ing machine is constructed so that both surface portions
thereof engaging the walls of the groove arc in surface contact
with these walls at the point where groove portions cross one
another to form a loop, while end portions of this shuttle ele-
ment are convex portions merging with these surface ptirtions
The guide groove itself is of different width and curvature in

OFFICIAL GAZETTE

March 5, 1974

stablish

us various portions. In general, .t has a large radius and .s rcla- ranged at the mtermed.ate walk and these recesses es
t.vely w,de In the loops U has considerably smaller radms but How connections between neighboring hollow companmcntv
^ P I he recesses of neighboring intermediate walls and which are

arranged between the sleeve member and the intermediate
walls are situated diametncally opposite one another The

It is slightly wider At the crossing point it has an intermediate
radius, but in order to secure the surface contact already men-
tioned, at this point It has a minimum width

3,795.172

\PP\RATLS FOR RAPIDLY ACCELERATING AND
CLSHIONABLY DECELERATING A PISTON-LIKE

MEMBER

W ilbur B. Reed. Cambell. Calif., assignor to The Lnited Slates
of America as represented by the Secretary of the Navy,
Washington, D.C.

Filed Sept. 5, 1972. Ser. No. 285,961
Int.CI. F41f_\(^^

U.S. CI. 89- 1.5 R

10 Claims

recesses at the intermediate wall form between the latter and
the wall of the sleeve member a respective gap having the
shape of a circular ring sector. Each hollow compartment is
subdivided into a number of sectors by a substantially star-
shaped web, and the sectors are connected with one another
by throttle locations formed by the tips of the star-shaped web.

L.S. CI. 89-193

3,795.174
MACHINE FOR CLTTING MLLTIPLE KEYS
Roy N. Oliver, 148 Ellen Dr.. and Roy C. Spain, P.O. Box
1668, both of Salem, Va. 24153

Filed Apr. 6. 1972, Ser. No. 241,507

Int.CI. B23cJ/i.5

U.S. CL 90- 1 3.05 6 Claims

By way of illustration, the apparatus may be used to launch
rather heavy, spherical objects from a travelling space vehicle
In this event, the piston cradles the sphere and is driven by a
high-thrusl, short duration-lime rocket motor At launching
velocity snubbcr as.semblies arrest the piston with a minimum
of recoil The snubbers include rods secured to the piston for
free travel with it until launching vcliKity is reached At that
point, the rods engage snubber pistons which arc arrested by
honeycomb cylinders. 1

3,795,173
CASCADE THROTTLE
Pierre Freymond. Wallisellen, Switzerland, assignor to Werk-
zeugmaschinenfabrik Oerlikon-Buhrle AG, Zurich. Switzer-
land

Filed Dec. 18. 1972. Ser. No. 316.377
Claims priority, application Switzerland. Jan. 7, 1972,

261/72

Int. CI. F41d5/0<V

4 Claims

.J. V-l. 07 1 T^

A ca.scade throttle having a sleeve within which there are
provided a number of hollow compartments or spaces
bounded by partition or intermediate walls. Reces.ses are ar-

A machine for cutting notches or bits in a plurality of keys,
or key blanks, at different levels and varying angles to the axes
of the keys, the keys being detachably clamped in parallel
positions slidably movable with respect to one another by a
rocker plate operating upon the tips of the keys whereby a
cutting wheel moved transversely across the keys at a
predetermined distance from the tips of said keys makes an
identical notch in each said key regardless of the angle of
desired key notch being cut.

March 5. 1974

GENERAL AND MECHANICAL

3,795,175
AUTOMATIC DEBURRING PROCESS
Saichi Numao, and Yukio Yoneyama, both of Tochigi, Japan.
assignors to Yorozu Jidosha Kogyo Kabushiki Kaisha,
Kanacawa-ken, Japan

Filed June!, 1972, Ser. No. 258,581

Claims priority, application Japan, Feb. 8, 1972, 47-13753

Int. CI. B23d 1/08,1/24

U.S. CI.90— 24A 9 Claims

3,795,177

FLUID MOTOR CONTROL CIRCUIT PROVIDING

SELECTIVE FAST MOTION

John R. Cryder, Joliet, and Allan L. Freedy, Aurora, both of

III., assignors to Caterpillar Tractor Co., Peoria, III.

Filed Nov. 4, 1971, Ser. No. 195,635

Int.CLF15b////6, ;i/02

U.S. CL91— 411 R ' 6 Claims

:^"

J 7*54 47557

An automatic deburring process for the burrs produced
within the bore of the cylinder block of an automotive engine,
and an apparatus therefor, which consists in that a cutting
edge shaped to register with the sectional shape of crank case
section of the cylinder block is moved in the axial direction of
said section, that is, in the direction of the crank shaft housed
in said section, for cutting burrs on the internal wall surface of
said section off from its base.

3,795,176
BOOM-CROWD CYLINDERS WITH SELECTIVE
SEQUENCING BY SOLENOID VALVE
William J. Lado, Rome, N.Y., assignor to Pettibone Corpora-
tion, Chicago, III.

FiledOct. 26, 1971,Ser. No. 192,106

Int.CLF15b/y//«

U.S.CL 91 — 167 1 Claim

c!-23b

— 13

■14

^ rf|g ^

iz^^x

A system having a manually operated control valve for
directing pressurized fluid to a pair of fluid motors while
receiving fluid discharged therefrom also has a fast motion
valve for causing the motors to outrun the fluid supplied
through the control valve by returning a portion of the
discharged fluid directly to the motors. The circuit shifts to
provide fast motion on detecting a predetermined flow rate
between the control valve and the motors. As the operator can
modulate this flow rate, the fast motion is always subject to
operator control. To assure operator control under all condi-
tions, the fast motion valve is spring biased to the unoperated
position and return of a portion of the motor discharge flow to
the control valve is a necessary condition for operation of the
fast motion valve. The system is further arranged to prohibit
fast motion, under any condition, during reversed motion of
the motors.

3,795,178

HYDRAULIC ACTUATOR HOLDING SYSTEM

Richard M. Roche, P.O. Box 74, North Rose, N.Y. 14516

Filed Sept. II, 1972, Ser. No. 287,650

Int.Cl. F15b///0«, 13/042

U.S.CL 91-420 10 Claims

JS // . /^

A three-part boom for a crane or the like has the usual pair
of hydraulic cylinders, one for the forward boom section and
one for the intermediate boom section. Fluid connections for
the forward cylinder is through the rear piston rod and
cylinder so as to use no hose reel. Extension of the forward
section only when desired is achieved by a solenoid valve
between cylinders, the electric cord for which requires only a
small reel

The invention improves on a locking valve for holding a
hydraulic actuator in place The locking valve has a pair of
check valves and a shuttle piston movable hydraulically
between the check valves for opening the check valves in
response to an upstream directional valve for moving the ac-

OFFICIAL GAZETTE

March 5, 1974

tuator, and the improvement is a central opening in the shuttle
piston communicating with a return line, bleed holes commu
nicating with both faces of the shuttle piston and the central
opening, and cenicrmg springs for the shuttle piston. The
valve then locks against back pressure from the hydraulic ac-
tuator and also allows anv positive leakage from upstream to
bleed through the shuttle piston and hack through the return
line without building up a pressure th»t can eventually open
the valve. The system also includes a loading valve arrange-
ment for maintaining pressure on the hydraulic actuator.

3,795,181
HA E CLEANING DEVICE

Richard L. Lawson, Sanger, Calif., assignor to Flue Cleaners
Inc., Fresno. Calif.

Filed Nov. 5, l971,Ser. No. 196,119

Int.CI. F23j///0«,J/02
LI.S.CI.98— IISK

4 Claims

3,795,179
AXIAL PISTON ROTARY APPARATl S
Patrick Picker, Sherbrooke, Quebec, Canada, assignor to
L niversite de Sherbrooke, Sherbrooke, Quebec, Canada

Filed May 23, 1972, Ser. No. 256,170
Claims priority, application Canada, May 15, 1972, 142187
Int.Cl.hOlb 1 3 i04

L.S.CI.91

-500

48^n 51 33 34 30

19 Claims

49 'J 51 35 36 32

AKial piston pumps in which a series of pumping cells are
mounted in a bent-axis holding structure, and in which each
pumping cell has two cylinders and associated piston heads;
the piston heads of each pumping cell are interconnected to
one another so that liquid can now from one cylinder to the
other via the piston heads, liquid now is controlled by means
of one or more valve plates.

The piston heads can be lengths of nexible tubing with the
extremities closely fitting within axial bores in two facing bar-
rels or, if It IS desired to use only one valve plate, the lengths of
tubing are bent in a U-shaped configuration and both extremi-
ties extend into the same barrel. In the latter case, the pump-
ing cells can be duplicated but disposed in the opposite
direction thus providing a twin pump

A flue cleaning device adapted to be mounted in the interior
of a flue having a tluid housing with a turbine mounted for
rotational movement therein, a spray tube having a plurality of
discharge jets dispt)sed in spaced relation along the length
thereof mounted on the turbine and extended axially of the
flue; a receiving tray mounted below the Huid housing in verti-
cal alignment with the flue; and a source of cleaning solution
under pressure in operable connection to the Huid housing so
that upon activation of the device, cleaning solution is forced
into the fluid housing to drive the turbine and associated spray
tube rotationally within the flue to discharge the solution
under pressure from the discharge jets and against the interior
of the flue in a uniform spray pattern to clean the flue and the
solution and residue from the cleaning is gravitationally
deposited in the receiving tray.

3,795,182
COFFEE FILTER
Pierre Emile Van Damme, 34 Schendelbeckhofstraat, Alost,
Belgium

Filed July 3, 1 972, Ser. No. 268,8 1 3
Claims priority, application Belgium, Jan. 31, 1972, 113427
Int. CI. B01d2J/0J
U.S. CI. 99-306 8 Claims

3,795,180

PLASTIC NET DECK SURFACE AND DRAINAGE UNIT

Ronald L. Larsen, Minneapolis, Miin., assignor to Conwed

Corporation, St. Paul, Minn.
Filed Feb. 26, 1%9, Ser. No. 810,078. The portion of the term
of this patent subsequent to May 5, 1990, has been disclaimed.

Int.CI. EOlc Ilj24
U.S. CI. 94-33 ■ 10 Claims

A coffee filter with a receptacle which is dimensioned to
hold a predetermined amount of ground coffee The coffee
receptacle has a Hat peripheral top fiange which supports a fil-
tering cover sheet extending over the central opening ot the
coffee receptacle The cover sheet is sealed to the fiange in a
zone spaced from the central opening so that it is fiee to be
deformed outwardly under the pressure of the infused coffee
in the receptacle The cover sheet is sealed to the fiange either
by a bonding seam or a retaining ring, and means is provided
A net preferably an extruded plastic net, is used to provide to protect the cover sheet when a series of -^^ filters are
a raised surface and drainage means for a sloped deck such as stacked. A peripheral wall ex ends upwardly from the top
a b.ll field, patio, and the like. receptacle fiange to define a water container.

March 5, 1974

GENERAL AND MECHANICAL

3,795,183
APPARATUS FOR MAKING CAKES
Howard Roth, Bronx; Robert F. Schiffmann, Brooklyn; Harold
B. Kaufman, Jr., Neyv York, and John H. Moyer, Garden
City, all of N.Y., assignors to DCA Food Industries, Inc.,
Neyv York, N.Y.

Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 836,385, June 25, 1969,
abandoned. This application June 28, 1971, Ser. No. 157,232

InL CI. A2 lb 5/00, 2/00
U.S. CL 99-353 15 Claims

n ■*

rotating ba-se as to insure proper sequence and effectiveness in
positioning, cracking and the discharging of a nut

•—

^ ^ ^

^/7

p, •

*
i

Cake is continuously baked without the use of baking pans
by the extrusion of batter into a shaped baking chamber
disposed in a microwave cavity The product is moved through
the baking chamber by maintaining the batter under pressure,
by the use of conveyors, or by a reciprocating piston. In one
embodiment, a filled cake product is produced by continu-
ously and concurrently extruding a confectionery material
into a cavity formed in the cake product during the baking
process.

3,795,184
NUTCRACKER APPARATUS
Henry Hay>vood Turner, 2702 Techyvood Dr., Columbus, Ga.
31906

Filed June 14, 1972, Ser. No. 262,674

Int. CI. A23n 5/02

U.S. CL 99-577 12 Claims

A power driven percussion apparatus for cracking a nut
between two sockets axially aligned on a base rotating in a
substantially vertical plane, one socket of relatively small mass
serving as an impact member and having a short cracking
stroke being driven by a hammer moving under the pull of a
tension means stretched through a cam action, and the other
of relatively great mass serving as an anvil and moving in
response to a variation in the relationship of its aligned track
to the earth's gravitational field so as to alternately approach
the impact member to produce a clamping engagement of a
nut to be cracked between the sockets and to move away from
the impact member to allow the cracked nut to fall from
between the sockets, the parts being moved by cam action and
by gravity and so spaced and positioned with respect to the

3,795,185
COMPACT FLYING PRINTER

Tadayaoshi Shimodaira, Suwa. and Voshifumi Gomi, Chino.
both of Japan, assignors to Kabushiki Kaisha Suyva Seikosha
and Shinshu Seiki Kabushiki, Tokyo, Japan

Filed Feb. 24, 1 97 1, Ser". No. 1 18,427
Claims priority, application Japan, Feb. 27, 1 970, 45- 1 645 1
Int. CLB41J 5/22
U.S. CI. 101 -93 C 6 Claims

A compact fiying printer having a continuously rotating
print drum and ratchet wheel, a tngger lever positionable to
be struck by a tooth of said ratchet wheel and a hammer lever
driven by said trigger lever and provided with a print hammer
at its end. The trigger lever is formed with a linear guide por-
tion for regulating the motion thereof and an energy trans-
mitting portion projected for transmitting energy from said
ratchet wheel to said hammer lever.

3,795,186

HIGH SPEED PRINTER

Robert H. Curtiss, Wayland; Derek J. Gardiner, Sudbury, and

Seldan A. Lazaroyy, Framingham, all of Mass., assignors to

Nortec Computer Devices, Inc., Ashland, Mass.

Filed Nov. 14, 1969, Ser. No. 876,770

Int. CI. B41J7//2

U.S. CI. 101— 93 C 18 Claims

300 rrpe BAND

350 PAPER

5 9 B 3 3 '°° ''"'"^ HAMMERS

A high speed line printer having a number of sets of ham-
mers; one hammer for each character jxisition defining a line
of print, which coact with a moving type band Each hammer
time shares one of a number of drive circuits with others of the
hammers in a set. A line may be printed in the time that a type
font on the band moves past any particular character position.

OFFICIAL GAZETTE

March 5, 1974

3,795,187
IMPELLERS FOR IMPACT PRINTERS
Egon S. Babler. Northbrook, III., assignor to Teletype Corpora
tion, Skokie. III.

Filed July 3, 1972, Ser. No. 268.236
Int. CI. B41j5,(;j*
t.S.CI. 101-93 C

membrane expansible by means of u pressurized HuicI (such as
air), said membrane being a.ssiKiated with an equalizing bar
placed between the said membrane and a blade made of a ficx-
ible and elastic material acting on the internal surface of the
screen with an acute incidence angle, said squeegeeing device
being opposed to a counterpressure table inclined with respect
15 Claims to said endless carrying belt, said counterpressure table being
provided with a lining consisting of layers of sott and yielding
material and of an anti-frictional thin plate. The zone of con-
tact between said endless carrying belt and said counterpres-
sure table is placed downstream of the contact zone between
the endless carrying belt and said screen. The said counter-
pressure table forms with the horizontal plane tangent to said
screen an angle between 3° and 6°.

3,795,189

SCREEN PRINTING MACHINE WITH OVAL RAIL FOR

INDEXING PALLETS

David Jaffa. Fairlawn. NJ., assignor to Precision Screen
Machines Inc.. Hawthorne. N.J.

Filed Sept. 28, 1972. Ser. No. 292.860

Int.CI. B41I IJII6.R4U 15110

U.S.CL 101-123 12 Claims

A plurality of self-restoring equally spaced apart print ham-
mers selectively are driven lineally toward a printing position
by continuously rotating impellers having equiangularly
spaced radial impelling elements Each impeller is effective
through the agency of an interponent. which is selectively
elevated into the path of asst)ciated impelling elements upon
latching of the armature of an electromagnet, for transmitting
impeller force to a corresponding print hammer A plurality of
dies, which are conveyed past the hammers for printing, are
aligned axially of an endless conveyor in equally spaced rela-
tionship different from the spacing of said hammers. The im-
pelling elements of each impeller are angularly offset from
corresponding impelling elements of adjoining impellers in ac-
cordance with and for accommodation of the spacing dif-
ference

3,795.188

FLUID PRESSURE BIASED SQUEEGEE BLADE AND

COUNTER PRESSURE TABLE THEREFOR

Adolfo Giani. Bergamo. Italy, assignor to Reggiani S.P.A.,

Bergano, Italv

Filed Mar. 7, 1972, Ser. No. 232.593
Claims priority, application Italy, Mar. 12, 1971, 21677

A/71

Int. CI. B4If /5/M. 15/24

U.S.CL 101-119

This disclosure is directed to a screen printing machine hav-
ing an oval track or rail about which a scries of pallets support-
ing a work piece are indexed from station to station The ar-
rangement is such that the pallets travelling about the oval rail
are always disposed or maintained in a common plane. A
printing head assembly having one or more color stations is <
operatively associated for movement into and out of printing
relationship with one or more of the pallets as the pallets are
indexed and maintained in a common plane.

6 Claims

Printing apparatus for printing machines of the type having
cylindrical screens and an endless carrying belt is disclosed
which comprises a squeegeeing device consisting of an elastic

3.795,190

ENDORSING APPARATUS

Harry L. Wallace, (iarden City. Mich., assignor to Burroughs

Corporation, Detroit, Mich.

Continuation of Ser. No. 835, 145, June 20, 1969, abandoned.

This application May 4, 1972, Ser. No. 250,194

Int.CI. B41f 7 22

U.S. CI. 101-233 14 Claims

This invention relates generally to printing apparatus and
more particularly to a document or bank check endorser ap
paratus for printing on documents moving at high speeds in
which the operating parts are combined into a self-contained,
unitary assembly designed for installation as a unit in larger
data processing equipment and also designed when installed
for convenient access to the parts thereof for maintenance
purposes. The self-contained, unitary document endorser
comprises a printing assembly including a print head re-
leasably secured to one end of a rotatable shaft and a co-
operating chute gate assembly forming part of the document
transport path, and further comprises an electric motor
for continuously driving a ny wheel, a clutch for coupling
the fly wheel to the shaft for intermittently rotating the
latter and the print head, and a brake device for quickly
retarding rotation of the print head upon disengagement
of the clutch. The endorser is installed as a unit m sup-

March 5, 1974

GENERAL AND MECHANICAL

porting structure preferably with the shaft in vertical position
and the head at the upper end thereof in accessible detachable
for printing on documents successively fed thereby. Included
in the chute gate assembly is an impression roller or platen
capable of fine adjustment for equalizing the printing pressure

on the documents fed thereby Both the cabinet and the en-
dorser unit are cooperatively designed so that the latter may
be installed in either of two positions on opposite sides of the
document transport path such that with slight modification of
the unit for either position it is capable of printing on the front
or the reverse sides of documents conveyed along the path.

3,795,191

LATCHING MECHANISM FOR PRINTING MACHINES

John P. Miller, Chardon; Arthur W. Oatess, Cleveland, and

Bryce V,. Thornton, Mentor, all of Ohio, assignors to Addres-

sograph-Multigraph Corporation, Cleveland, Ohio

Filed Nov. 20, 1972, Ser. No. 308,070

InL CI. B4 If i/2«

U.S. CI. 101—269 4 Claims

3,795.192
SYMBOL STAMP
Bruce W. Robertson. 7342 South 1540 East. Salt Lake City,
Utah

Filed Dec. 26, 1972, Ser. No. 318,548

Int. CI. B41k y/06, 1/56

U.S. CL 101— 368 1 Claim

An ink stamp useful in producing technical and informa-
tional drawings. The stamp consists Of a backing member,
which an operator holds to use the stamp, and a printing face
A symbol that includes connector lines whose ends are
marked by indicia proximate to the edges of the backing
member, is formed in relief on the printing face, and the in-
dicia identifying the ends of the connector lines are scribed so
as tt) be easily viewed from above the stamp or from the side
thereof.

3,795,193
DEVICE FOR RAPIDLY AND PRECISELY MOUNTING
FLEXIBLE PRINTING PLATES
Hans Johne; Gunter Schumann; Arnfried Jehring. and Kurt
Reichenberger, all of Radebeul, Germany, assignors to VEB
Polygraph Leipzig Kombinat fur Polygraphische Maschinen
und Ausrostungen, Leipzig, Germany

Filed Apr. 30, 1 97 1 , Ser. No. 1 39,067

Int. CI. B41f 2<^/04

U.S.CI. 101-415.1 9Claims

A printing machine which has a bed for supporting printing
devices and a form to be imprinted, includes a print head
pivotally mounted on a base for movement between an open
position and a selected closed position A carriage supporting
a platen is mounted on the print head and the carriage is
movable in a path from a home position across the bed to an
actuated position to perform a printing stroke, and back to the
home position in readiness for a subsequent printing opera-
tion Means is provided for sensing the thickness of the form
to be imprinted, and a latching mechanism is provided for
latching the print head in closed position, which in fact is a
position selected from an infinite number of possible positions
within a range as determined by the sensed thickness of the
form The print head is held in the selected closed position
during a printing stroke and is restored to its open position
prior to return of the carriage to the home position.

Two clamping rails are mounted in a printing cylinder and
at least one of these rails is slidable in directions transverse of
the axis of the cylinder. For sliding this rail into proper posi-
tion, an eccentric disc is suitably turned in the center of the
cylinder. The motion of the disc is transmitted to the clamping
rail by suitable linkage subject to intermediate spring action
and subject to a force acting between the two rails, biasing
them apart.

3.795,194
MODEL ROCKET
William T. Kendrick, 2546 Chain Bridge Rd.. Apt. 5-3, Vien-
na, Va. 22 1 80

Filed Jan. 3, 1972, Ser. No. 214,698
Int.CI. C06d//04
U.S.CI. 102-34.1 4 Claims

A model air rocket assembly includes a finless cylindrical
body of substantially uniform diameter The assembly com-
prises a nose cone, an intermediate canister tube and a lower

OFFICIAL GAZETTE

March 5, 1974

body tube. The engine is positioned in an engine tube held
concentricallv within the canister tube Ihc engine tube ex-
tends down to approximately the lower edge of the canister

3.795,196

PROJtCTlLt WITH A LOOSE HARD CORE

Hans Hillenbrand. Mullheim. Germany, assignor to Mauser-

Merke Aktiengescllschaft, Oberndorf/Neckar, tiermany

Continuation of Ser. No. 99.929, Dec. 21. 1970. abandoned.

This application Dec. 27. 1972, Ser. No. 318,997

Int.CI. K42b 11122,13104

IJ.S. CI. 102-52 10 Claims

tube and openings are arranged around the lower portion of
the canister tube to admit air which augments the engine
thrust thrt)ugh the body tube and provides aerodynamic sta-
bility, j

3,795.195
ELECTRICAL INITIATOR
Charles (i. Irish. Jr.. Sylvan Ln., Cheshire, Conn. 06410;
Joseph W. Silva, Foote Hill Rd., Northford, Conn. 06472,
and Raymond I. Cowles, Ansonia Rd.. Woodbridge. Conn.

06525

Division of Ser. No. 4,480. Jan. 21, 1970, abandoned. This
application Sept. 5, 1972, Ser. No. 286,383
Int. CI. F42b 9il)0
U.S. CL 102—38

In a projectile with a loose hard core therein the core is pro-
vided at its lower end face with at least one unevcnness, such
as a notch, a groove, a tooth or the like, so that upon firing the
projectile the inner face at the bottom wall of the hollow body
in which the core is loosely arranged, but secured against Ion
giludinal displacement, will come into pressure engagement
with said unevenness and will establish a coupling connection
between the core and the hollow body so that the twisting
movement of said body will be transmitted to said core.

3,795,197
TEAR CAS (GRENADE
Michael K. Levenson. 2591 Queenston Rd.. Cleveland Heights,
Ohio 441 IK

Filed Jul> 27, 1972, Ser. No. 275.509

Int.CI. F42b 2 7/06

IJ.S.CL 102-65 7 Claims

3 Claims

1«-

-0

•

<3e

li'

' V ^'^'

20-

'-( ,■

• -.'-.V

. <

i:?4

.'«

— ?S3

.^^

-i

An initiator having a body of nitrocellulose material having
a surface characterized by thin fibres or thin webs with a film
of a conductive material adhered to said surface.

•A tear gas grenade including a canister and a top crimped to
the canister so as to leave a marginal safety pressure relief
opening. Emission holes are provided in the canister adjacent
opposite end> thereof. A tubular charge pellet is supported in
the canister spaced from opposite ends thereof Igniter tubes
are provided adjacent inner and outer combustion surfaces of
the pellet. Igniter washers are provided on end combustion
surfaces of the pellet. The grenade elements are arranged to
provide maximum dissemination of the gas with safety and
such that the gas has a minimal tendency to diffuse after emis-
sion.

^^M^^kite

March 5, 1974

GENERAL AND MECHANICAL

3 795 198 3,795,200

MOBILE TRACK TAMPER FOR CONTINUOUSLY FREE AND POWER CONVEYOR SYSTEM

CORRECTING A TRACK POSITION George R. Pipes, South Euclid; James D. Peppers VV.ckliffe,

Franz Plasser, and Josef Theurer, both of Johannesgasse and Wayne T. Mormik, Mayfield HeighU, all of Ohio, as-

A 1010, Vienna, Austria signor^ to Eaton Corporation, Cleveland Oh.o

Division of Ser. No. 48,127, June 22, 1970, Pat. No. 3.687,081. Filed Apr. 5' 1^72 Ser. No 241,1 16

This application July 14, 1972, Ser. No. 271,926 Int. CI. B65g / 7/42

Claims priority, application Austria, July 24, 1969, A U.S. CI. 104-172 S , 6Claims

7175/69

Int. CI. EO lb 2 7// 7 ,^ __f «;

U.S. CI. 104-12 41 Claims f^^^^^:^S=e-;y^W

In track leveling and/or lining with a continuously advanc-
ing track tamper, the tamping tools are continuously moved
relative to the continuously advancing machine frame in
synchronization with the machine advance in such a manner
that the tamping tools are held in respective cribs while they
tamp the ballast

3,795,199
TRACK GATE STRUCTURE
Raymond A. Herzog, Cincinnati, Ohio, assignor to The Cincin-
nati Butchers Supply Company, Cincinnati, Ohio
Filed Aug. 10, 1971, Ser. No. 170,603
* Int.CI. B61bi/00

U.S. CL 104— 100 18 Claims

-h

A conveyor system having pusher assemblies on a dnven
chain supported above a carrier track along which carriers are
propelled with each earner having a front trolley having a
push lug and a rear trolley having a release camming lug the
pusher assemblies include a pivotcdly supported front pusher
dog assembly and a pivotally supported rear pusher dog as-
sembly with the front pusher dog assembly including a for-
wardly projecting release blade for releasing the pusher dog
from driving engagement with the push lug on the carrier
Provision is also made for accumulation of carriers, batch re-
entry of carriers, carrier switchout and control of the carriers
when traversing inclines.

3,795,201

RAILWAY CAR ROLL DAMPENING FRICTION DEVICE

CaH E. Tack, 157 Linden St., Elmhurst, III. 601 26

Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 6,473, Jan. 28, 1970, Pat. No.

3,731 ,638. This application Jan. 5, 1 973, Ser. No. 32 1 .236

Int. CI. B61f 5/y4, 5/24; F16c / 7/04

U.S. CI. 105- 199 A 7 Claims

The track gate structure comprises an obliquely movable
track section durably supported for movement to operative
and inoperative positions, the purpose being to selectively in-
terrupt continuity of an overhead conveyor track which passes
through a doorway, so that closure means for the doorway
may be moved to a fully closed position without interference
from the conveyor track; said structure including simple and
reliable safety means automatically operative to preclude ac-
cidental derailment of a conveyor trolley at the movable track
section.

•920 O.G.— 3

An energy-absorber for swaying motion between the body
and side-frame portions of a railroad car has a housing and a
fulcrum adapted for mounting on the same portion of the car
and has a lever pivoted on the fulcrum and adapted for sliding
engagement with the other portion of the car The housing
contains a friction shoe having inclined wedging surfaces at its
opposite ends and inner and outer wedge members having
inclined surfaces mating with those of the shoe The drive rod
of the energy-absorber is pivoted to the operating lever and
has an abutment engaging the outer wedge and ha-s a compres-
sion spring around its inner end engaging the inner wedge A
spring of greater capacity in the housing produces fnclion in-
creasing with the insertion of the rod and the shoe into the
housing. Structure for providing maintenance-free operation
over long periods of use is described.

OFFICIAL GAZETTE

March 5, 1974

3,795,202
FREIGHT BRACE

Per I. Johansson. Ronninge, Sweden, assignor to Firma
Lnoma Johansson & Co., L no- Johansson, Ronninge. Sweden

Filed Aug. 14, 1972,Ser. No. 280,143
Claims priority, application Sweden. Sept.

11647 71

Int.CI. B60p :' 14. Bhld 45/00

U.S. CI. 105-369S

and lateral movement of the bolster relative to the truck frame
sections.

14, 1971,

1 1 Claims

A freight brace including first and second brace members
having long pieces which intersect each other and arc
pivotally connected at their points of intersection in a scissors
like manner, each brace further including parallel horizontal
upper and lower cross pieces. .At least one and preferably a
plurality of flexible elongated elements such a> wires or tapes
extend from the lower cross piece of the first frame up to the
upper cross piece of the second frame from which the ele-
ments are redirected to the lower cross piece of the second
frame and then upwardly to the uppler cross piece of the first
frame These elements permit expansion of the frame and the
slack therein is taken up *< the frame contracts in size Each
frame has associated therewith a wall member preferably
mounted on the outer side of the upper cross piece of each
frame, these wall members being vertically adjustable and
adapted to be urged against the freight being braced by the
present apparatus

3,795,204

INHIBITION OF END-TO-END SLOSHING,

LONGITUDINAL OF THE DIRECTION OF MOVEMENT,

W ITHIN CONFINED BODIES OF LIQUID IN TRANSIT

Wilson J. Waguespack, 3226 Hwy. 36, Freeport. Tex. 77541
Filed June 12, 1972, Ser. No. 262,059
Int.CI. B6 Id. V«(>
U.S.CL 105-358 10 Claims

3.795,203
ROLL DAMPENING RAILW AY TRUCKS
Gustav B. Sundby, Atchison, Kans., assignor to Rockwell Inter-
national Corporation, Pittsburgh, Pa.

Filed Aug. 5, 1971, Ser. No. 169,254

Int. CI. B61f.? 0<^, '5/24.5/i6

U.S. CI. 105-182 R i 9 Claims

The invention is a method, and apparatus specifically
designed to carry out the method, of lessening and substan-
tially eliminating the sloshing and surging within bodies of
confined liquid in transit as in a railway lank car.

3.795,205
DOOR SYSTEM FOR A RAILWAY CAR
Ralph A. (;ritchen. Park Forest; Kristupas Daugirdas, W il-
mette; Bruno Masiokas, Chicago, and Richard H. Townsend,
Glenview. all of III., assignors to V.A.C. Industries. Inc.,
Chicago, III.

Filed Aug. 28. 1972, Ser. No. 283,990

Int. CI. B6 Id 19/00

U.S. CI. 105 450 13 Claims

Railway trucks including frame sections consisting of a side
frame and a transom extending transversely therefrom; spheri-
cal bearings connecting the frame sections for relative move-
ment about an axis extending diagonally of the truck; wheel
and axle as.semblies connected to the side frames by pivoted
journal arms; air bellows between the journal arms and side
frames for adjusting the height of the side frames relative to
the rails on which the truck is riding, a bolster supported from
the side frames by bolster spring as.semblies, lateral and verti-
cal shock absorbers connected between the bolster and the
truck frame sections, and snubbers for limiting longitudinal

A door system for a railway passenger car which accom-
modates both high and low level boarding platforms includes a
sliding upper door for both high and low level boarding, a seg-
mented lower door immediately below the upper door for low
level boarding, and a staircase connecting the floor of the car
to the lower door opening. The staircase is covered by a seg-
mented sliding floor panel during high level boarding, and the
sliding floor panel and lower door are retracted to fully en-
closed positions under the staircase during low level boarding.

3,795,206
PLASTIC PALETTE
Georg I tz, Bremgarten, Switzerland, assignor to Georg Utz
AG, Bremgarten, Switzerland

Filed Feb. 1, 1973, Ser. No. 328,803
Claims priority, application Switzerland, Feb. 16, 1972,

2222/72

Int. CI. B65d 19/04
U.S. CI. 108-51 3 Claims

A molded plastic cargo handling palette comprises a plurali-
ty of relatively small, parallel box channels 9, 14, 18. 19 inter-
connected by straight and angled webs 20. 21 Below these

M.ARCII 5, 1974

GENERAL AND ^MECHANICAL

upper channels and transverse thereto are three relatively
large support channels 2. 3 each having two spaced reinforc-

along each side of the buttonhole. A sleeve in which the pri-
mary crank mechanism is journaled eccentrically provides a
secondary crank mechanism which may also be rotated to
augment the reciprocatory motion provided by the primary

ing boxes 4 extending through them and aligned between ad-
jacent support channels The resulting palette is structurally
strong and can accommodate fork lift prongs from either side.

3,795,207

MECHANISM FOR LATERALLY VIBRATING THE

NEEDLE OF A ZIGZAG SEWING MACHINE

(;unter Tolle, 752 Bruchal 4/ Wendelinusstr. 15, Bruchsal,

(iermany

Filed Feb. 16. 1973, Ser. No. 333,259
Claims priority, application Germany, May 6, 1972,
2222370

Int.CI. D05b J/02
U.S. CI. 112- 158 R 2 Claims

A mechanism for positively jogging a needle bar gate
laterally from a rotary actuator within the constricted space of
a sewing machine frame. An arm extending from the needle
bar gate and an arm of a lever in the machine frame which is
rocked by the rotary actuator are interconnected and both
arms are flexible only in one common plane to accommodate
differences in the arcuate paths of motion thereof, the arms
being otherwise rigid to transmit lateral jogging motion in a
positive manner to the needle bar gate.

crank thus to produce the barring stitches at each end of the
buttonhole. The sleeve may be stopped in positions angularly
spaced one half revolution apart after each barring operation
so as to locate the side stitches on opposite sides of the button-
hole.

3,795,209

BLINDSTITCH FOOT ATTACHMENT FOR SEWING

MACHINES

Orville Keith Smith, 4118 Woodland Ave., Western Springs,

III. 60558

Filed Aug. 10, 1972, Ser. No. 279,505

Int. CI.D05b J5/00

U.S.CL 112-140 2 Claims

3,795,208

NEEDLE VIBRATING CONTROL MECHANISM FOR

BUTTONHOLE SEWING MACHINES

Gunter Tolle, 752 Bruchsal 4/ Wendelinusstr. 15, Bruchsal,

Germany

Filed Feb. 16, 1973, Ser. No. 333,257
Claims priority, application (iermany, Apr. 8, 1972,

2217000

Int.CI. D05bi/06
U.S. CI. 112— 158 B 7 Claims

A mechanism for controlling the different zigzag stitches
required along the sides and at the ends of a stitched button-
hole which may be operated at high speed and accommodated
readily in the severely limited space available within the sew-
ing machine frame. A primary crank mechanism provides the
reciprocatory motion required for the zigzag side stitches

An improved blindstitch foot attachment for use with a zig-
zag sewing machine of the type having a built-in blindstitch,
tib foot attachment comprising a connecting element or
shank which attaches to the presser bar of a zigzag sewing
machine and supports a blindstitch foot by adjustable means
which permits lateral adjustment of the position of the foot
relative to the presser bar. the foot comprising a body portion
having a pair of forwardly extending upwardly curved arms
separated by a longitudinal slit and having a needle opening

OFFICIAL GAZETTE

March 5, 1974

located at the rear of the slit m communication therewith, and by the base of a sewing machine is disclosed. The power
a guide member havmg a curved guide wall for dircctmg switch is connected in an electrical path adapted to couple the
material into a proper position for blindstitching. the guide
member being attached to the foot body portion so that the
inner end of the guide wall is disposed and supported in the
longitudmal slil.

«^

3.795,210
CAM SELECTION MODLLE
Kenneth D. Adams, Madison; Robert Bradus, Linden, and
Joseph J. Winar, Roselk, ail of N.J., assignors to The Singer
Company, New York, N.Y.

Fikd Apr. 26, 1973, Ser. No. 354,409

Int. CI. D05b 3102

LI.S. CI. 112— 158D 11 Claims

3.795,2111

REMOTELY ACTIVATED POWER SWITCH FOR

SEWING MACHINES

Robert G. Greulich, Cranford; John W. Casner, Elizabeth, and

John A. Lrciola, South Bound Brook, all of N J., assignors to

The Singer Company. New York. N.Y.

Filed May 7. 1973, Ser. No. 358,239
Int. CI. D05b69//0
U.S. CI. 112— 219 A 6 Claims

A position selector means located on the standard of a sew-
ing machine and coupled by a pitman means to an electrical
power switch mounted on an insulated motor housing carried

A cam selection module for the positioning of five cam fol-
lowers, used for controlling needle position, needle field and
feed motion, which effects the positioning of the followers
over four distinct modes of sewing machine operation by
manipulation of a first control means The first control means
operates directly on a first cam follower for tracking pattern
cams to determine needle position over a first portion of its
operating range Over a second portion of its operating range,
the first control means actuates a second control means which
positions a second cam follower for tracking feed cams to
determine feed motion while also positioning the first cam fol-
lower, resulting in cam controlled feed patterns Over a third
portion of Its operating range, the first control means actuates
a third control means for positioning a third cam follower to
track a pattern cam surface of a replaceable cam, or a fifth
cam follower ganged with the third cam follower to track a
needle position cam of a closed pattern unit mounted adjacent
the replacement cam. Concurrently, the first control means
actuates a fourth control means for positioning a fourth cam
follower to track a feed cam surface of either the closed pat-
tern unit or the replaceable cam. Provision is made to place
the cam followers in ineffective positions when not in use.

s3,._2-

11-^ -;-

■ ■ r*^-"-"

electrical power source to the drive motor, and the position
selector and pitman means are insulated from this electrical

path.

3.795.212

METHOD FOR FABRICATING A FLL ID SPREADER

Earl R. Thoenen. Newburyport. Mass.. assignor to Polaroid

Corporation, Cambridge, Mass.

Divisionof Ser. No. 133.905. April 14. 1971. abandoned. This

application Jan. 2. 1973. Ser. No. 320.584

Int. CI. B21d5i/J6

U.S. CI. 113- 116 R 3 Claims

A method of fabricating a fiuid spreader for use in a camera
of the self-developing type to effect the spreading of a
processing fiuid in a layer between a pair of superposed sheet
materials as they progressively pass through the apparatus A
first spreader element is formed of sheet metal and includes a
flat sheet-contacting facing surface and a canted platform ex-
tending in advance thereof A second spreader element is
formed of sheet metal and includes an arcuate sheet-contact-
ing facing surface and a pair of wrap-around collars compris-
ing extensions of that sheet metal structure curled back in the
direction of its arcuate facing surface. In manufacturing the
latter mentioned spreader element, the wrap-around collars
are formed subsequent to the development of its arcuate
sheet-contacting facing surface and are adapted to engage
respective longitudinal edges of the sheet materials and bias
them toward the aforementioned platform to preclude fiuid
escaping from between the edges of the sheet materials.

March 5, 1974

GENERAL AND MECHANICAL

3,795,213

DIVER OPERATED PROPULSION SYSTEM FOR AN

UNDERWATER VEHICLE

Alvah T. Strickland, Kailua, Hawaii, assignor to The United

States of America as represented by the Secretary of the

Navy, Washington. D.C.

Filed Oct. 1, 1971, Ser. No. 185,642

Int. CI. B63g «/00

U.S.CI. 114-16A 5 Claims

Smrmry /ivnaov ^

Co*iSoi.m

mits a conventional sloop to be maintained with sloop rig for
competitive purposes and yet to be readily converted into a
yawl with its inherent superior cruising characteristics.

3,795,215
MAST STRUCTURE
Frank W. Butler, 3807 Weatherly Cir., Westlake Village,
Calif. 91324

Filed Apr. 24, 1972, Ser. No. 247,135

Int. CI. B63b/ 5/00

U.S.CL 114-90 5 Claims

14b

A diver operated propulsion system for an underwater vehi-
cle including: two pair of reversible thrusters, one pair of
thrusters being mounted on the vehicle starboard and port for
forward and reverse horizontal thrust and the other pair of
thrusters being mounted on the vehicle forward and aft for up
and down vertical thrust; a pair of elongated handle bar type
of handgrips which are mounted on the vehicle port and star-
board with their longitudinal axes aligned athwart the vehicle
for rotation about their longitudinal axes, and pivotal up and
down movements in a vertical plane, and actuators intercon-
necting the handgrips and the thrusters for actuating the port
and starboard thrusters forward and reverse when the grips
are rotated in opposite directions respectively, and actuating
the forward and aft thrusters up and down when the grips are
pivoted up and down respectively With such an arrangement,
a diver can utilize instinctive hand movements to maneuver
the underwater vehicle forward, backward, up, down, and
about vertical and pitch axes by simply selectively operating
the pair of handgrips

Herein described is a sailboat mast which is elongated to
carry a sail thereon. The mast in the cross-section viev^ is
shaped having a transverse section thinner than the longitu-
dinal section. It IS positionable in the sailboat with the thicker
longitudinal section being positioned on the port and star-
board side of the sailboat, and with the thinner transverse por-
tion of the cross-section positioned fore and aft of the sailboat
The sail track is positionable on the mast in the section
towards the aft part centered in the substantially center of the
thinner portion of the mast.

3,795.214

APPARATUS FOR PROVIDING A SAILBOAT WITH AN

AUXILIARY STERN MAST AND SAIL

Thomas E. Sweeney, 95 Hartley Ave., Princeton, N.J. 08540

Filed Mar. 23. 1973, Ser. No. 344,438

lnt.CI.B63bJ5/00

U.S.CL 114-39 9 Claims

3.795.216

SQUARE-RIGGED SAILBOAT

Donald E. MacPherson. 6161 E. Pima St.. Tucson, Ariz. 85712

Filed Mar. 27. 1972, Ser. No. 238,248

Int. CI. B63h 9//0

U.S.CL 114-39 19 Claims

An apparatus for providing a sailboat which does not have a
conventional stern mast and sail but which has a stern railing
auxiliary stern mast and sail. Reinforcing members are

with an

WILIl till C*l*^»ii**« J -ji.*- — w

provided for reinforcing the stem railing and connecting
members can be connected to the stern railing for connecting
the auxiliary stern mast to the stem railing. The apparatus per-

Square-rigged sailboat having yardarms carrying square-
rigged sails, preferably on two ma.sts, interconnected v^ilh a
single line which the sailor can operate to regulate the angle of
the yardarms with respect to the fore and aft axis of the boat,
in accordance with wind direction, and having the square-
rigged sails interconnected with another line so that all of the
square-ngged sails can be furled up to their respective yar-
darms by operation of the second line ^

OFFICIAL GAZETTE

March 5, 1974

3.795,217

HATCH COVER HAVING PAIRS OF KOLDINC. COVERS
Peter Kloess. Klugkiststrasse 3. and Rudolf Stefan Spillmann,
GroningerStrasse 19, both of 28 Bremen. Germanv

Filed Aug. 3. 1972. Ser. No. 277.583
Claims prioritv, application German). Aug. 4, 1971,
2139020 !

Int. CI. B63b 1^(20

3.795,219

MARINE PROPl LSION AND STEERINt; APPARATUS

Karl A. Peterson, 4111 Chestnut Ave.. Long Beach. Calif.

91748

Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 30.763. April 22. 1970.

abandoned. This application Aug. 25, 1971, Ser. No. 174.916

Int. CI. B63h 25/42
t'.S. CI. 115-35 8 Claims

L.S. CI. 114

20 Claims

A hatch CDvcr of the kind in uhich at least two pairs of
hinged covers arc connected together for articulation, one end
cover being articulated to an end of the hatch so that the
covers are foldabic in a zig-zig manner from a closed position
in which thev lie flat on the sill of the hatch to a fully open
position in which they are folded together and extend upright
from the mII Adjacent pairs o( covers are articulated by a
drive mechanism including a crank engaged by an actuating
piston and a link pivotallv connected at one end ti> the crank
and to one oi two adjacent ci>vers and at the other end to the
other ot' the adjacent covers to allou the covers to be swivelled
through an included angle of I HO^ fhe lever arm of the crank
between the line of action of the piston and the point of articu-
lation of the crank with said one cove^ is shorter than the lever
arm between the point of articulation of the crank with said
one cover and a second link by which the crank is connected
to the other cover in the fully extcndc|d positions of the covers,
therebv enabling the pair of covers fiearer to the end of the
hatch to which the end cover is articulated to be fully folded
while the next pair of covers is held fully open.

3,795,218
CAM CLEAT
Carl Alan Merry. Planting Island. Mass., assignor to Schaefer
Marine Products, New Bedford, Mass.

Filed Mar. 15. 1973, Ser. No. 341.678

Int. CI. B63b://W

U.S. CI. 114-218 5 Claims

A cam cleat for retaining a sheet on a sailboat has cams in
the form of totUhed shells which provide the main working
surfaces of the cams A rigid plastic insert is fitted into each
shell Each insert is formed with specially shaped entry teeth
which enable the sheet to wedge between the cams and open
them to receive the sheet when the sheet is moving in a
preferred direction. ,

Propulsion and steering apparatus for a marine vessel
providing for 360° rotation of the propulsion unit about its
vertical axis. The propulsion drive shaft is coupled to a paral-
lel, double pinion gear by a chain drive, the double pinion and
propulsion shaft being m fixed relation with respect t«) each
other. The double pinion gear is engaged by a receiving circu-
lar rack gear rotatable about the vertical axis of the chain
drive, the receiving rack gear being driven by a power source.
The propulsion shaft, chain drive and double gear shaft are
disposed within a vertical housing, the total vertical housing
being rotatable through 360° of arc.

3,795,220
LI01II>BAM.ASTEI) TEMPORARY TRAFFIC MARKER
Robert V> . Hengesbach, 7886 .Munson Rd., Mentor, Ohio
44060

Filed Apr. 12, 1972, Ser. No. 243.391

Int. CI. EO If

U.S. CI. 1 16-63 P 12 Claims

An open bottom light weight indicator shell of easily
dcformable material is elastically supported on a bag of tough,
imperforate, impervious, relatively limp or readily flexible
material The bag is fluid light and partially filled with a quan-
tity of anti-frceze liquid ballast. When the ballasted bag rests
on a supporting surface, the bottom of the bag conforms to
ccintour thereof yet supptirls the indicator shell in generally
upright position and returns the shell to upright position if the
shell is deflected by extraneous forces. The bag is readily
completely collapsible and so large relative to the indicator
that, when less than two thirds filled, it supports the indicator
properly The excess capacity can accommodate the surging
liquid ballast displaced from portions of the bag run over and
collapsed temporarily by a vehicle wheel. The bag retains the
ballast so that it returns to the portion from which displaced
and restores the bag and marker to the original functioning
condition. Due to the low profile and collapsibility, the bag
does not interpose appreciable frontal resistance to the

March 5, 1974

GENERAL AND MECHANICAL

passage of a vehicle wheel thereover. The shell is hollow and
light and has translucent walls. A small electric bulb, flash but-
ton, and pen type dry batteries are mounted in the shell for il-
lumination. They arc of such limited size that they cannot be a
hazard if struck by a passing vehicle.

3,795,221

APPLICATOR FOR CONTROLLABLY APPLYING A

LIQl II) DEPOSIT TO VARIOUS WORKPIECES

Laddie L. Michael. Midland. Mich., assignor to The Dow

Chemical Company. Midland. Mich.

Filed Mar. 7. 1972. Ser. No. 232,436

Int. CI. B05g//0«

L.S. CI. 118-261 3 Claims

the image surface and in which an improved electrode is used
to both clean the background of the image and effect a wider
toner concentration latitude The electrode is positioned in
parallel relation to the moving image surface and is connected
to a first source of electrical potential of a polarity similar to
the polarity of the image and a second source of electrical
potential of a polarity opposite of the polarity of the image by
a switching device. The switching device applies the first and
second potentials to the electrode in alternating fashion ac-
cording to whether the image is being developed or not
developed, respectively.

In an applicator for controllably applying a liquid substance
such as glue to a workpiecc, there is provided a pickup roll, a
reservoir kn supplying such roll, means for retaining the work-
piece in momentary or moving asst>ciation with such roll for
transfer of the liquid substance thereto, a doctor blade includ-
ing a shoe element for continuously wiping the roll, a resilient
arm such as a leaf spring attached to the shoe, and means for
dea)rniably biasing such arm to control the pressure of the
shoe against the roll, fhe blade assembly is compact, is readily
adjustable for application of a changeable but constant force
to the shoe, and is insensitive to "freezing up" or other impair-
ment such as by spillage or gradual depositing of such sub-
stance thereon.

3.795.223

OVERHEAD GLUE POT APPARATUS

Paul G. Prestegaard, 201 Westwood Dr.. Minneapolis, Minn.

55416

Filed Apr. 7, 1972, Ser. No. 242.106

Int.CI. B85c //O,^

U.S. CI. 118-262 16 Claims

3.795.222
DEVELOPMENT ELECTRODE SYSTEM
Don B. Jugle, Penfield. and Robert L. Thompson. Webster,
both of N.\., assignors to Xerox Corporation. Stamford,

Conn.

Filed Aug. 21. 1972. Ser. No. 282.204

Int.CI.G03g/i/0<^

U.S. CI. 118-637 1 Claim

For being used with a machine that applies glue to a con-
tainer, a container portion and the like, an overhead glue pot
assembly that includes side frame members depcndingly
mounting a glue pan, and mounting a pick up roll to pick up
glue from the pan, a premcter bar to strip off excess glue off
the pick up roll, and a metering roll, a string trough for
catching glue falling from the nip area of the transfer and pick
up rolls, and a bracket having a spout receiving slot whereby
the glue container that has an elongated slot can be tilted from
a near horizontal condition with the spout in the glue in the
pan to a seated position on the bracket that the spout extends
vertically, fhe string trough extends further forwardly of the
glue pan than the front wall.

3.795.224
COATING APPARATUS
Robert E. Batson. Newington; Girard S. Haviland. West Hart-
ford, both of Conn., and David Matchett. West Springfield,
Mavs.. assignors to Loctite Corporation. Newington, Conn.
Filed Feb. 14, 1972. Ser. No. 226.130
Int. CI. B05b 7/24
U.S. CI. 118-308 16 Claims

"Supply

^J-^k^y

A development apparatus of the type in which a latent elec-

tritstatic image is moved in an uphill direction for develop-
m

Substantially parallel conveyor elements are spaced apart

itStatlC image is movcu m an u^mmh u..^v.i.k^.. .v.. .-. f, ^ t r .v., tU,^.^;^^,,^ vhmls nf

ent by cascading multi-component developer materials over for reception between them of the threaded shanks of

7-2

OFFICIAL GAZETTE

March 5, 1974

ta.stcncrs, the heads of which are jomtfy supported on the ele-
ments Throughout the article receiving portion of the con-
ve\or, these elements are sufTicicntly spaced apart for free
reception between them of the fastener shanks and to permit
relative movement of the fasteners along the convevor by an
escapement mechanism to effect uniform spacing of the
fa-steners. Subsequently, the elements are urged toward each
other and in gripping engagement with the shanks so that
movement of one conveyor element relative to the other posi-
tively rotates the shanks and carries them in rolling engage-
ment with the surface of a stationary applicator from which
the coating material is transferred to the shanks Sub-
sequently, the shanks are carried with their applied ciuitings in
operative engagement with the surface ot a stationary
smot)thmg device which also cimtrols the coating thickness.
By continuously moistening the surface of the smoothing
device with a suitable liquid, adherence of the coating to such
surface is prevented After departure of th articles from the
smoothing device and before their discharge from the con-
veyor, the applied coatings are sprayed with a suitable firming
or hardening agent to mmimi/e smearing or damaging of the
applied coatings before same are fullv cured

buslion chamber, or both, of a rotary internal combustion en-
gine. These cavities arc dimensioned and positioned to

William M
10472

3.795.225
ENCLOSED FISHBbWT,
()gui. 1210 Stratford Ave.. Apt. 9B. Bronx, N.V

Filed Mar. 16. 1973.Ser. No. 341.894
Int. CI. A01k6.fOO

U.S. CI. 119

9 Claims

An ornamental fish bowl closed oniall sides and including a
water pump with an aspirator for circulating the water and ad-
ding small air bubbles to it The water is directed through an
aspirator and a filter for removing su.spended solids, then
through a first screen to an annular space where the fish are
confined A second screen permits water to be drawn from the
annular space and directed to the entrance pipe of the water
pump

3.795,226
ACOLSTICAL SUPPRESSION OF DETONATION WAVES

IN ROTARY INTERNAL COMBUSTION ENGINE
Albert G. Bodine. 7877 Woodiey Ave., Van Nuys. Calif. 91406
Filed June 19. 1972. Ser. No. 264.275
Int. CI. F026 55/02
U.S. CI. 123-8.01 I 7Claims

Appropriately responsive acoustic cavity structures are pro-
vided alone the surfaces of the rotor or the walls of the com-

acoustically attenuate sound waves developed in connection
with gas vibrations at the detonation frequencies.

3,795.227
ROTARY COMBUSTION ENGINE WITH IMPROVED
FIRING SYSTEM
Charles Jones. Hillsdale. N.J.. assignor to Curtis-Wright Cor-
poration, Wood-Ridge. N.J.

Filed Oct. 24. 1972. Ser. No. 299.81 1

Int. CI. F02b5.?//0. 5i//2

U.S. CI. 123-8.09 lOCIaims

A rotary engine with fuel injection into the combustion
chamber, wherein the positive electrode of the spark plug
strikes a spark directly to the injector nozzle as the negative
electrode during the period of fuel injection, thus producing
positive ignition even during very lean operation, and also
reducing spark plug fouling.

3.795.228
NOZZLE FOR ROTARY PISTON ENGINE
Hiroshi Shimizu. Hiroshima, Japan, assignor to Toyo Kogyo
Company Limited. Hiroshima. Japan

Filed Dec. 22, 1971, Ser. No. 210,949
Claims priority, application Japan, Dec. 22, 1970. 45-
130358; Dec. 22. 1970. 45-130359; Dec. 23, 1970. 45-
130348; Dec. 23. 1970. 45-130349

Int. CI. F02b5i/00
U.S. CI. 123 — 8.01 20Claims

In a rotary piston engine, there is provided a system for puri-
fying the exhaust gas to reduce NOx (nitrogen oxide) in the
exhaust gas by recirculating the exhaust or combustion gas
into an intake mixture or a system for purifying the exhaust
gas to reduce unburned components such as CO, HC, etc. in

GENERAL AND MECHANICAL

March 5, 1974

=- 5::.^^ »:^^^ - ^^— - - =\--r =^^"^^,:^ ::r,K sr- :^

or a supply nozzle for secondary air are adapted to open in the
exhausting stroke chamber. Means are provided for prevent-
ing sludge from accumulating upon or adhering to the nozzles.

Vl'^fXvu CI IDE shutting off said ignition switch after continuous operation of

ENGINE VALVE LIFTER GLIDE ,hc cnJ^inc

Robert L. Weber. Lacon. III., assignor to Caterpillar Tractor the engine.

Co., Peoria. III.

Filed Dec. 26, 1972, Ser. No. 318,518
Int.Cl. FOll ///4,F16h5i/06
U.S. CI. 123-90.5

3.795.231

COLD STARTING DEVICES FOR DIESEL ENGINES WITH

8 Claims COMPENSATED SUPERCHARGING

Maurice G. Brille. Suresnes. France, assignor to Soc.ete

Anonyme De Vehicyles Industriels Ft D Equ.pements

Mecaniques Saviem. Suresnes. France

FiledMavl2. 1972. Ser. No. 252,572

Claims priority, application France. May 25. IV71.

71.18883

Int.Cl. F02bi 7/06

U.S.CLI23-119CB > ^'«'"'

A rollcr-tvpe valve lifter is mounted in an internal com-
bustion engine to reciprocate a push rcxi in response to rota^
non of an engine driven cam shaft. A guide and anti-rotation
device for the valve lifter comprises a vertically-disposed leg
which seats in a slot formed on the valve lifter and a pair of
cylindrically shaped arms, extending horizontally from op-
posite edges of the leg. which seat in a circumferential groove
also formed on the valve lifter A hook, connected to an upper
end of the leg by a reverse bend, seats in a bore formed in the
cylinder block.

3,795,230

PRIMARY AIR SUPPLY FOR AN INTERNAL

COMBUSTION ENGINE

Shigetake Yoshimura, Hiroshima, Japan, assignor to Toyo

KoBvo Company Limited, Hiroshima-ken, Japan
ConTnuation of Ser. No. 147,580. May 27, >971 abandoned.
This application Mar. 27, 1973, Ser. No. 346,492
lnt.CI.F02dJ//00

U.S.CL 123-97 B ^ ^'^""^

In a pnmarv a.r supply for an internal combustion engine,
when an igniiion switch is shut off, the primary a.r supply

This device comprises a separate electromotor coupled to
the driving shaft of a volumetric supercharger tor correcting
the turbo compressor supercharging of the Diesel engmc,
clutch means are interposed between this shaft and a variable-
speed transmission comprising extensible pulleys, said elec-
tromotor driving said shaft directly only when starting the en-
oine by very cold weather so that this shaft revolves faster than
The extensible pulley driving the shaft under normal operating

conditions . „„ .w .

A solenoid operated valve inserted in a pipe connecting the

induction manifold of the engine to free -'^-^P''''^j;'
adapted, when said electrometer starts in cold weather condi-
tions to open and vent the manifold to the free atmosphere in
conjunction with the energization of the starter --'"/ ';^ 'l^^;
engine and to close before the deenerg.zation of the starter
motor.

OFFICIAL GAZETTE

March 5, 1974

3,795,232 between the control device and the fuel adjusting member to

FUEL PUMPING APPARATUS preclude any undesired mcreasc of fuel supply.

Colen John Charles Snook, Dorking, England, assignor to

Simm Motor Units Ltd., London, England

Filed June »5. 1972 Ser^ "iH^''?' ,7 ,07, MOTOR VEHICLE WiVh ^UEL HEATING SYSTEM

Claims priority, application Great Britain, June 17, ly/i.

28354 71

Int. CI. F02m 63100

U.S. CI. 123- 139 AZ

INDEPENDENT OF ENGINE
Albert Stolz, Pfrondorf, Germany, assignor to Daimler-Benz
9 Claims AG., Stuttgart, Germany

Filed June 23, 1971.Ser. No. 157,391
Claims priority, application Germany, Sept. 29, 1970,
2032018

Int. CI. F02n / 7/04
U.S. CI. 123- 142.5 R 16 Claims

A fuel pumping apparatus for an internal combustion cn-
einc includes a stop control member and a speed contrt>l
member Interengageabie means is provided on the members
respectively whereby movement of the speed control member
can move the stop control member to a position to supply fuel
to the engine, the engagement of the members being deter-
mined by an electro-magnetic means and a latch member
being provided to retain the stop control member in a position
to supply fuel to the engine until the electro-magnetic means is
de-energised.

3,795,233

FUEL-AIR RATIO CONTROL FOR SUPERCHARGED

ENGINES

Donald R. Crews, Peoria, and Larry A. Larson, East Peoria,

both of III., assignors to Caterpillar Tractor Co., Peoria, III.

Filed May 19, 1972, Ser. No. 254,852

Int.CI. F02d I/V6

U.S. CI. 123— 140 R I 13 Claims

5^ tP~Z~^'^''^'-^H '"^^

A fuel-air ratio control device for a super-charged engine
having a governor means connected to a fuel-adjusting
member and a supercharger for supplying air through an in-
take manifold. The control device is directly engageable with
the fucl-adjusting member and is responsive to intake
manifold air pressure and to engine oil pressure The device is
inoperative to restrain the adjusting member during start-up of
the engine and remains so until such time as a predetermined
intake manifold pressure is attained at which time the control
device moves to a position which permits the metering of en-
gine oil therethrough to permit normal governor operation
and proportional increases of fuel with air pressure increases

T 1

'13

A motor vehicle with a water-cooled engine and an engine-
independent fuel heater which is connected with the water cir-
culation and the electrical power suppK of the vehicle; the
fuel heater includes two water circulations connected with the
engine and in communication with each other, whereby the
fuel healer equipped with a pump is arranged in one circula-
tion and the heat-exchanger which is adapted to be connected
or disconnected by means of a feeler, is arranged in the other
circulation. 1

3,795,235

BREAKLESS IGNITION SYSTEM W ITH MEANS FOR

PREVENTING REVERSE ENGINE OPERATION

James A. Donohue, Milwaukee, and Harry S. Shore,

Menomonee Falls, both of Wis., assignors to Outboard

Marine Corporation, Waukegan, III.

Filed Dec. 16, 1971. Ser. No. 208,802

Int. CI. F02p//6»6'

U.S. CI. 123— 148 E 11 Claims

/w**"^

Disclosed herein is a breakerless ignition circuit for an inter-
nal combustion engine, which circuit includes trigger switch
The control device is automatically shiftable to a position means, means for periodically conditioning the ignition circuit
which blocks the metering of engine oil therethrough and to obtain spark production in response to operation of the
which provides a hydraulic lock and positive connection switch means, means for operating the switch means sub-

MaRCH 5, 1974

GENERAL AND MECHANICAL

tion in one direction when the piston is located relative to top
dead center so as to obtain continued engine rotation in the
one direction, and means for operating the switch means sub-
sequent to previous conditioning of the ignition circuit by the
periodic conditioning means and in response to engine rota-
tion in the opposite rotative direction and when the piston is
located so far in advance of top dead center so as to preclude
continued engine rotation in the opposite direction. Also dis-
closed arc means for preventing reconditioning or recharging
of the ignition circuit for subsequent spark firing operation
until well after the piston has passed top dead center so as to
insure prevention of continued engine operation m the op-
posite direction.

3.795,236
IGNITION DISTRIBUTOR
Norman Alfred Jukes, Walsall, and Derek Robert Grainger,
Kidderminster, both of England, assignors to Joseph Lucas
(Electrical) Limited. Birmingham, England

Filed Jan. 15. 1973, Ser. No. 323.393
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Jan. 14, 1972,

1834/72

Inl CI. F02p 7!U0. HOlf 17/06
U.S.C1.123-148D »0 Claims

idle system fuel jet, to terminate idle system fuel, air tlowing
through the Idle system air/fuel mixture channel to the engine
cylinders.

3,795,238
ROTARY DRESSING APPARATUS
Hiroshi Ota, Kariya, Japan, assignor to Toyoda Koki
Kabushiki Kaisha, Aichi-ken, Japan

Filed May 22, 1972, Ser. No. 255,273
Claims priority, application Japan, May 31, 1971,46-45604
Inl. CI. B24b5i//4
U.S.CI. 125-11 CD 6 Claims

An ignition distributor for an internal combustion engine
spark ignition system includes a hollow casing closed at one
end by a detachable insulating cap. A rotatable shaft is sup-
ported by the casing and carries a rotor arm which co-operates
with high tension electrodes carried by the cap W ithm the en-
closure defined by the casing and the cap is an ignition coil in-
cluding two separable parts A first part of the coil includes a
first core component and the coil primary winding and the
second coil part includes a second core component and the
coiled secondary winding. The two ignition coil parts are
located in position relative to one another to constitute an ig-
nition coil by the distributor cap and the casing.

3,795,237
CARBURETOR ANTI-DIESELING AND DECELERATION

CONTROL
Ronald T. Denton, Birmingham, Mich., assignor to Ford Motor
Company, Dearborn, Mich.

Filed Dec. 3, 197 1, Ser. No. 204,527

Int. CI. F02m 7/06, F02d i//00, F02m 7/00

U.S.CL123-198D 9 Claims

The carburetor air/fuel idle system mixture channel has an

air port that is normally closed by a manifold vacuum sensitive

A rotary dressing apparatus of increased rigidity for a multi-
wheel grinding machine is provided. A plurality of diamond
rolls are carried at the forward end of slides each fitted in a
dresser body. A table is disposed on a grinding wheel carriage
rotatably supporting a plurality of grinding wheels and is con-
nected with a feed unit for sliding movement in a direction
perpendicular to the axis of the grinding wheels The table is
formed with at least two T-shaped grooves extending parallel
to the axis of the grinding wheels, and pivot support blocks arc
mounted in one of the grooves and support pivot pins with
their axes perpendiculai to both the direction of the sliding
movement of the table and the axis of the grinding wheels
Dresser bodies are placed on the table for angular movement
about the respective pivot pins, and are normally fixed to the
table by T-nuts received in the other groove and bolts
threadably engaging therewith.

OFFICIAL GAZETTE

March 5, 1974

3.795,239

ELECTROCHEMICAL ELECTRODE WITH HEATING

MEANS
Patrick Eberhard, Basel; Konrad Hammacher, Kaiseraugst.
and Wolfgang Mindt. Therwill, all of Switzerland, assignors
to Hoffmann-La Roche Inc., Nutley, N.J.

Hied Sept. 2. 1971,Ser. No. 177,231
Claims phoritv, application Switierland, Oct.

14544 70

Int. CI. A6lb5/()0

L.S. CI. 128-2 E

1. 1970.

8 Claims

An electrode arrangement tor application to a body surface
tor bkmdless measurement m connection with the concentra-
tion or the partial pressure of a gas in the blood comprising a
sensor unit having a face member for btxly contact, and a
heating unit coupled to the senstir unit for transmitting to said
\\icc member a thermal condition lor thermal stimulation oi
the local blood circulation, in a further embodiment, the sen-
sor unit includes at the face member a cover membrane
permeable t\)r a gas to be measured

3,795.240
RESPIRATORY DISTRESS STIMULATOR SYSTEM
LIrich Anton Erank, Yardley, Pa., assignor to Hoffmann-La
Roche Inc., Nutley, N.J.

Filed Mar. 29, 1972, Ser. No. 239,264

Int. CI. A61b.vrW

L.S. CI. 128— 2 R 7 Claims

1 PNEUMATIC

SUPPLY
1 UNIT

tPNEA

MONITOW

QS
TIMeB
( 1 fCC)

. c

3,795,241

ELECTRODE FOR RECORDING BIOELECTRICAL

PROPERTIES

Igor Kedorovich (iolovko, Profsojuznaya ul., 3, korpus 3, kv.

67. Moscow. t.S.S.R.

Filed May 4, 1972, Ser. No. 250,168
Claims priority, application U.S.S.R., May 13. 1971,
1660558

lnLCLA61b3/04
U.S. CI. 1 28—2.06 E 2 Claims

An electrode for recording bioelectrical properties is dis-
closed, the electrode comprising a housing having a flange
which serves to fix <he electrode to a surface of a biological
object, the housing has an internal cavity acciimmodalmg a
contact member which is mounted in said cavity for vertical
movement by means of a membrane provided with annular
undulations.

3.795,242
APPARATUS FOR APPLYING HYDRAULIC PULSATION

Donald C. Lerch, and John M. Colman. both of Lexington.
Mass., assignors to Medical Innovations, Inc., Waltham,
Mas.s.

Filed Oct. 24. 1972. Ser. No. 300,291

Int. CI. A6Ih 7l(J0

U.S.CL128 — 64 13Claims

22 47 >46

30 I 32

An improved external pressure circulatory assist device of
the type comprising a mechanical means for transmitting a
pressure pulse to a liquid-filled blanket wrapped abi^ut a pa-
tient's legs, the pulse being in synchronization with the heart-
beat of the patient. A novel feature ot the invention is that
wherein air disturbed by the pulsing mechanism is isolated
from the gas atmosphere in the vicinity of the aforesaid blan-
ket and is vented to atmosphere, thereby improving the con-
trol of the pressure wave imparted by the circulatory assist ac-
tion when negative pressure is being used in the immediate en-
virt)nment of the blanket.

.A patient care system for monitoring respiratory distress
problems and providing therapeutic treatment comprising, a
sensor for generating patient derived respiratory activity,
signals, detecting an apnea episode: from the signals, and
providing in response to a detected apnea episode, stimulation
of the patient b\ a momentary intlation of a pneumatic means
adapted tor placement under the patient to raise the patient
and induce loss of equilibrium for startling the patient into a
natural respiration pattern.

3,795,243

AMBULATORY TRACTION DEVICE FOR CERVICAL

PROBLEMS

Joseph R. L. Miller, Box 162 R.D. 2, Canastota, N.Y. 13032

Filed Jan. 29, 1973, Ser. No. 327,565

Int.CI. A6Ih U02

U.S.CI. 128— 75 3Claims

A traction device is supported on padded cross members

across the upper chest and back connected by arches over the

March 5, 1974

GENERAL AND MECHANICAL

shoulders. An inverted U-shaped assembly is secured to the
arches at one end and extends to its transverse crosspiece
above and closely spaced from the head. A sl.ng support
member is pendantly secured to the center of the crosspiece
by means including a swivel. A sling is secured to either end of
its support and includes a first fiexible member passing
beneath the chin and a second Oexible member passing behind

,_^2

the head adjacent the nape of the neck. The inverted U-
shaped assembly includes telescoping, substantially vertical
members at either side with adjustable spring means for bias-
ing the crosspiece upward and the sw.veled connection to the
sling support includes screw-and-nut means tor varying the
upward bias of the base portion. The connection of the ends of
the U)-shaped assembly to the arches may include means tor
adjustably inclining the assembly forwardly or backwardly.

other positively causes the walls of the capsule to undergo re-
peated changes or radial acceleration whereby the powdered
medicament is dispersed from the capsule.

3,795.245
SPI ASH-PROOF LEAK-PROOF SYRINGE-TYPE
CRYOSURGICAL INSTRUMENT
Robert E. Allen, Jr., Laurel, and Richard A. Morel, Camp
Springs, both of Md., assignors to The Du-AI Company. Lau-
rel Md.

Filed Apr. 29, 1 97 1 , Ser. No. 1 38,686
InLCLA61b/7/i6,A61f 7/00
US a. 128-303.1 ^ V2 Claims

A generally tubular splash-proof leak-proof syrmge-type
cryosurgical instrument formed of merging j^^ambers is
described. The generally tubular instrument .s shaped in the
silhouette of a finger tip at the end of a ower chamber. 1 he
lower chamber is surrounded by a thermal insulating layer and
supports a thermal conduclmg probe that communicates
between the interior of the instrument and the extenor
thereof. A generally funnel-shaped member having internal
ribs is mounted in the upper end of the instrument 1 he inter-
nal nbs support the space the base of an actuator-insertion cap
from the funnel-shaped member so that an escape-port
passageway is provided. The actuator-insertion cap has an

3,795,244

INHALATION DEVICE

Ronald G. Lax. Palo Alto, and Allen K. Herd. Cupertino, both

of Calif., assignors to Syntex Corporation, Panama, Panama

Filed Feb. 2, 1973, Ser. No. 329,060

Int.CI. A6Im/5/00./5/06

U.S.CL 128-266 21 Claims

An inhalation device having means to engage the free end of
a powdered medicament-holding capsule as the capsule is
pierced to provide outlet ports for the powdered mcdicairient
held therein. Such engagement ensures that the capsule is
completely seated in the rotary member on which it is sup-
ported and thus ensures that the outlet ports are positioned at
ihe desired locations adjacent the shoulder of the capsule Ad-
ditionally, such engagement enables the piercing operation to
be conducted in any orientation of the inhalation device. The
rotary member, which supports the capsule during inhalation,
,s itself supported by a shaft having a polygon shaped base
having n sides. Fhe rotary member has a hollow sleeve which
fits over the shaft, the sleeve having a polygon shaped inner
surface having at least n + 1 sides. During inhalation which
causes the rotary member to spin about the supporting shaft,
contact of the adjacent polygon shaped surfaces with each

outwardly extending transfer tube somewhat longer than the
longitudinal length of the funnel-shaped member, and is at-
tachable to a canister of refrigerant fiuid. The actuator-inser-
tion cap as.sisLs the passage of the tluid through the funnel-
shaped member into the interior of the housing. Fhat is, the
actuator-insertion cap is adapted to cause the canister to einit
a cryogenic liquid refrigerant which fiows through the transfer
tube portion of the cap lunto the interior of the housing wheii
the tube is inserted into the instrument along the longitudinal
axis of the funnel-shaped member. The interior air that is dis-
placed by the liquid refrigerant, as well as the evaporating gas
of the liquid refrigerant entering the instrument escape via the
escape-port passageway.

3,795,246
VENOCCLUSION DEV ICE
John F. Sturgeon, Glens Falls, N.Y., assignor to C. R. Bard,
Inc., Murray Hill, N.J.

Filed Jan. 26. 1973, Ser. No. 326.647
Int.CI. A61b /7//2.A61m 25/02
U.S. CI. 128-325 10 ^'"il""

A device designed to be implanted in a blood vessel such as
the inferior vena cava, as a substitute for a tying or clamping
operation on such vessel, the device being inserted m dcnated
condition through a simple incision, moved to the desired lo-
cation, inflated to engage securely the wall of the vessel and
then detached from the inserting means The device comprises

OFFICIAL GAZETTE

March 5, 1974

a generally cylindrical core body containing one or more one- removed from the vines. The apparatus includes a stcmmcr
way valves and havmg around its outer surface an inflatable saw section having a plurality of stcmmcr saws rotatably
balloon, the device bcmg initially mounted on and inserted by

an elongated catheter traversed by a needle through which in-
flation fluid IS fed to the balloon, withdrawal of the needle
after inflation permits the valve or valves to close and simul-
taneousK separates the device from the catheter.

3,795.247 I
PASSIVE PACER REFRACTORY CIRCL IT
Sherwood S. Thaler, Lexington, Mass., assignor to American
Optical Corporation, Southbridge, Mass.

FiledOct. 27, 1972. Ser. No. 301,395

Int.CI. A61n I /J6

L'.S. CI. 128-419 P I Claim

:^r -la ,., .J S-. *T t-

-^^-^

77} M "^-T

r-Tl4

There is disclosed an implantable pacer having a one-shot
multivibrator refractory circuit which does not require the use
of any active elements other than those normally found in an
implantable pacer. The last stage of the heartbeat detector
and amplifier is capacitively coupled to the base of the
discharging transistor which is m parallel with the conven-
tional timing capacitor. Positive resistive feedback is provided
between the collector of the discharging transistor and the
input terminal of the last stage of the amplifier While the last
stage of the amplifier and the discharging transistor both per-
form their usual functions, together they also function as a
one-shot multivibrator refractory circuit

3,795.248
PEANUT COMBINE STEMMER SAWS
William R. Long, Tarboro, N.C.. assignor to Long Mfg. N.C.
Inc., Tarboro, N.C.

Filed Oct. 2, 1972, Ser. No. 293,885

Int. CI. AO Id 29/00

U.S. CI. 130-30 C 3 Claims

Apparatus mounted on a peanut combine for removing

stems, dirt and trash from peanuts after the peanuts have been

mounted between pairs of spaced rods to remove stems from
the peanuts and permit foreign material to be discharged from
the combine.

3,795,249

METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR INCREASINCi THE

DENSITY OF TOBACCO IN PREDETERMINED

SECTIONS OF A TOBACCO BRAID

Athos Cristiani, Bologna, lUly, assignor to AMF Incorporated,

W hite Plains, N.Y.

Continuation of Ser. No. 91,999, Nov. 23, 1970, abandoned.

This application Sept. 11, 1972, Ser. No. 287,786

Int. CI. A24c 05//.S

L.S. CI. 131-84 C 6Claims

ROTATION

SYNCHKONIZeO

TO CUT OFF

Device i

TAFt 3

In a cigarette making machine forming a continuous
cigarette rod from a braid of cut tobacco, short sections or in-
crements of cut tobacco are pericxlically added to and held by
a pneumatic tape prior to the receipt by the pneumatic tape of
the trimmed braid of cut tobacco from a pneumatic braid
forming wheel The increments of cut tobacco arc added onto
the tape in synchronism with the movement of the tape and
the cigarette rod cut off device so that the center line of each
of the increments coincides substantially with the line where
the cigarette rod will be cut to form a single cigarette.

3,795,250
PROCESS FOR MAKING A RECONSTITUTED TOBACCO

COMPOSITION
Howard Martin Halter, Norwalk, Conn., assignor to AMF In-
corporated, White Plains, N.Y.

Division of Ser. No. 844,652, July 24, 1969, Pat. No.
3,625.225. This application Aug. 11, 1971, Ser. No. 170,950
Int.CI. A24bi//4
U.S.CL13! — 140C 4 Claims

A process for manufacturing reconstituted tobacco com-
position wherein a slurry is created from a solvent, such as
water, finely divided tobacco and non-solvent ingredients con-
sisting of ethylhydroxyethyl cellulose and a calcuim or mag-
nesium carbonate The ethylhydroxyethyl cellulose employed
has a gel temperature between 32° and 38°C, an ethoxyl D.S.
of 1 2 to 1 .6 and a hydroxyethyl M.S. of 0.5 to 1.2 The slurry

March 5, 1974

GENERAL AND MECHANICAL

is mixed and shaped at a temperature below the gellation tern- a predetermined number have been accumulated A gate then
pe" ure of the ethylhydroxyethyl cellulose. The ethylhydrox- defiects corns of that denomination to a second receiver and
yethyl cellulose added constitutes between 3-15 percent by
weight (dry basis) of the reconstituted tobacco composition
and in this concentration it provides for improved "burn"
characteristics of the composition.

3,795.251
DRY SMOKINC PIPE
John J. Lamberti, Hotel Breslin. Broadway at 29th St., New
York. N.Y. 10001

Continuation-in-part of Ser. Nos. 130,976. April 5. 1971.
abandoned, and Ser. No. 215,796, Jan. 6. 1972, abandoned.
This application Apr. 14, 1972, Ser. No. 244.194
Int.CI.A24fO//06
U.S. CI. 131-203 3 Claims

A smoking pipe in a preferred embodiment havmg a sub-
stantially straight and unobstructed shank passage from the
stem end thereof to the pipe bowl interior, with an intermit-
tent cylindrically shaped unobstructed chamber with the stem

the counting process is repeated. Means are provided for

mouth-piece angled downwardly such as to bring anout a p^^^^^^^^^g ^^^j^ifugal and other forces acting on the coins at
drainaee of Imuids within the stem and shank passage toward ,,hn..lHt.r to cause them to pile up upon each other

drainage of liquids within the stem an

the bowl of the passage such that the liquids become trapped
in the chamber, the reservoir including along its base section a
liquid-drainage outlet reservoir port to a linear drainage unob-

ii«

3,795,253

ADJUSTABLE COIN GUIDE IN COIN PROCESSING

APPARATUS

Yoshihiro Hatanaka; Hirokuni Matono, and Hidenori
Kawazoe. all of Himeji. Japan, assignors to Glory Kogyp
Kabushiki Kaisha. Himeji-shi. Japan

Filed Apr. 18. 1973. Ser. No. 352.308
Claims priority, applicaiion Japan, Apr. 21. 1972. 47-40105
Int. CI. G07d 3100
,,,-t}:^.CL133-3A 3 Claims

structcd passage angling downwardly from the stem-bowl
passage at an angle ranging from ten to eighty degrees and
having snuglv mounted therein an absorbent plug such as
rolled paper or card-board of a firmness and length such that it
is insertable through the passage to or into the chamber and
extends out of the pipe base at the drainage outlet port, the
port end of the plug around the annular sides thereof having
an annular or tubular rubberized casing defining openings at
opposite ends of the casing in which the end of the plug is
mounted.

3.795.252

CENTRIFUGAL COIN SORTER

Thomas J. Black. Arlington. Va., assignor to Werner F.

Westermann, Falls Church, Va.

Filed Nov. 20. 1972. Ser. No. 307,808

Int.CI.G07dJ/06

U.S.CI. 133-3A ^ „ 14 Claims

A whirling horizontal disc receives bulk coins of random
denomination, near its center, and centrifugal force causes the
coins to slide outwardly on the disc. A stationary shear ring
lets only a single layer of coins move under it into the entrance
ends of radial channels on the disc where they arc arrested
against an annular barrier shoulder. A single stationary cam
adjacent the shoulder lifts an edge of only one coin in each
channel entrance to clear the shoulder and permits only one
com to enter each channel by centrifugal force at each revolu-
tion of the disc. The channels define outwardly tapered coin
paths so that the coins will be stopped at radial positions deter-
mined by their diameter or denomination and they are then
discharged at a fixed station where coins of the same
denomination are counted and accumulated in a receiver until

A coin guide is mounted above the circumference of a ro-
tary disk of a coin processing apparatus in order to ensure that
the coins which have been centrifugally sent thereto are fed
one by one onto a passageway extending radially outward of
the rotary disk. The position of the com guide relative to the
rotary disk is adjustable in accordance with the thickness of
each of the coins of a specified denomination by means of a
knob which permits similutaneous adjustment of the width
and the height of the passageway in accordance with the
diameter and the thickness of each of the coins.

3.795.254
SALT REMOVAL SPRAY DEVICE
Nelson K. Blosser, P.O. Box 327. Bergholz, Ohio 43908
Filed Sept. 20. 1972, Ser. No. 290.465
Int.CI. B60s i/04
U.S.CL 134-123 4 Claims

A device for spraying water against a vehicle to remove
harmful salt and chemicals deposited on the vehicle during
use. A plurality of parallel spaced conduits rest on a surface
beneath the vehicle and extend longitudinally therewith I he
conduits are connected to a water header which in turn is con-
nected to a supply of water A pair of these conduits are
located along the outer sides of the vehicle and a plurality of
these conduits arc located underneath the vehicle between the

OFFICIAL GAZETTE

March 5,

1974

t runt and rear wheels A plurality of spray holes arc formed in piston will permit reelosing or throttling of the pilot valve
the upper portions of the outer conduits at various angles for member with consequent closing or throttling of the main
spraving water against the sides of the vehicle at various valve member, thus to prevent cavitation of the motor.

hciehts A plurality of spray holes are Formed in the upper por-
tions of the inner conduits at various angles for spraying water
in various directions against the underside portions of the
\ chicle. I

3,795.255

LOAD CONTROL AM) HOl.l)IN(; VALV K

Thomas J. Malott, .Mentor, and Hugh J. Stacey, Willoughhy,

both of Ohio, assignors to Parker-Hannifin Corporation,

Cleveland, Ohio

Filed Jan. 10, 1972. Ser. No. 216.569

Int. CI. F 15b irV42

l.S. CI. 137-102 12 Claims

A load ci>ntrol and holding valve adapted to be installed
between a directional control valve a|nd a fluid motor to con-
trol flov^ of fluid therethrough to and from the motor, said
\alve being characleri/'ed in that a mjin valve member therein
functions in the manner of a check valve member to permit
tlow of fluid under pressure from the directional control valve
to the Huid motor as when a load thereon is being raised and
functions in the manner of a pilot operated relief valve
member to support a load on the fluid motor against
diiwnward drifting as when the directional control valve is in
neutral off" position except in the Case of load inertia pres-
sure, shock pressure, or thermal expansion pressure of mag-
nitude sufficient to open a pilot relief valve member in said

r-/7/ZA'ViiSv

3,795,256
TANK WITH INTF:(;RAL RtMOTELY CONTROLLED
POWER ACTl ATED BOTTOM VALVE
Robert E. CJordon, Monson, Mass., assignor to Monsanto Com-
pany, St. Louis, Mo.

Filed Jan. 8, 1973, Ser. No. 321,503
Int. CI. F16k2///«
U.S. CI. 137—386 1 1 Claims

A tank and integral valve assembly suitable for storing and
contrt)lling the transfer of viscous fluids. The assembly utilizes
a vcs-scl in which is constructed a plug-type valve assembly
located so as to regulate rate of egress of viscous fluid from the

valve thus to effect op>ening of the main valve to relieve such
excess pressure. The valve herein is further characterized in
that when it is desired to open the mam valve member to per-
mit return flow therethrough from the fluid motor to the
directional control valve a piston in the valve exposed to pilot
pressure m the pressurized side of the motor is effective to
open the pilot relief valve member thus to permit opening of
the main valve member for such return flow In the event of
reduction of pressure in the pressurized side of the motor as by
a negative load thereon, the decreased pressure acting on the

bt)ttom of the vessel. An actuator assembly on the top side of
the ves.sel controls reciprocal valve plug mt)vements The ac-
tuator is responsive to a level sensor coupled thereto through a
controller assembly.

3,795.257

DEMAND VALVE ASSEMBLY FOR USE W ITH

BREATH IN(; OR RESUSCITATION EQUIPMENT

Donald C. Fabish, Anaheim, and Robert M. Hamilton, Brea,

both of Calif., avsignors to RoberLshaw Controls Company,

Richmond, Va.

Filed Mar. 27, 1972. Ser. No. 238,502
Int. CI. F16k 15114,311385
U.S. CI. 137 — 491 16Claims

A demand valve as.sembly for use with breathing or
resuscitation equipment is disclosed. The valve assembly in-
cludes a first main valve controlling flow of pressurized gas,
either oxygen or an air mixture, to the assembly and a second

46 22 24

inhalation-exhalation valve controlling flow of the pressurized
gas and the exhausted gas to and from a mask on the patient.
A positive pressure button assembly provides for accurate
pressure settings with only slight button travel.

March 5, 1974

GENERAL AND MECHANICAL

3 795 258 3.795,260

.PP.RAT.S KOR mST«.B.T,NC CAS .ND.R ^^"^^^^i^^l!^!^^^ :^^:^^^

Jacques lung, PouUrlier. Franc, .ssisnor lo Gunner S.A.. GusU>» Bergson, Ced.rbrook Hill Ap.». Bl 17, Wyneote, Pa.

1QOQS
Filed May 16, 1973, Ser. No. 360,917 Filed Sept. 27, 1972, Ser. No. 297,133

Claims priority, application France. May 18, 1972, Int. CI. GOSd /6/06

72.17879 U.S.CL 137-599

Int. CI. F 16k 2 7/00
U.S. CL 137-505.35 5 Claims

1 Claim

Apparatus for distributing gas stored under pressure such as
propane or butane

The apparatus comprising, a pressure-reducing valve
mounted between the source of said stored gas and the dis-
tributing network, a draining device is provided downstream
of said pressure-reducing valve in proximity of the seat of said
valve in view lo permit positive elimination of the deposits
tending to be formed at this level in the pressure-reducing
device.

3,795,259
DEVICE FOR EVENLY MIXING AND DISTRIBUTING A
GAS AND LIQUID MIXTURE
Tore Brandin, and Bo Frejd, both of Norrkoping, Sweden, as-
signors to Stal Refrigeration AB, Norrkoping, Sweden
Filed July 7, 1972, Ser. No. 269,833
Int.ci. F1614//00, F17d 1 100
U.S.CI. 137-561 A 7 Claims

A three way valve having ports No. 1, No. 2 and No. 3 is
connected to a flow regulator for a moisture analyzer. Fort
No. 1 is the inlet port for gas. Port No 2 is connected to the
inlet of the flow regulator. Port No. 3 is connected to the out-
let of the flow regulator before a needle valve which connects
to the moisture analyzer. The three way valve has two posi-
tions. In one position it is connected from port No. 1 to port
No. 2 and port No. 3 is closed In the other position it is con-
nected from port No. 1 to port No. 3 and port No. 2 is closed

3,795,261
SELVEDGES FORMING APPARATUS
Giuseppe Serturini, Gorno, Italy, assignor to Somet Societa -
Meccanica Tessile S.p.A., Provincial Valseriana. Italy

FiledJune21,1972,Ser. No. 264,918

Claims priority, application Italy, June 21, 1971. 26138/71

Int. CI. D03d 4 7/40

U.S. CI. 139-54 7 Claims

A device for carrying out slotted leno healds in the making
of selvedges in looms having a movable slide which carries
pivoted in it a small plate adapted to cooperate with means in
the frame of the device for obtaining a sure deviation of yarns
passing through the plate in the respect of fixed needles of the
device^through which other yarns pass

A device in which a gas and liquid mixture is introduced
into a distribution chamber through an inlet opening at one
side thereof the opposite side being in communication with a
plurality of tubes for receiving the gas and liquid mixture; a
baffie in said distribution chamber extending substantially per-
pendicularly to the direction of How of the gas and liquid mix-
ture forming a narrow passageway in which the mixture fiows
radially outwards along the inlet opening side and radially in-
wards along the tube side.

3.795.262
DISPENSING DEVICE AND METHOD FOR
INTRODUCING FLUID INTO HIGH PRESSURE LINES
John Franklin Post. R.D. 2, Chester, N J. 07930

Filed Sept. 25, 1972. Ser. No. 291.809
Int. CI. B65bi/04
U.S.CL 141-1 10 Claims

Apparatus and method is disclosed for introducing a fiuid
dehydrant into a high pressure refrigeration system fhe fluid
dehydrant is packaged in a squeeze bottle or tube having a
short dispensing section fixed to the discharge opening ot the
squeeze bottle, the dispensing section being Hexible but suffi-
ciently rigid to withstand the pressure in the refrigeration

OFFICIAL GAZETTE

March 5, 1974

system. Each end of the dispensing section is provided with a
check valve so the portion between the check valves acts a.s a
pump. The discharge end of the dispensing section, in addi-
tion. IS provided with a threaded tlair fitting adapted to mate
with the standard fitting of a refrigeration system charging
hose With the tlair fitting connected to the charging hose, the
bottle IS manually squeezed to force the fluid dehydrant

through the dispensing section between the check valves and U.S. CI. 144— 3D

3.795.254

TREE ACCUMULATOR ATTACHMENT FOR A TREE

HARVESTER

Samuel J. Coughran, Jr., Cedartown. (ia., assignor to Rome

Industries, Cedartown. Ga.

Filed Nov. 23, 1971. Ser. No. 201,370
Int. CI. AOlg 2J/0«

4 Claims

through the charging hose until it appears at the open end of
the charging hose This purges the dispensing .section and
charging hose of air and primes the pump portion between the
check valves. The charging hose is then connected to the com-
pressor charging valve .Any suitable means such as a pliers is
then used to squee/.c the dispensing section between the check
valves, i.e , the pump portum, for injecting the dehydrant
directly into the refrigeration system.

3,795,263

PNEUMATIC SYSTEM CONTROLLING OPERATION OF
A FILLING VALVE IN A CONTAINER FILLING
MACHINE
Charles V. Wilhere, Pittsburgh, Pa., assignor to Horix Manu-
facturing Company, Pittsburgh, Pa.

Filed Nov. 27, 1972, Ser. No. 309,733
Int. CI. B65b.S7 /4

L.S. CI. 141-198

10 Claims

A tree harvesting apparatus capable of severing and accu-
mulating a plurality of trees. The tree harvesting apparatus in-
cludes a reciprocally operable shear blade which is operable
for severing a tree adjacent the base of the tree trunk and is
operable for providing a support for the butt end of a plurality
t)f severed trees The tree harvesting apparatus includes a tree
accumulator means supported at a vertically spaced position
above the shear blade. The tree accumulator means includes
automatically operable tree receiving means which will permit
a tree trunk to be advanced therethrough and which is
detailed in dimension for engaging and retaining a plurality of
tree trunks. The tree accumulator means and tree severing
means are movable from a generally vertically oriented tree
severing position to a tilted position with the accumulator
means being movable to an open position to permit the plu-
rality of accumulated trees to be discharged.

3,795,265
PLASTIC CONTAINER AND BLOW MOLDING METHOD
Peter T. Schurman, Woodbridge, Conn., and Raymond C.
Confer, Buffalo, N.V., assignors to W . R. Grace & Co., Dun-
can, S.C.

Continuation of Ser. No. 80 1,620, Feb. 24, 1969, Pat. No.

3.536,435. This application July 28. 1970, Ser. No. 58,819. The

portion of the term of this patent subsequent to Sept. 5. 1984,

has been disclaimed.

Int. CI. B65d 1 1116

U.S. CI. 150-0.5 3 Claims

«S!?

First and second fluidic control devices of special construc-
tion receive streams of air that arc dcfiected to atmosphere at
predetermined intervals by means of jets of air controlled by
valves and the liquid level in a container as the machine moves
through its cycle At one point m the cycle, air pressure from
one of the fluidic control devices causes the filling valve to
open and remain open until a jet of control air is delivered to
the fluidic control device when the desired liquid level in the
container is reached, whereupon the control device is vented
to atmosphere and the filling valve closes. If a container is not
present when it should be, the filling valve will not open and
there will be no blow-down through the level sensing tube.

>f^

A container with a hollow walled part that has a resilient
inner wall for protectively supporting an article and a rigid

March 5, 1974

GENERAL AND MECHANICAL

outer wall also protecting the article and a method of blow
molding an article.

3,795.266

VENETIAN BLIND

Victor Debs. Staten Island, N.Y., assignor to Levolar Lorent-

zen. Inc., Hoboken, N.J.

Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 6,395, Jan. 28, 1970, Pat. No.

3,703.920. This application July 6, 1972, Ser. No. 269,372

Int. CI. E06b 9130

U.S. CI. 160-168 29 Claims

**v '•* 47ti *•, ^j^ *?<i * '* *** ■** *^) •«*= **, **) **>

3,795.268
MOSQUITO-FRAME
Pieter Jozef Hendriks, Prinz Boudewignlaan 321, Edege.n,
Belgium

Filed Oct. 11. 1972. Ser. No. 296,580
Claims priority, application Belgium, Oct. 18, 1971,774047
Int. CI. E06b 9/52
U.S. CL 160-369 * 8 Claims

I he front and rear sidepieces of the ladders are connected
to front and rear horizontal runs of a tilt cord at eyelets which
are spaced along the horizontal runs The tilt and lift cords
may be connected to individual spool members of a cord-
operalmg unit The blind is adapted to be combined with a
windt)w having metal framing and, where the window has
spacing glazings, the laddcr-and-slat as.sembly is adapted to be
located between the glazings. The spool members of the cord-
operating unit are located at a distance from the horizontal
runs of the lilt cord and are adapted to be located in a channel
of the window framing.

The invention pertains to a mosquito-frame, more specially
to be used in metal frame structures, comprising a fly-wired
frame realized in L-shaped or substantially L-shaped profile ol
which at least the fiange directed outwards, is so very thin that
it does not form a hindrance between the fixed and opening
part of the window and on this frame, gadgets which permit
the linking-up and the taking-out of the mosquito-frame out of
the fixed frame structure.

3,795,267

VENETIAN BLIND

Victor Debs, Staten Island, N.Y., assignor to Levolor Lorent-

zen. Inc., Hoboken, N.J.

Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 6,395, Jan. 28, 1970, Pat. No.

3,703,920. This application Aug. 1, 1972, Ser. No. 277,022

Int. CI. F06b 9130

U.S.CL 160-168 21 Claims

3,795,269

METHOD OF AND APPARATUS FOR CASTING ON

MOVING SURFACES

Gerard Bernard Leconte, and John Walter Wright, both of

Kingston, Ontario, Canada, assignors to Alcan Research and

Development Limited, Montreal, Quebec, Canada

Filed Mar. 27, 1972, Ser. No. 238,346

Int.Cl. B22d ///06

U.S. CI. 164-73 8 Claims

24 23

In the casting of metals on or between movable endless sur-
faces, a two-layer dressing is applied to each casting surface
The dressing includes a heat-insulatmg coating fixedlv ad-
hered to the casting surface, and a removable parting layer
deposited on the coating for preventing metal from sticking to
the coating. As the casting surface moves successively out of
and into engagement with metal being cast during each cycle
of operatii>n, it is cleaned to remove the previously applied
parting layer, and a fresh parting layer is newly applied.

The head of the Venetian blind is attached to the soffit or
lintel of window framing. At least one of the jambs affords a
vertical passageway which is separated from the window open-
ing by a jamb wall A cord-guide fitting, which is part of the
Venetian blind head, projects through an entrance in the jamb
wall and guides the tilt and lift cords into the vertical
passageway at an upper level. The tilt and lift cords extend
downwardly in the vertical passageway and are operatively
connected to a jamb-mountcd cord-operating unit at a lower
level.

3,795,270

METHOD OF AND MEANS FOR SEALING A STOPPING

AND WITHDRAW ING HEAD IN A CONTINUOUS

CASTING MOLD FOR STEEL

Ferdinand Fiala, Thalwil, and Josef Zeller. Weesen. both of

Switzerland, assignors to Concast AG, Zurich, Switzerland

Filed Feb. 10, 1972, Ser. No. 225,148
Claims priority, application Switzerland. Feb. 11, 1971,
2017/71

lnt.CI. B22d I UOH
U.S. CI. 164-274 9 Claims

A method of and means for scaling a stopping and
withdrawing head in a continuous casting mold for steel.
wherein prior to the commencement of pouring the clearance
gap between the stopping and withdrawing head and the wall

of the mold is
troduced into

OFFICIAL GAZETTE

March 5, 1974

scaled uith a heat insulating seal that can be in-
this gap. The steel in contact with the seal in the

edge a rib projects from the lower surface of the board at sub-
stantially right angles which rib serves to support the board on
the ground. In the junction area between the board and the rib
a channel is provided extending in longitudinal direction for
receiving a heating pipe. On the upper surface of the construc-
tion member along the edge above the rib a recess is formed
for receiving the rib-frce edge of the adjacent member. By as-
sembling a plurality of construction members side by side a
floor above the ground is formed at a distance equal to the
width of the supp<irtmg ribs, and the ribs subdivide the space
between the floor and the ground into channels wherein the
air is warmed up Holes are provided in the board-shaped por-
tion of the construction member through which the warm air
escapes into the space above the floor.

clearance gap during solidification is stopped from dan-
gerously penetrating the seal by penetration-retarding ele-
ments distributed within the cross section of the seal.

3,795.271

DEVICE FOR MELTING AND PREVENTING THE

FORMATION OF ICE IN THE AREA OF THE EDGE OF A

ROOF
Anthony Adamic, 3618 E. 4th St., Duluth, Minn. 55804
Filed Dec. 22, 1972, Ser. No. 317.560
Int.Cl. F24hJ/(J2

U.S. CI. 165-47

1 1 Claims

,A device for melting and preventing the formation of ice in
the area of the edge of a roof including a housing having a
source of heat connected to the roof with a blower in the hous-
ing and an outlet in the housing to which is connected a supply
conduit The suppK conduit leads to a heated air conveying
conduit for positioning at the edge of a roof.

3,795.272
CONSTRUCTION MEMBER FOR A HEATED FLOOR AND

FLOOR ASSEMBLED THEREFROM
Friedhelm Kahn, Muhlbachstrasse, Ehringshausen, and Hans
O. Rittich, Krotenweg 5, Stuttgart, both of Germany

Filed Apr. 12, 1972, Ser. No. 243.175
Claims priority, application Germany. Apr. 17, 1971,
2118665

Int. CI. F24h 3^02
U.S. CI. 165—54 1 1 Claims

A construction member made of
conductivity has the shape of a boaiid

3,795,273
FEEDW ATER HEATER
Carlo J. Brigida, Long Island, N.Y.; Meyer Wexler, Rahway,
and Philip S. Woodford, Convent Station, both of N.J.. as-
signors to Foster VV heeler Corporation. Livingston. N.J.
Filed June 12. 1972. Ser. No. 261.774
Int. CI. F28b//02
U.S. CI. 165-112 8 Claims

material of good thermal
Along one longitudinal

1—5

A feedwater heater for u.se in a power plant system in which
steam from another unit in the system is introduced into the
shell of the heater and the latter discharges condensate to
another unit in the system. Feedwater to be heated is circu-
lated through tubes in the shell in heat exchange relation to
the steam whereby a portion of the steam is condensed.
Another portion of the steam is directed to an area of the shell
where it warms the condensate to a degree that maintains the
condensate at or near its saturation temperature. An addi-
tional inlet is provided in the shell for receiving condensate
frt)m another unit of the system along with means for breaking
up the flow of the latter condensate to promote deaeration as
a portion of the condensate flashes into vapor The vapor
produced as a result of the flashing is directed in the same How
path as the above-mentioned steam, and vent means are pro-
vided for permitting the removal of the non-condensibles and
associated water vapor from the shell.

3.795.274

FIXING OF HEAT-EXCHANGERS, INTER ALIA MOTOR

VEHICLE RADIATORS

VV alter Fieni, Paris, France, aviignor to Societe Anony me Fran-

caise Du Ferodo, Paris, France

Filed July 12, 1972, Ser. No. 270,996
Claims priority, application France, July 12, 1971,
71.25459; June 23, 1972, 72.22812

Int. C\.F24h 3 106
L.S.CL 165-122 lOCIaims

A heat exchanger, particularly a radiator for a motor vehi-
cle, of the type comprising a plurality of fluid conduits and a
plurality of spaced, parallel, plate-like fins extending transver-
sely to the fluid conduits and attached thereto is provided with
at least one mounting member, serving either to mount the

March 5, 1974

GENERAL AND MECHANICAL

heat exchanger on a supporting structure or to mount an ac-
cessory (such as a motor and fan unit) on the heat exchanger,
or serving both those purposes, which mounting memb>er ex-
tends adjacent the juxtaposed and edges of a plurality of the

fat »i

^tea«*.««.S ^"* * ^ "^^

fins and has portions engaging each of the opposite side edges
of the fins, so as to clamp the fins between them, at least one
of the said portions of the mounting member including a claw
which IS engaged in aligned notches formed in the correspond-
ing side edges of at least some of the fins.

3,795,275

APPARATUS FOR APPLYING AN ELASTOMERIC

SHEATH TO A WIRELINE USED IN OILFIELD SERVICE

OPERATIONS
Floyd O. Bohn, Houston, Tex., assignor to Dresser Industries,
Inc., Dallas, Tex.

Filed Oct. 25, 1972, Ser. No. 300,540

Int.CLE21bii/0i,B23p/9/00

U.S.CL 166—85 4 Claims

t;t

the velocity of the sheath to provide a means for removing the
sheath from the wireline at the same velocity as the wireline as
It is being hoisted from the well bore. During the application
of the sheath to the wireline, the drum uptm which the sheath
is wound is allowed to rotate freely without the use of the
motor and the sheath pulled off the drum by the frictional
forces between the sheath and the wireline.

A slotted, continuous ela.stomeric sheath is applied to a
wireline as the wireline and its instruments connected thereto
are lowered into a plastic lined tubing within an earth
borehole, the elastomeric sheath being used to prevent
damage to the plastic coating on the interior of the tubing. The
tubular elastomeric sheath is wound on a storage drum for
transportation and the application of the sheath to the
wireline. The sheath passes through a measuring sheave hav-
ing a throat positioned at the wireline to be covered. As the
sheath approaches the wireline, an orienting finger is used
within the slot in the sheath causing the slot to open up. The
opening also results from a natural consequence of the sheath
being bent about a radius with the slot in the sheath oriented
to the outside of the sheave throat Idler rollers are provided
to facilitate the alignment of the sheath with the wireline. The
measuring sheave is also used to monitor the linear velocity of
the sheath as it is being removed from the wireline. The linear
velocity of the wireline is also monitored and compared with
the velocity of the sheath. An electrical comparator circuit
drives a variable speed motor to either increase or decrease

3,795,276
COMPOSITION AND THE USE THEREOF FOR

REDUCING THE PERMEABILITY OF A FORMATION
Louis H. Filers, Inola, and Christ F. Parks, Tulsa, both of

Okla., assignors to The Dow Chemical Company. Midland,

Mich.

Filed Oct. 20, 1 97 1 , Ser. No. 1 9 1 ,059

Int. CI. E21b ii//i

U.S. CI. 166—295 1 1 Claims

An aqueous solution of a water-soluble polymer which can
be cross-linked in the presence of certain ions by adjusting the
pH of the solution is disclosed. The aqueous solution contains
a cross-linkable water-soluble organic polymer and at least
two cross-linking agents (ions) for said polymer, each cross-
linking agent (ion) being effective to cross-link the polymer at
a different pH value The pH of the initial solution is adjusted
to a value between the two effective pH values where minimal
(if any) cross-linking occurs. The pH can be adjusted up or
down to within a range which is effective to cross-link the
polymer.

3,795,277
"^ METHOD FOR IMPROVEMENT OF PETROLEUM
OUTPUT PARTICULARLY FROM STORAGE STRATA
CONTAINING CONCOMITANTLY PETROLEUM
Akos Ban; Sandor Nagy, both of Budapest, and Valer Balint,
Nagykanizsa, all of Hungary, assignors to Koolaj-es Gazipari
Tervezo Vailalat, Budapest, Hungary

Filed Oct. 28, 1971, Ser. No. 193,429
Int.CI.E21b4i/22
U.S. CI. 166 — 265 8 Claims

Ammonia or an aqueous solution thereof is injected into
geological strata to improve the petroleum output thereof,
more particularly where the strata contain both petroleum and
natural gas This will not only result in a substantially
complete expulsion of liquid hydrocarbons even from
microporous strata, but the invention also provides a sealing
fluid at the interface between the liquid and gas phases in the
strata containing both liquid and gaseous hydrocarbons.

3,795.278
DOWN-DIP STEAM INJECTION FOR OIL RECOVERY
Derrill G. Whitten, Houston, Tex., and Daryl C. Mclntire,
Seymour, Iowa, assignors to Shell Oil Company, Houston,
Tex.

Filed Nov. 10, 1972, Ser. No. 305,637

Int. CI. E21b 4i/24

U.S. CI. 166—272 4 Claims

"500

iipgit

FAUii

COLO OIL

BANK

llo

STEAM ZON€

/- "

STEAM INJECTOR

u»

iFLO"

,2300

OttV'^

In a dipping reservoir which has an active aquifer located
down-dip, oil is recovered by injecting a slug of steam only
slightly updip from the original oil-water contact in the reser-
voir while concurrently and subsequently producing fluid

OFFICIAL GAZETTE

March 5, 1974

from at least one location updip from the point of steam injec- cylinders, interconnected between the frame and a bulldozer
jjyj, blade, are operatively connected to the third control valve.

3.795,279 3,795,281

SEI.F-PROPELI.ED SOIL STABILIZER MACHINE TELESCOPIC STICK FOR PARALYTICS

Albert VV Nelson Kettering, Ohio, assignor to Koehring Com- Arthur J. Cloran, 309 Little BIdg., East Liverpool, Ohio 43920
pan>, Milwaukee. Wis. Filed June 5, 1972. Ser. No. 259,783

Filed July 5, 1972. Ser. No. 269.228 Int. CI. \6lf! .00. B25j 13/00

Int. CI. AOlb 67;po U.S. CI. 173-30 6 Claims

L.S.CL 172-3

1 1 Claims

A scif-propcllcd soil stabilizer machine employs a heavy-
duty single horizontal rotor for pulverizing and mixing soil it
passes over. The rotor is driven by hydraulic motors which arc
mounted at the rotor ends and operated by a hydraulic pump
I engine driven) which is hydraulically coupled to a hydraulic
traction pump (also engine driven) which propels the
machine. Overloads on the rotor system are automatically
sensed by a closed-loop hydrostatic system and result m a
decrea.sc in the speed of machine travel until the load on the
rotor diminishes. A hydraulic rotary servo-valve and mechani-
cal feed back system automatically controls the rotor to main-
tain It at a preset depth and provides a visual read-t)ut ot
depth

3.795.280

THREE-WAY LEVER CONTROL FOR HYDRAULIC

CONTROL CIRCLIT

Robert Casey. Washington, III., assignor to Caterpillar Tractor

Co., Peoria, III.

Filed June 23, 1972, Ser. No. 265,427
Int. CI. E02fi 76

L.S. CI. 172 — 804

5 Claims

An articulated handle comprises Tirst. second and third
arms pivotally attached together with each arm operatively
connected to a respective directional control valve The han-
dle and Tirst and second control valves, operatively connected
to the first and second arms, are mounted on a tractor whereas
a solenoid actuated third control valve is mounted on the
frame of a bulldozer assembly A pair of lift cylinders, inter-
connected between the tractor and frame, are operatively
connected to the first control valve whereas tilt and angle

qO-^^'

C-a^^£gX

A telescopic mouth-held stick for paralytics consists of a
mouthpiece for retention in the mouth and covering the clini-
cal crowns of all of the teeth and supporting a telescopically
extensible stick and an actuating mechanism therefor. Control
means for extending or retracting the telescopic portion of the
stick are incorporated in the mouthpiece and/or on the actuat-
ing mechanism so that patients using the device may con-
veniently adjust the length thereof for typing, controlling
wheel chair switches, turning pages of books, operating
switches of lights, radio. TV, or the like.

3,795.282
WELL FLUSHING METHOD
Don L. Oliver. Houston. Tex., assignor to Cities Service Oil
Company. Tulsa, Okla.

Filed Aug. 31, 1972, Ser. No. 285,142

Int. CI. E2 lb 7/OU

U.S.CL 175-65 4 Claims

Method of flushing debris from a well wherein an upper sec-
tion of the well hole has a significantly larger diameter than
the lower end. Drilling fluid is normally supplied through a
drilling bit, but additional tluid can also be supplied from
another source so that the total amount of fluid being pumped
to the hole is substantially in excess of that which can be sup-
plied through the bit alone Upward thrust of drilling fluid in
the larger, upper section of the hole is significantly increased,
thus overcoming the settling rate of debris therein so that it
becomes entrained in the circulated drilling fluid and is hence
discharged from the top of the hole while suspended in the
fluid.

March 5, 1974

GENERAL AND MECHANICAL

3,795,283
APPARATUS FOR DRILLINC. AND SAMPLING ROCK
FORMATIONS
Ronald Oughton, Calgary, Alberta, Canada, assignor to Shut-
tle Mountain Holdings Co Ltd., Letheridge, Alberta,
Canada

Filed June 15, 1972, Ser. No. 263,176

lnt.C\.V2lh 2 1 100 J 7 100

U.S. CI. 1 75 - 2 1 5 13 Claims

flatablc pad and that portable support can thereafter hold the
bed patient at a desired level relative to the bed on which that
inflatable pad normally rests When the supporting surface of
the portable support subsequently is removed from the recess
at the lower surface of the center of the inflatable pad. that in-
flatable pad can be deflated to lower the bed patient A pres-
sure transducer, between the supp<)rling surface and the carri-
er therefor, develops a signal while that supporting surface un-
derlies and holds the inflatable pad and the bed patient, and a
readout responds to that signal to indicate the weight of that
bed patient.

A double walled drill stem has a fluid driven piston on one
end thereof which, by porting, reciprocates and strikes an
anvil carrying a bit. The fluid exhausts downwardly around the
bit and drives chips and the like upwardly through the inner
portion of the drill stem, the fluid to drive the piston passing
downwardly between the inner and outer drill stem members,
the exhausted fluid carrying chips and dust and the like up-
wardly to the surface in a continuous manner.

3,795,284

PORTABLE SUPPORT AND W EIGHER FOR A BED

PATIENT

Mile F. Mracek, 22 Mory*ood Ln., Creve Coeur, Mo. 63141,

and Ronald J. Bauer, Florissant, Mo., assignors to said

Mracek by said Bauer

Filed Jan. 3, 1972, Ser. No. 214,806

Int.CI.G01gi//2,/9/52

U.S.CL 177—144 13 Claims

^>V

/Jt

F^F^^

A normally deflated, readily flexible, inflatable pad which
underlies a bed patient can be inflated to raise the bed patient
and to gently but firmly hold that bed patient in raised posi-
tion. When that inflatable pad is inflated, it defines a recess at
the lower surface of the center thereof into which the support-
ing surface of a portable support can be moved; and that in-

3,795,285

STEERING SYSTEM FOR ARTICULATED VEHICLES

Rolland D. Scholl, Peoria; Edyvard J. Moyer, Morton; Terry

W. Glynn, East Peoria, and Richard E. Klein. Champaign.

all of III., assignors to Caterpillar Tractor Co., Peoria, III.

Filed Apr. 3, 1972. Ser. No. 240,588

Int. CI. B62d 5/04, 5/06

U.S. CI. 180— 79.2 B 7 Claims

The front frame of an articulated vehicle is pivoted relative
to the back frame for steering purposes by fluid motors con-
trolled through an electrically operated valve The valve is
controlled by the output of an amplifier which produces a
signal indicative of the difference between a command signal
obtained from a potentiometer coupled to the operator's
steering wheel and an actual articulation signal from another
potentiometer responsive to changes in the angle of the vehi-
cle frames Thus a difference between the position of the
steering wheel and the actual articulation of the vehicle results
in operations of the fluid motors to eliminate such difference
A phase lag is provided in the feedback loop defined by the
system to counteract the effects of oil mass restmance which
otherwise causes instability unless steps are taken that have
adverse side effects such as slowing response and decreasing
precision in fluid motor operated systems Safety means are
provided for maintaining electrical energization in the event
of failure of the primary power supply and for blocking start-
ing of the vehicle engine if steering wheel position docs not
conform with actual articulation

3,795,286
APPARATUS AND MEANS FOR INDUCING VIBRATIONS

IN AN EARTH FORMATION
Herbert J. Meyer, Houston, Tex., assignor to Texaco, Inc., Ney*

York, NY.

Filed Feb. 23, 1972, Ser. No. 228,516

Int. CLGOlv 1122, 1114

U.S. CI. 181— .5 RC 1 Claim

Vibrator apparatus induces vibrations in an earth formation
so that the nature of the earth formation can be determined
from its effect on the induced vibrations A sine wave voltage
is provided having a vanable frequency sweep The voltage is
phase shifted and summed with feedback signals The sum
signal is then used to control a torque motor The motor con-
trols a hydraulic valve which provides a hydraulic output to a
cylinder to control the movement of a pad against the earth's
formation The hydraulic valve and the cylinder movements
are monitored by a transducer in the form of a linear dif-
ferential voltage transformer to provide feedback signals An
accelerometer mounted on the pad provides a signal cor-

OFFICIAL GAZETTE

March 5, 1974

responding to the acceleration and de-acceleration of the pad.
A threshold detector receiving the signal from the ac-
celerometer controls an electronic Switch to pass the ac-
celcrometer"s signal for use in controlling the shifting of the
phase of the sine wave voltage when the amplitude of the ac

3,795.288
GAS CONDLIT WITH ACOLSTIC INSULATION
COMPRISINC. ANISOMETRIC COMPRESSKD AND
BONDED MLLTII.AYER KNITTED WIRE MESH
COMPOSITES
David B. Pall, Roslyn Estates, N.Y., assignor to Pall Corpora-
tion, (ilen Cove, N.Y .

Division of Ser. No. 732,443, May 27, 1968. Pat. No.

3,690,606. This application Sept. 29, 1 970, Ser. No. 76.59 1

Int.U. vain 1 1 10, 1/04,7116

U.S. CI. 181-42 17 Claims

r'f'f'

,' /

/ /Xy

—

:/4

/2=J

— H

celerometer signal is equal to or greater than a predetermined
amplitude When the amplitude of the accelerometer's signal
IS less than the predetermined amplitude, the threshold detec-
tor controls the electronic switch to pass the feedback signal
ct)rrespondmg to the cylinder movement to be used in shitting
the phase of the sine wave voltage

3.795,287
SNOW MOBILE MUFFLER W ITH HEAT SHIELD
Edgar Rose, Glencoe. III., assignor to Outboard Marine Cor-
poration, Waukegan. III.

Filed Apr. 13, 1973, Ser. No. 350.817

Int.CI.FOlm J/06

U.S. CI. 181-36 R 7 Claims

Gas conduits with acoustic insulation are provided which
comprises anisometric compressed and bonded knitted wire
mesh composites composed of a plurality of sheets of knitted
wire mesh, superimptised at random orientation with respect
to each other, compressed or densified to a voids volume
within the range from about 10 to about 90 percent, and
bonded together The sheets are taken in sufficient number,
usually at least five and preferably 10 or more, and as much as
1,000 or more, to form a self-supportmg relatively non-
resilient compt)site of high tensile strength and high breaking
strength having an average pore diameter of less than 200
microns, and preferably less than 100 micrt)ns. that is relative-
ly uniform in any unit area of the surface, and having an
anisometric porosity, the through pores extending criisswisc of
the sheet greatly exceeding in number the through pi)res ex-
tending laterally of the sheet, which latter pores can be
reduced vitually to zero in a highlv compressed cimiposite.

The composite is formed by superimposing a plurality of
knitted wire mesh sheets, annealing the composite to avoid
wire breakage during later processing, compressing the com-
posite to the desired density and amsometricity b\ application
of pressure in a direction approximately perpendicular to the
plane of the layers of the composite, and bonding the sheet
layers and the wire filaments of the sheets together at their
points of contact and/or crossing. The bonding ht)lds the com-
posite at the selected density, prevents relative movement of
the wires in the composite, and in conjunction with the mul-
tilayer structure imparts the self-supporting nonresilient
characteristic, together with high tensile strength and high
breaking strength.

Disclosed herein is a muffler comprising a cylindrical shell
or drum including radially extending and circumferentially
spaced inlet and outlet pipes and a shield supported by the
shell and extending in spaced relation thereto for substantially
the length of the shell and arcuately about the shell for sub-
stantially the whole of the circumferential periphery from ad-
jacent to one side of the outlet pipe to adjacent to the other
side of the outlet pipe. The shield includes an air inlet on the
side thereof opposite from the outlet pipe, which inlet extends
lengthwise to permit entry of air into the space between the
shell and the shield. The shield also includes rn air outlet ex-
tending lengthwise of the shield and defined by shield portions
extending in spaced relation to each other on opposite sides of
the outlet pipe to provide for air discharge from between the
shield and the shell.

3,795.289

LIFTING DEVICE

Claude J. Laforest. 189 A Lakeshore Ln., Timmins. Ontario.

Canada

Continuation of Ser. No. 123.766. March 12, 1971.
abandoned. This application Jan. 23, 1973. Ser. No. 326.037

Claims priority, application Canada. Jan. 8. 1971, 102246

Int. CI. B66b/y/64

U.S. CI. 187-18 II Claims

A device for lifting a load comprising a platform for sup-
porting said load and a vertically extensible framework sup-
porting said platform, said framework being formed from first
and second pairs of spaced parallel vertically extensible mem-
bers each member being formed from a plurality of intercon-
nected sections and each said section being formed from a
pair of cross levers pivotably connected at the center thereof
and pivotably connected at the outer extremities thereof to
the outer extremities of the cross levers of the next adjacent
sections the outer extremities of the cross levers of each sec-
tion of the first pair of members being also pivotably con-

March 5, 1974

GENERAL AND MECHANICAL

nected to the outer extremities of the cross levers of the cor-
responding sections of the second pair of members and a plu-
rality of vertically spaced hydraulic rams disposed within said
framework to act in a substantially vertical direction each
hydraulic ram comprising a piston and a cylinder said piston
being connected to said framework at the central pivot point

3.795,291
HYDRAULIC SHOCK-ABSORBING DEVICE
Masaharu Naito, Hamamatsu, and Masae WaUnabe. Iwata.
both of Japan, assignors to Yamaha Hatsudoki Kabushiki
Kaisha. Iwata-shi. Japan

Filed Sept. 18. 1972. Ser. No. 289.943
Claims priority, application Japan. Sept. 17, 1971. 46-

71770

Int. CI. F16f9/42
U.S. CI. 188—274 7 Claims

lOo 18 17 17 18

of the cross levers of one of said sections and said cylinder
being connected to said framework at the central pivot point
of the cross levers of another section of said framework
whereby to extend and retract said framework on actuation of
said rams and means on the bottom of said framework adapted
to move transversely of said framework on extension and
retraction of said framework.

3.795.290
DRUM, RIM GRIP BRAKING DEVICE
Sadayuki Hon. Katsuta; Akira Mawake. Mito. and Mitio
Imanaka. Katsuta. all of Japan, assignors to Hitachi, Ltd.,
Tokyo. Japan

Filed Dec. 2. 1971. Ser. No. 203.963
Claims priority, application Japan. Dec. 9. 1970, 45-
108555; Dec. 26. 1970.45-118658; May 17, 1971.46-32504

Int. CI. F16d 5i/00
U.S. CL 188-76 9 Claims

A hydraulic shock-absorber of the oleo type with a double-
acting piston and cylinder containing a damping fluid has an
outer casing around the cylinder with an annular space inter-
posed therebetween and communicating at its ends to the ends
of the cylinder to constitute a fluid storage chamber, and this
chamber is communicatively connected to a cooling device
for cooling the fluid in the chamber and the cylinder, the fluid
in the cylinder being caused by the movements of the piston to
flow through the chamber and in and out of the cooling
device.

3,795.292
DRUM BRAKE ASSEMBLY
Clarence Keller. Jr.. South Bend. Ind.. assignor to The Bendix
Corporation. South Bend. Ind.

Filed Feb. 12. 1973. Ser. No. 331.912
Int. CI. F16d 69/04
U.S. CI. 188—340

7 Claims

In a brake assembly having a support member and a floating
brake shoe provided with a web slidably mounted between op-
positely facing guide ledges fixed to the support member for
radial movement of the sht>e into fnctional engagement with a
A braking device for elevators or the like, in which an inner rotating drum. A preloaded shoe hold down spring is mter-
shoe and an outer shoe are arranged for engagement with the posed between one of the ledges and the shoe web to urge the
inner and outer peripheral surfaces of a cylindrical flange of a web again.st the other oppositely facing ledge so that the brake
brake drum respectively and said inner and outer shoes are shoe is centrally positioned with respect to the drum and held
operated to effect braking. ""» of contact therewith during brake release

OFFICIAL GAZETTE

March 5, 1974

3.795.293
BLOCKINC-SYNCHROMZATION FOR CHANGE-SPEED

(.EARS OF MOTOR VEHICLES
Ciunter Worner. Rommelshausen. Germany, assignor to
Daimler-Benz Aktiengesellschaft, Stuttgart-Lnterturkheim,

German>

Filed Dec. 15. 1971. Ser. No. 208.376
Claims priority, application (iermany. Dec. 15. 1970.

2061620

Int.CI. F16d2^/(M

tends to force the surfaces into mating contact, and which first
part has a pressure release valve allowing the element and
shaft to unfix when the pressure source is turned on after fix-
ing.

U.S. CI. 192-53 F

17 Claims

3.795,295
DEVICE FOR PREDETERMINING INITIAL FREE PLAY
IN CLUTCH ACTUATING MECHANISMS
Frederick Reno. Detroit. Mich., assignor to Ford Motor Com-
pany, Dearhorn. Mich.

Filed Dec. 6. 1972, Ser. No. 312.446

Int.CI. F16d2//6»4, G05g liJ4

t.S.CL 192-llOR 8 Claims

. .r-. ' ^ ';

A blocking synchronizatuin for motor vehicle change-speed
transmissions in which an axialK displaceablc shifting sleeve
cooperates with synchronizing rings also axiaily displaceablc
and rotatable within limits, the synchronizing rings, in turn,
cooperate by means of blocking surfaces with the engaging
tooth system at the gear whereby the synchronizing rings are
centered as well as limited in their axial movability with
respect to the shiftmg sleeve at the gear part carrying the
same.

3.795.294

OIL OPERATED COUPLING

Frederick Randall Pearson. Eaglemont. Australia, assignor to

Humes Limited. Melbourne. Victoria. Australia

Filed Sept. 11.1972,Ser. No. 288.239

Claims priority, application Australia. Sept. 13, 1971.

6264 71

Int. CI. F16d 25/00
U.S. CI. 192-85 AT 1 I Claim

j^mfmfSl^

This disclosure relates to clutches for motor vehicles, and
more particularly to a clutch actuating system having means
for establishing initial free play without using external gauges.
A clutch in accordance with this invention may have a clutch
pedal, a clutch release lever and a Bowden wire interconnect-
ing the pedal and the lever The tubular housing or sheath por-
tion of the Bowden wire has one of its ends secured by a pair
i>f jam nuts to the vehicle body adjacent to the clutch pedal.
The other end of the sheath is secured to a stationary member
adjacent the clutch release lever by a jan nut and a unique
frangible jam nut The frangible nut has a threaded nut portion
and a frangible collar that extends axiaily from the threaded
portion. During initial installation of the clutch actuating
mechanism, the jam nuts are tightened to remove all slack in
the system and to bring the release fingers of the pressure
plate a.ssembly into firm contact with the clutch release bear-
ing. The jam nut that is paired with the frangible nut is
tightened until pressure on the collar causes it to fracture and
separate from the threaded portion. Fhe gap between the two
nuts left by the separated collar is closed by additional tighten-
ing of the regular nut. The collar of the special jam nut is
dimensioned so that upon its fracture and tightening of the nut
paired with it, a proper predetermined amount o\ initial tree
play isestabli.shed m the system.

An oil-injection mounting for securing an element with
respect to a shaft with which it defines an annular cavity in
which fluid pressure selectively applied to a collet fixes the
element with respect to the shaft by an interference fit or un-
fixes them by lubricating self-releasing complementarily
tapered surfaces of the collet and element respectively, a
source of fluid pressure being connectible to a second part of
the caviiv. defined by the tapered surfaces, having restricted
communication with a first part in which increa.se of pressure

3.795,296
COIN OPERATED DISPLAY DEVICE UTILIZING
THREADED TIME STORACiE MEMBER
Leonard R. Forrester, 687 Harold Ave., W inter Park, Fla.
Filed June 21, 1971. Ser. No. 155,181
Int.CI.G07f /7//6
U.S. CI. 194— 1 L 15 Claims

A coin-operated card display device equipped with a win-
dow behind which a customer may place in public view a
previously prepared advertising card, notice, or the like, with
the number of coins deposited in the device determining the
length of time a given card remains on display This invention
advantageously involves a threaded time storage means that is

March 5, 1974

GENERAL AND MECHANICAL

indexed in a first or time storage direction by the coins
deposited by the customer, and then periodically and incre-

selected wire printing elements against a ribbon interposed
between the print head and recording stratum. The print head
includes a potted body formed with guideways, each guideway
adapted to slidably receive one of the wire printing elements.

mentally indexed in a second or time utilization direction by
an electrically-controlled return means, thus to prevent an un-
limited display privilege

3.795,297
TOKEN OR COIN INLET MECHANISMS FOR PRIOR-
PAYMENT MACHINES

Denis Quenot, and Alain Due, both of Besancon. France, as-
signors to Compteurs Schiumberger, Montrouge. France

Filed Jan. 19, 1973, Ser. No. 324,929
Claims priority, application France, Jan. 21, 1972.
72.02010

Int. CI. G07f J/02
t.S.CL 194-1 E 8 Claims

Free fiight movement of each wire printing element and dis-
tributed frictional contact of each wire within its associated
guideway is provided by disposing each guideway in a curved
path defined by the elastic curve of the wire printing element
received therein.

3.795.299

METHOD OF POSITIONING DRUM FOR PRECISION

PRINTING

Toshihiko Nakamura. Suwa; Yoshifumi Gomi. Chino. and
Toshiji Yokoyama. Shimosuwa. all of Japan, assignors to
Kabushiki Kaisha Suwa Seikosha. Tokyo, Japan
Filed Mar. 20. 1972, Ser. No. 236,417
Claims priority, application Japan, Mar. 24, 1971, 46-
16549

Int. CI. B41j 1/32
U.S. CI. 197— 49 3Claims

Coin accepting machine comprising,

a guide means for guiding a coin along a trajectory com-
prised m the plane of the coin,

a rotating gate disposed in said trajectory and capable of
being ri)tated by a force exerted through said coin,

a locking means associated with said gate and control means
associated with said locking means for unlocking the gate by
insertion of a com, said control means comprising a detector
operatively disposed on a lateral part of the area swept by the
coin in said guide means for allowing simultaneous contact of
the coin with said gate and said detector.

In a precision printing machine utilizing a cylindrical drum
on which are characters for printing on an adjacent tape, the
drum is rotatable in either direction and slidablc along an axis
in either direction by means of pulse motors. The machine is
so designed that the final steps in the printing operation prior
to the printing itself always consist of motion of the drum in
the same predetermined axial direction and rotation of the
drum in the same preselected rotational direction. By this
means, possible errors due to gear backlash, and imprecision
in machine components are minimized.

3,795,298

WIRE MATRIX PRINT HEAD PARTICULARLY FOR

HIGH SPEED PRINTERS

Robert D. Kodis, Brookline, Mass., assignor to Di/An Control,

Inc.. Boston, Mass.

Filed May 30. 1972. Ser. No. 258,044

Int. CI. B41j i/iO

U.S. CI. 197- I R 14 Claims

A high speed printer utilizes a multi-wire print head for

printing graphic symbols on a recording stratum by urging

3,795,300
PRINTING MACHINE

Nobuyoshi Matsuzawa. Tokyo, Japan, assignor to kabushiki
Kaisha Koparu, Tokyo-to, Japan

Filed July 19, 1972, Ser. No. 273,128
Claims priority, application Japan, July 23. 1971.46/65367
Int. CI. B4 1 j 9/04, 1,124
U.S. CI. 197—49 3 Claims

A printing machine arranged so that the two kinds of opera-
tions. I.e., progressive shifting in position of the printing

OFFICIAL GAZETTE

March 5, 1974

hammer over the rows of printing types and the printing ac- lift one or a selected number of articles from the front of a
tions by this hammer are carried out by separate drive sources, packed line of such articles being advanced by a first conveyor
respectively, and that the hammer module is moved along a and to deposit the one or selected number of articles as a unit

rectilinear rod, whereby high speed printing is feasible and
highl\ legible images of the printed types as well as very clear
and pleasant distribution of the prinlod images of types can be
obtained.

3,795.301

APPARATLS FOR TLRMNG AND TRANSFERRING

SHEET METAL

Ejyo Sugitani, Kuniyoshida. Japan, assignor to Dawa Can

Company, Limited, Chuo-ku, Tokyo, Japan

Filed May 10, 1972, Ser. No. 252,088

Int. C\. BbSg 47/00. 43 100

U.S. CI. 198-20 R 4 Claims

44 (AZ

on the inlet end of a second conveyor whereupon such unit is
further advanced by the second conveyor separated from the
next such unit

3,795,303
MACHINE FOR ARRANGING CANS IN POSITION
Robert E. Taggart, Carmel, Calif., and Donald E. Miller,
Lafayette, Ohio, as.signors to The Stolle Corporation, Sidney,

Ohio

Filed Sept. 15, 1972, Ser. No. 289,41 1

lnt.L'\.Bf>5fi,47/26.5J/04

U.S. CI. 198-34 2 Claims

A sheet metal such as a tin platfe having the property of
being attracted by magnetic force and having one surface
printed or coated is transferred from a drying furnace with
said surface facing downwards and is received bv a first
transfer means and then pa.ssed to the second transfer means,
each transfer means having two pulleys and a single endless
belt suspended therebetween. The sheet metal moves forward
and turns back with the belt as it does and proceeds substan-
tially along the lower path of the belt as it is attracted by the
electromagnet mounted al<^ng said path of the belt When the
sheet metal arrives at a predetermined position, the electric
current of said electromagnet tv interrupted by means of a
sensing means attached to said electTnmagnet, whereby the
sheet metal drops down upon a discharge means provided
below said path and thereafter it is passed to the next step with
said pnnted or coated surface facing upwards.

/0»ar aj^t)

The disck)sure relates to a machine for arranging cans, of
the type wherein cans or similar articles arc fed by a conven-
tional belt conveyor into a tunnel-like structure which is main-
tained at sub-atmospheric pres.sure, and through which passes
a flight of a second conveyor having pocket partitions present-
ing pockets therebetween and the partitions extending partly
across the tunnel. At the entrance of the tunnel the width is
slightly greater than the width of the partition plus the width of
the cans. As a pticket partition v>^ the second conveyor and a
can arrive at the tunnel entrance, the movement of the can
with respect to the conventional conveyor is accelerated so
that the can tends to align itself with a pocket between the par-
titions of the second conveyor. The wall of the tunnel opposite
the second conveyor flight constitutes a cam surface which
moves the can into a pocket on the second conveyor This dis-
closure provides means to prevent damage to cans being fed,
which results from a can, not properly aligned with a pt>cket.
being forced by said cam surface against a pocket partition
and thus being dented.

3,795,302
ARTICLE FEEDER FOR WRAPPING MACHINE OR THE

Lawrence W. Schoppee, Springfield, Mass., assignor to

Package Machinery Company, East Longmeadow, Mass.

Filed Oct. 26, 1971, Ser. No. 192,443

Int. CI. B65g 4 1132 . 41152, 29100

U.S. CI. 198— 25 7 Claims

A rotary feeder or transfer mechanism which is driven and

which includes a circumferential series of flights adapted to

3.795,304
METHOD AND APPARATLS FOR CONVEYING
MATERIAL
W illiam N. Poundstone, Pittsburgh, Pa., assignor to Consolida-
tion Coal Company. Pittsburgh, Pa.

Filed Oct. 2 1 , 1 97 1 , Ser. No. 1 9 1 ,388

Int. CI. B65g/5/00

L'.S. CI. 198-139 8 Claims

Material dislodged by a continuously advancing mining

machine is conveyed rcarwardly by a conveyor means on the

mining machine and discharged into a movable surge vehicle.

March 5, 1974

GENERAL AND MECHANICAL

At a fixed discharge station a flexible belt has one end portion
coiled on a first rotatable spindle and the other end portion
coiled on a second rotatable spindle positioned rearwardly of
the first rotatable spindle. The intermediate portion of the belt
is reeved about an idler pulley mounted on the movable surge
vehicle and is movable therewith The intermediate portion of
the fiexible belt forms an upper strand portion extending from
the coil on the first spindle to the idler pulley and a lower
strand portion extending from the second rotatable spindle to
the idler pulley. The lower strand is arranged to slide along the
mine floor and the upper strand is arranged to slide on the
upper surface of the lower strand and convey material from
the movable surge vehicle to the fixed discharge station Drive
means rotates the first rotatable spindle to coil the upper
strand of the fiexible belt thereon and move the successive
portion of the upper strand from the surge vehicle toward the
fixed discharge station while the lower strand is being uncoiled

discharge portion of the housing. Each of the buckets has a
pair of support arms extending from the upper center portion
thereof which are secured to the chains A large control wheel
IS secured to each of the buckets at the lower center portion
thereof for engagement with a track provided in the support
housing to control the attitude of the bucket The control
wheels of adjacent buckets are positioned on opposite ends of
the respective buckets. Means is also provided on the support
housing for dumping the buckets at the discharge portion of
the housing.

from the second rotatable spindle Material is discharged from
the surge vehicle onto the moving upper strand and is con-
veyed to the fixed discharge station where the conveyed
material is transferred to a fixed conveyor. In one embodi-
ment, a second coil of fiexible belt is positioned on the second
spindle when the first fiexible belt is uncoiled therefrom The
end of the second fiexible belt is spliced to the end of the first
fiexible belt to form a continuation thereof When the first
fiexible belt is coiled on the first spindle the end portion is
disconnected from the end portion of the second coil of fiexi-
ble belt and removed from the first spindle In another em-
bodiment, when a preselected amount of fiexible belt is coiled
on the first spindle, the second spindle is rotated to uncoil the
belt on the first spindle and coil the fiexible belt on the second
spindle, thus providing a predetermined length of fiexible belt
for the upper strand to convey additional dislodged material
from the surge vehicle to the fixed discharge station.

3,795,305
BUCKET CONVEYOR SYSTEM
Leonard E. Sandvik, Cedar Falls, Iowa, assignor to Universal
Industries, Black Hawk, Iowa

Filed Jan. 22, 1973, Ser. No. 325,894

Int. CI. B65g/7//6

U.S. CI. 198-145 11 Claims

3,795,306
CARRIER ROLLER

Sakuichi Motoume, Nagoya, Japan, assignor to Taisel Industri-
al Co., Ltd., Aichi, Japan

Filed Sept. 20, 1972. Ser. No. 290,753

Int. CI. B65g 15108

U.S. CI. 198— 192 R 3 Claims

A carrier roller used for belt conveyors comprises a left
shaft, a right shaft and a number of intermediate shafts con-
nected to each other by sprocket chains, a pair of rollers in
which the left and right shafts are inserted respectively, a plu-
rality of rollers which receive the intermediate shafts, sleeves
between both ends of each shaft and the roller carried
thereon, and shackles attached to the lefi and nght shafts.

3,795,307
SMALL PARTS FEEDER SYSTEM
John E. Toth, 13544 Orchard Gate Rd., Poway, Calif. 92064,
and Arthur G. Grant, 7014 Colorado Ave., La Mesa. Calif.
92041

Filed Nov. 6, 1972, Ser. No. 303,792

Int. CI. B65g 25/04

U.S. CI. 198— 218 5 Claims

A small parts feeder system having a transmission unit and a
platform engagement mechanism. The system includes a
A bucket conveyor system comprising a support housing movable platform upon which a stack of small parts may be
having a plurality of sprockets rotatably mounted therein hav- placed and a lever-block combination for selectively engaging
ing first and second chains looped therearound. A plurality of a rotatable screw which provides the motive force to the plat-
tiltable buckets are supported by the chains and are adapted form. The force is transmitted to the screw through a miter
to be moved between an inlet portion of the housing to a gear train.

•M

OFFICIAL CxAZETTE

March 5, 1974

3,795.308

SCRAPER FOR CONCRETE CONVEYOR BELT
Robert F. Oury, Elmhurst, III., assignor to Rotec Industries,
Inc., Elmhurst, III.

Filed Apr. II, 1972,Ser. No. 242,971

Int. CI. B65g45/'<)0

U.S. CI. 198-230 5 Claims

3,795,310
PROCESS AND APPARATUS FOR CARRYING OCT SAID
PROCESS FOR THE PRECONCENTRATION OF ORES BY
INDl CED MEASLRE OF THE SLPERFICIAL CONTENTS

Pierre Charles Buchot, Versailles; Richard Cohen-Alloro, and
Jean-Claude E. Robert, both of Orleans, all of France, as-
signors to Bureau de Recherches (ieologiques et Minieres,
Paris, France

Filed Mar. 23, 1972, Ser. No. 237,312
Claims priority, application France, Nov. 10, 1971, 7140299
Int. CI. B07c 5/34
U.S. CI. 209- II 1.5

4 Claims

A scraper as.sembly used tor rcn^ving residual concrete
from a concrete conveyor belt, following removal of most of
the concrete therefrom. A scraper blade is positioned against
and substantially normal to the plana of the belt and subslan-
tiallv transverse thereto. The blade is constructed of a hard
material such as carbide steel .A holder is provided for the
scraper blade and the scraper blade is biased v.ith pressure
against the outer surface of the convovor belt so as to substan-
tialK remove all the residual concrete therefrom

3,795,309
SKIN PREPPING SET FOR SLRdlCAL PROCEDURES
Martin Link. North Brunswick, N.J., assignor to Johnson &
Johnson. New Brunswick. N.J.

Filed Oct. 20, 1972, Ser. No. 299,476

Int. CI. A61b 19 (12. B65d 77 130

I. S. CI. 206-223 6 Claims

The concentration of a desired mineral in pieces oi ore is
determined by ci)atmg each piece with a fluorescent material
that selectively adheres only to the exposed surfaces of the
desired mineral. The pieces are then individually illuminated
by ultra-violet radiation to tluoresce the selectively coated
material. First photo-multipliers sense the magnitude of the
fluorescence and a second photo-multiplier, which detects the
shadow of the ore piece, yields an output proportional, after
inversion, to the cros.s-scctional area of the ore piece. The
magnitude value is then divided by the area value to indicate
the concentration of the desired mineral in the ore piece,
which may serve as a basis for automatically separating the
pieces before further treatment.

3.795.311
MOCNTING ASSEMBLY FOR VIBRATING SCREEN

DECK
Robert A. Martin. C ottage (Jrove. Minn., assignor to Universal
Oil Products Company. Des Plaines. III.

Filed Mar. 23. 1973. Ser. No. 344.408

Int. CI. B07b 1/42

L.S. a. 209-395 14 Claims

A skin propping set for surgical procedures which includes a
propping solution tray and a pluralitv of sponges and absor-
bent towels placed at the center of a sterile field overwrap
The propping tray and the sponges and towels are spaced from
one another when the propping set is in a fully opened condi-
tion. To form a packaged kit. the sterile field overwrap is seri-
ally folded to form lips or tabs that permit opening of the
package without contamination of the contents and further
when so folded into a finished package the towels and sponges
are placed ofl top of the tray with a plurality of layers of the
overwrap interposed therebetween such that the closed
package occupies a minimum amount of space.

Pin and wedge mounting assembly for flat deck screen
panels used on a vibrating screen deck provides secure locking
of the screen panels while permitting rapid assembly and dis-
assembly of the assembled components. The pin is slotted for
receipt of the wedge and the wedge has an enlarged head
which is of a greater width than the pin The enlarged head
serves to defiect product flowing along the screen away from
the pin. thus preventing or greatly reducing wear of the pin
and the operative surfaces of the wedge In abrasive applica-

March 5, 1974

GENERAL AND MECHANICAL

tions such as mining, the head of the wedge and the pin are aliphatic or aromatic hydrocarbon radical, arc partially
preferably covered with inexpensive, replaceable caps of an prepolymerized, chemically bonded to a polyvalent metal-
abrasion resistant material such as polyurethane, containing substrate, the metal having a valence of 3-5, and

polypropylene or ncoprene.

3,795,312
FILTER HEAD
Joseph M. Lawson, 4334 Woodcrest Dr., Memphis, Tenn.
38111

Filed Sept. 15. 1972. Ser. No. 289,677

Int. CI. BOld 27//0

L.S.CI.ilO-134 8 Claims

futhcr polymerized.

The polymeric stationary pha.se has a repeating unit of the
formula

— Si— R4

2'-) ^n 1-15

19^ 69

-^J '^E

wherein A is -O- or a monovalent aliphatic or aromatic
hydrocarbon radical, and is chemically bonded to the surface
of the substrate by an

M— O— Si—
1
In a closed loop hydraulic circuit, a filter head which, de-
pending on direction of flow, allows fluid from a first flow lino
to pass through a filter element while allowing fluid from a

second now line to bypass the filter element The filter head ijnkagg ^^cre silicon is part of a repeating unit
includes a first chamber for receiving fluid from the first flow
line, a second chamber for receiving fiuid from the second
flow line, and an intermediate chamber for receiving fluid
from cither the first or second chambers depending on
direction of flow and fi>r all9wing the fiuid to pass through a
filter element First and second sliding check valves arc pro-
vided in the first and second chambers for allowing fiuid from ,., ^T-t-o -rDt- *-rii*rK;'-r k^Ti^ ni.-/- a vtiv/-- xa vv
r , .- , . . .u . 1 T u u WATER TREATMENT MUD DECANTING TANK
one of the now lines to pass into the intermediate chamber . .. ,, .^. ^ „ ■ ^ . .r^ ■•, • ».■ -i<f ->»< i< •

, , . . »-■ , . u 1 11 n J r .u Julio Von Thaden Pool. Baja California No. 245-201. Mexico

and through the filter element while allowing fiuid from the ,..»,•

other flow line to bypass the intermediate chamber and the ">' ^"'^^Ij^ ^0. 1972. Ser. No. 290.688

filter element Int. CI. BOId 2///4

U.S. CI. 210-208 8 Claims

3.795.313

CHROMATOCiRAPHIC PACKING WITH CHEMICALLY

BONDED ORGANIC STATIONARY PHASES

Joseph J. Kirkland, and Paul C. Yates, both of Wilmington.

Del., assignors to E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company,

Wilmington. Del.

Division of Ser. No. 39,665. May 22, 1970, Pat. No. 3,722,181.

This application Oct. 25, 1972, Ser. No. 300,863

Int. CI. BOld ]5m

U.S. CL 210— 198 C 26 Claims

wherein R^'
hvdrocarbon

A mud decanting lank for water cold treatment w iih lime in-
cluding a substantially cylindrical tank, housing a concentric
pipe opened at its ends, and a second vortical eccentric pipe
engaged at its top portK)n with said first pipe by a channel, and
at its lower end said eccentric pipe being engaged with a third
horizontal pip>e located slightly spaced b(^low the open lower
end of the first mentioned vertical pipe, the third horizontal
pipe including at its lower p<irtion a bore; said three pipes
forming a continuous recycling pipeline which draw out the
muds by suction from the bottom of said tank by means of stir-
rers and removers mounted in a pair of parallclly spaced shafts
is a hydroxyl, or an aliphatic or aromatic housed respectively in each one of said vertical pipes, said
monovalent radical, and R4 is a monovalent shafts being driven in the same direction by a prime mover

A process for making a chromatographic packing having a
polymeric .stationary phase in which molecules having the for-
mula

HO Rs'

\ /

/ \
HO R4

0(3

OFFICIAL GAZETTE

March 5, 1974

3.795,315

CONTROL OF WATERBORNE Oil. SLICKS

Paul Preus. Smith Rd.. Toms River. N.J. 08753

Eiledjan. 2. 1970, Ser. No. 214

Int. CI. E02b I>'n4

L.S. CI. 210-^^42 ' •^''»''"

3.795,317

SYSTEM FOR REVERSED OSMOSIS

Cornelis Van Zon, Zwolle, Netherlands, assignor to Industriele

Onderneming Wavin N.V., Zwolle, Netherlands

Filed Jan. 17, 1972, Ser. No. 218,402

Int. CI. BO Id.?/ /«0

IJ.S.CL210-321 3 Claims

a'"

An apparatus and process for controlling watcrbornc oil
slicks wherein a noaling barrier having a nu.d pervious skirt is
positioned in a controlling position relating to the slick and an
olcophihc-hvdrophobic fiberous substance is introduced into
the slick to absorb the oil and render it impenetrable of the
skirt.

A device for purifying water bs means of reversed osmosis
consisting of an auxiliary supporting tube provided with a
fibrous layer and a membrane on its inner side and a main sup
porting plastic pipe provided with preferably helically extend-
ing grooves on its inner surface A number of pipes form a unit
which is connected with further units comprising a number of
pipes, such that the pressure of the liquid in the tubes is main-
tained at a constant value

3,795,316

INDUSTRIAL WASTE PROCESSING APPARATUS

Norman E. Wood, 20 Edgewater Ln., Rochester. N.Y. 14617

Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 135.282, April 19, 1971,

abandoned. This application May 2. 1973, Ser. No. 333.005

Int.CI. BO Id 2/24 2/ /04

L.S.CI.210-298

6 Claims

3,795,318

CONTROL OF L l.TRAFILTRATION RATES DURING

HEMODIALYSIS WITH HIGHLY PERMEABLE

MEMBRANES

Robert A. Crane, Walnut Creek; Benjamin J. Lipps, Concord,

and John A. Sargent, Berkeley, all of Calif.. as.signors to The

Dow Chemical Company, Midland, Mich.

Filed Ma> 26, 1972, Ser. No. 257,450

Int. CI. BO Id-?/ /OO

U.S.CL 210-321 6 Claims

Industrial waste handling apparatus having side by side
elongate tanks, one a wa,ste receiving and settling lank, and
the other a suspended waste filtration tank, with cross now
below liquid level from the one tank to the other, each of the
tanks having an inclined end portion extending upward to a
discharge disposed above the liquid level. A solid apron con-
veyor IS disposed in the settling tank extending along near the
bottom and the inclined end portion to the discharge, and a
strainer grid is disposed above the bottom of the other tank
providing a sump therebelow for liquid withdrawal A drag
line conveyor with scraper bars moves over the grid and up the
incline, and a submerged weir disposed in the settling tank
over the cross flow prevents buoyant material from escape to
the filtration tank, the apron conveyor skimming surface oil
and removing heavy waste Liquid velocity from the receiving
end of the settling tank to the cross flow opening is equal to
the speed of the apron conveyor

A system for carrying out hemodialysis with high Oux mem-
brane's without incurring the risk of excessive ultrafiltration
rates or reverse ultrafiltration is disclosed. The transmem-
brane pressure differential is held constant, despite changes in
pressure on the blcKxl side of the membrane. The actual dif-
ferential IS sensed, compared to a desired positive magnitude
and the pumping rate of a p<isitive displacement, discharge
pump adjusted to alter the proportion of the dialysate which
passes through a restricted shunt path around the pump,
thereby altering the backpressure on the dialysate side of the
membrane until the differential has the desired magnitude.

March 5, 1974

GENERAL AND MECHANICAL

3,795,319
SHOWER APPARATUS
Oscar Luthi. and John P. Rich, both of Nashua, N.H.. assignors
to Improved Machinery Inc., Nashua, N.H.

Filed Dec. 2, 1971, Ser. No. 203,989

Int. CI. B01d25/J2

L.S.CL210-409 II Claims

3,795.321
TELESCOPING CRANE BOOM
Roger L. Johnston, Marion, Iowa, assignor to Harnischfegcr
Corporation, Milwaukee, W is.

Filed May 18, 1972, Ser. No. 254.665

Int. CI.B66C 2i/5S

U.S. CI. 212-55 5 Claims

Shower apparatus and methods particularly adapted
whereby shower liquid, normally supplied at a first pressure, is
intermittently for shorter periods of time supplied at a second
pressure, substantially higher than said first pressure. The
pressure of the liquid is increased by a piston which is inter-
mittently driven by impact by a second piston, and the impacts
of the pistons are cushioned, preferably by shower liquid sup-
plied therebetween.

3,795,320
FILTER ELEMENT CONSTRUCTION
Gordon F. Ehret, Alhambra, Calif., assignor to Swimquip. Inc.,
El Monte. CaliL

Filed Mar. 6, 1972. Ser. No. 231.989

Int. CI. BOld 2 7/00

U.S.CL 210—486 12 Claims

U.4 1—3

Means and method for extending a telescopic crane boom
section of a mobile crane that docs not have its own extending
cylinder are disclosed. The crane boom comprises four tubu-
lar telescopic sections, namely, a first fly section, second and
third sections, and a fourth base section. First and second
linearly extendable hydraulic rams are located within the
boom The first ram is connected between the base section
and the third section to effect movement of the latter The
second ram is connected between the third and second sec-
tions to effect movement of the latter. For road transport con-
ditions, the fly section is detachably connected to the second
section. To set up the crane for operation, the first ram is used
to partially extend the three movable sections Then the
second ram is used to further extend the first two sections. The
first ram is then temporarily attached to the Hy section and the
fly section is disconnected from the second section. The
second ram is then used to retract the second section, the fiy
section is then connected to the second section in fully ex-
tended position, and the first ram is then disconnected from
the fly section. Both rams are now in readiness to indepen-
dently operate the second and third sections, with the fly sec-
tion fully extended on the second section

3.795,322
ROTARY TILTER FOR ROLLED PRODUCTS
Otto Karl Buchheit. St. Ingbert-Saar, Germany, assignor to
Moeller & Neumann GmbH. St. Ingbert/Saar, Germany

Filed Apr. 24. 1972. Ser. No. 246.585
Claims priority, application Germany, Apr. 24, 1971,
2120211

Int. CI. B65g4 7 24
U.S. CI. 214— 1 QG 7 Claims

^^pa

A grid unit for supporting a filter element used in a liquid
filter comprises vertical supporting struts cros,sed by horizon-
tal ribs positioned to cause the liquid to flow in a serpentine
manner A narrow slot at an end of the grid structure controls
the flow of the liquid between the grid and a collecting trough
Rectangular construction of the grid unit facilitates joining a
plurality of units to enlarge the area of the grid.

A rotary tiitcr for bar-like products supported for example
on a rollway comprises tilter rollers supported by respective
holders movable on a common guide rotatable within a main
casing, and means are provided for lifting the mam casing with
a movement derived from the rotary movement of the guide
and the holders thereon during the turning or inverting opera-
tion.

920 O.O.

OFFICIAL GAZETTE

March 5, 1974

3,795.323

ARTICLE ROLL-OVER DEVICE

Ralph C. Ouska, 218 E. The Ln., Hinsdale, III. 60521

Division of Ser. No. 122,713, March 10, 1971. This application

May 11, 1972, Ser. No. 252,177

Int. CI. B65g 7100

U.S. CL214-1Q 4 Claims

A coil of metal or paper strip to be^ upended or downendcd
is placed on one bed of a cradle >^hlch is constructed of
semicircular vertical parallel plates and which is mo.untcd in
rolling engagement on a track beneath the cradle The cradle
IS then rolled along the track one-quarter turn or 90° by a
drive system to axially reorient and laterally transfer the coil
The drive system includes a combination of pivotally intercon-
nected levers v^hich are actuated by a hydraulic cylinder As
the cradle reaches its end point, the upended or downendcd
coil then rests on a second bed of tho cradle perpendicular to
the initial bed.

^ 3,795,324

PARTS HANDLING FIXTURE
Jozef Kiwalle, Peoria, III., assignor to Production Technology
Inc., Peoria, III.

Filed Aug. 22, 1972, Ser. No. 282,708

Int. CI. B23b 15^00

U.S.CL214-1 BD 8 Claims

^or^

A parts handling fixture for moving workpieces from a load-
ing rack to a work fixture and for moving finished workpieces
from the work fixture to an unloading rack within a complete
operating cycle, the fixture including loading and unloading
jaws arranged in spaced apart relation on elongated arms, the
arms being supported for movement relative to a support

3,795,325
HYDRAL Lie FISH LNLOADING APPARATUS
Milton H. McLean, W hite Rock, British Columbia, Canada, as-
signor to British Columbia Packers Limited, Richmond,
British Columbia, Canada

Filed Dec. 11. 1972. Ser. No. 314.220
Claims priority, application Canada. Dec. 21, 1971. 130622
lnt.CLB65g5i/iO

II.S. CI. 214-14

14 Claims

A nt)ating platform having a water-tight caisson depending
below the level of the water upon which the platform floats. A
syphon pipe extends from the bottom of the caisson into the
hold oi the vessel to be unloaded, and a pump keeps the level
of the water in the caisson below the level of the water in the
hold, creating a suction action which sucks water and fish out
of the hold into the caisson. Suitable elevator means in the
cais.son lifts the fish therefrom and discharges them above the
caisson.

3,795.326
APPARATUS FOR HANDLING DRILL PIPE
Claude R. Neilon. and Herbert L. VVillke. both of Houston.
Tex., assignors to Armco Steel Corporation, Middletown,
Ohio

Filed May 22. 1972. Ser. No. 255.657

Int. CI. E21b/y//4

U.S. CL 214-2,5 32 Claims

-_rr- Apparatus which transfers drill pipe between a horizontal

structure by rotating links of different lengths which establish attitude in a storage position and a vertical attitude over a well

paths through which the loading and unloading means travel to be drilled is provided, the drill pipe being controlled during

during an operating cycle. transfer by a pipe carriage riding on a fixed track.

March 5, 1974

GENERAL AND MECHANICAL

3.795.327
SINGLE BALE UNLOADING CONTROL SYSTEM
Donald M. Grey. Selma; Albert C. Cook; Lee D. Butler, both of
Kingsburg. all of Calif., and Raymond E. Fisher, Lancaster,
Pa., assignors to Sperry Rand Corporation, New Holland,
Pa. and Sperry Rand Corporation, New Holland, Pa.CC, 1
Sermar; Frank A.

Filed Apr. 3, 1972, Ser. No. 240,682

Int. CI. B65g/7/06

U.S.CL 214-8.5 G 11 Claims

3,795,329
FOLDABLE TAILGATES
Paul H. Martin, Toronto, and William C. McKee.
OnUrio, both of Canada, assignors to Diesel
Limited, Ontario, Canada

Filed Nov. 28, 1972, Ser. No. 310,122
Int.CI. B60p//44
IJ.S.CL 214-75 T

Willowdale,
Equipment

9 Claims

122 126

A single bale unloading control system for controlling a plu-
rality of bale separating hooks associated with an unloading
table of a single bale unloading bale wagon. The single bale
unloading control system of the present invention comprises a
hydraulic cylinder operativcly connected to a rockshaft trans-
versely journalled on the underside of the unloading table, the
rockshaft having secured thereto in lateral spaced apart rela-
tionship the bale separating hooks which are aligned to move
through openings formed in the unloadmg table. The unload-
ing table IS further provided with a transverse cross conveyor
that IS adapted to convey a single separated layer of a tier from
the unloading table. The hydraulic cylinder used for actuating
the bale separating hooks is controlled by a control valve that
is actuated by a connecting linkage that is responsive to the
movement of the cross conveyor.

3,795,328
MOTOR VEHICLES STORAGE DEVICE
Giovanni Buttironi, Bergamo, Italy, assignor to Au. RO S. r.
L., Bergamo, Italy

Filed Sept. 7, 1971, Ser. No. 178.206
Claims priority, application Italy, Sept. 4, 1970, 29346A/70
Int. CI. E04h 6/06
U.S.CI. 214-16.1 B 5 Claims

A powered tailgate consisting of a foldable platform having
a supp4)rt arm projecting upwardly from the outer part for
connection at its upper end to a flexible connecting device the
other end of which is connected to the upper end of the slide
member which supports the platform for vertical movement.
The support arm is mounted on the outer platform portions so
as to project upwardly therefrom so that the plane in which
the flexible connecting means extends when the platform is in
the open position projects outwardly from the outer end of the
platform so that the platform is stable when loads are applied
at the outer edge thereof. The support arm is spaced inwardly
from the outer edge of the platform so as to provide clearance
at the side edges of the outer portion of the platform adjacent
the outer edge thereof. A manually engageable lever arm is
connected to the inner portion of the platform and projects
outwardly therefrom in a direction away from the hinged con-
nection of the inner portion of the platform to the side mem-
bers. The arm facilitates the manual movement of the tailgate
from the folded to the unfolded configuration and vice-versa

3,795,330
COUNTERWEIGHT SUSPENSION DEVICE
Stanley A. Jorgensen, Oswego, and Richard W. Moss, Jr.. Au-
rora, both of III., assignors to Caterpillar Tractor Co..
Peoria, 111.

Filed May 18, 1972, Ser. No. 254,496

Int.CI. E02fi/00

U.S.CL214-142 8 Claims

The present invention relates to a motor-vehicles storage
device comprising a series of platforms each supporting a
motor-vehicle, said platforms being mounted freely slidably
and reciprocally in contact along two parallel horizontal su-
perposed tracks, and transferring means at both ends of the
tracks to transfer the platforms from one track to the other,

said means comprising two rotating transferring arms in cor- • j • r

rcspondence to first rails of the tracks and a single rotating There is disclosed a counterweight suspension device for
transferring arm in correspondence to second rails of the temporarily supporting a counterweight during its installation
. . or removal from a counter-balanced vehicle The suspension

iFilCKS.

100

OFFICIAL GAZETTE

March 5, 1974

device includes a pair of flexible meimbers connected to ad-
justable supptirt means secured to the vehicle for elevationally
positioning the counterweight relative to secunng means on
the vehicle The support device eliminates external lift means
and the requirement to accurately locate the counterweight
with respect to the vehicle for mounting and is operative to
free the counterweight for easier, more convenient removal
from the vehicle.

3,795,331

FORK LIFT CONVERTER ATTACHMENT
VVilliam H. Guest, P.O. Box 434, Chester, N J. 07930
Filed July 25, 1972, Ser. No. 275,015
Int.CI. E02f J/70

U.S. CI. 214-145

15 Claims

A fork lift converter attachment for a front end loader
bucket has a pair of forks with hori/ontal lifting elements and
vertical extension elements, the latter having a cross rod at
their upper ends which is generally triangular in transverse
cross section: brackets secured to the bucket at the upper
edge thereof have generally upwardly facing openings which
can receive the cross rod only when the bucket is tilted
downwardly, the bucket on reverse rotation causing the cross
rod to be locked in the bracket openings. The cross rod may
comprise two parallel rods or tubes of different diameters
welded together The vertical and horizontal elements meet at
a true right angle, without gussets or fillets. A chain permits
fork withdrawal even if the load is resting on the ground

3,795,332

DEVICE FOR SETTING ASIDE OF AN IMPLEMENT

CARRIED BY A VEHICLE AND FOR REPLACING THE

IMPLEMENT ON THE VEHICLE

Lars Levi Eriksson, Svensbyn, Sweden, assignor to Bil-City i

Pilea AB, Pitea, Sweden

Filed May 17, 1972, Ser. No. 254,174
Claims priority, application Sweden, May 21. 1971, 6584/71
Int. CI. B66f 9/00
L.S. CI. 214-77R 10 Claims

stand thereon. A work implement is pivotally mounted on the
end of an articulated loader arm, swingably mounted on the
support stand. Extension of a hydraulic cylinder will swing the
bearing plate and support stand to a position alongside the
vehicle. Outrigger legs, pivotally attached to the support
stand, are extended to contact the ground along with the
lowered work implement to form a tripod support therefor.
Retraction of the bearing plate to its original position on the
vehicle frame will disengage the support stand to permit the
vehicle to be driven to a distant loading site.

3.795.333
TRAILER RAMP APPARATUS
John A. Tebben, Clara City, Minn. 56222

Filed Aug. 14, 1972, Ser. No. 280,321
Int. CI. B65g 67/6*2
U.S. CI. 214-85

5 Claims

A flat bed trailer has a sloping tail section to which a pair of

ramp units are hmgedly attached When lowered into a
ground-engaging pt)sition. the ramp units pri)vide at each side
of the trailer a rearward continuation of the sloping tail sur-
face, thereby enabling heavy equipment to be li>aded onto the
trailer. When the ramp units arc swung upwardly intt) a raised
position, the sloping surfaces on the ramp units complemen-
tally confront the sloping tail surface so that the bottom of the
two ramp units then present horizontal surfaces which provide
a more complete or larger flat bed than would otherwise be
available.

3.795.334
METHOD FOR TRANSPORTINCJ LOADS SAFELY BY
UTILIZING A PERMANENT MAGNET TYPE LIFTING

MAGNET
Shinnosuke Ishida; kunio Harada; Tadashi Kiyoshe. all of
Hitachi; Reizi Takeuchi, Katsuta; Susumu Itoh, Hitachi;
Akiyoshi Sotodate. Hitachi, and Tadashi Wachi. Hitachi, all
of Japan, assignors to Hitachi Ltd.. Tokyo, Japan
Filed Dec. 12, 1972, Ser. No. 314,460
Claims priority, application Japan. Dec. 13, 1971, 71-
101208

Int. CI. B66C//06
U.S.CL214-I52 5 Claims

O
X

LlJ

LIFT

Time

ATTRACT ' RELEASE
TRANSPORT

A bearing plate is pivotally mounted for horizontal move- A method for transporting loads safely utilizing a permanent
ment on the frame of a vehicle and normally mounts a support magnet type lifting magnet having a permanent magnet pro-

MaRCH 5, 1974

GENERAL AND MECHANICAL

101

vided in its magnetic circuit and an exciting winding for con-
trolling the magnetic flux developed in said magnetic circuit
and adaptable to be operated in an attraction mode in which a
load is to be attracted, a lifting mode in which the attracted
load is lifted and a transportation mode in which the load is
transported, said method comprises the steps of applying an
exciting current of a predetermined value to the exciting wind-
ing for producing an attractive magnetic force during the at-
traction mode, reducing the exciting current to a value of zero
or less thereby making the magnetic flux less than the residual
magnetic flux due to its remanence during the lifting mode
and increasing the exciting current to larger than zero during
at least the initial period of the operations in the transporta-
tion mode, thereby providing the lifting magnet with magnetic
flux larger than the residual magnetic flux corresponding to
the remanence under the condition in the lifting mode.

tached to end walls of the module and resting on carrier sup-
ports. The carriers are firmly secured to the module at verti-
cally spaced points to suspend the module between them and
to permit the raising and lowenng of the suspended module by
pivoting the carriers about horizontal axes with respect to the
supports. Means is provided for moving the module with
respect to the earners in a lateral direction to facilitate the
precision alignment of the module with a foundation at the
building site. The spaced connection points between the
module and the carriers tension a lower portion of the
suspended building and place an upper portion thereof in
compression.

3,795,335

MATERIAL HANDLING APPARATUS

Bobbie F. Hansen, Jr., 3693 N. Dickinson, Fresno, Calif.

93705

Filed Apr. 17, 1972, Ser. No. 244,479

Int. CI. B65g 65/04

U.S.Ck 214-304 9 Claims

3.795.337
SAFETY CAP
Takamitsu Nozawa; Takaharu Tasaki, and Kazuo Nishiiue. all
of Tokyo, Japan, assignors to Yoshino Kogyosho Co.. Ltd..
Tokvo, Japan

Filed July 5, 1972, Ser. No. 269.238
Claims priority, application Japan. July 14. 1971.46-61940;
Nov. 4. 1971,46-102607

Int. CI. B65d 55/02
U.S. CI. 215-9 3 Claims

/M/0 13 S 2 in.

A material handling apparatus mounted in operable associa-
tion with a source of containers, the apparatus having a frame,
an endless belt providing opposite grasping and discharge ends
and a lower run, mounted in the frame with the grasping end
adjacent to the source and the lower run defining a path of
travel away from the source; a plurality of container engaging
tines mounted on and extending from the belt, a stripping
mechanism mounted in the frame adjacent to the discharge
end of the belt, and a source of power mounted in the frame
adapted to drive the belt and stripping mechanism so that con-
tainers are successively impaled on the tines, drawn from the
source of containers so as gravitationally to discharge their
contents, and pulled from the tines by the stripping
mechanism.

A safely cap according to the present invention comprises
an outer cap of a synthetic resin and an inner cap vertically
movably and rotatably inserted into said outer cap. Between
said inner and outer caps there are provided resilient engaging
pieces, projections and engaging projecting members, by ac-
tion of which usually the inner cap can be turned by turning
only the outer cap in a tightening direction while the inner cap
can not be turned, relative to the untightening direction, un-
less the outer cap is turned in such a state that the outer cap is
pushed down, that is, the outer cap running idle.

3,795,336

APPARATUS FOR TRANSPORTING BUILDING

MODULES

Douglas B. Acker, San Francisco, and Trevis L. Berry, Gilroy,

both of Calif., assignors to Reliance Trailer Manufacturing,

Inc., San Francisco, Cahf.

FiledOct. 7, 1971,Ser. No. 187,357

Int.CI. B60p-?/40

lJ.S.CI.214-390 8 Claims

/% -96

3,795,338
RATCHET DRIVE CHILD-RESISTANT CLOSURE
Peter T. Swartzbaugh, Evansville, Ind., and Richard C. VNII-
liams, Toledo, Ohio, assignors to Owens-Illinois. Inc..

Toledo. Ohio

Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 181.797. Sept. 20. 1971.

abandoned. This application July 19, 1972. Ser. No. 273.177

Int. CI. B65d 43l02

U.S.CL 215-9 8 Claims

A building module transporter for connection to a towing A child-res.stant, two-piece closure which rnay be attached
vehicle comprising a building module and module carriers at- to a container by conventional capping machines An mner

102

OFFICIAL GAZETTE

March 5, 1974

member is formed with a circular top panel having a depend-
ing skirt mtegrally molded therewith The depending skirt is
threaded on its inner surface for engagement with a conven-
tional threaded container finish. The exterior surface of the
depending skirt has a plurality of splines about its entire cir-
cumlerence A plurality of vertical lugs project from and are
mtegrally molded with the top panel. An outer member is
likewise formed with a circular top panel and a depending
skirt Integrally formed with the interior of the outer member
top panel are a plurality of downwardly extending leaf spring
members. The inner surface of the outer member depending
skirt has integralK molded therein a plurality of splines ex-
tending about Its entire circumference. The two members are
assembled by pressing the inner member over a retention bead
formed in the interior of the lower portion of the outer
member depending skirt. The leaf spring members are
inclined from the horizontal and will drivingly engage the ver-
tical lugs to allow the assembled closure to be put on a con-
tainer H(.)wever, the leaf spring members will slip over the
lugs if one attempts to remove the closure, thus allowing the
outer member to rotate freely with respect to the inner
member. To remove the closure, the outer member must be
pressed down, overcoming the bias of the leaf spring mem-
bers, to bring the splines of the inner and outer members into
driving inter-engagement.

defined by a lance formed in the pull tab. A dimple is formed
in the removable panel portion and is adapted tt) seat within a
cavity provided in the pull tab The dimple is located so that
when seated in the cavity, the pull tab is positioned with the
nose out of alignment with the score line to prevent tilting of
the lab and thereby severance of the score line. I he tab is

turnable to a position out of seating engagement with the cavi-
ty to a position in alignment with the score line to permit
opening of the container

In a second embodiment of the invention, a projection
formed in the panel is accommodated within the finger open-
ing of the tab to maintain the latter in a non-score line severing
position.

3,795.339 3,795.341

SEAL RING FOR A FLOATING TANK ROOF KASY OPENIN(; CONTAINER

Claude Barbier. Vesinet. France, ass^nor to Le Joint Francais, ^^bert M. Ostrem. Westmont. III., assignor to Continental Can

Paris, France Company. Inc., New Y ork, N.Y .

Filed Feb. 28. 1972.Ser. No. 229.874 Filed July 13. 1972. Ser. No. 271,473

Claims priority, application France, Feb. 26, 1971. Int. CI. B65d / 7/20

71.06744

C.S. CI. 220-26 S

U.S. CI. 220— 54

4 Claims

Int. CLB65d<>s7 /«

8 Claims

A seal ring for a floating tank roof where the roof has lateral
side walls adjacent the tank walls. The seal includes a pair of
rubber strips that can enclo.se a resilient material One of the
rubber strips forms a loop at its lower portion to receive a pul-
ley cable or tube for positioning the seal.

An easy opening container including an end closure having

a primary score line terminating in spaced ends so as to define
a non-dctachabic tear portion. A secondary score line defining
a lever section is formed in the removable panel section and a
rigidifying bead is located on the lever section. Upon lifting of
the lever section initial severance of the primary score line oc-
curs. A pull tab is attached to the lever section.

3,795,340
TAB MOL NTING ARRANGEMENT FOR EASY OPENING

CAN END
(;ary A. Hougen, Palatine, and Henry F. Kloc. Plainfield. both
of III., assignors to Continental Can Company, Inc., New
York, N.Y.

Filed Aug. 4, 1972. Ser. No. 278.144
Int. CI. B65d / 7124
U..»J. CI. 220-54 6 Claims

A pull tab mounting arrangement for an easy opening con-
tainer of the type having a tear or removable panel portion
defined h\ a continuous score line The pull tab includes a
finger grip portion having a finger opening at one end and a
nose portion at the other end. The tab is mounted on the
removable panel portion for tilting and turning movement
about the rivet. The rivet is fastened to an attachment ear

3,795.342

STOWABLE TAB AND TEAR STRIP

Mark H Ashton, 2707 70th S.E., .Mercer Island. Wash. 98040

Filed May 8, 1972, Ser. No. 251,220

Int. CI. B65d / 7/20

U.S.CL 220-54 47 Claims

fe=^.

A stowable tab for use with an aluminum end closure for a
beverage container includes a pull ring having a nng handle

March 5, 1974

GENERAL AND MECHANICAL

103

portion and a lever portion attached to a tear strip, the latter
of which IS formed by scoring lines in the top of the end clo-
sure. A centrally located depressed region and. preferably, a
volume compensating raised region spaced from the
depressed region is formed in the end closure. The score lines
terminate in spaced-apart relationship at or near the
depressed region The tear strip is formed with a leading edge
adjacent the periphery of the end closure and has two spaced
side portions which extend from the leading edge of the tear
strip toward and preferably partially into the depressed region
The tear strip and lever portion of the pull tab are designed
such that the forward half of the tear strip bends inwardly
from the end closure, while the rearward half of the tear strip
bends outwardly from the end closure The tear strip bends
along two areas, a first laterally disposed area centrally
located on the tear strip and a second area located near its
root end in the depressed region. When the tear strip has been
severed along its score lines, it will be resting above the
depressed region By exerting a slight pressure on the top of
the tear strip, it will bifold along the two areas into the
depressed region Thus the tear strip is stowed in the
depressed region while the pull ring is stowed at a location
where it will not interfere with the use of the can.

3,795,343

TROL BLE-DETECTING SYSTEM IN AN AUTOMATIC

MONEY DISPENSER

Hideto Shigemori; Akio Leba. and Motoaki Fukunaga. all of

Himeji. Japan, assignors to Glory Kogyo Kabushiki Kaisha.

Hyogo-ken. Japan

Filed Sept. 28. 1972. Ser. No. 292.946
Claims priority, application Japan. Sept. 28. 1971, 46-
75092

Int. CI. B65h 4i/02
U.S. CI. 221 — 2 3 Claims

two stacks at the bottom and clear of the second stack, and a
second position holding up the second stack and clear of the
first. A first pair of wedging fingers is movable with the stack
support for entry between the rim of the bottom bow 1 of the
first stack and the next bowl above when the stack support
moves from its first to its second position to wedge the bottom
bowl away from the next bowl above and insure its dropping

away from the first stack, which is then held up by these first
wedging fingers. A second pair of wedging fingers is movable
with the stack support for entry between the rim of the bottom
bowl of the second stack and the next bowl above when the
stack support moves from its second to its first position to
wedge this bottom bowl away from the nexi bowl above and
insure its dropping away from the second stack, which is then
held up by these second wedging fingers

,9 TIME-LAPSE
COUNTER

VCC

n- CT

ALARM

DISPLAY

SECTION

DRIVING
SECTION

3.795.345
PRODUCT DISPENSING APPARATUS
John William Baxendale. Kansas City, Mo., assignor
Vendo Company, Kansas City . Mo.

Filed May 24. 1972. Ser. No. 256.352
Int. CI. B65g 59/06. G07f 1 li28

to The

U.S.CI. 221 — 125

7 Claims

A trouble-detecting system in an automatic money
dispenser comprising a first detecting section for detecting a
money-dispensing operation of a money-dispensing
mechanism thereby to produce a first detecting signal, a
second detecting section for detecting the fact that money has
been actually dispensed through a money-dispensing outlet
thereby to produce a second detecting signal; and a time-lapse
counter operated by the first and second detecting signals,
therebv to detect trouble in the dispensation of money, at the
same time to stop the operation of the money-dispensing
mechanism, and to operate an alarm display device

3.795,344
BOW L OR CUP DISPENSER
Leonard P. Falk. Florissant, and Robert L. Stadler. Overland,
both of .Mo., assignors to U.MC Industries Inc., New York.
N.Y.

Filed Mar. 10. 1972. Ser. No. 233,485
Int. CI. B65g 59,06
U.S. CI. 221— 116 4 Claims

A dispenser such as may be needed in conjunction with
machines for vending canned food items (e.g.. hot cans of
soup) to dispense bowls (eg . paper or plastic bowls) for hold-
ing the Items. It holds two stacks of bowls, with each bowl in
each stack nested in the next bowl below. A stack support is
reciprocable between a first position holding up a first of the

■A multiple selection vending machine for canned beserages
and the like has individually operable can dispensers for each
selection which load the selected, gravitationally fed can at
one point and carry the can by gravity to a delivery point for
release to the customer, all the while blocking other cans of
the selection against release. Selector keys for manually
operating the dispensers are controlled by a coin-actuated,
mechanical latching mechanism which locks all keys until
proper coinage has been deposited, whereupon the main latch
of the mechanism is maintained released until a single product
vend has been completed.

104

OFFICIAL GAZETTE

March 5, 1974

3,795,346

APPAkATLS FOR DISPENSINt; ARTICLES KROM A

STACK THEREOF

Tecwyn V. Roberts, 865 Sheldon Ave., Aurora. III. 60507. and

David Snelling. 1373 Randall Rd., Aurora, III. 60506

Filed Nov. 9, 1972, Ser. No. 305.010

Int.CI.B65g5V ^6

L.S. CI. 221-223 12 Claims

A feeding meehanism for containers in a stack which in-
cludes means to alternately grip and release first and second
containers in the slack and to forcibl) eject the lower con-
tainer therefrom. The means to eject the contamer comprises
arms mtivable m a vertical arc and having movable contamer
cngagmg pressure shoes thereon

3,795.347 '
POWER PI RGED LIQITD SAMPLER
Ernst Singer, P.O. Box 3491 Luge! Dr., Vancouver. British
Columbia, Canada

Filed Feb. 3. 1972, Ser. No. 223,152
Int. CI. B67d 5;3p

L.S.CL 222-21

19 Claims

Apparatus for taking measured samples of liquids with or
without solids therein. This apparatus includes a volume con-
trol tube extending mto a closed metering chamber and ter-
minating above the bottom of the latter. A vacuum-pressure
power source is operalivelv connected to the chamber, and
programmer means causes this source alternately to apply
vacuum and pressure to the chamber A level controller m the
chamber above the lower end of the control tube is ct)nnected
to operate the pt^wer source to shut off the vacuum and start
the pressure when liquid in the chamber reaches a predeter-
mined level A valve controlled outlet at the bottom of the
chamber allows the liquids to flow out of it after the pressure
has forced the level of the liquid to the kiwer end of the con-
trol tube.

3,795,348
DEVICE FOR DELIVERIN(; PARTICILATE MATERIAL
Charles R. Vertue, P.O. 2532A Wharton (Hen Ave., Cook-
sville, Ontario, Canada

Filed Aug. 7, 1972, Ser. No. 278,320
Claims priority, application (ireat Britain, Aug. 5, 1971,
36945/71

Int. CLB67d 5/54
L.S. CL 222-193 5 Claims

^109 ,108 106 ^W /-Wl ,

.101

-103

A device for delivery of particulate material, eg. to a spray
gun. has a gas flow passage communicating with an outlet, an
inlet in the passage for connection to a fluidi/ed bed of the
particulate material, and a gas tlow constriction for discharg-
ing compressed gas into the passage to entrain the particulate
material from the inlet to the outlet The inlet communicates
with the Huidi/ed bed through an inlet no//le having an inlet
passage extending from a mouth, the inlet no/zle having an
outer surface which tapers towards the mouth and converges
with the inlet passage at the mouth to form a thin edge around
the mouth which counteracts build-up of particulate material
at the mouth.

3,795,349
DEVICE FOR CONVEYING LIQCID SAMPLES THROUGH

PIPELINE BY COMPRESSED AIR

Vasily Ivanovich Schetinin, ulitsa Proietarskaya, 96, and Jury

V alerianovich Reutsky, Shkolny Pereulok, 4, kv. 12, both of

Zyryanovsk Vostochno-Kazakhstanskoi oblasti, L'.S.S.R.

Continuation of Ser. No. 87,946, Nov. 9, 1970, abandoned.

This application Feb. 23, 1973, Ser. No. 335,158

Int. CI. B65g 5i//0

U.S. CI. 222 193 2 Claims

A sampling device for conveying a liquid sample through a
pipeline with the aid of compressed air uses a container having
an outlet hole, and accumulating the liquid sample, the con-
tainer IS connected with a source of compressed air and the
pipeline, and is in communication with the pipeline through a
conoid attachment, a shut-off element which closes the outlet
hole of said container is disposed inside the container.

March 5, 1974

GENERAL AND MECHANICAL

lO.')

3,795,350
AEROSOL VALVE HAVING SELECTABLE FLOW RATE
Joseph John Shay, Manchester, N.H., assignor to Scovill Manu-
facturing Company, Waterbury, Conn.
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 81,020. Oct. IS, 1970,
abandoned. This application Oct. 16, 1972, Ser. No. 297,812
Int. CI. B65d H3I06

3,795,352
VALVE MEMBER FOR PRODUCT MATERIAL
DEPOSITING APPARATUS
Robert A. Lewis. Sparta. N J., assignor to Henry Heide, Incor-
porated. New Brunswick. N J.

Filed Mar. 15, 1973. Ser. No. 341,488
Int. CLB67d 5/52

U.S. CI. 222-402.17

3 Claims U.S. CI. 222— 255

6 Claims

Annular sealing surface in this tilt-type valve has plurality of
different-sized openings spaced about it, each opening leading
to the discharge stem. Desired rate may be achieved by tilting
the valve from the direction which unseats the appropriate
opening.

3.795,351
APPARATUS FOR DISPENSING A METERED AMOUNT

OF FLUID
Walter G. Lehmann. Somerville. Mass., assignor to Polaroid

Corporation, Cambridge, Mass.

Division of Ser. No. 103,986, Jan. 5, 1971. Pat. No. 3.685,412.

This application June 5, 1972, Ser. No. 259,388

In:. CI. B65di7/00

U.S. CL222 — 209 12 Claims

20-^

Dispenser apparatus including a container configured for
retaining a source of liquid and having a plurality of deforma-
ble wall portions which may be selectively activated by an ex
ternal force so as to reduce the volume of the container and
thereby provide repetitive application of a given pressure to
the retained source of liquid for dispensing of the liquid from
the container. Preferably, a plurality of the wall portions are
configured for irreversible deformation so as to permit succes-
sively reduced volume in accordance with their actuation and
at least one is configured for reversible deformation and is
biased to return to its original position upon removal of the ac-
tuating force thereby returning any excess of the dispensed
liquid to within the container.

The valve member is composed of a cylindrically-shaped
body portion having an open longitudinally extending channel
for conducting product matenal from a supply pipe to a
discharge pip>e and rcgisterable in one rotative position of the
valve member with a row of openmgs at the bottom of loading
cylinders provided with pistons. The entry end of the channel
IS in communication with a product material supply pipe and
the discharge end of the channel is in communication with a
material discharge pipe. The valve body portion is also pro-
vided with a row of transverse passages which in another rota-
tive position of the valve member connects the cylinder
openings with product matenal discharge openings The entry
and discharge ends of the channel are configured to provide
an uninterrupted free flow of product material from the supply
pipe to the discharge pipe throughout the reciprocative move-
ments of the valve member between the said two rotative p>osi-
tions.

3,795353
WATCH BAND CONSTRUCTION AND CONNECTOR FOR

USE THEREWITH
Irving Weiss, Nev» York, N.Y., assignor to Kestenman Bros.
Mfg. Co., Providence, R.L and Lisnow & Weiss Co. Inc.,
Long Island City, N.Y., part interest to each

FUed Jan. 17, 1972, Ser. No. 218,201

Int. CKA44C 5/74

U.S. CL 224—4 E 6 Claims

A watch band construction including a band section having
a connector member joined thereto that is interconnected to a
lug oi a watch casing, a connecting clement joining the con-
nector member to the lug and being captured within the con-
nector member, wherein the band section is secured \o the
watch casing in abutting relation to effect a one-piece con-
struction therewith, and the connection of the connector
member to the lug being accomplished without tilting or hook-
ing t)f the band section relative to the lug

106

OFFICIAL GAZETTE

March 5, 1974

3,795,354 3,795.356

LLGGAGE ATTACHMENT FOR TANDEM-WHEELED LABELLING DEVICES

VEHICLE Erhard Orthen, Ziegelhutterweg 16, Hirschhom/Neckar, Ger-

Garold L. Stippich, 6008 Moeller Rd. Lot No. 278, FT. Wavne, many

Ind. 46806 tiled May H, 1972, Sen. No. 254,788

Filed Feb. 28, 1972, Ser. No. 229,850 Int. CK G03b 1/28

Int. CL B62j 9/00 U.S. CI. 226-58 I3CIalms

U.S. CI. 224-32 A 15 Claims

— '^ — G^

a-**

]y_^ 8 9 10 26 22 27U

For use on a landcm-\v heeled vehiele which include^ .m
open frame having forward and rear ends a luggage at-
tachment compnsmg a carrier frame havmg front and rear
ends and first and second soclcet maans for shdably couphng
the front and rear ends, respectively, of the carrier frame to
the vehicle frame The rear socket means includes a pair of
slidabiv engageable socket elements and means are provided
for locking the socket elements againM separation.

3,795,355

DISPENSER FOR INDIVIDL ALLY DISPENSING THE

ENDMOST SHEET OF A CONTINUOUS WEB OF

CONNECTED SHEETS

David E. Gerstein, P.O. 63-33 98th PI., Forest Hills, N.V.

11374

Filed Jan. 19, 1973, Ser. No. 325,213

Int. CI. B26f i/02

U.S. CI. 225-106 15 Claims

A device for the incremental advancement of a label tape

having recesses for controlling the increment of advancement,
the device including a slide which reciprocates between two
abutments in the longitudinal direction of the tape advance-
ment relative to an underlying flat stationary guide plate, and
a spring-biased gripping latch having a gripping edge for
gripping the label tape to advance the tape through an incre-
ment of advancement when the gripping latch is biased to a
gripping position and a feeler for sensing the recesses in the
tape and enabling the gripping edge to be biased into the
gripping position, the gripping edge including several ptiinted
gripping teeth and the guide plate including several longitu-
dinal grooves corresponding to the gripping teeth and the
feeler for receiving the teeth and the feeler when the gripping
latch is in the gripping position.

3,795,357

STAPLING OR NAILING DEVICE OPERATED BY

PRESSURE MEDIUM

Wilfhed Lange, Brockhold, (Germany, assignor to Bukama

GmbH, Hannover, (iermany

Filed Mar. 9, 1972, Ser. No. 233,169
Claims prioritv, application Germany, Mar. 9, 1971,
2111252

Int.CLB25cy/04
U.S,a.227-130 2 Claims

\ dispenser for containing a continuous web of connected
sheets joined in end to end relationship along a scored or
frangible line which can be either randomly stuffed or folded
in the body of the dispenser so that es.scntially the entire
volume of the dispenser body is initially occupied with the
continuous web of material The top of the dispenser is pri)-
vided with a dispensing opening through which the sheets are
individually dispensed, one at a time The opening is detmed
as a slit or slot associated with a resilient flap which fric-
tionally bears on the sheets being dispensed through the open-
ing so that the endmost sheet is automatically separated along

the score line between adjacent sheets as the sheet is pulled In a fluid operated fastener device a piston is reciprocable in
through the opening and whereby the sheet following the end- a working cylinder and actuates a driver means which during
most sheet which is separated is placx-d in position to be extcr- the working stroke of the piston drives staples into a wDrk
nally grasped bv the user for subsequently dispensing the piece. The piston is composed of two semicylindrical parts
heet. with a separating line which receives said driver means.

March 5, 1974

GENERAL AND MECHANICAL

lo;

3,795,358
IMMERSION SOLDER LEVELING APPARATUS USING
I LTRASONIC CAVITATION
Frank H. Sarnacki, Johnson City, and Robert V. Steenstrup,
Binghamton, both of N.Y., assignors to International Busi-
ness Machines Corporation, Armonk, N.Y.

Filed Dec. 11, 1972, Ser. No. 314,079

Int.CI. B23k 1100

U.S.CI. 228 -19 4 Claims

facilitate pouring from the spout, the same end of the package
is provided with a vent hole covered by a removable protec-
tive strip.

A method and apparatus utilizing ultrasonic cavitation to
level molten solder on wetted surfaces to a controlled and a
predetermined thickness. By immersing a surface st)ldcred
substrate, printed circuit card, printed circuit board or the like
into a heated tank containing a liquid glycerol at approximate-
ly 10° C. to 40° C. above the melting point of the solder, it is
possible to selectively and ultrasonically cavitate solder from
the soldered surfaces to achieve uniform solder thickness.

3,795,359
PARALI.ELLEPIPEDIC PACKAGE
Anders Ruben Rausing, Rome, Italy, assignor to Tetra Pak In-
ternational AB, Lund, Sweden

Filed Nov. 19,1971, Ser. No. 200,467

Int. CI. B65d 5/70. 5154, 5156

U.S. CI. 229-7 R 5 Claims

A parallelepipedic package is produced from a web of
packaging material formed into a tube, into which the filling
material is intrtxiuced, the tube then being pressed flat along
transverse, lontitudinally spaced sealing zones so as to divide
the filled tube into individual package units which are then
shaped into parallelepipedic form. Triangular flaps arc formed
adjacent the scaled zone at one end of the package during the
shaping pri>cedure so as to develop an openabic pituring
spout, and these flaps arc folded downwardly so as to lie
against a side wall of the package and retained in place To

3,795,360

COVER FOR BASKF:T-TYPE CONTAINER AND

COMBINATION THEREOF

Jack M. Bianchi, Richmond, and Willis W. Decker. Oakland.

both of Calif., assignors to Safewav Stores, Incorporated.

Oakland, Calif.

Filed Dec. 2, 1971, Ser. No. 204.155

Int. CI. B65d4i//0

U.S.CL 229-43 21 Claims

A cover for use with a marketing container of the basket-
type for holding perishable agricultural products. The cover
includes a bottom wall joined to four side walls The side walls
incline and diverge toward the bottom open end of the cover
for seating over the upper end portion of the container. Means
arc provided on the cover to form a cooperative locking en-
gagement with the container, and the cover is formed of a
relatively rigid material permitting some Hexing of the side
walls so that the locking means may be readily engaged with,
and disengaged from, the container. In one embodiment the
locking means comprises inwardly projecting indentations
formed in the cover side walls for overlapping engagement
with the container rim In another embodiment the locking
means includes vertical indentations in the side walls formed
with horizontal slots positioned above inclined surfaces. In
another embodiment the locking means includes slots or
openings formed in the four corners of the cover together with
inwardly projecting locking lips integral with a peripheral rim
on the cover. In another embodiment the locking means in-
cludes T-shaped slots formed in the four corners of the cover.

3,795,361
CENTRIFUGE APPARATUS
Chie-Ying Lee, Hatboro, Pa., assignor to Pennvi^alt Corpora-
tion, Philadelphia, Pa.

Filed Sept. 6, 1972, Ser. No. 284,37 1
lnt.CLB04b 1120
U.S.CL 233-7 12 Claims

A decanter centrifuge havmg a screw conveyor within an
imperforate bowl is provided with an annular baffle carried bv
the screw conveyor Light phas; material and heaw phase
material is separated from a mixture thereof fed to the cen-
trifuge bowl. The heavy phase discharge port, usually in a
tapered portion of the bowl, is preferably at a greater radial
distance from the rotational axis than the inner surface of the
light phase material. The periphery of the baflle is closely

, 108

OFFICIAL GAZETTE

March 5,

1974

spaced Irum the bowl in urder to form a restricted passageway
for the underflow of heavy phase ma erial from a separating
zone withm the cylindrical portion M the howl to a heavy
phase discharge zone within the tape«ed portion of the bowl.
Pressure from the materials withm l(he separating zone, or
from an independent source, is transmitted through the
restricted passageway and applied to the heavy phase material

3.795.363
INDICATOR OK THK MAXIMl M I ORQl K IS \BI H ON A

HEI.ICOPIKK DKIVKN BY A 11 KBO-MOIOR
Paul Marie Ksteve Henry Kabre. Bouches du Rhone. France,
assignor to .Societe Nationale Industrielle Aerospatiale, Paris,
France

Filed Mar. 30, 1972. Ser. No. 239.419
Claims priority, application France, Apr. 7, 1971, 71.12263
[lU.HA.Otn: .^/OO, 27100
U.S. CI. 235-78 I Claim

undergoing discharge, thus tacilita^ing its discharge with
minimum content of light phase material With a conical baf-
tlc, incoming: feed is directed onto the inwardly facing surtace
of the bafHe and accelerated in order to minimi/e turbulence
in the separating /one Efficient separation is accomplished,
even with materials heretofore considered unsuited for
separation by a decanter centrifuge

A calculating instrument for determining the maximum
torque output of a helicopter motor comprises a stationary
part graduated in torque values, a moving part graduated in
temperature values and a movable pointer.

3,795.362

CENTRIFl C,E BOWL HAVING AN IMPROVED NOZZI.F

ASSEMBLY
John Warren Caldwell, Glenside. and Leonard Shapiro. I pper
Darby, both of Pa., assignors to Pennwalt Corporation.
Philadelphia. Pa.

Filed May 31. 1972. Ser. No. 258,797 '

Int. CI. B04b / 12
t.S. CI. 233-20 R - 15 Claims

3.795.364

APPARATLSFOK \PPI Yl\(, HK.M MS( OSI TY

MIXTl KL OF KFAC I l\ F COMPONENTS

Ronald D. Kattner. North Canton. Ohio, assignor to Ihe

General Tire & Rubber Compan\, \kron. Ohio

Filed May 25. 1973. .Ser. No. 356.0(14

Int. CI. AOln 17102; A62c 1/12

l.S. CI. 239 8 14 Claims

— ■* " /I04

3-««

T.~ ^^4

A nozzle assembly has a retainer sleeve, a nozzle holder,
and a nozzle fhe sleeve is pushed into an opening in the bowl
from the interior thereof, and is keyQd into place. The holder
IS pushed intti the sleeve from the exterK)r of the btiwl, and is
locked into place ( by rotation ) by a bayonet type connection
A protrusion on the interior of the sleeve serves to stop the
rotation of the holder in extreme positions, i.e , a fully locked
position and a fully unlocked position The nozzle is
threadably mounted in the outer end of the holder, and is ar-
ranged so as to be aligned in a predetermined direction with
respect to the bowl when the holder is in its fully locked posi-
tion. An annular boss is formed on the holder between the
bayonet connection and the nozzle, the boss being slidably
mounted within the sleeve and serving to guide and support
the holder while simultaneously shielding the bayonet connec-
tion 5

A greatly simplified apparatus for mixing and dispensing a
high viscosity mixture of reiictive compt>nents, such as the
components of a urethane-based adhesive. The apparatus con-
sists essentially of an elongated hollow member having an
input end and an output end, the member defining a mixing
chamber and terminating in a nozzle at its output end. A mix-
ing means is located within the holU)w member and acts in
cooperation therewith such that, after the first and second
reactive components pa.ss through the hollow member under
pressure, the reactive components comprise a generally
homogeneous mixture. A bi)dy member is fixedly mounted to
the input end of the hollow member and is adapted to have a
plurality of valves mounted thereto There is a first valve and a
second valve mounted ox\ the body member, the first valve
having an inlet and a pressurized source of the first reactive
component connected thereto, the second valve having an
inlet and a pressurized source of the second reactive com-
ponent connected thereto bach of the valves has an outlet in
permanent, open communication with the mixing chamber by
means of a pa.ssageway through the body member such that
during intermittent stopping and starting o'i the flow of the
components and the mixture, a smooth-walled. ci>ntinuous
How path IS presented to the materials, thus greatly reducing
the possibility of build-up of hardened materials within the
gun.

March 5, 1974

GENERAL AND MECHANICAL

109

3,795,365
DRIVE APPARATl'S FOR AN IRRKJATION SYSTEM
(•ail Cornelius, Portland. Oreg., assignor to R. M. W ade & Co.,
Portland. Oreg.

Filed Apr. 17, 1973, Ser. No. 352,064

Int. CI. AO I g 25/02, BOSb i/06

U.S. CI. 239-212 7 Claims

_rcfl

3,795,367
t, FLl ID DEVICE USING COANDA EFFECT

Zenon R. Mocarski, Easton, Conn., assignor to S.R.C. Labora-
tories. Inc.. Fairfield. Conn.
Continuation of Ser. No. 153.172. June 15, 1971. abandoned.
This application Apr. 5. 1973, Ser. No. 348,043
Int. CI. B63h 2>i4(^, B64c 15110
U.S. CL 239—265.17 5 Claims

An irrigation system has a pipeline supported by a plurality
of towers, with each tower being mounted on wheels. Each
tower incluiles a vertical single piece sleeve into which is posi-
tioned a vertical shaft, the bottom end of which is supported
A pair of spaced annular seals arc disposed within the sleeve
and abi>ut the shaft. Means are included for introducing flow-
ing water into the sleeve between the seal, into and through
pas.sage means in the shaft, and through a pair of rotor arms
fixed to the upper end of the shaft. The arms arc shaped and
angled so that water n4)wing therefrom turns the shaft about
its Umgitudinal axis, such rotation of the shaft being used to
rotate, through appropriate means, the wheels of the tower, to
advance the tt)wer and the pipelin'. therewith.

3,795,366
MLLTIPLE SPRAY PATTERN DEVICE
Russell Park McCihie, Somers, N.^ .. and Joseph (ieorge Fer-
raro. Wyckoff, N.J.. assignors to C olgate-Palmolive Com-
pany, Nev* Y Ork, N.Y .

Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 171,146, Aug. 12, 1971.

abandoned. Ihis application May 1, 1972, Ser. No. 248.941

Int. CI. BOSb 1126

U.S. CI. 239 397 20 Claims

N M 4*J

A combination spray pattern selecting and valve operating
assembly adapted to be mounted on a pressurized container
having a valve comprises cap structure mounting a spray pat-
tern selector member having at least two spaced bores therein
containing insert plugs that are formed with through passages
providing different spray patterns. The spray pattern selector
member is mounted on said cap structure for rotation between
positions wherein it may actuate the container valve to
discharge container contents through one or the other of the
insert passages.

A device using the Coanda effect by which a primary fluid
of high velocity, small volume induces flow of a secondary
fluid with the exhaust fluid being a combination of both fluids.

3.795,368
FOAM-WATER SPRINKLER DEVICE
David Arthur Larah, Salford. England, assignor to Mather &
Piatt Limited. Manchester. F^ngland

Filed Mar. 23. 1973. Ser. No. .^44.398
C laims priority, application (ireat Britain. Mar. 7, 1973.
11158/73

Int. CI. BOSb 7/06
U..S. CI. 239-432 . 4 Claims

30e.

A foam water sprinkler device which has a tubular body and
within the body there is a ball splitter The bodv has a converg-
ing bore, a throat of reduced bore and an enlarged bore por-
tion and the ball splitter is located either downstream or par-
tially within the throat

3,795.369
AUGER FEED GRANULATOR
Paul R. Moser, Geigertown. Pa., assignor to Beloit Corpora-
tion, Beloit. W is.

Filed Feb. 25. 1972, Ser. No. 229,304

lnt.CI.B02c /A/OO

U.S. CI. 241— 82.1 10 Claims

An improved auger feed granulator apparatus for grinding

thermoplastic waste to permit reuse of the thermoplastic

material. The improved auger has a shear disc affixed at the

110

OFFICIAL GAZETTE

March 5, 1974

discharge end of the auger, rotatablc with the auger. A tip-of-tape relative to a threading guide and when properly

blocking bar extends between the terjnmal Hight of the auger positioned, the tape is propelled, assisted by air jets, through a

and the shear disc proximate the tcrn^inal end of the flight to threading guide, past a magnetic head, onto a rotating tape

prevent jamming of material between] the terminal end of the take-up reel provided with vacuum holding means for attract-

tlight and the disc. The granulator assembly includes a rotata- ing and holding the tape. Tape take-up sensing means provide

ble cutter blade within a cutting chariber disposed below the
discharge end of the auger and closelV spaced therefrom. The
thcrmopl4jStic material is effcctivcK forced into contact with
the cutter blades for granulation, without any jamming or
trapping of material about the auger terminal end

3.795,370
VM\DIN(; APPAR.ATLS

Reginald I. R. Dean. 14 Curzon St.. l)erb\. Kngland
tiled Feb. 23, 1972, Ser. No. 22«,7()(»
Claims prioritv, application (ireat Britain. Keb. 26, 1971.
5508 71

Int. (. I. B65h 17100
U.S. CI. 242-67.1 R

27100

16 Claims

Apparatus for use in winding strip material on to a reel the
ends of v».hich arc provided with spiral slots or grooves and are
spaced apart hv a distance slightly less than the width of the
strip I he apparatus comprises means for supporting the reel.
means tor supporting the strip matenal in a delivery position,
and means for curving the strip matenal to reduce its width to
less than the spacing oi the ends of the reel, guide means guide
the free end oi the strip material in(o register with retaining
means at the centre of the reel, and means are provided for
tlattening the strip material at such lucation, the reel is rotated
to v-ind the strip material on to it with the edges of the strip
material engaged m said slots or grooves and the coils ot the
strip material spaced from one another

3.795.371
Al TOMATIC THRtADlNC. TAPK DRIVE

Charles Tolini. Brockton, and William Hobart, VV hitinsville,
both of Mass.. assignors to Honeywell Inc., .Minneapolis,
Minn.

Filed Apr. 20, 1970, Ser. No. 29.935

Int. CI. (i lib 15 6^5, 15I5H

C.S. CI. 242-182 4 Claims

An electro-pneumatic auti)matic tape threading apparatus

in combination with a tape handling machine is disclosed. An

electro-pneumatic sensing means senses the position of the

VACUUM

electro-pneumatic control signals when the tape successfully
threads and is picked up by the tape take-up reel which in-
forms the system to reverse the tape take-up reel, apply the
tape brake, and apply vacuum into the loop chambers drawing
slack tape into left and right loop chambers respectively.

3.795.372

SAll ROTOR (RANK

Lewis Feldman. 88 Massau KO.. Amitwille, N.^ . 11758

Filed Aug. 23. 1971. Ser. No. 174,036

Int. CI. B64ci7/0^;

U.S. CI. 244-2 21 Claims

:-"^:

1 <'

1-2.

EL-

A highly versatile combination of a powered vehicle such as
a truck and a flexible rotor aircraft having a lifting capacity for
transporting objects from place to place while in flight enables
the aircraft to be moved from place to place while stowed
upon the truck and used when needed The aircraft itself in-
cludes a rotatabic shroud, a rotatable drum, and at least two
flexible rotor blades which wrap around and extend outwardly
from the drum through corresponding slots in the shroud. Tip
engines located at the ends of the rotor blades drive the air-
craft and, together with a clutch for selectively coupling the
shroud to the drum, control stowing and unfurling of the rotor
blades.

March 5, 1974

GENERAL AND MECHANICAL

3.795,373
AIRCRAFT
Andre P. Gerard, 155. rue de la Croix Nivert. 75-Paris 15 erne.
France

Filed July 18. 1972, Ser. No. 272.973
Claims priority, application France, July 22. 1971,
71.26866

Int.CI. B64cJ/J«
U.S. CI. 244-48 6 Claims

3.795.375

SYSTEM FOR CONTINLOl SLY TRIMMINC;

HELICOPTER ROTOR BLADES Dl RIN(; Fl l(;HT

Andrew Z. Lemnios. Longmeadow. Mass., assignor to Kaman

Aerospace Corporation, Bloomfield. Conn.

Filed Ma\ 22. 1972. Ser. No. 255,463

Int. CI. B64c2 7/72

U.S. CL 244— 17.27 2 Claims

An aircraft with a Hying surface rotating around an axis per-
pendicular to the fuselage and statically balanced around said
axis, rhe Hying surface has at the rear two flaps symmetrically
disposed in relation to the mean longitudinal plane of the
fuselage and deflectable in the same direction and by the same
angle from the joystick or control column by a movement of
the latter corresponding to elevation control. Variable mul-
tiplicatit)n means are interposed between the joystick and the
flaps providing a multiplication ratio increasing in proportion
as the flaps are deflected. The horizontal plane of the tail unit
is angularly adjustable, which enables the fuselage to retain
the desired angle of incidence despite the different distribu-
tion of the k)ad within the fuselage.

A vibration sensor is mounted on the air frame to provide a

continuous output proportional to the unbalance of the rotor
blades with respect to one another. This output is fed to a trim
tab on the particular blade causing the unbalance to alter that
blade's lift slightly until the balance is reduced to an accepta-
ble level.

3,795.374

AIRCRAFT HAVING ADJUSTABLE SU EPTBACK W INGS

Armin H. Zech. Emdcnstrasse 48, Munich 83. and Ernst R.

.Schaefer. Hartliebstrassc 10. Munich 19. both of Germany

Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 746.340. July 22, 1968,

abandoned. This application July 16, 1971. Ser. No. 163,337

Int.CI. B64c-?/'^0

U.S. CI. 244-46 4 Claims

Means for varying the sweepback and angle of incidence of
the wings of an aircraft with respect to airspeed so as to main-
tain efficient operation The axis of rotation of the wings is
pivotai so as to permit adjustment of the axis and consequently
variance of the sweep angle in accordance with airspeed In
the forward position of the wings which corresponds to take-
off and landing, the wings are parallel to the longitudinal axis
of the fuselage with a zero incidence angle. In the swcptback
position, the wings rise to a negative angle of incidence for
greater operational cfHciency during high-speed flight.

3.795,376
NON-VNOVEN PARACHUTE FABRIC
Philip J. Stevenson. Durham, and Andrew M. Falik. Raleigh.
both of N.C., assignors to Monsanto Company. St. Louis,

Mo.

Divisionof Ser. No. 64.538. Aug. 17. 1970. abandoned. This

application . Ser. No. 271.959

Int. CI. B64d I 7,12, F42b 25/04

U.S.CI. 244— 145 4 Claims

'0.25 " 0.»t

FABRIC DENSITY. gm./c<Fi.'

A parachute material utilizes a spunhcmded web of continu-
ous nylon Tilament autogenously bonded ti>gcther at a substan-
tial number of Hlament cross-over points, the web having an
air permeability of from 300 to 550 ftVmi'n/ft^ and having a
density of from 0.25 to about 46 g/cm-'. to provide
equivalent strengths at lower cost.

3.795.377
SUPPORTING MOUNT FOR AN INSTRUMENT STAND
Toni Dietrich. Wetzlar. Germany, assignor to Firma Hilhelm
Will K(;, Nauborn, (Jerman>

Divisionof Ser. No. 880.103. Nov. 26. 1969. Pat. No.

3.712,569. This application Oct. 31. 1972. .Ser. No, 302.585

Int. CI. F16m 1 1 !i)4

U.S. CI. 248-125 4 Claims

A stand for a precision instrument such as a microscope is

provided with a pair of verticallv extending plane surfaces

which arc inclined to each other. The mounting blcKk of the

112

OFFICIAL GAZETTE

March 5, 1974

March 5,

1974

GENERAL AND MECHANICAL

118

instrument is prtwidcd with corrcspt>n(JingIy shaped piano siir
faces SI) that both pairs of plane surfaces may be superposed
upon each other. The mountmg block |s provided with locking
means in the form of a rotatable looking bar which passes
through the vertical slot between thi^ plane surfaces on the

stand and engages a surface of the stai id facing away from the
mounting block upon rotation of the locking means through
an angle i>f about 40° I'he locking member is also capable of
axial movement either concurrent v^ith its rotary movcmcmt
or independently therefrom.

3,795.378
SEI.F-ADJl STIN(; IKIPOD
Robert C. Clarke. P.O. 567. Waldo Point. Sausalito. Calif.
94965

Filed Jan. 3. 1972,Ser. Nu. 214.657

Int. (I. H6m //

l.S. CI. 248 168

5 Claims

3.795.379
ADJl STABI.K SHKl.K SCPPOKT
Jerr) R. (Jray. Birmingham. Ala., assignor to KBSCO Indus-
tries. Inc., Birmingham, \la.

Filed Sept. 13. 1 972, Set. No. 288.521

Int. CI. A47R2yA^2

U.S. CI. 248 242 3 Claims

A first support bracket is adapted for connection at one end
to a supporting structure with the other end projecting ou-
wardly thereof. One end of a second support bracket extends
alongside and is nu>vable relative to the first support bracket.
A lateral pivot member carried by one support br.icket ex-
tends through an elongated opening in the other support
bracket permitting pivotal and sliding movement
therebetween A lateral stop member carried by one of the
support brackets engages a selected one of a plurality of
spaced apart, open ended recesses carried by the other sup-
pt>rt bracket

3,795.380
C I RTAIN TRA( KS
Derek Turner. Burntwood. Fngland, avsignor to Hunter
Douglas N.V .. C uracao. Netherlands

Filed Nov. II, I971,Ser. No. 197,734
Claims priority, application (Jreat Britain. Nov. 16. 1970.
54506 70

Int. CI. A47h 1110.5114
L.S. CI. 248 - 263 3 Claims

A tripod whose platform can be adjusted to any desired
level or angle in one t)peration with u minium i>f adjustment
includes a sealed reservoir attached to the plattorni A valve in
the platform has an inlet coupled to the reserv(,)ir by a tube
and a plurality of outlets. Each leg is pivotally attached to the
platform and comprises a plurality of telescopic, hollow cylin-
ders Means arc provided for coupling the interior of each leg
to a corresponding outlet of the valve The reservoir is filled
with both a hydraulic fluid and a pneumatic fluid, under pres-
sure When the valve is open, the pneumatic fluid forces the
hvdraulic tTuid through the tube, the \alve, and the coupling
moans into each leg so as to exert an Extending force thereon
The pneumatic fluid pressure is chosen so that extension can
be regulated by manual pressure everted on the platform.
When a desired angle or pt)situ)n is reached, the valve is
closed \.o lock the hydraulic fluid in each leg and thus maintain
the platform in the desired angle or position.

.A bracket system for supporting a curtain track comprises a
first bracket secured to wall or ceiling, a second bracket carry-
ing the track and an optional third bracket The curtain-carry-
ing bracket can be secured to the first bracket either directly
so as to be near thereto or indirectly through the third bracket.
which forms a spacer. The connection in each case is a pair of
laterally spaced-apart arms on one bracket with a recess in the
top of each arm and a projection on the underside of each
arm, and a portion on the other bracket fitting between the
two arms, said portion of said other bracket having a first pair
of projections pivotally resting in the recess and a second pair
of projections engaging the projections on the undersides of
the arms to form a snap-in fastening.

3.795.381

CORNKRCI.AMP

Hiram S. Argust. 1 1303 Malat Way, Culver City, Calif. 90230

Filed May 15, 1972, Ser. No. 253,155

Int. CI. E04g/i/02

L.S.CI. 249— 219R 7 Claims

3.795,383

BAI I -TYPK .SOLENOID VALVES AND METHODS OF

ASSEMBI.INt; SAME

Claude Edmond Lombard, and C laude Daniel Moyses, both of

Billantourt. France, assignors to Regit Natitmale Des Isines

Renault. Billancourt iHauts de Seine). France

Filed Dec. 7. 1972. Ser. No. 312.929
Claims priority, application France. Dec. 21. 1971.
71.045904

Int. CI. El 6k J/ /r;6
U.S. CI. 251-139 13 Claims

J? -33

A ciirner clamp or tie tor joining together the free ends ot a
pair of walers at the corner of a l\)rm which comprises a first
plate means for attachment to one of the walers. A rotatable
bar is pivotally connected at one end thereof to the first plate.
A second plate means is adapted to be affixed to the other ad-
joining waler The second plate means has a pi)rtion thereol
extending generally normal to the form member, the perpen-
dicular member having a notch therein which is coalignable
and receives the end of said bar opposite from the pivot end
connected to the first plate member, and a wedge insertable in
an aperture in the end of said rotatable bar adjoining said
second plate member.

6 ;6 4l 2 — 3930

The ball guide of this solenoid valve, consists of a pressed
member acting at the same time as the end cover of the valve
case so as to close the magnetic circuit thereof; it consists ot
magnetic metal formed with a cylindrical projection having
formed at the same time in its bore longitudinal grooves for
permitting the Huid How, other means being provided for
properly sealing the core pa.ssage in the closed valve position.

3,795.382
INJECTION MOLD FOR PLASTIC ROLLER BEARING

CAGES

Peregrinus G ruber, and Gerald Seidelman. both of 3382 N.
Avondale Ave.. Chicago. III. 60618

Filed Dec. 15, 1972, Ser. No. 315.622

Int. CI. B29cy//4

U.S.CI. 249— 60 3 Claims

SB— .J

3.795.384

VALVE W ITH AXIALLY MOV ABLE V Al V 1N(; Tl BE

AND LATERALLY MOVABLE VALVINt; W ALL

Robert R. Reddy, 1195 Michillinda Ave.. Pasadena. Calif.

91107

Filed Sept. 18, 1972, Ser. No. 289,997

Int. CI. El 6k i//524

U.S. CI. 251— 257 ' 24 Claims

5B-*-|

This invention relates to a mold for injection molding and
plastic roller bearing cages therefrom. The mold is so designed
that the mold parts, illustrated in the drawings of the mold,
cooperate to create a mold cavity having no flash except at the
gate to the mold cavity. As a result of the mold construction, a
plastic cage made in the mold dispenses with removal of ex-
cess plastic in the form of flash except for a minute amount at
a gate The product is a roller bearing cage into which rollers
may be sprung and retained thereby.

A valve having a body with an internal chamber and a first
and a seciind port passing through the body into the chamber
A valving tube having an axis is axially movably mounted to
the body inside the chamber, and has a tube passage con-
nected to one of the ports. It has a free end with a vaUmg seal
that surrounds the end of the tube passage, and axial shitting
of the tube moves the valving seal toward and awa\ Irom a
position where it can make sealing contact with a vaUing wall
carried by a movable valve operator inside the chamber. The
valving wall is movable laterally relative to the tube axis so it
can be moved out of a direct flow path between the other o{
the ports and the free end of the valving tube A cam is pro-
vided to shift the valving tube Also, the valving tube nia\ he
moved by the cam so that its free end comes inti> abutment
with the other of said ports when the valve is open, and

riMl

114

OFFICIAL GAZETTE

March 5, 1974

thcrchv provides a direct conduit through the valve without a
substantial change in cross-section Also, optionalK. mechani-
cal means can be provided to force tl^e valving seal against the
valving wall.

the reduced pressure chamber maintains tluid pressure in
input fluid so that these scaling screws arc rendered operable.

3.7«)5.385
BAI.l VALVE
Cieorg K. W estenrieder. South Holland, and James C. Ruffolo.
C'()untr\ C lub Hills, both of III., avsignors to I nion Tank Car
C ompan>. C hicago. III.

Hied Nov. 10. 1972,Ser. No. 305.3X5

Int. CI. H6k J5 00

L.S. CI. 251 - 170 5 Claims

3.795.386
SHAFT SEAL FOR LOW AND HKiH PRFSSl RES
Don v.. Carter. Creve Coeur. Mo., and (Jeorge A. Latinen.
deceased, late of Springfield, Mass. (b> Mav V . Latinen, ad-
ministratrix), assignors to Monsanto Company, St. Louis,
Mo.

Filed Aug. 16, 1971. Ser. No. 172,060
Int. CI. F16j /.v 14. B29b III)
L.S. CI. 259 191 7Claims

A feed asscmbl\ adapted tor incorpor.itmn into a dcsoiatii-
i/cr, extruder, or the like vvhich enables one to deliver a pres-
surized Huid mass intermitlcntlv to a chamber maintained
under reduced pressure relative to the entering Huid mass
from a regnin circumtercntiullv located about a revoKing
shaft. The assembK ulili/es two cyaxial, adjacent viscoseal-
t\pe sealing screws located about the shaft .An annular region
about the shaft between the viseosoal-type sealing screws and

!3-

One such sealing screw seals against normal fluid pressure, the
other against reduced pressure chamber pressures when fluid
pressure is lost.

3.795.387
POWER FLELSl PPLV SYSTEM
Clarence C. Hebert, Southgate, Mich., assignor to Ford Motor
Company. Dearborn. Mich.

Filed Dec. 23. 197 1, Ser. No. 211.447

Int. CI. F02m 7106

U.S.CL 261-23 A 9 Claims

A ball valve including a body having two longitudinally
aligned fluid pa.ssages and a lateral opening communicating
with a central space. A rotatable ball, having an opening com-
municable with the fluid passages, is positioned within the
central space. A pair of annular scat rings of wedge shape
cross section, flt against and clampingly secure the ball
therebetween A pair of seat ring retainer means, integral with
the body, having side walls inclined downwardly and inwardly,
wedge the ball and seat rings therebetween Bonnet means is
secured to the body in covering relationship to the seat rings
and ball. Piston means extend through the bonnet means for
.selectively applving pressure to an upper portion of the seat
rings to compress the seat rings to the ball and the retainer
means side walls. Various means are disclosed for the actua-
tion of the piston means A rotatable valve stem passes
through the lateral opening and the bonnet means, and is con-
nected to the ball to rotate the ball between positions of per-
mitting and preventing the passage of fluid therethrough.

<S<5-

A power fuel supply system for an internal combustitm en-
gine carburetor. The system includes a single-stage or multi-
stage power valve assembly having closure elements which are
movable in response to intake manifold vacuum to i>pen and
close the inlets to the power fuel supply system The valve is
especially suitable for a multi-barrel carburetor to prevent fuel
transfer or interaction between the right-hand fuel supply
passages and the left-hand fuel supply passages.

3,795,388
LIQLIDCOOLINC; APPARATUS
Albert S. Toth, 32 Broadway, New York. N.Y. 10004
Filed Mar. 29, 1971, Ser. No. 128,868
Int. CI. BO Id 4 7/00
L.S. CI. 261-112 1 Claim

Apparatus in the form of a cooling tower having an air out-
let and drift eliminator at the inner top area and above the
point of entrance of the liquid flow to be cooled, together with
fluid distributor means leading flow to a plurality of top panels
lying in a horizontal plane and which, as to each, have two se-
ries of apertures, one series being air orifices and the second
series having means for holding depending flow-receiving elc-

March 5, 1974

GENERAL AND MECHANICAL

115

ments in register therewith, there being a plurality of bottom
panels of form similar to the said top panels but which have
only air orifices at the Jops of upwardly directed areas inter-
mediate channel formations, the bottom ends of the flow-
receiving elements lying below the said air orifices and in the
channel formations. The said bottom panels provide cool-fluid
reception means and they discharge into a network of flow

3.795,390
SHOCK ABSORBER DEVICE
Giles A. Kendall, Burbank. and Harish K. Bhutani, Downey,
both of Calif., assignors to Menasco Manufacturing Com-
pany, Burbank. Calif.

Filed June 9, 1972. Ser. No. 261.416

Int. CI. F16f.?//0,i/07

U.S.CL 267-33 3 Claims

•a?, 16

Vf(f*fp ]

It. I

I lO

■J I

(jP^B'V

means which preferably is adapted to concentrate the flow to
one or several points for removal through the cooling tower.
At the ba.se of the cooling tower is an air inlet opening below
which the structure is adapted, as desired in some cases, to in-
corporate one or more liquid reservoirs At the top ot the
cooling tower, or at one or more upper side areas, suitable fan
means for upward movement of cooling air, may be provided.

A shock absorber having a helical coil spring and elastomer-
ic material intermediate the coils of the coil spring to form a
dual spring unit which with end members deflnes a closed
chamber that is filled with a dampening medium. Arranged
within the chamber is a hydraulic a.ssembly aci'ng in parallel
with the dual spring unit.

3.795.391
ENERGY ABSORBING DOOR CONTROL DEVICE
Lloyd Richard Poe. Los Angeles. CaliL. assignor to The Hart-
well Corporation. Los Angeles, Calif.

Filed May 8, 1972, Ser. No. 250.984

Int. CI. F16f 7//2

U.S. CI. 267-136 8 Claims

3,795,389
TRUNNION SHAFT FLUID SUPPLY DEVICE
Frank Kennedy, Mt. Lebanon Township. Allegheny County,
Pa., assignor to United States Steel C orporation. Pittsburgh,

Pa.

Filed June 16, 1972, Ser. No. 263,507

Int. CI. C2IC5/46

U.S.CL 266-36 P 13 Claims

A door closing device having components which include in-
terlocking portions capable of rapid manual assembly without
tools; and includes subassemblies relatively extensible by
spring force, opposed by an energy absorbing means having a
ring of indenting balls and an elaslomeric energy absorbing
sleeve to control the rate of extension

3.795.392
TORSIONAL ENERGY ABSORBER
John E. Nemec, Tallmadge, Ohio, assignor to The General Tire
& Rubber Company, Akron, Ohio

Filed June 23. 1972, Ser. No. 265,917

Int. CI. B60g / / 2;. B60r 19106; FI6f 1146

U.S.CL 267-140 4 Claims

A fluid supply device for a ht)llow trunnion pin of a 0-BOP
furnace is disclosed. Ihe fluid supply device is insertable into
the hollow trunnion pin and is operable to provide three fluid
flow supply lines throughout the trunnion pin and the as-
sociated trunnion ring.

IMPACT

A torsional energy absorber has inner and outer arm mem-
bers connected by a pivot means. Ihe pivot means has an

llfi

OFFTCIAT. GAZETTE

March 5, 1074

March 5, 1974

GENERAL AND MECHANICAL

117

outer tubular member fastened to tie outer arm member, an
inner member concentriealK spaced apart from the i>uter
member and fastened to the mnesr arm member, and an
elastomeric member engagingly positioned between the inner
and outer members, prcferablv unilor compression, to absorb
energy on impact against the energ\ absorber b\ initially
torqueing between the members and then slipping on the
members. Preferably, the inner anil outer members are cylin-
drical sleeves of like curvilinear cross-sections, and the
elastomeric member is an annulus. In addition, it is preferred
that a self-restoring means, such as U clutch assembly, be pro-

ment comprising a plurality of electrically conductive seg-
ments bonded into accordion-folded pleats in the ticket botly.
The apparatus includes a novel one-step die punch operation
which simultaneously die-cuts the ci>nductive segments and
applies them to the ticket botK , and a novel single-station
folding operation lor accomplishing the accordion fold.

vided to restore the inner and outer
tive positions after irnpact.

Tiembers to original rela-

3.795.393

CONCRKTK FORM AM) CI.AVIPTHKRKFORK

Samuel T. Melfi. 520 N.E. Have C t., Boca Raton, Ha. 33432

Filed Dec. 3. 1971.Scr. No. 204.520

Int.CI. B25b.^ I4.\-:Q4^ IJij2

I .S. C I. 269 116 1 Claim

3.795.395

niSPFNSFR FOR I)0( I MFMSSK M ASCI RRKNCV

\M) IHFI.IkF

Leslie R. Ransom. C incinnali. and .|ohn (). Parmater. West

Chester, both of Ohio, assignors to The Mosler .Safe Com-

pan\, liamilton, Ohio

Filed Oct. 3(1, l972,,Ser. No. 301,782

Int. ( I. B65h jy/A2

C.S.CI. 271 -4 Udaims

-/it*

M» ^,^j

A form for producing concrete columns and clamping
opened ft)r the form, such means comprising a pair of angle
bars of substantially L-shape arranged to cross one another to
torm a frame which defines a square or rectangular opening
for embracing a column form The burs are held together by a
single bolt upon which they may be pivoted during fitment or
removal of the form, with adjusting means having quick at-
tachment arrangements provide a mfcans by which the clamp
can be urged into clamping relationship with the form. By
means of clamps ci)nstructed as described, when attached to a
form the form ma\ be opened or stripped off as a unit without
requiring dismantling of its parts and it may be placed into re-
peated use with a minimum of effort

The currency dispenser, which issues bills sequentially from
an exit, includes a bill storage compartment divided b\ a
mt)vable horizontal plate into a lower chamber in which a
stack of horizontally disposed bills to be dispensed is located,
and an upper chamber into which bills are diverted which
have been fed from the bt>ttom of the stack and rejected by
virtue of being partially or completely overlapped Also in-
cluded is a bill feeder mechanism which advances the bottom
bill of the stack, a stripper assembly which retards the move-
ment i>f all but the bottom bill and assures the continued ad-
vancement of onlv that b'.ll, and a transport svstem including a
pair of belts which transptirt a bill from the stripper assembly
ti> the bill exit along a set of metal guide plates which follov^ a
path from the stripper upwardly alongside the storage com-
partment and thence horizontally over the compartment to
the exit. A single bill senstir is included for detecting partially
i>r fully overlapped bills, and controls a bill reject mechanism
above the storage compartment for diverting into the reject
compartment partially or fully overlapped bills which have
been fed from the bt)ttom of the slack.

3,795.394
APPARATUS FOR MAM FACTL RINC A CODt-BKARINCi

TICKET

Kmil ( . V\ alker. Woodstock. HI., assignor to Zenith Radio Cor-
poration. ( hicago. III.

Filed Sept. 10. 197I..Ser. No. 179.400

Int. CI. B65h 4.y20

L.S. CI.270— 79 I 7 Claims

3,795.396
H MPMF\Sl RINC DFMCF
Fdward Kropelnitski. 540^ Perrv Rd., (.rand HIaiu. Mich.
48439

Filed lune 23. 1972. Ser. No. 265.6.^6

Int. CI. \b^b 69/00

I. S. CI. 272 -59 C 10 Claims

Apparatus and process for producjng a subscription televi- A device for measuring the vertical distance jumped by an
^lon decoding ticket of the type havii^g a matrix decoding ele- athlete and having means, such as a buzzer and lights, for in-

-Ji

dicating that the athlete has jumped a pre-selected vertical
distance. In one embodiment of the invention a wall mounted
support carries a horizontally disposed target vertically mova-
ble with respect to the support by an electro-mechanical drive.
In a second embodiment the target support is telescopically
carried by a floor standard. The horizontally disposed target is
pivotablv attached to a vertical support in such a manner that
the target is pivoted upwardly if the target is contacted by an
athlete with more force than is ncces.sary to actuate the in-
dicating means. The target will return to its initial horizontal
position after contact by the athlete.

3,795,397

SPRIN(.TRKAI)

,|ohn C. Wilson, deceased, late of P.O. 130, Homewood Ln.,

R»)chester, N.N . 14609 (by Margaret I. W ilson. executrix)

Continuation-in-partof Ser. No. 109,530, Jan. 25, 1971. This

application Dec. 26, 1972, Ser. No. 318,232

Int. CI. A63b5//V>

L.S.CI. 272- 66 16 Claims

connect the plurality of switches between the source of energy
and the plurality of load devices so that movement of the plu-
rality of switches from the open to the closed state connects a
first set of preselected ones of the load devices across the
source of energy to energize the first set of preselected ones of
the load device:^ A switching matrix is connected between the
plurality of switches and the plurality of load devices and is
movable from a first to at least a second position to rearrange
the connections between the switches and the load devices so
that movement of the plurality of switches from the' open to
the closed state connects a second set of preselected ones of
the plurality of load devices across the source of energy so that
a different set of load devices thereby are energized

A spring tread for diving into a swimming pool is formed
with a base mounted near the edge of the pool and resilient
spring arms that curve upward from the base away from the
pool, loop toward the pool above the base, and curve
downward to where their free ends are connected by a tread
resiliently disposed within stepping distance from the base
toward the pool. Spring bands extend from the rear of the ba.se
to the free ends of the spring arms and join to the tread.

3,795.398

CAME APPARATUS WITH SWITCHINC; MATRIX

BETWEEN SW ITCHES AND LOAD DEVICES

Cyril J. Broomer. 22 Creentree Dr., Scarsdale, N.V. 10583

Filed Oct. 6, 1970. Ser. No. 78.554

Int. CI. A63b 71/06

U.S. CL 273- 138 A 1 Claim

. 0)

44C

(!)

3,795.399

GOLF SW ING TRAININC; DEVICE

John Beckish. 228 W . Mitchell St.. Milwaukee. W is. 53204

Filed Feb. 5. 1973, Ser. No. 329,599

Int. CI. A63b 69/J6

U.S. CL 273- 191 A 7 Claims

A golf club is pivotally connected to a s\«,mg guide
mechanism which is maintained in contact with an arcuate
track defining a desired golf club swing path The mechanism
includes spring-biased components The track is supported on
vertical standards which are adapted to be moved along each
of two intersecting horizontal axes Manually operable
threaded rods ma> be used to move the standards horizontally,
fhe arcuate track mcludes at the central lowest point thereof
a portion formed on a horizontal plane

The game apparatus comprises a plurality of load devices. A
source of energy is provided for energizing each one of the
load devices. A plurality of switches, each one of which is
operable from an open to a closed state is included and leads

3,795,400
CAME DEVICE

Marvin I. Glass, and Kathy A. Dunn, both of Chicago. III., as-
signors to Marvin (ilass & Associates, Chicago, 111.
Filed Dec. 27, 1971, Ser. No. 212,025
Int. CI. A63f9/00
U.S.Cl. 273-1 R 11 Claims

A game wherein the participants seek to avoid destroying an
object such as a rupturable or puncturable balloon. The game
includes a plurality of playing pieces, a rupturable object such
as a balloon, a balloon retainer, a pan to be disposed on top of
the balloon for carrying the playing pieces therein, the pan
having an elongated member extending downwardly trom the
bottom of the pan and a chance device for determining the

lift

number of playing pieces to be depos|l
is held spaced from the balloon by a h

OFFTCTAL GAZFTTF

March 5, 1974

cd in the pan The pan transmits "pins standing" information to distinct optical pro-
hcal spring surroundmg jection and data printing systems. The intersecting, rencctmg

and transmitting optical paths originate m front of the head
pin position and converge in the direction of the pit end of the
lane.

the elongated member. As weight i> added to the pan the elon-
gated member is forced against the biilloon against the bias of
the spring and eventually the balloon bursts.

3,795.401

BASKETBAI I RFBOLNl) DOME

Bradford H. Volt/. Erie. Pa., and Kenneth E. Hayden.

Ohio, assignors to Kenneth E. Hayden. Avon. Ohio

Eiled Apr. 23. 1969. Ser. No. 818.572

Int. CI. A63b6j r>0

A>on,

L .S. CI. 273

2 Claims

A basketball rebound dome in the shape of a convex surface
member having a plurality of raise|d hemispherical surfaces
agam^t which a basketball mav strike to cause erratic bounc-
ing IS held within the rim of a basketball goal by a plurality of

radialK extending clarhps

3.795.403

ONE-PIECE CHANNEL SHAPED PISTON RIN(;

Eisukt Sugahara, c/o 12-203 No. 1. Akabanedail-chome,

Tokxt. Japan

Division of Ser. No. 85.(M2, Oct. 29. 1970. Pat. No. 3,729,790.

This application Nov. 1 1, 1971, Ser. No. 197,745

Int. CI. K16j9/m;

U.S. CI. 277— 201 2 Claims

A piston ring has an electrolytic Cr plating applied to the
surface of the channel shaped steel article prior to slitting by
the grinder to form a plurality of lateral slits.

3,795,404
SEALING OE ME( HANICAL SEAL AND MANLEACTl RE

THEREOE

Kazuki Ogawa. Eukuoka; Hiroshi Ito. Dazaifu-machi. and Mit-
suhiko Eurukawa. Eukuoka. all of Japan, assignors to Nip-
pon Tungsten Company. Ltd.. Eukuoka-shi and Nippon Pil-
lar Packing C ompany. Ltd.. Osaka-shi. both of. Japan
Eiled Mav 2, 1972, Ser. No. 249,669
int.CI.EI6j /5/.?-^
U.S. CI. 277-235 R 2 Claims

3,795,402
PIN SENSING SYSTEM
John (;. Bolder. Jr.. Orinda. and Cirl A. Walker, Morana,
both of Calif., as.signors to Digilax Corporation. Oakland.

Calif.

Division of Ser. No. 44.733. June 9. 1970. Pat. No. 3.705.722.

This application Eeb. 7, 1972, S«r. No. 224,245

Int.CL A63d5/0-<

l,S. CI. 273-54 E 4 Claims

A pin sensing system, based on the dcrmition of pin sensing

zones by intersecting reflecting and transmitting optical paths.

7 3 9 8

Seal ring of mechanical seal comprising a basic metal or
substrate having a hard metal coaling adhered thereto by a
sintering process.

March 5, 1974

GENERAL AND MECHANICAL

119

3,795,405
CLAMPINC; OE PARTS BY ADHERENCE ON AXIAL
THRUST SUPPORT
Pierre Lecailtel, and Bruno Dressier, both of Billancourt,
Erance, assignors to Regie Nationale Des Usines Renault. Bil-
lancourt and Automobiles Peugeot, Paris, both of. Erance

Eiled Dec. 2, 1971, Ser. No. 204,151
Claims priority, application Erance, Dec. 4, 1970. 70.43694;
Nov. 24, 1971.71.42070

Int. CI. B23b 5/24
U.S. CI. 279-1 L 5 Claims

the jaws to tighten them while forming a shock-absorbing
mechanical cushion. Mechanism is also provided which
prevents reverse displacement of the jaws during use of the
tool, but which permits such displacement for removal of the
tool.

A clamping device, especially for pistons of interna! com-
bustion motors, permitting previous indexing and ensuring the
handling and maintenance in position of the said pistons dur-
ing the half-finish and finish machining operations of the skirt
and the lands of said pistons.

1 he device comprises a receiving member in frontal support
of the head of a workpiece, presenting, centering and indexing
members for the piece towards the said receiving member,
and members intended to apply the piece against the present-
ing member by supporting the face of the head of the piece op-
posite to Its face which is frontally supported against the
receiving member. i

3,795,406
SELF-TIGHTENING DRILL CHUCK
Gunter Horst Rohm, Muhlstrasse 9, 9727 Sontheim/Brenz,
Germany

Eiled July 3, 1972, .Ser. No. 268.752
Claims priority, application Germany, July 3, 1971,

2133142

Int.CI. B23b.?///6
U.S. CI. 279-56 10 Claims

3,795,407
HEEL-HOLDING DEV ICE EOR SAFETY SKI BINDINGS

Yoichi Nagasaki. HamamaLsu. Japan, assignor to Nippon
Gakki Seizo Kabushiki Kaisha. Shizuoka-ken. Japan

Eiled June 8, 1972, Ser. No. 260.805
Claims priority, application Japan. July 21. 1971.46-54470
Int.CI. A63c 9/00
U.S. CI. 280- 11.35 T 11 Claims

A heel-holding device for a safety ski binding comprises a
rotatable member provided with a pedal and a heel clamping
projection and having an aperture. A pair of stationary shafts
each having a roller therearound are extended into the aper-
ture with the rollers in contact with the aperture wall The
aperture has a pair of deeply concaved walls and other walls
contiguous thereto and so shaped as to allow the rotatable
member to rotate about both of the shafts respectively A con-
stantly acting force is exerted against the rotatable member to
hold it in any rotated position

In a boot-clamped state, one of the shafts is engaged into
one of the deeply concaved walls, and when a force exceeding
the above-mentioned force is applied to release the boot, the
rotatable member is rotated about said one of the shafts and
then further rotated about the other of the shafts, st> that the
heel clamping projection is raised apart from the heel.

3.795,408
WHEEL AND AXLE SYSTEM EOR LAND VEHICLES
Laszio Nemessanyi, Glen Head, N.Y.. assignor to Tridair In-
dustries, Redondo Beach, Calif.

Continuation of Ser. No. 56,570. July 20. 1970. abandoned.

This application Oct. 30, 1972, Ser. No. 301 ,936

Int. CI. B60k urn

U.S. CI. 280 — 80 R 4 Claims

A self-tightening drill chuck has a rotatable housing carry-
ing a first element formed with a tapered seat on which a plu-
rality of angularly-spaced wedgclike jaws arc provided. A
second element axially engages the jaws and either the first or
second element is threaded on the housing such that its rota-
tion displaces the jaws radially and axially on the seat to clamp
the shank of a tool. A body is provided in the housing to form
an abutment for the shank end, this body is connected to the
other element by means which translate axial pressure against
the body in one direction into opposite axial displacement of

A wheel and rotatable axle system for land vehicles where,
when one wheel moves at an angular velocity that is different
than the angular velocity of a second wheel, a clutch ( 1 ) per-
mits the one wheel to rotate independently of the second

120

wheel, and (2) damps an\ angulai

pt)sed nn the system to return both \. heels to the same or sub
stantially the same angular veioeity so that Tishtailmg" of
land vehicle supported by the w lee! and axle system is
eliminated

■■r

OFFICTAT, GAZETTE

MARni f), 1074

velocity oscillations im

3.795,409

VVUKKI FDCOASTINC; DKVK K

Patrick Cudmore. 9 Fallon St., C'amhridKi'. Mass. 02I3K

iiled \pr. 28. 1972. Scr. No. 24S.446

Int. CI. B62b i ikj

U.S. CI. 2H0 - 87.04

13 Claims

A wheeled coasting device hav ng a one-piece molded
plastic thm shell construction. The device has a riding plat-
form and front and rear mtegral fesilient suspension arms
which extend downwardly and centrUlly The suspension arms
mt>unt two parallel axles, each of which carries a wide cylin-
drically shaped ridged tire. When the rider shifts his weight
laterally, the platform tilts, the suspension arms pivot, and the
tires cock in opposite directions causing the coasting device to
turn m the direction that the rider is (caning.

3,795.410

BKARKR. ESPKCIAl I Y l.ONCilTl DIN AI BKARKR FOR

MOTOR VFHICI.FS

(lUntram Huber. Dachtel. (iermany, assignor to Daimk-r-Btn/

A(;. Stuggart. (icrmany

Filed May 7. 1971. Ser. No. 141.209
Claims nriority. application dermany. May 8. 1970,
2022683

Inl. CI. B62d2j//flO
U.S. CI. 280 106 R lOtlains

3,795.411

MKCHAMSM FOR M TOMATK \l FY MMM YINC;

.SAFFI^ RFSIRAINT BFI IS

Takezo Takada. 1731 Hikotomi-cho, Hikone. .lapan

Filed Mar 15. 1972. Ser. No. 234,796

Claims priority , application Japan, Aug. 20, 1 97 1 , 46-62933

Inl.CI. B60r2///0

U.S. CI. 280 -1 50 .SB 15 Claims

A mechanism foriiutomaticallyapplyinga safety restrainmg
belt to the occupant of a vehicle seat includes a pair of linear
i>r lajrved arms movable between retracted positions with
their free ends withdrawn to the sides t>f the seat and advanced
fH)sitions with the free ends near each other above the seat
cushion and forward of the seat back, and motors which are
energi/ed upon occupation of the seat and the closing of the
vehicle door to advance and retract the arms. One of the arms
upon advance withdraws the safety belt from a belt retraction
reel and the other advanced arm engages the coupler on the
bell anil upon retraction draws it into locking engagement
with a mating coupler at the side of the seat. Retractable belts
may be located on opposite sides of the seat and the advancing
arms withdraws from the belts and effects the engagement of
the buckles on the belts.

3,795,412
VKHICFE OCCUPANT RKSTRAINT SYSIKM

Andrew F. ,|ohn. 7315 Asman Ave., I.os Angeles, ( alif. 91304

Filed .June 16. 1972, Ser. No. 263,405

lnt.CI.B60r2//0,V

U.S. CI. 280 150 AB 10 Claims

A vehicle safety device is disclosed herein ft)r protecting oc-
cupants during an accident having a roof ht)using for storage
£ of a plurality of inflatable, spaced apart tubes carrying a sleeve

,A bearer, especially a longitudinal bearer for motor vehicles of netting material adapted to surround and confine the occu-
in which .it least one step-shaped ioftset is provided which pants upon deployment Deployment is achieved upon the oc-
changes in effect the cross-sectional area thereof; the offset is currence of an accident by releasing a pressurized gas coupled
thereby so constructed that in case of an impact-like load on to the tubes for inflation thereof and rapid extension of the
the longitudinal hearer substantialK in the direction of the netting from the housing I he netting and inflated tubes are
longitudinal bearer axis, a folding t)!lthc individual sections of positioned about the occupants and the back of the seat to
different cross-sectuin one within the other can take place. restrain the occupants from forward or lateral movement.

March 5, 1974

GENERAL AND MECHANICAL

121

3,795,413
INFLATABLE SAFETY DEVICE FOR MOTOR VEHICLE
Keizaburo Usui, Yokosuka; Michio Yamaguchi, Yokohama;
Yasuhiro Saito, Tokyo; Tsugio Noda, Kawagoe; Takashi
Mitani, Kawago«; Shinzo Tsuji, Kawagoe, and KenichI Mit-
suhashi, Tokyo, all of Japan, assignors to Nissan Motor Com-
pany Limited, Yokohama City, Japan

Filed Apr. 2 1 , 1 97 1 , Ser. No. 1 36,05 1
Claims priority, application Japan, Apr. 25, 1970, 45-
40411; May 4, 1970,45-43852

Int. CI. B60r2//0<S
U.S. CI. 280-150AB 5 Claims

The aforesaid dihedral angle is directed forwards in relation
to the passenger, and the interior of the surface portion of the
bag which is to engage the passenger in case of crash is sub-
jected to two unequal fluid pressures of which the highest is
exerted at least in the air-bag portion nearest to the passenger.

U<L

3,795,415
MULTI-LOAD TRACTOR HITCH SYSTEM
James Allan Koch, Hudson, and Donald LeRoy Henderson,
Waterloo, both of Iowa, assignors to Deere & Company,
Moline, 111.

Filed .Sept. 29, 1972, Ser. No. 293,436

Int. CI. B62d 53/00

IJ.S. CI. 280—46 1 A 22 Claims

I. -J 10

A safety device for a motor vehicle adapted to protect a
vehicle occupant from injury in the event of a collision of a
motor vehicle. Ihe safety device includes a pressurized gas
supply unit comprising pressurized gas generating means and
sealing means in closing engagement with a discharge spout of
the pressurized gas generating means The sealing means in-
cludes a first split cap member releasably attached to the
discharge spout to hermetically seal off the same engaging the
discharge spout, a second cap member associated with the
first cap member for hermetically seal off the discharge spout.
and explosive means for releasing, when activated, the first
and second cap members from the discharge spout thereby
to provide communication between the discharge spout and
the inflatable confinement whereby the pressurized gas is
admitted into the inflatable confinement to actuate the same
to its protective position.

3,795,414
INFLATABLE SAFETY DEVICES FOR PROTECTING THE

DRIVERS OF MOTOR VEHICLES
Pierre Ventre, and Jacques Lacambre, both of Billancourt,
France, a.ssignors to Regie Nationale Des Lsines Renault. Bil-
lancourt and Automobiles Peugeot, Paris, both of, France

Filed Nov. 8, 1971, Ser. No. 196,417
Claims priority, application France, Nov. 19, 1970,
70.41537

Int. CI. B60r2//f>*
U.S. CI. 280-150 AB 4 Claims

A tractor includes a hitch system comprising spaced lower
draft links carrying draft hi)oks at their distal ends and an
upper center link in the form of an extensible and retractable
hydraulic actuator and a drawbar An inverted U-shaped arch
member has opposite legs respectively pivotally connected to
the draft links at locations intermediate the ends thereof by
means establishing a horizontal transverse axis about which
the arch member is swingable fore and aft A swivel bracket
including rollers is mounted for rolling movement along the
transverse bight portion of the arch member between a stored
position on one of the legs of the arch member and an opera-
tive position on the transverse bight portion of the arch
member The hitch structure mav be arranged in a three-point
hitch mode by suspending the center link-formmg hydraulic
actuator from the bight portion of the arch member by spring
means and by connecting a draft hook to the end of the piston
rod of the center link-forming actuator The hitch structure
may be arranged in a weight transfer mode by placing the
swivel bracket in its operative position. b\ connecting the end
of the piston rod of the center link-forming actuator to the
bracket and by connecting a force transmitting member or
link between the swivel bracket and the implement to be
towed. The hitch structure includes draft responsive means for
initiating automatic draft and weight transfer control, the draft
responsive means being, in one embodiment, responsive to
forces imposed on the lower draft links or on the drawbar and
being responsive in a second embodiment to draft forces im-
posed on the center link-forming actuator.

3,795,416
HOUSING FOR MOUNTING AN OPERATING LEVER FOR

AN AUTOMOTIVE VEHICLE D(K)R LOCK
Klaus Friedrich Hehl, and Bernd Schenk, both of Norderstedt,
Germany, assignors to ITW-ATECO GmbH, Norderstedt,
Germany

Filed June 23, 1972, Ser. No. 265,856
This safety device comprises an inflatable air-bag inter- Int. CI. EOSc /i/O-^

posed between the pa.s.senger and one portion of the pa.ssenger U.S. CI. 292— 336.3 2 Claims

compartment of a vehicle, wherein the surface portion of the A housing for an automobile vehicle door lock that is in-
air-bag which is to engage the passenger in case of crash forms sertable into the inner wall of the vehicle door is disclosed. An
an acute dihedral angle with a vertical plane of reference. operating lever is mounted on the housing and a shield covers

122

the insert ope
the housing to

OFFICIAL GAZETTE

March 5, 1974

nmg A resihent tongue for releasably securing dinal direction and are secured to the bumper and to the sup-

the dtwr is located on the interior portion of the

port structure by way of joints having vertical axes while they
are supported in the vehicle transverse direction between
elastic bodies.

3,795,419
BIAXIAL SHOCK ABSORBING BUMPER
Ignatius John Niemkiewicz, Wilmington, Del., and William S.
Aseitine, Devon, Pa., assignors to Gulf & Western Industrial
Products Company. Grand Rapids, Mich.

Filed June 9, 1972, Ser. No. 261,507

Int. CI. B60r 19/08

IJ.S. CI. 293—88 »•* Claims

housing and is offset from the shieldiby a distance substantially
equal to the thickness of the wall of the vehicle door.

3,795,417
ELECTRICALLY OPERATED COIN BOX LOCK
David J. Cohen, 9614 N. Crawford Ave., Skokie, III. 60646
Filed Oct. 18, 1971. Ser. No. 190,078

Int. CI. E05c ///W

L.S.CL 292-144

10 Claims

This invention relates to an electrically actuated com box
locking device for vending machines and the like The electri-
cally actuated locking device comprises a stilenoid having a
spring loaded plunger which is positioned to engage a staple
coupled to the machine When the plunger engages the staple
the coin box cannot be removed from the machine. The sole-
noid is actuated by an appropriate signal having a particular
characteristic.

3,795,418
Bl MPER ARRANGEMENT IN A VEHICLE
Bela Barenyi, Maichingen, and Hermann Renner, Magstadt,
both of Germany, assignors to Daimler-Benz AG. Stuttgart.
Germany

Filed June 2. 1972, Ser. No. 259.001
Claims priority, application Germany, June 2, 1971.

2127258

Int. CI. B60r 7 9/06
U.S. CI. 293 — 88 31 Claims

A shock absorbing bumper for a vehicle (or structure) is
capable of absorbing impact forces along both a frontal and a
lateral axis. The bumper comprises at least one pair of com-
plementary, tclescopically engaging chambers at least par-
tially encompassed by a fixed housing, with one of the cham-
bers mounted on a slide bar and the other having an impact-
receiving face affixed thereto The slide bar and consequently
the chambers are laterally moveable with respect to the fixed
housing Shock absorbing material, e.g.. a resilient plastic
foam material, is contained within the chambers and the fixed
housing.

Frontal impact forces will drive the pair of telescopic cham-
bers together, compressing the shock absorbing material
between them. Lateral impact forces will drive the slide bar
and chambers laterally with respect to the fixed housing, com-
pressing the shock-absorbing material between the housing
and the chambers.

3.795.420
LIFT COUPLING
Max K. Preston. Jr.. Oak Ridge. Tenn.. assignor to The United
States of America as represented by the United States Atomic
Energy Commission. Washington. D.C.

Filed Mar. 7. 1973. Ser. No. 338.798

Int. CLB66cy/66,G21c 79/20

U.S. CI. 294-86 A 2 Claims

A bumper arrangement in a vehicle, especially in a motor ., . • j r

vehicle in which at least two shock absorbers are provided A positively locking coupling system especially designed for

between the bumper and the support structure, the shock ab- the positive function necessary in remote handling of highly

sorbers thereby extend in extension of the lateral parts of the radioactive loads is provided. The coupling is adapted to be

support structure at least approximately in the vehicle longitu- remotely operable.

March 5, 1974

GENERAL AND MECHANICAL

123

3 795 421 3.795,423

GRAPPLE ASSEMBLY ADAPTIVE BRAKING MODULATOR

Justin '. ■ I. and Paul-Eugene Vohl, both of St. Marc des Car- Martin A. Shields, and David A. Jackson, both of South Bend,

rieres Quebec, Canada •"<^-' assignors to The Bendix Corporation. South Bend. Ind.

FifedN"v. 29. 1972. Ser. No. 310,265 Filed Sept. 18, 1972, Ser. No. 289,930

In.. CI. B66c 1JII4 !"»• CI. B60t *//2

US CI 294-88 10 Claims U.S. CI. 303-6 C 5 Claims

A grapple assembly arranged io be suspended from a boom,
for example on a vehicle to load logs in the forest. A grapple
assembly having grapple jaws or buckets and forming a com-
pact slender unit not prone to become obstructed or damaged
by surrounding obstacles, positively pivoted around an upright
axis and having jaws which can pivot unequally when one is of-
fered a larger resistance than the other upon grappling. A
grapple assembly having two grapples pivolally supported by
a pivoted linkage arrangement allowing the unequal pivoting
thereof, a hydraulic actuator hn the grapples and a direction
changing drive to pivot the grapples and the actuator about an
upright axis.

3,795.422
SEAT MOUNTED FOOD TRAY WITH VANITY MIRROR
Roger R. Robinson. Thousand Oaks, and Stanley J. Hardman,
Los Angeles, both of Calif., assignors to Air Specialties, Inc..

Venice, Calif.

Filed Apr. 4, 1972, Ser. No, 241,006

Int. CI. A47c 7/62

U.S. CI. 297-191 5 Claims

An adaptive braking system for an automotive vehicle is dis-
closed which permits the proportioning unit valve commonK
used in vehicle braking systems to also function as the adap-
tive braking modulator. The device provides a fluid motor
which engages the proportioning piston and urges the latter
into sealing engagement with the poppet member to prevent
fiuid communication to the brakes of the vehicle when an
adaptive braking cycle has initiated. Thereafter, the fiuid
motor continues to urge the proportioning piston in a
direction enlargening the outlet chamber of the proportioning
valve, to thereby reduce the fiuid pressure level commu-
nicated to the vehicle brakes. An electrically actuated sole-
noid valve is responsive to an output signal from an electronic
control unit when an adaptive braking cycle is initiated to
communicate fiuid pressure to the fiuid motor for operating
the latter.

3,795,424

DECELERATION RESPONSIVE PROPORTIONING

VALVE FOR VEHICLE BRAKING SYSTEM

Richard L. Lewis. South Bend. Ind.. assignor to The Bendix

Corporation, South Bend. Ind.

Filed Aug. 16. 1971. Ser. No. 171.929

Int. CI.B60t 13/06

U.S. CI. 303—6 C 13 Claims

A proportioning valve for a vehicle braking system is dis-
A food serving tray adapted particularly for use in aircraft closed which includes a pair of valve members slidabK
mounted from the back of a seat on pivot arms so that it can disposed within a housing and cooperating with the latter to
be collapsed fiush into a recess in the back of the seat. The un- define an inlet chamber connected to the vehicle's master
derside of the tray has a covered vanity mirror adapted to be cylinder and an outlet chamber in fiuid communication with
used when the tray is in collapsed position. the rear wheel brakes of the vehicle The valve members mi-

124

OFFICIAL GAZETTE

March 5, 1974

tialK pormil uninhibited tluid communication between the
mici and outlet chambers until a predetermined relationship
exists between vehicle deceleration and the pressure level m
the valve, whereupon the valve members cooperate with one
another to restrict Huid communication between the inlet and
the outlet chambers to thereby establish a lower Huid pressure
level in the outlet chamber than the Huid pressure level
established in the inlet chamber

overriding a manual input force when a sensed speed condi-
tion indicates a closure distance between a vehicle and an ob-
ject exceeds a predetermined rate

3.795,425
Kl.KC TRONIC BRAKI\(i SYSTEM

(;u% Maroubv. N"uill>. France, assignor to Societe Anonyme
D.B.A.. Paris. FrancH'

Hied May 24. 1^7 2. Ser. No. 256.495
ClainTs priority, application France. June 18. 1971.

7122193

Int. CI. B60t KjOH
t.S. CI. 303- 21 BE » 4 Claims

SEISOII.

ERRATUM

For Class 305—56 see:
Patent No. 3,795,431

3.795,427
ANTI-WHIRI. FI.LTD BEARINC.
Lazar l.icht. San Mateo; Moritz Branger. Los Altos; Helmut L.
Kayan. and Bob L. Lawson, both of Redwood City, all of
Calif., assignors to Ampex Corporation, Redwood City,

Calif.

Filed Nov. 24, 1972. Ser. No. 309.196

Int. CI. F 16c/ 7// 6

IJ.S. CI. 308-9 17 Claims

lo cit miTy

»'0:

18 I (-» •■"

■~1

¥7^

11^-

(-.

The invention relates to an efcctronic anti-skid system
which avoids the untimely operating of the system which oc-
curs especially further to the aleatory variations of the wheel
speed A given percentage ot the output voltage of a wheel
speed sensor is memori/cd in a capacitor by means of a diode,
as soon as the wheel decelerates The exhaust signal which is
given at the output of an .inti-skid logic circuitry is transmitted
to a transistor only when the v^heel speed has decreased of an
amount equal to the complemenlarv percentage of the given
percentage The resetting oi the devices is effected by another
diode which deletes the memon/ed voltage of the capacitor.

An anti-whirl capability is provided for a shaft and journal
bearing, or a conical-ended shaft in a combination journal-
thrust bearing, by coiling a springy foil-strip in more than one
full turn around the shaft within the bearing concavity, the
springiness of the coiled strip being such as to cause the coil to
expand away from the shaft and against the walls of the con-
cavity in the bearing block

3.795,426

ACTUATION MEANS RESPONSIVE TO A SENSED

BRAKING CONDITION FOR ACTIVATING A

SERVOMOTOR

Albert E. Sisson, Southfield. Mich., assignor to The Bendix

Corporation. South Bend, Ind.

Filed Mar. 30. 1973. Ser. No. 346,394

Int. CI. B60t<^/04

U.S. CI. 303-2 IF 10 Claims

COn*TH«T VM.VC MMAL I

^<^

3,795,428
TW O-PIECE INTERLOCKED SCPPORT/THRLST
BEARINGS
John H. Paine. Peoria, and Orville E. Kessinger. Jr.. Mackin-
aw, both of III., assignors to Caterpillar Tractor Co., Peoria,

III.

Filed Jan. 10, 1972, Ser. No. 216,631

Int.Cl.F16cJi/06

U.S. CI. 308- 161 7 Claims

-y^

A solenoid actuator connected to a servomotor for operat-
ing a control valve in response to an automatic input force

A track roller bearing in two pieces is provided having inter-
locking means between each piece to provide a unitary, one-
piece construction.

March 5, 1974

GENERAL AND MECHANICAL

125

3,795,429
OPEN BALL BEARING
Jean-Pierre Peyrot, 1, avenue de la Division du General Lecler,
Villejuif, Val de Marne, France

Filed Aug. 16, 1971, Ser. No. 171,878
Claims priority, application France, Aug. 18, 1970,
7030265 •

Int. CI. F 16c / 9/02 ^

U.S. CI. 308- 185 4 Claims

Open ball bearing in which the bearing cage comprises an
inner cri)wn and an outer crown lined with bearing balls on a
single endless race or track, the opening or aperture of the
crowns curving in the shape of a clamp or pliers enabling a
recessed shaft to be rotatably lodged inside the inner crown or
curved element of the bearing balls for circular welding on a
tube placed in the recess.

3,795,430

W EAR RESISTANT FRICTIONALLY CONTACTING

SURFACES

Carl Wiem F'arley, Hockessin, Del., assignor to E. I. duPont de

Nemours and Company, Wilmington, Del.

Filed Oct. 19. 1972, Ser. No. 298,837

Int. CI. F 16c ii//2

U.S. CI. 308— 241 14 Claims

An improved mechanical system comprising a first part
presenting a first metallic surface, a second part presenting a
metallic surface of the same or a different metal and capable
of being in sliding contact with the first surface, and means for
inducing and maintaining the two surfaces in sliding contact
with each other, for example, in liquid pumps of the gear type
wherein there is sliding and rolling between the teeth of ad-
jacent meshing and unmeshing gears, the improvement con-
sisting of employing as each surface a metallic surface com-
prising an alloy containing at least 60 atom percent of at least
two heavy metal transition elements, the ratio of the atomic
radii of the largest to the smallest transition elements being
1.05-1.68, and consisting of 10-100 volume percent of a hard
pha.se and 0-90 volume percent of a matrix phase which is
softer than the hard pha.se. said hard phase containing a major
fraction of Laves phase in such amount as to provide at least
10 volume percent thereof in the alloy.

on a track suspension. The rail is welded to the link along its
central portion and at its extreme ends. Intermediate the cen-
tral portion and the ends of the rail, the rail is free to move
longitudinally or "grow" with respect to the track link

m^^

In an alternative embodiment, the rail has its central portion
bolted to the track link. A groove and key arrangement in the
abutting surface of the rail and track link allow longitudinal
growth of the rail while resisting lateral defiection forces.

3,795,432

METHOD FOR ELIMINATING DEGRADATION OF

CROSSED-FIELD-AMPLIFIER PERFORMANCE

Bernard Goldstein, Princeton, N.J., assignor to The United

States of America as represented by the Secretary of the

Navy, Washington, D.C.

Filed Feb. 3, 1972, Ser. No. 223,327
Int. CI. HOlj 9/50
U.S. CI. 316 — 2 2 Claims

A method for restoring the performance of certain crosscd-
field-amplificr tubes which have deteriorated because of
degradation of the secondary emission characteristic Per-
formance is restored by providing an agent for gettering
desorbed carbon on the cathode and activating the tube and
the gettering agent simultaneously.

3,795,433
VOLTAGE INDUCED OPTICAL WAVEGUIDE MEANS
Donald Jones Channin, Cranbury, N.J., assignor to RCA Cor-
poration, New York, N.Y.

Filed May 22, 1972. Ser. No. 255,660

Int.CI. G02b5//4,G02f //26

U,S.CL350— 96WG 14 Claims

ELECTROOE-

3,795,431

TRACK LINK WITH REPLACEABLE RAIL

Roger L. Boggs, East Peoria, and Harold L. Reinsma, Dunlap,

both of III., assignors to Caterpillar Tractor Co., Peoria, III.

Filed Jan. 10, 1972, Ser. No. 216,61 1

Int. CLB62d 55/20

U.S. CI. 305—56 5 Claims

A track link for an endless track chain assembly has a

replaceable rail secured to one edge for engaging track rollers

The increase of the refractive index in one or more localized
regions defined by spaced electrodes on a surface of an elec-
tro-optic crystal, in response to a voltage across the elec-
trodes, provides voltage-induced optical waveguide means. By
controlling the voltage and/or the configuration of the elec-
trodes, complex optical translating systems can readily be con-
structed.

126

OFFICTAT. GAZETTE

March 5, 1974

' 3,795,434

(iRATINC; GLIDES FOR OPTICAL SI RFACE WAVES
Kric Albert Ash, London. England, assignor to International

Business Machines Corporation, Armonk, N.Y.
Division of Ser. No. 203.185. Nov. 30, 197 1. abandoned. This
application Jul> 20. 1972. S«r. No. 273.576
Int. CI. (;02b:^/y4

matogenic fluid in the isotropic state, is described. Said dielec-
tric, upon application of a voltage to the electrodes, becomes

U.S.CL 350-96 WG

8 Claims

arty the ncmatogenic fluid
neral formula

Waveguides for use with guided clastic waves and guided
optical waves wherein the lateral leakage rate of the

waveguides is very small The decreased leakage rale is ef- ^^^^^^^ refracting. More particula
feclcd by longitudinal >tr,p regions or gratings periodically ^^^^ j,^., ^,,^ j, ,,f jhe gener;

spaced on either side of the main waveguide region. I hose
poruxlicalK spaced gratings rapidU decrease the rate of the

evanescant portion of the wave according to a geometric law.

Further, by controlling the amount of discontinuity presented ^ \-Cll=S-<f >-CN

by the periodic gratings the rate o( evanescance may be con- \ / \ X

trolled.

3.795.435
REFLEX LIGHT REFLECTION SHEET AND METHOD
FOR ITS MANLFACTLRE
r^urt Schwab. Innsbruck, Tirol, Austria, assignor to D.
Swarovski & Co., Tirol, Austria

Division of Ser. No. 847,528, July 30, 1969, Pat. No.

3.702,2 1 3. This application Oct. «. 1970, Ser. No. 79.360

Claims prioritv. application Austria. May 9. 1%9. 4502

Int.CI. G02b 1 /2

L.S.Cl.350-105 11 Claims

wherein R is ethyl, n-propyl. n-butyl, n-pentyl,
n-hexyl, isohexyl, n-heptyl or n-octyl
or compounds of the general formula

COO

-CN

wherein R is n-butyl, n-pentyl, n-hexyl,

n-heptyl or n-octyl,
or mixtures thereof or mixtures of these compounds with
other nematogcnic substances.

Reflex light reflector sheet of the kind wherein a spacer
layer is interposed between suhstanlialU spherical transparent
beads and a rear mirror surface Ihe spacer layer is formed
from a smooth, prefabricated self-supporting transparent
plastic foil which is deft)rmed so as to snugly conform to and
envelope the rear contours of the spherical beads fhe defor-
mation of the spacer layer foil is accomplished by subjecting
the foil with the beads placed thereon to a pressure differential
such as by appl>ing vacuum to one side of the foil

A plane cover la>er may be superimposed on the front por-
tion of the beads and the beads are bonded b> a suitable
binder

3,795.436

NEMATOGENIC MATERIAL WHICH EXHIBIT THE

KERR EFFECT AT ISOTROPIC TEMPERATURES

Arthur Boiler, Binningen. and Hanspeter Scherrer, Therwil,

both of Switzerland, assignors to Hoffmann-La Roche, Inc.,

Nutley.N.J.

Filed July 11, 1972, Ser. No. 270,789
Claims priority, application Great Britain, June 21. 1972,

28987/72

Int.Cl.G02f ///6
U.S.CL 350- 150 17 Claims

An electro-optical light-mcxlulation cell having a dielectric
disposed between electrixles and being comprised of a ne-

3,795.437

PHOTOGRAPHIC OBJECTIVE OF RELATIVELY

NARROW VIEWING ANGLE

Takahiro Sugiyama, Tokyo. Japan, assignor to Asahi Ko^ahu

Kogyo kabushiki Kaisha, Tokyo, Japan

Filed May 18, 1972, Ser. No. 254,423
Claims priority, application Japan, May 24, 1971, 46-35397
Int. CI. G02b y/60
U.S. CI. 350-218 1 Claim

N7 TI

A photographic objective having a relatively narrow view-
ing angle. The length of the objective is relatively great. In
order to achieve a small Petzval sum and the relatively narrow
angle, the dimension d^ of the space along the principal axis
between the second and third lenses is relatively great.

March 5, 1974

GENERAL AND MECHANICAL

127

3,795,438

APPARATUS FOR PERMEATING AN AUDITORIUM

WITH ODOURS IN CONJUNCTION WITH PROJFXTION

OF A MOTION PICTURE FILM
Sven Torben Westenholz; Svend Helge Kristiansen, and Ole
Roslyng, all of Naestved, Denmark, assignors to Nordisk
Ventilator Co. A/S., Naestved, Denmark

FiledJune21,197l,Ser. No. 155,182

Claims priority, application Denmark, June 22, 1970, 3221

Int. CI. G03b2//i2

U.S. CI. 352-85 7 Claims

plurality of magnetic recording stripes and by providing pro-
jecting equipment with specially devised adapters for playing
back sound tracks recorded on these stripes. The adapters are

A method and apparatus for introducing controlled
amounts of odors into an auditorium generally in conjunction
with, for example, a visual presentation. Cartridges or other
receptacles containing odorous substances can be made to
communicate with an air injection duct in correspondence to
markings on, for example, a film strip. A secondary air feed
system is capable of evacuating the odorous substance below
the sensing threshold Appropriate valve means and ducts
aUmg with injection no/./.lcs are provided and controlled for
introducing the odor

3.795,439
PHOTOGRAPHIC FILMSTRIP
Gordon P. Brown, Rochester, and David N. Schwardt.
Webster, both of N.Y.. assignors to Eastman Kodak Com-
panv. Rochester, N.Y.

Filed Dec. 8,1971, Ser. No. 205,853

Int.CI. G03c //76

U.S. CI. 352-235 3 Claims

I 50 o

l^^

22 29

fW>L-^

17 19 li 21

25 23

A photographic filmstrip having predefined image areas
regularly spaced from one another at a uniform pitch distance
includes discontinuities for facilitating the splicing of two of
such filmstrips together end-to-end in such a manner that,
when spliced, the endmost image area of one strip will be
spaced from the adjacent image area of the other strip by a
distance which is a multiple of the pitch distance.

3,795,440
MULTI-TRACK SOUND SYSTEM FOR NARROW -WIDTH

MOTION PICTURE FILM
Robert Swerdlow, Toronto, Ontario, and Emil Schilder.
Kensington, Ontario, both of Canada, assignors to Cinacor,
Ltd., Ontario. Canada

FiledMar. 31,1971,Ser. No. 129,935

Int. CI. G03bi/ /02

U.S.CI. 352— 27 3 Claims

Narrow-width motion picture systems are provided with a

multiple-track sound capability by providing the film with a

designed to be compatible with existing equipment, and they
include a switching arrangement for permitting the sound
tracks to be replayed separately or in combination.

3,795,441
TRANSFER ROLLER
Daniel S. Hoffman, Rochester; Thomas Meagher, Webster, and
Robert J. Michatek, Fairport, all of N.Y., assignors to Xerox
Corporation, Stamford, Conn.

Filed Aug. 9,1972, Ser. No. 278.984

Int. CI.G03g/5//6

U.S. CI. 355-3 R 3 Claims

E^^l

A transfer roller for a transfer roller assembly to be included
within an electrostatographic machine wherein the transfer
roller is tcxturized by providing a plurality of grooves and
ridges having a vertical distance therebetween of from about
0.003 to 0.008 inches. The roller may include a coating of a
high gloss durable material.

3,795,442
ELECTROPRINTING DEVICE
Takuhei Kimura, and Masaki Akita, both of 7-41 Kugayama 1
Chome, Suginami-ku, Tokyo, Japan

Continuation-in-part of Ser. Nos. 793,506. Jan. 23. 1969.
abandoned, and Ser. No. 174,977, Aug. 25. 1971, abandoned.
This application Oct. 10, 1972. Ser. No. 296.213
Claims priority, application Japan, Jan. 26, 1968, 43-427 1
\n{.C\.GOi%l5lO()
U.S. CI. 355-3 R 4 Claims

An electroprinting machine comprising a master-sheet mak-
ing device and a transcribing device following and directly
connected to the ma.ster-sheet making device. The transcrib-
ing device comprises a rotating drum which receives the
master-sheet and carries it on its periphery during its rotation.

128

OFFICIAL GAZETTE

March 5, 1974

The master-sheet is charged b\ an additional charging device
while being irradiated with light, the toner adheres to the
image parts of the master-sheet in a succeeding development
by a developer, and the toner on the master-sheet is trans-

photocell includes ( 1 ) an integrator circuit effective in a first
condition to produce a signal having a stable amplitude and in
a second condition responsive to the magnitude of the
parameter to produce a time dependent signal, the amplitude
of which is a function of the cumulative total level of radiant
energy received from the lamp by the document, (2) a com-
parator circuit adapted to produce a pulse signal when the

cnbed to the transferred paper under suitable pressure and
voltage applied to the drum and a transcription roller when
each transcription paper is synchronousK passed between the
rotating drum on which the master-sheet is secured and the
transcription roller.

3.795.443
XEROGRAPHIC DFVELOPMENT
Robert V . Heine-Geldern. Pittsford, and Alan B. Amidon. Pen-
field, both of N.V.. assignors to Xerox Corporation,
Rochester. N.N .

Kiled Aug. 26. 1968, Ser. No. 755.461

Int. ti.(;o3syj/y(>'

L.S. CI. 355 10 II Claims

U <CCU»TT»[

;3r^i

time dependent signal reaches a threshold level, (3) an elec-
tronic switch such as a relay responsive to the pulse signal to
cause the integrator circuit to switch to the first condition and
then back to the second condition, and (4) counter means
responsive to selected number of such pulse signals for de-
energizing the exposure lamps to end document exposure

3,795,445
SLOPE CONTROL EXPOSl RE CONTROL APPARATUS
Ronald Jackson Hamlin. Brockport, and Richard Edmund AI-
brecht. Rochester, both of N.Y ., assignors to Eastman Kodak
Company, Rochester, N.Y.

Filed Mar. 15, 1973, Ser. No. 341,434

Int. CI. C,03b 2 7/7«

U.S. CL 355-68 5 Claims

A method and apparatus for developing an electrostatic
charge pattern with an ultrasomcallv generated uncharged
droplet mist The apparatus comprises an ultrasonic trans-
ducer which IS energized from a power source and which has
the capability of generating uncharged droplet mist particles
from a liquid material fhe droplet mist st> create;^ is brought
into ccmtact with the electrostatic charge pattern to effect its
development without regard to image or charge polarity.

3,795,444
EXPOSURE CONTROL APPARATUS
Dennis James C.lidden, and Wayne Alan Freiert, both of
Rochester, N.Y.. assignors to Eastman Kodak Company.
Rochester, N.Y .

Filed Oct. 5, 1972, Ser. No. 295,410
Int. CI. G03b 27/76
U.S. CI. 355-68 1 Claim

Exposure control apparatus for use in photographic
reproduction apparatus such as a microfilmer includes at least
one exposure lamp effective when energized to illuminate a
document to be photographed when disposed at a photo-
graphic station The apparatus further includes a photocell
which receives light directly fronn the lamp and has a parame-
ter the magnitude of which varies as a function of the level of
intensity of such light. An electrical network coupled to the

For use in a document reprcxiucing apparatus such as a
planetary microfilmer, a non-lmcar exposure control ap-
paratus utilizing slope control includes at least one illumina-
tion lamp for projecting light upon a document to be photog-
raphed to expose a medium such as film to actinic light
reflected from such document The exposure control ap-
paratus further includes a photocell adapted to prtxJuce an
output signal which is a function of the intensity and spectrum
of received actinic light A filter is disposed in optical align-
ment with the photocell and adapted to pass to the photocell
light coming directly from the lamp and light reflected from

March 5, 1974

GENERAL AND MECHANICAL

120

the document The filter has a spectral response selected to
cause the output signal of the photocell to correlate with the
spectral response of the medium. A control circuit includes
the photocell which terminates exposure after a predeter-
mined exposure of the medium in response to the output
signal A feature of the invention is the simplicity of such con-
trol circuit

3,795,446
LITHOGRAPHY
John Kenneth Houston, Epping, England, assignor to The
Rank Organization Limited, London, England

Filed Aug. 1 2, 1 97 1 , Ser. No. 1 7 1 ,286
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Aug. 12, 1970,
38809/70; Mar. 19, 1971, 7288/71

Int. CI. G03b 27/02
U.S. CI. 355— 78 33 Claims

This invention is concerned with shadow or contact printing

as employed, for example m the photo-etching of substrates.
An extended source of printing radiation, either in the form of
an effectively annular fixed source or an orbiting source, is
used to illuminate the mask under conditions of transitional
Fresnel-Fraunhofer diffraction, the effective illumination con-
dition of the mask during an exposure causing diffraction pat-
terns which tend to cancel each other, prcxlucing a sharply
defined shadow of the mask.

ERRATUM

For Class 355 — 4 see:
Patent No. 3,795,917

ERRATUM

For Class 356 — 45 see:
Patent No. 3,795,918

3,795.447
LASER ANEMOMETER FREQUENCY TO D.C.
CONVERTER
Nathan E. Welch, 307 Crestwood Dr., Tullahoma, Tenn.
37405, and Richard G. Ray, 907 Leona St.. Tullahoma,
Tenn. 38468
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 839,526, July 7. 1969,
abandoned. This application June 23, 1971, Ser. No. 1 55,797
Claims priority, application (Jreat Britain, June 29. 1970,

31347/70

lnt.CLG0lpi/J6
U.S. CI. 356-28 5 Claims

A method and apparatus for converting frequency informa-
tion to a DC voltage for use particularly with a laser velocity
measuring system whereby a laser beam is passed through a
flowing media, and a portion of the Doppler shifted beam is
optically combined with the non-shifted beam to produce a
fixed homodync signal which is then applied to a photodetec-
tor to produce a modulated electrical signal Fhis modulated
electrical signal is then amplified and delayed by a fixed or

variable time interval Next, the delayed and undelayed signals
are mixed together and the output integrated or applied to a
low frequency filter to produce a DC signal having an am-
plitude proportional to the cosine of a constant times the
velocity of the flowing media. The amplitude of the coefficient
of the cosine function can be readily ascertained by adjusting
the variable time delay line until the minimum or maximum'
value on the DC meter is observed, and then the velocity can
be determined by adjusting the time delay until a DC meter
has an average fluctuation of zero at which point the speed
can be quickly determined from the value of the time delay.
Alternatively, the delay line can be fixed and the signal from

the flowing media can be mixed with a variable oscillator out-
put signal to produce a signal at any given frequency which
will give a zero reading on the DC meter In a further embcxii-
ment a hold and track circuit is employed to cause the output
to retain the previous tracked value whenever an interval oc-
curs in which the signal is predominantly noise. In another em-
bodiment a feed back loop is employed to vary the frequency
of an oscillator, whose output is mixed with the velocity signal.
in order to maintain a null at the output. In yet another em-
bodiment, a digital system is employed to compare the
frequency of the velocity signal with the frequency of the
signal from a variable frequency oscillator

3,795,448

DOPPLER SHIFT SY STEM

James C. Fletcher, Administrator of the National Aeronautics

and Space Administration with respect to an Invention of,

and Sol Aisenberg, 36 Bradford Rd., Natick, Mass. 01760

Filed June 28, 1972, Ser. No. 266.943

Int.CI. G01pJ/J6

U.S. CI. 356— 28 * 6 Claims

Plasm*

BEiNG

.lOHT PiPtS

;*:::

IS IT 16

F4B»*T-M«0T PtmtOLMlA ^

iMTturcBomTiii 20 .^ J ^

S=t

I ADJUST

f-l —

MODULATION

OSCtLLATO*
f -lOO^

200, iticT.cA^.v

MCvaIlI

OMfTiR wmmxym

•MOTO-MUtT
^0»|K
•y»FLT

"T"

2«

COCKED M
MOOC

Vi^A*-

k>IKOCIif

LOcaie Mooi

rtlOBAOC

LOO* •«■

COMTOOL

An-4 »»'*»■ ""•'T'vi 1

° I D«TICTO» ^ .M^VT tl«MA

TiiMti

A system for measuring velocities of radiating particles
based on doppler shift is disclosed Light from the particles is
directed through a narrow band optical filter to a Fabry-Pcrot
interferometer initially tuned to a selected center line cor-
responding to zero particle doppler shift The movable mirror
of the interferometer is made to sweep about the center line
by the output of a modulation oscillator fhe fringe pattern
output is imaged onto a pin hole through which light is

920 O.G.— 5

180

OFFICIAL GAZETTE

March 5, 1974

directed to u photomultiplicr The output of the photomul-
tiplier is supplied to a phase sensitive detector which is sup-
plied with the oscillator output as a reference signal and which
operates in the quadrature mode The detector's output is gam
controlled and is combined with the oscillator's output to ad-
just the interferometer's movable mirror to acquire the line
center.

3.795,449

CtTTER MONITOR

Russell M. McKay. Sr., Los Altos, Calif., assignor lo Lockheed

Missiles & Space Company, Inc., Sunnyvale, Calif.

Filed Jan. 11, 1973, Ser. No. 322,708

Int. CI. B23c 9/00; qOlb / 1126

U.S. CI. 356-160

t - t ■

3 Claims

I 0*r« »tteci»>ea

body in an axial direction from one end of the body to the
other end, each end of the bt>dy being provided with apparatus
to seal the reference and sample bores from each other com-
prising a transparent lens with a flat surface positioned at the
end of the body and over the cell openings, the outer face of
the lens being convex, a thin sheet gasket material overlying
the outer face of the lens, a metal pressure plate overlying the
gasket material, both the gasket and pressure plate being pro-
vided with openings therein aligned with the sample and
reference bores in the cell body, and means for exerting a
pressure on the surface of the pressure plate whereby the pres-
sure plate exerts a force on the gasket and lens to force the
lens against the end wall of the cell body, the pressure plate
deforming under pressure to assume the convex shape of the
outer face of the lens whereby the pressure applied by the
pressure plate is spread over the surface area of the lens with a
maximum pressure applied at the central region thereof which
is aligned with the wall section of the main body between the
two cell bores In one embodiment, an additional gasket
material is positioned between the flat surface of the lens and
the end of the cell body with suitable openings therein aligned
with the sample and reference cell bores, this additional
gasket material either being heat treated to fuse to the cell
body and lens face and provide additional sealing or left in its
natural state to provide resilience at the surface of the seal.

A cutter monitor is used to sense the position of a cutter.
Optical non-contact means sense the position of the cutter and
produce an electrical output that represents that position. The
electrical outout is fed through electronic circuits that convert
it to two signals. The first signal drives a directly readable
digital output and the second signal is fed to a data processor.

3,795.450
Dt AL BEAM OPTICAL ABSORPTION PHOTOMETRY
DETECTOR ASSEMBLY FOR HIGH PRESSLRE
APPLICATIONS
Miner N. Munk, Walnut Creek, Calif., assignor to Varian As-
sociates, Palo Alto, Calif.

Filed Jan. 18, 1973, Ser. No. 324,636

Int. CI. coin IWIO

U.S. CI. 356-246 10 Claims

3,795,451
ROTOR FOR FAST ANALYZER OF ROTARY CUVETTE

TYPE
James C. Mailen, Oak Ridge. Tenn., assignor to The United
States of America as represented by the United States Atomic
Energy Commission, Washington, D.C.

Filed Apr. 24. 1973. Ser. No. 354,041

Int. CI. coin l/IOJ/28

U.S. CI. 356-246 8 Claims

An improved rotor characterized by efficient premixing of
sample and reactant liquids prior to their being discharged
into a sample analysis cuvette is provided. Inner and outer
concentric circular arrays of static loading cavities are
disposed within the rotor on a one-to-one basis centripetal to
an array of sample analysis cuvettes. The centrifugal walls of
cavities in the inner array of loading cavities each slope
downwardly and outwardly to a capiUary-sized passage having
a bubble trap Liquid communication is provided by the capil-
lary-si/ed passages between those cavities and respective cavi-
ties in the outer array of loading cavities upon rotation of the
rotor while intercontact of the liquids in the respective cavities
is prevented under static loading conditions The centrifugal
walls of cavities in the outer array of loading cavities each
slope upwardly and outwardly to a cuvette loading passageway
at an angle approaching the vertical in order to retain liquids
A detector assembly providing a sample cell and a reference in those cavities at preselected low rotor rotational speeds suf-
cell for use m a dual beam optical absorption photometry in- ficient to cause liquid to flow through the capillary-sized
strument wherein the reference cell and sample cell are passage and to discharge liquids through the cuvette loading
formed b\ a pair of bores extending through a mam detector passageways at preselected higher speeds.

March 5, 1974

GENERAL AND MECHANICAL

131

3,795,452
INSTRUMENT FOR AUTOMATICALLY INSPECTING
INTEGRATED CIRCUIT MASKS FOR PINHOLES AND

SPOTS
Roger J. Bourdelais, Essex Junction, Vt.; Dominick Colangelo,
Camillus, N.Y.; Robert J. McFadyen, and James F. Elliott,
both of Syracuse, N.Y., assignors to The United States of
America as represented by the Secretary of the Air Force.
Washington. D.C.

Filed Feb. 28. 1973. Ser. No. 336,585

lnLCI.G0In2y//6,2y/i2

LI.S.CL 356-237 3 Claims

pieces. An elongated shank matingly receives a head for hold-
ing cutting tools. Near the end of the shank, a transverse bore
(one end closed) telescopically receives a pin that is coupled
out of the bore to the head by a stud extending through a
transverse slot in the end of the shank. A lubricant passage is

X- V

&^h

,/"

l»4^* Sftjh'tf^ C/ntjuiTny

^j-

>ii-

_n_

a. °l

S"S

-TL

SF.T

— V

An apparatus for automatically detecting pinholes and spots
in an integrated circuit photographic mask The photographic
mask IS scanned by a television-type camera through a
microscope to detect imperfections Signals representing the
imperfection are processed in logic circuitry.

3,795.453
FRAMEWORK ASSEMBLING MEMBERS
Georges Julien Condevaux. 159, rue Blomet, 75015 Paris.
France

Filed July 7. 1972, Ser. No. 269,526

Claims priority, application France, July 7, 1971, 71.24863

Int. CI. F 16b 7/00

U.S. CI. 403— 3 8 Claims

provided through the shank and the head which also receives a
nozzle as for directing lubricant at the instant location of
cutting. The head and the shank also define aligned index sur-
faces to facilitate adjustment and measurements. Forms of the
bar are disclosed for receiving both inserts and conventional
cutting tools.

3,795,455

MACHINE TOOL HAV ING CENTRIFUGALLY

ACTUATED COLLET

Wojciech B. Kosmowski, Covina, Calif., assignor to Digital

Systems, Inc., Arcadia, Calif.

Division of Ser. No. 33.844, May 1, 1970. Pat. No. 3.687.467.

This application July 24. 1972. Ser. No. 274,175

Int. CI. B23b-?//0«

U.S. CI. 408— 239 5 Claims

In a framework built from section elements, some of which
are formed with a sidewall constituted by spaced fianges defin-
ing a scmi-closcd slot, an assembling member essentially com-
prised of a stem secured in one end of a first element by a set
screw, and of an oblong head to be fitted in the slot of a
second section element. Said stem is formed with a large-pitch
helical groove registering with said screw and terminating in a
locking cavity, whereby pressing said second element on said

first element causes said head to be rotated into locking posi- This disclosure relates to machine tools such as drilling
tion transversely of said slot, and tightening of said screw in machines particularly adapted for drilling on printed circuit
said cavity causes said fianges of said second element to be boards and the like In particular, the disclosure is directed to
clamped between said head and said first element. improvements in ccntrifugally actuated collets for use with
rotatable spindles employed in such drilling machines.

3.795.454

ADJUSTABLE BORING BAR WITH LUBRICANT

PASSAGES

Stephen Elchyshyn. 23105 Collins St.. Woodland Hills, CaliL

91364

Filed Oct. 1. 1971. Ser. No. 185.500

Int. CL B23b 29110. B23q il\2

U.S. CI. 408— 197 6 Claims

An adjustable boring bar is described, as for use in a

machine tool for machining inside diameters in vanous work-

3.795,456
WORM EXTRUDER WITH BUILT-ON TRANSMISSION
Heinrich Schafer, Kassel, Germany, assignor to Rheinstahl Ak-
tiengesellschaft. Essen. Germany

Filed July 19. 1972. Ser. No. 273,132

Int. CI. FOld 5/00

U.S. CI. 415-72 5 Claims

A worm extruder with built-on transmission, in which the

output shaft of the transmission drives the extrusion worm

132

OFFICIAL GAZETTE

March 5, 1974

wh.ch .s rotatablv journaled m a hausmg wh.ch .s connected recooler in which the working nu.d is first denected outwardly
to the transmission housing through the intervention of a plate from the rotor, spread fanwise m a channel around and per-
between which latter and a pressure member there is mounted pendicularly of the rotor, then deflected towards the rotor and

UiDsa'^D

a thrust bearing, said pressure member being connected for
rotation either with and to the worm, or with and to the output
shaft

3,795.457
MLLTISTAGE PITOT PLMP WITH MEANS FOR
FEEDING CLEAN FLUID TO SEALS
John \V. Erickson. Huntington Beach, and \ itolis Budr>s.
La Mirada. both of Calif., assignors to Kobe. Inc.. Hunting-
ton Park. Calif.

Filed Feb. 26. 1973. Ser. No. 335,483

Int. CI. F04d I! 14. FOId 1 1 iUU

U.S. CL 415—89 3 Claims

3.795,458
MULTISTAGE COMPRESSOR
Rene Strub. Winterthur. Switzerland, assignor to Brown
Bo\eri-Sulzer Turbomachinerv Limited, Zurich. Switzer-
land

Filed Jan. 17. 1972, Ser. No. 218,161
Claims priority, application Switzerland, Jan. 20, 1971,
844 71

Int. CI. F04d 15100,27100,29158
U.S. CI. 415- 149 7 Claims

The axial-flow low pressure section and radial-flow or
diagonal-flow high pressure section are separated by a

o o t> ^

o oo »

o o o o

O O i

fed perpendicularly through a channel to the compressor axis
In addition, a ctniling element is disposed in one of the chan-
nels for cooling of the working fluid

3,795,459

PITOT PUMP WITH SLOTTED INLET PASSAGES IN

ROTOR CASE

John W. Erickson, Huntington Beach; Carter P. Williams. La

Crescenta. and Ralph F. McArthur. Huntington Park, all of

CaliU, assignors to Kobe, Inc., Huntington Park, CaliL

Filed Mar. 21, 1973, Ser. No. 343.504

Int. CI. F04d Ui4

U.S. CI. 415-89 4 Claims

A multistage pilot pump, i.e., a ccntrituga! pump compris-
ing a rotatable casing within a stat|ionary housing, means for
delivering the fluid to be pumped to the interior of the casing,
a pitot tube assembly fixed within and having a pitot lube ex-
tending radiaiiv in ihe casing, and a discharge duel for the
pitol lube in the pilot tube assembly and coaxial with the cas-
ing, in which an annular fluid seal is provided between the
casing and the pitot tube assembly, with means for feeding
clean fluid to the annular seal. I

A pitot pump, i.e., a centrifugal pump, comprising a rotary
casing, means for delivering a fluid to be pumped to a pump-
ing chamber in the rotary casing, and a discharge duct coaxial
with the rotary casing. The pilot tube is disposed in and ex-
tends radially of the rotary casing and is provided adjacent its
outer end with an inlet facing in a direction opposite to the
direction of rotation of the rotary casing, whereby the inlet
receives fluid from adjacent the periphery of the rotary casing
with a ram effect. The rotary casing is provided with open
slots, generally radial, for conveying the fluid to be pumped
from the central portion of the pumping chamber to the
penphery thereof.

March 5, 1974

GENERAL AND MECHANICAL

133

3,795.460
SEALING APPARATUS FOR GAS COMPRESSOR
Takamasa Endo. and Shojiro Sugimura. both of Okayama.
Japan, assignors to Mitsui Shipbuilding and Engmeenng
Co., Ltd., Tokvo, Japan

Filed Dec. 8. 1971. Ser. No. 205,879
Claims priority, application Japan, Dec. 16, 1970, 45-

112108

lnt.CLF01d///0r^E04d29/0S

U.S.CL415-175 3 Claims

3,795,462

VIBRATION DAMPENING FOR LONG TW ISTED

TURBINE BLADES

William E. Trumpler, Jr., Philadelphia, Pa., assignor to

Westinghouse Electric Corporation, Pittsburgh, Pa.

Filed Aug. 9, 1971, Ser. No. 169.979

Int.CI. F01d5//r>

U.S. CL 416-196 4 Claims

Apparatus for sealing the rotor shaft of gas compressor by
sealing liquid fed under pressure comprising buffer gas cham-
bers for preventing the leakage of corrosive or noxious gas in
the operating gas, non-corrosive and innoxious gas separated
from the operating gas by condensation and evaporation being
fed into the buffer gas chambers.

Lashing long twisted turbine blades in groups v.ith a small
V-shaped gap between the groups, which tends to close due to
the untwisting of the blades, when they are subjected to high
centrifugal forces, provides a substantially continuous lashing
ring with good vibration dampening characteristics, which is
sufficiently flexible to allow for thermal expansion and con-
traction and cooperates with the vibration reducing charac-
teristic of joining the blades into groups to minimize stress
vibrations in such blades.

3.795.461

COMPRESSOR W ITH COOLING

Michael Eskeli. 6220 Orchid Ln.. Dallas. Tex. 75230

Filed Aug. 10. 1972, Ser. No. 279,739

Int. CI. F04d 291 5H, FOld 5(08

U.S. CI. 415-1

,10 ,11

6 Claims

3.795,463

CONTROLLABLE PITCH PROPELLER AND DRIVE

MEANS THEREFOR

William B. Herbert, 111 Yantacau Brook Rd.. Montclair. N.J.

07043

Filed July 21, 1971, Ser. No. 164,502

Int. CI. B63h 3102
U.S.CL 416-207 6 Claims

Method and apparatus for compressing gaseous fluids with
minor amounts liquids, if any; by employing a rotating rotor
wherein said fluid is compressed to a pressure that is normally
higher than the fluid pressure immediately leaving said rotor;
sa^ fluid being usually further pressurized in a diffuser to util-
ize the kinetic energy of said fluid leaving at high velocity said
rotating rotor; said rotating rotor being a centrifuge, with said
fluid being compressed in the cavity of said rotor; said rotor
cavity being provided with a cooling means to maintain nearly
constant fluid temperature during said compression^
Discharge nozzles from said rotor cavity are provided for said
fluid near the periphery of said rotor; said nozzles may be ar-
ranged to discharge said fluid either radially, backward or for-
ward as desired; said nozzles being either converging or con-
verging diverging in shape as required to attain highest possi-
ble exit velocity for said fluid.

A controllable pitch propeller is provided in which the
blades are rotatablv mounted on a hollow huh having an axial
bore the wall of which is of non-circular cross-section, and
control of the pilch of the blades is effected b> a pair of axi-
allv-threaded nuts slidably mounted in said axial bore, and a
single double -threaded control screw threadcdly connected
with said nuts. The blades are mounted on the hub in a novel
manner which strengthens the attachment of the blades to the
hub and permits removal or replacement of the blades
without disturbing other parts involved in the asscmbh ol the
blades with the hub. A differential assembly is provided for
driving the propeller and the control screw at the same speed.
as well as power driven means for driving the control screw ai
a speed different from that of the output shall, whercbs the
aforesaid nuts are moved relatively to each other without in-
terfering with the rotation of the hub. Means arc also provided
for indicating the pitch position of the blades and for activat-
ing the power driven means for driving the control screw.

134

OFFICIAL GAZETTE

March 5, 1974

3,795.464
HYDRAILIC PL LSE GENERATOR
Sture Anders Backman, and Knut Ludvig Winquist, both of
Orebro, Sweden, assignors to Johan H. Ciraffman,
Benicasim, Castellon, Spain

Division of Ser. No. 809,685, March 24, 1969, Pat. No.
3,645.648. This application I)ec. 1.1971, Ser. No. 203,922
Claims priority, application Sweden, Aug. 23, 1968,
1 1405 68; Dec. 6, 1968, 16743 68

Int. CI. F04b 19100

U.S. CI. 4 1 7- 274

16 Claims

A device f(ir creating a flow of liquid and for imparting a
pulsating pressure condition therctt>. such as, for example, a
device for pumping liquid fuel to the nozzle of an injection
type carburetor

3,795,465

CONCRETE BL ILDIN(; CONSTRICTION

Raymond A. Burkland, 27 W. State St., Trenton, N.J. 08608

Division of Ser. No. 33,478, April 30, 1970, abandoned. This

application Sept. 5, 1972, Ser. No. 286,742

Int. CI. E04b5 76

L.S. CI.425-63 , 9 Claims

Building a structure m accordance with the new system in-
cludes setting up a plurality of column forms anchored to a
footing, pumping one floor-height's worth of cement slurry
into the torms, casting a floor at the tt)ps of these columns,
after the cement has set. pumping another floor-height's worth
of the cement slurry into the bottoms of the column forms to
raise the building for receipt of another, lower floor, etc., until
the building is complete

3,795,466
MOLD FOR MACHINES FOR APPLYING
THERMOPLASTIC BOX TOES TO SHOE UPPERS
Antonio Capuano, Vigevano, Italy, assignor to ISM Corpora-
tion, Woburn, Mass.

Filed Dec. 13, 1971, Ser. No. 207,378

Int. CI. B29c 27//«

U.S.CL425-117 10 Claims

A moid for use on machines for applying thermoplastic box
toes to shoe uppers has a first part horizontally reciprocablc to
move the mold from a thermoplastic material supply station to
a box toe applying station and conversely, and a second part
mounted on the first part and carrying on the lower side
thereof a male element provided with a downwardly open
recess to receive the box toe and with a chamber above said
recess to receive the cooling liquid The first part consists in a
plate provided beneath the male element of the second part
with a window larger in size than the male element. The latter
is clamped to the second part and is removable from the bot-
tom through the window in the first part. The female ci>nsists
in a plate provided with an opening therein and is adapted to
be removed horizontally from the first part to clear the win-
dow.

3,795,467

APPARATl S FOR LOADINC; CONDUCTIVE POWDERS

INTO AN ELECTRICAL CONNECTOR SOCKET

Wendell J. Wheeler, Endwell, N.Y., assignor to International

Business Machines Corporation, Armonk, N.Y.

Filed Oct. 2, 1972, Ser. No. 294,398

Int. CI. B30b///02,/.5/02

U.S. CI. 425-78 6 Claims

An apparatus for introducing submicrt)n diameter
nickel/gold particulate powder and compacting them within
sockets which function t ) provide a detachably pluggable
electrical connector. A predetermined amount, by weight, of
particulate powder is loaded into holes in a transfer plate
under the influence of mechanical vibration to produce par-
ticulate segregation. A socket receptacle circuit board or
module is attached to the transfer plane and the powder par-
ticulate is then transferred into the sockets under mechanical
vibration so as to accomplish densification to a predetermined
volume fraction of the powder particulate.

March 5, 1974

GENERAL AND MECHANICAL

135

3,795,468

WASTE RECOVERY OF THERMOPLASTIC

CONTINUOUS FILAMENTARY MATERIAL

Robert Hester, and Howard P. Pierson. both of Kingsport.

Ind., assignors to Eastman Kodak Company, Rochester,

N.Y.

Division of Ser. No. 67,324, Aug. 27, 1970, Pat. No. 3,703,347.

This application Sept. 5, 1972, Ser. No. 286,492

Int.CI. B29b//04

U.S. CI. 425-208 4 Claims

mounted in the forming pan with its drive shaft disposed for-
wardly, and a gear train fastened to the forwardmost terminal
end of the drive shaft The gear train includes sprocket means
disposed on the auger shafts, the gear means being operable to
turn the augers, and wheel means carried on the slip form,
which is operable to permit the slip form to move in a
predetermined path

3,795,469
SLIP FORM
(;areth D. Swatzel, Twin Falls, Idaho, assignor to K & S Feed
Bunks, Inc.. Twin Falls, Idaho

Filed Dec. 22, 1971, Ser. No. 210,686

Int.CI. B28b5/00

U.S. CI. 425-219 1 Claim

3.795,470

PRESS FOR CONTINUOUSLY PRODUCING CHIP

BOARD, FIBER BOARD OR THE LIKE

Albert De Mets, Roeselare, Belgium, assignor to De Mets N.V.

Konstruktienerkhuizen, Klaasterstraat. Kachtem, Belgium

Filed June 12. 1972, Ser. No. 261,668
Claims priority, application Germany, July 14. 1971,

2135230

Int. CI. B29c/ 5/00
U.S. CI. 425-371 35 Claims

• n

Method and apparatus for recovering waste thermoplastic
fiber of continuous length filamentary material and converting
it into rc-useablc feed stock and particularly a large otherwise
unmanageable, entangled mass of continuous length filamen-
tary material, some or all of which being either drafted or un-
draftcd, wherein the continuous length filamentary material is
converted into random length staple fiber, the staple fiber is
then mechanically compacted and melted into a melt How,
and the melt fiow is finally extruded as the rc-uscable feed
stock; and the resulting product of the method.

.L_a

A press for continuously producing fiber board, chip hoard
or the like comprising an upper and a lower endless link chain
each traveling between a pair of guide rollers rotalable in one
direction about parallel horizontal axes, each of said chains
consisting of rigid link plates each pivotably connected to the
adjacent plates, an endless feed belt surrounding each chain
and traveling therewith, a plurality of pressure rollers acting
upon the link plates of the inner stringers of both chains, and
adjustable hydraulic or pneumatic pressure means acting at
least upon each pressure roller for the upper chain, each link
plate as seen in the direction of its travel having a length equal
to at least twice the distance between the axes of two adjacent
pressure rollers of the same chain so that each link plate of
each inner chain stringer will be acted upon by the pressure of
at least two adjacent pressure rollers

The slip form apparatus of this invention includes a slip
forming pan having a substantially M-shaped transverse con-
figuration and being of a rectilinear length to form concrete
material. A matenal feed assembly is provided at the forward-
most terminal end of the forming pan The feed assembly in-
cludes a material input hopper, and an upper pair of material
feeding conduits disposed between the hopper and the upper
portions of the forming pan, with one conduit of the pair being
disposed at each side of the slip form. The feed assembly also
includes a lower pair of material feeding conduits disposed
between the hopper and the lower portions of the forming
pan, with one of the pair of conduits being disposed at each
side of the slip form Each of the conduits includes an auger
which is operable to force material from the hopper to the
forming pan The augers are mounted on suitable shafts and
are provided with a drive train, including an engine suitably

3,795,471
APPARATUS FOR SHAPING HOLLOW EXTRUDATES OF

A PLASTIC MATERIAL
Giuseppe Milani, Lonate Pozzolo, Italy, assignor to Amunt
S.P.A.,Novara, Italy

Filed Mar. 3, 1972, Ser. No. 231,520

Claims priority, application Italy, Mar. 5, 1971,21395 71

Int. CI. B29c / 7/07

U.S. CI. 425-388 7 Claims

An apparatus for impressing fancy patterns on the outer sur-
face of extrudates of a plastic material, particularly a ther-

VM\

OFFICIAL GAZETTE

March 5, 1974

moplastic material A coniinuous band or web is inserted lively high operating pressure. A vertically movable mold
between a mould wall and the extrudate outer surface and is above a heating plate encompasses the die held by a vertically
fed forward concurrent!) with the extrudate, negative pres-
sure being employed to imprint on |hc extrudate the desired ^
patterns which are reproduced on the continuously advancing
web or band. Preferably, the band of web is either porous i>r
foraminous.

3.795,472

APPARATLS FORTHt PRODI CTION OK

Kl.ECTRIC All V HtATtI) WINDOW

George A. Ciruss. .Mentor; Leslie H. Pfeiler. WilloHick, and

George J. Polanka, Solon, all of Ohio, assignors to (lentral

Electric Company. Schenectady, N.V.

I)i>isionofSer. No. 166,064, July 26. 1971. Pat. No.

3,729.616. This application Dec. 27, 1972, Ser. No. 318,867

Int. CI. B29c j:'y/^

U.S. CI. 425-517

2 Claims

.A laminated safety glass window is described having a clear
polymer inner layer which includes a pattern of wrinkled re-
sistance v,ires oriented in non-parallel random fashion so as to
reduce glare from the wires \vhen the vMndow is used as a
windshield The individual resistance wires are partiallv em-
bedded in the polymer sheet b\ a technique utilizing shrinkage
of a thermoplastic polymer from its (jrigmal dimensions when
heated to an elevated temperature together with having the in-
dividual wires change configuration when relaxed from ten-
sion forces on the wire when first assembled with the polymer
sheet A method of forming the wire-ineorporated polymer
sheet member is also described along w iih equipment for auto-
matically applying prcstressed resistance wire to a ther-
moplastic sheet followed by heating the assembly under
proper conditu)ns to form the ct)mpositc member.

3,795,473

APPARATl S FOR THE ALTOMATIC PRODUCTION OF
BRAKE SHOES AND LININGS
Karl Holik. Wolfern bei Steyr, Austria, assignor to FA. Auto-
matisationsanlagenprojektierungs & Bauges m.b.H., Wol-
fern bei Steyr, Austria

Filed June 26, 1972, Ser. No. 266,391
Claims priority, application Austria, Jan. 5, 1 97 1 , 5782/7 1
Int. CI. B29c 27/4. i/04
t.S. CI. 425-506 10 Claims

Apparatus for the automatic production of brake sht)es and
linings comprising an intermittently rotatable table that car-
ries a plurality of hot presses. Brake lining compound is
masticated, preheated, comminuted and fed to a pelleti/ing
press, a pellet being fed from the pelletizing press to each hot
press on the table during a dwell in the rotary indexing move-
ment of the table. A backing plate for the lining is also fed to
each press beneath the pellet Each hot press is so constructed
to apply first a relatively low closing pressure and then a rela-

movablc die holding plate, but the relative vertical movement
is limited so that the die cannot escape the mold during opera-
tion.

3,795,474

MOLTEN THERMOPLASTIC WEB Ql ENCHING

APPARATl S

David E. Heyer, Circleville, Ohio, avsignor to E. I. du Pont de

Nemours and Company, Wilmington, Del.

Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 23.390, March 27, 1970,

abandoned. This application Mar. 8, 1972. Ser. No. 232,765

lnt.CI.B29c 17/00

t.S. CI. 425 -325 14 Claims

In the casting of molten thermoplastic web onto a moving
quenching surface, the improved apparatus which comprises a
bearing having a lubricating fluid on the surface thereof and
over which the freshly extruded web is pas.sed.

3,795,475
BtRNER FOR LIQUID WASTE FUEL
Bengt Olov Hellstrom, Goteborg, Sweden, assignor to Gotaver-
kens .'Vngtekniska AB ((lOtaverken Heat Engineering Co.
Ltd.), Sljarnatan, (Joteborg, Sweden

Filed Mar. 16,1973. Ser. No. 34 1 ,954

Int. CI. F23c 5/06

U.S. CI. 431-1 2 Claims

An oscillating burner pipe including a straight and a bent

portion, of which the latter is intended to extend into a fur-

March 5, 1974

GENERAL AND MECHANICAL

131

nace and is provided with throttling means adjacent to its out- arranged in a planar array with respectively as.soc,ated reflec-
Tet end a well as with a regulating body reciprocable with tors and preenergized striker springs a se ectivc actuating
let ena as wen a. g s :r f mechanism for sequentially releasing the striker springs to fire

respective flashlamps in response to successive indexing. The
selective actuating mechanism comprises a single slidablc bar
retained in a longitudinal channel in the support member and
having a number of linearly spaced projecting ramps The
lamps and striker springs are mounted in two parallel rows on

respect to said throttling means by way of a mechanism
designed to follow the movements of the oscillating pipe.

3.795,476 —

COMBUSTION CONTROL APPARATUS
Lome W. Nelson, Bloomington, Minn., assignor to Honeywell
Inc., Minneapolis, Minn.

Filed Nov. 6, 1972, Ser. No. 304,158
Int.CI. F23n//02

U.S. CL 43 1-90

lw«Te« —

.^i.

each side of the channel with the strikers in each row project-
ing in opposite directions over the bar to lie in the path of
travel of the ramps. Linear indexing of the slidable bar along
the channel causes one of the ramps to release a striker A de-
tent retains the position of the bar after each indexing cycle,
and the sequence of releasing the strikers in response to suc-
cessive indexing is programmed by the number and respective
location of the ramps along the length of the bar and the
respective location of the strikers

8 Claims

3,795,478

METHOD OF OPERATION OF A CHAMBER FURNACE

Ruediger Knaak, Neuss. Germany, assignor to Koppers-W ista-

Ofenbau GmbH, Duesseldorf, Germany
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 118,812, Feb. 25. 1971, Pat.
No. 3,726,515. This application Feb. 23, 1973, Ser. No.
335,123
Claims priority, application Germany, Mar. 3, 1970,

2009761

Int.CLF27b9//4,i/26 '

U.S.CL 432-25 4 Claims

Combustion control apparatus for a gas furnace wherein a
dual thermostat senses the furnace water temperature to turn
on the gas and to then modulate air How in accordance with
heat demand. A diaphragm gas valve has a pressure regulator
therein that responds to the air pressure to adjust the
diaphragm valve to maintain a substantially constant fuel/air
ratio.

3,795,477
SELECTIVE ACTUATING MECHANISM FOR
PERCUSSIVE PHOTOFLASH LAMP ARRAY
David R. Broadt. Lewisburg, Pa., assignor to GTE Sylvania In-
corporated, Danvers, Mass.

Filed Dec. 18, 1972, Ser. No. 315,812

int. CLF21k 5/02

U.S.CL 431-93 , , 15 Claims

For a photoflash assembly comprising a plurality ol percus-

sivcly-ignilable flashlamps mounted on a support member and

A method of operating a chamber furnace for heat treat-
ment of matenal located in the furnace spaced from the wall
thereof by a plurality of high-speed burners arranged so that
half of the burners produce a helix of combustion gases ex-
tending in one direction about the material to be treated and
the other half a helix in the opposite direction and in which
during operation of the furnace at full load, all burners are
simultaneously operated, during operation of the furnace at
99-50% of its full load all burners are operated for a first time
interval and then for a second time interval only half of the
burners which produce a helix in the same direction, and dur-
ing operation of the furnace at less than 50 percent of the full
load, only burners which produce a helix in the same direction
are operated, whereby during operation of the furnace at less
than full loads the burners which produce a helix in the one
and in the opposite direction arc cyclically changed

March 5, 1974

CHEMICAL

139

CHEMICAL

3,795,479

FIXING PRINTS OF STABILIZED AZOIC AND REACTIVE

DYES ON CELLULOSE AND CELLULOSE/POLYESTER

Erich Feess, Lorsbach/Taunus; Willy Gronen, Hofheim/Tau-

nus. both of Germany, assignors to Farbwerke Hoechst

Aktiengesellschaft vormals Meiter Lucius & Bruning.

Frankfurt/Main. Germany

Filed Oct. 13, 1971,Ser. No. 189,043

Claims priority, application Germany, Oct. 15, 1970,
2050631

Int.CI. D06pi/52
L.S.CL8-2IC I 8 Claims

A process for printing and continuous fixation of stabilized
dyeing preparations forming a7.o dyestuffs and of reactive
dyestuffs on textile materials containing cellulose or consisting
exclusively of cellulose material, comprising a continuous
working process of steaming the matenal printed with the dye-
ing preparations and reactive dyestuffs. for a short time tor
developing and fixing the azo dyestuffs using high concentra-
tions of volatile acids with or without use of a counter-current
operation method, and of treating then the material according
to a known two-phase-fixation process for fixing the reactive
dyestuffs and finishing it as usual by washing, soaping and
rinsing as well as a process comprising the said very rapid fixa-
tion process of stabilized dyeing preparations forming azo
dystuffs, by means of acid steam except for the use of reactive
dyestuffs and for the use of the two-phase-fixation process
which leads to dyeings of azo dyestuffs and of reactive
dyestuffs of good fastenes.ses and brilliancy obtained in a very
short time by means of a fully continuous process of fixing azo
and reactive dyestuffs and of after-treatment the dyed materi-

and non-reactive metal complex dyestuffs according to a con-
tinuous or semi-continuous method of the pad dyeing
technique, by applying to these fibrous materials aqueous
padding liquors which contain alkaline agents in addition to
combinations of the above-mentioned dyestuffs, and then, op-
tionally after intermediate drying, submitting the material so
treated in the alkaline medium to the action of heat or allow-
ing it to dwell at room temperature or at slightly elevated tem-
perature for the fixation of the dyestuffs.

3,795,480
PROCESS FOR PREPARING DLRABLE-PRESS OR W ASH-
WEAR FABRICS WHICH CAN BE WHITENED WITH
ACIDIC OPTICAL BRIGHTENERS
Robert J. Harper, Jr.; Gloria A. Gautreaux, both of Metairie,
and Eugene J. Blanchard, New Orleans, all of La., assignors
to The United States of America as represented by the Secre-
tary of Agriculture, Washington, D.C.

Filed Jan. 24, 1972, Ser. No. 220,415
Int.Cl. D06p5/00
U.S. CI. 8-18 7 Claims

This invention consists of the preparation of durable-press
fabrics with basic moieties crosslinked into the fabric. As a
consequence of these basic moieties, these fabrics can now ab-
sorb acidic optical bnghteners. Heretofore, crosslinkcd cotton
fabrics showed poor absorption charactenstics for acidic opti-
cal bnghteners. This fabric basicity is achieved by the use of
reactive alcohol additives containing amine groups such as
diethanolamine, triethanolamme. monoethanolamine, and 2-
dimethylaminoethanol.

3,795,482
HYDROGEN PEROXIDE AND NITRITE OR NITROUS
ACID OXIDATION OF POLYESTER FIBERS
Robert E. Yelin, Willingboro; Jeffrey R. Frazier, Rocky Hill,
both of N.J.. and Ralph F. Villiers, Mexico, 10 D.F., Mexico,
assignors to FMC Corporation, New York, N.Y.
Filed Dec. 15. 1971, Ser. No. 208,387
Int. CI.D06m5,06
U.S. CI. 8-115.5 6 Claims

This invention provides a process for treating polyester
materials employing a treatment solutK>n containing a syner-
gistic combination of hydrogen peroxide values and nitrites
(or nitrous acid) whereby the ci)tton-like hand of the
polyester is improved and the polyester is made cationocally
dyeable.

3,795,483

METHOD AND DEVICE FOR STERILISING OF

CONTAINERS

Alfred Grafingholt, Hamburg, Germany, assignor to Lever

Brothers Company, New York, N.Y.

Continuation of Ser. No. 52,208, July 6, 1970, abandoned.

This applicaUon Sept. 21, 1972, Ser. No. 291,151
Claims priority, application Germany, July 7, 1969,
1934363

Int. CI. A61I 1100, 13/00, 13/02
U.S. CI. 21 — 56 4 Claims

3,795,481
PROCESS FOR THE SINGLE-BATH DYEING OF
CELLULOSE AND POLYAMIDE FIBER BLENDS
ACCORDING TO THE PAD DYEING TECHNIQUE
Hans-Ulrich von d^r ElU, Frankfurt/Main; Hans-Peter Maier,
Sulzbach/Taunus; Dietfried Suchy, Fulda, all of Germany,
assignors to Farbwerke Hoechst Aktiengesellschaft Vormals
Meister Lucius & Bruning, FrankfVirt/Main, Germany
Lucius & Bruning, 03, Frankfurt/Main, Germany

Filed Feb. 23, 1972, Ser. No. 228,756
Claims priority, application Germany, Feb. 25, 1971,
2108875

Int.CI. D06pJ/«2
U.S. CI. 8-21 B 8 Claims

Process for the single-bath dyeing of blends of cellulose
fibers and synthetic polyamide fibers with reactive dyestuffs

138

A method of sterilising stackable containers by the effects
of a sterilising gas before they are filled and closed in which
the containers to be sterilised are stacked one inside the other.
are exposed to the effects of sterilising gas in a sterilisation
chamber and arc subjected to strong fluctuations in pressure
of the gas at successive intervals, after which the containers
are filled and scaled under sterile conditions.

3.795,484

AUTOMATED DIRECT METHOD FOR THE

DETERMINATION OF INORGANIC PHOSPHATE IN

SERUM
John A. Daly. Valley Cottage, and Gerhard Ertingshausen,
Riverdale, both of N.Y., assignors to Union Carbide Cor-
poration, New York, N.Y.

Filed Dec. 22, 1971, Ser. No. 211,075
Int.CI.G01n2//22,ii//6
U.S. CI. 23-230 B 5 Claims

A direct method is provided for the spectrophotomelnc
determination of inorganic phosphate in Huids. particularly
body nuids, such as blood serum. The process requires only a
single reagent addition and comprises reacting the phosphate-
containing fiuid with an ammonium molybdate solution and
thereafter measuring the absorbance within a specified time
interval before the reaction has measurably proceeded and at
the end of the reaction by means of a centrifugal analytical
photometer Inasmuch as a linear relationship exists between
the phosphate concentration and the change of absorbance,
the concentration is an unknown sample can be conveniently
calculated by comparison with the results obtained from the
simultaneous measurement of a sample of known concentra-
tion.

3,795,486

WET SCRUBBER

Frank O. Ei.man, Harrington, III., assignor to Environeering

Inc., Skokie, 111.

Filed Feb. 22, 1973, Ser. No. 334,739

Int. CI. BOld 47/06, 47/72

U.S.CL 23-283 7 Ctaims

LiMES^ONt 5'0R»G£

3.795.485
SYNTHESIS GAS GENERATION APPARATUS
Marcel J. P. Bogart, Whittier, Calif., assignor to Fluor Cor-
poration. Los Angeles. Calif.

Filed June 28. 1971. Ser. No. 157,452

Int. CI. BO Ij 9/04

U.S. CI. 23-262 'Claim

A wet scrubber for absorbing oxides of sulphur from con-
taminated gas comprises an upright housing having an inlet for
contaminated gas adjacent at the lower end and an outlet for
clean gas adjacent the upper end, a plurality of vertically
slacked, successive intense wet scrubbing zones in said hous-
ing between said inlet and outlet, each of said zones compris-
ing a horizontal array of elongated, parallel, spaced apart rod
like elements which substantially reduce the total flow cross
section available to the gas moving therebetween to a value
less that of the cross section above and below the array, upper
spray means adjacent an upper of said scrubbing zones for dis-
tnbuting into saio gas finely divided droplets of scrubbing
liquor, which liquor comprises a limestone slurry, said liquor
flowing in a downward direction and cascading countercur-
rent to the upward gas flow through each successively lower
scrubbing zones, a high velocity particulate collector stage m
said housing between said inlet and a lower of said wet
scrubbing zones comprises baffle means across said housing
having a flow restricting opening therein and lower spray
means for directing scrubbing liquid into the high velocity gas
flowing through said opening in a concurrent direction
therewith.

j^iMTMmst.^ <•*'

Apparatus for generating high pressure synthesis gas con-
taining hydrogen and carbon oxides and useful in Oxo
processes' hydrogen production, and in the production of am-
monia methanol and the like. The apparatus includes a fur-
nace a novel arrangement of a combustion turbine exhausting
into the furnace to supply preheated oxygen thereto and a
sequence of heaters and reactors for alternately heating the
reaction mixture in the furnace and adiabatically reacting the
mixture outside the furnace to enable reaction and thus gas
product at higher pressures than previously obtained The
mentioned heater-reactor sequence minimizes waste heat in
the furnace and makes its recovery, e.g. as steam, no longer of
such major economic importance to the process, enabling use
of a combustion turbine both to supply preheated oxygen to
the furnace and to drive plant machinery such as compressors
for air to be fed to the secondary reformer in ammonia synthe-
sis gas production

3,795,487

APPARATUS FOR IMPROVING HEAT TRANSFERS

BETWEEN FLUIDIZED PARTICLES AND GRANULAR

MATERIALS

Mkhel Tamalet, Ruell Malmaison, France, assignor to Societe

Anonyme Heurtey, Paris, France

Filed June 1 1, 1971, Ser. No. 152.342

Claims prkirity, application France, June 12, 1970,

70.21613

Int. CL BOlj 9/18, 9/20; F27b 3/26

U.S. CL 23-284 ^^ C"**™'

The natural circulation of fine particles constituting a
fluidized bed and therefore the heat transfer can be ac-
celerated and improved in a vertical cylinder filled with ball-
shaped products by immersing this cylinder in a fluidized bed
of said particles and giving to the lower portion of said
cylinder a tapered shape outflaring downwardly. Thus, the
granular or ball material contained in the cylinder is treated
therein by providing at the bottom a grate of relatively wide
wire mesh capable of retaining these balls while permitting the

140

OFFICIAL GAZETTE

March 5, 1974

upward circulauon of the fine particles from the fluidizing
bed. Heating means are disposed for various treatements.

^==^

whether thermal or reactive. Alternately, the cylinder may be
replaced by a conveyor belt.

3,795,488
METHOD FOR PRODUCING CRYSTAL BOLLES WITH
EXTENSIVE FLAT, PARALLEL FACETS
David W. Oliver, Schenectady, N.Y., assignor to General Elec-
tric Company, Schenectady, N.Y.

FiledFeb. 1,1971, Ser. No. 111.400

Int.CLB01jy7//S

U.S. CI. 23-301 SP 6 Claims

3,795,489
CHEMILUMINESCENCE REACTION CHAMBER
Alan Warnick, Oak Park, and Cassimer M. Kukia, Taylor,
both of Mich., assignors to Ford Motor Company, Dearborn,
Mich.

Filed Sept. 15, 1971, Ser. No. 180,823

lntCI.G0In27/6«

U.S. CI. 23—254 R 8 Claims

A particular symmetric anisotropic temperature distribu-
tion IS established at the crystal-melt interface and the seed
crystal is pulled from the melt to produce a crystal boule. The
seed crystal is oriented in a specific crystallographic direction
and is prevented from rotation with respect to the temperature
symmetry axes while being withdrawn from the melt. The tem-
perature distribution is such that the temperature varies slowly
with varying distance from the center of the crystal boule
along a first axis defining the crystal boule width, and varies
rapidly with distance along a second axis perpendicular to the
first and which defines the crystal boule thickness. The main-
tenance of the particular anisotropic temperature distribution
at the crystal-melt interface produces a single crystal boule
with a pair of extensive flat, parallel facets that are microscop-
ically smooth.

J^ —

Ciaseous sample mixture and gaseous reactanl mixture are
brought together at one edge of a shallow disc-shaped reaction
chamber. The exhaust openmg of the reaction chamber is
located diametrically from the mixture inlet. A light trans-
mitting element forms one wall of the reaction chamber and
the reacting gases pass through the reaction chamber m a
plane substantially parallel to the light transmitting element.

3,795.490
APPARATLS FOR THERMAL t RAC KING AND
QIENCH1N(;
Tokuji Ozawa, Sakai; Mikio Lyeda, Amagasaki. and Shigenori
Suzuki, Osaka, all of Japan, assignors to MiLsui Shipbuilding
and Engineering Co. Ltd.. Tokyo. Japan
Division of Ser. No. 55.403. July 16. 1970. Pat. No. 3,718.708.
This application Sept. 11. 1972, Ser. No. 287,873
Claims priority, application Japan. July 18, 1969.44-56987
Int. CI. 801 j l!()0,6i(J<)
U.S. CI. 23-284 2 Claims

.An apparatus is described for the thermal cracking of
hydrocarbons which includes a vertically disposed external
shell housing a heating and reaction tower in the lower por-
tion, a quenching tower in the upper portion, and an inter-
mediate transfer line. A bundle of heating tubes is disposed in
the heating and reaction tower and a bundle of quenching
tubes in the quenching tower Hydrocarbon feed stock is in-
troduced through nozzles located above the heating tubes in
the heating and reaction tower and with or without a diluent
from high velocity nozzles located below the heating tubes.

March 5, 1974

CHEMICAL

141

The heating and reaction tower is completely filled with mol-
ten metal which is circulated upwardly therethrough by the
feed stock and diluent so that it flows around the heating
tubes, up and over a weir, down between the heating and reac-
tion tower and the external shell, and into the bottom of the
heating and reaction tower again. Diluent nozzles arc pro-
vided through the external shell as a primary means of causing
the molten metal to now from the overflow weir into the lower
portion of the heating and reaction tower. A quenching medi-
um, which may be a granular solid such as fiuidized sand or a
high boiling oil, fills the quenching tower and is violently
agitated therein by upwardly flowing reaction products and
gases Deposition of coke on the inner walls of the apparatus is
prevented by the molten metal in the heating and reaction
zone and by the oil or sand in the quenching tower and
transfer line.

cally connected to the inner ends of the leads comprising the
lead frame. To keep the so cut frame fiat and smooth, relief

3,795,491

METHOD FOR PREPARING AQUEOUS SOLUTIONS OF

SODIUM BOROHYDRIDE OF HIGH CONCENTRATION

Edward R. W iniarczyk, Salem, Mass., assignor to Ventron

Corporation, Beverly, Mass.

Filed Jar. 26. 1972, Ser. No. 180,005

Int. CI. BOId V/02, / //04, C01b6//4

U.S. CI. 23 299 3 Claims

AQUtOul SOloTiO*
0* '••BH4 - "• "jO

-1 ..-

came soLuTON

0» <I«»H, ^

(^^? p

slots are provided in the strip to receive the portions of the
strip that is lengthened by the cutting action.

AQuCOUS tOLUT'OH
or MaOM

3,795,493

BEARING MATERIAL FOR DRY OPERATION OF THE

SINTERED BRONZE TYPE

Klaus MertI, Reinbek, Germany, assignor to Jurid Werke

GmbH. Glinde near Hamburg, Germany

FiledMay 25, 1971,Ser. No. 155,675
Claims priority, application Germany, June 6, 1970,

2027902

Int. CI. B22f//00,C10m 5/2S

U.S. CI. 29-182.5 2 Claims

A bearing material for dry operation of the sintered bronze
type with a solid lubricant additive, particularly graphite, in a
proportion amounting to 1 2 to 207. , and with at least one ele-
ment selected from the group consisting of Titanium and a
metal of Groups VI, VII and VlII of the Periodic System,
present in a proportion of about 4 to 1 5'7r for increasing sta-
bility, the balance of the material being copper or a known
bronze other than binary lead bronze.

Sodium borohvdride is extracted from an aqueous solution
containing from' about 5 to about 12.9 percent sodium
borohvdride and from about 35 to about 47 percent sodium
hydroxide by weight by countcrcurrent extraction with a sol-
vent for sodium borohydride, such as isopropylamine The sol-
vent IS removed from the extract by distillation leaving an
aqueous solution of high sodium borohydride content. From
the latter, crystals of sodium borohydride dihydrate are
separated leaving an aqueous mother liquor containing about
32 percent sodium borohydride and about 5 percent sodium
hydroxide. Ihe mother liquor is diluted with sodium hydrox-
ide or an aqueous solution of high sodium hydroxide content
and relatively low sodium borohydride content to obtain an
aqueous solution of from about 13 to 30 percent sodium
borohydride. The stxiium borohydride dihydrate is dried to
obtain solid sodium borohydride.

3,795,494

EROSION RESISTANT WARES COMPOSED

PREDOMINANTLY OF CHROMIUM BEARING STEEL

Monroe J. Hordon, Newton, Mass., assignor to National

Research Corporation, Cambridge, Mass.

Filed Mar. 20, 1972. Ser. No. 236,164
Int. CI. B32b 75/00
U.S. CI. 29-196.6 6 Claims

Chromium bearing steel wares arc rendered resistant to
aerodynamic erosion by multiple coating thereof. The outer-
most coating comprises boron carbide.

3,795.492
LANCED AND RELIEVED LEAD STRIPS
Milan L. Lincoln, Scottsdale, Ariz., assignor to Motorola. Inc.,
Franklin Park, III.

Filed Oct. 9, 1970, Ser. No. 79,602

Int.CI.B23d«//00

U.S. CI. 29-193.5 8 Claims

The supporting bar of a lead frame is cut through before the

encapsulation of the semiconductor device which is electri-

3,795,495
GASOLINE ANTI-ICING ADDITIVES
Ward W. Howland, Anaheim, and William R. Mallett, Placen-
tia. both of Calif., assignors to Union Oil Company, Los An-
geles, CaliL

Filedjan. 20, 1971,Ser.No. 108,015

Int. C1.C10I//26
U.S. CI. 44-58 9 Claims

A combination of two specific types of known gasoline addi-
tives IS found to provide, in addition to good overall carbure-
tor detergencv. a synergistic degree of anti-icing activity One
additive is an alkyl aminoalkyi phosphate, while the other is a
succinimide condensation product of an alkylene polyamine
wit an alkenyl succinic anhydride.

142

OFFICIAL GAZETTE

March 5, 1974

3.795.496 '
COATED ABRASIVE ARTICLES HAVING A
PLASTICIZED POLYVINYL ACETATE SL PERSIZE COAT
James Greenwood. Blackburn, England, assignor to The Car-
borundum Company. Niagara Falls, N.Y.
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 38,504. May 18. 1970.
abandoned. This application Dec. 16. 1971, Ser. No. 208,889

Claims priority, application Great Britain, May 19, 1969,
25303 69

Int. CI. B24di J4
L.S. CI. 51-295 I 6 Claims

Coated abrasive articles which have been treated with a
plastieized polyvinyl acetate supcrsize coating exhibit less ten-
dency to become loaded with wood dust when used to sand
wood, and can be used for a longer pcm^d of time

groove down the edge of the slack which is to be the base of
the leaves in the completed wheel, adhesively disposing a
string in the grcwve to hold the leaves in assembly for further
handling, the string and adhesive when cured being flexible
and reposing within the groove, applying to said edge of the
stack, and preferably also to the stud, a tenacious bonding
agent lacking flexibility when cured, wrapping the stack
around a stud with the edge which is coated with the bonding
agent in direct contact with the stud, and priividing for the
bonding agent to harden and permanently adhere the edge
made up of the base ends of the abrasive leaves to the stud.

3.795,497
METAL BONDED GRINDING W HEELS
Shirley I. Weiss, Ramsey. N.J.

Filed June 10, 1969, Ser. No. 831.943
Int. CI. B24d.</06
U.S. CI. 51-297

11 Claims

2*-l

Grinding wheels having an electrodeposited metal matrix
and abrasive grit forming a grinding surface, with an elec-
trodep<.isited metal backing layer integrated with the com-
posite matrix and grit layer, the mafrix layer having an op-
timized distribution of grit therein. I

3.795,498
METHOD OF MAKING AN ABRASIVE WHEEL
Hiroshi Hasegawa, Whittier, CaliL, assignor to Merit Abrasive
Products. Inc., Compton, Calif.

Filed May 3, 1972, Ser. No. 250,049
Int. CI. B24d / IjUU

L.S. CI. 51

7 Claims

3,795,499
METHOD OF PRODUCING SEMI-CONDLC TING (JLAZE

COMPOSITIONS
Yutaka Ogawa, Nagoya; Takayuki Ogasawara, Kohnan, and
Shoji Seike. Nagoya, all of Japan, assignors to N(iK Insula-
tors, Ltd.. Nagoya City, Japan
Division of Ser. No. 70.404, Sept. 8. 1970, Pat. No. 3.658,583.
This application Mar. 14, 1972, Ser. No. 234,594
Claims priority, application Japan, Oct. 11, 1969,44-81014
Int.CI.C03c /7/04
U.S. CI. 65— 60 4 Claims

An abrasive wheel in which abrasi\»e surfaced flexible leaves
extend radially from a stud or mandrel, the base edges of the
leaves being bonded directly to the surface of the stud.

The method of making such a wheel includes the steps of
forming a straight stack of abrasive leaves, cutting at least one

1 af tht gntr* *mMw

**-m»m%

. ^^^^ ^ rcBsa 1

[c»a-raw*%)

\9,kmimmMr

.«M MUNf ^(i aoo'MOOT — . Urn

-SSmtn

A semi-conducting glaze composition is prepared by calcin-
ing a mixture of 85 -94 mol percent, calculated as SnO.^, of tin
oxide and 6-15 mol percent, calculated as SbjO^, of an-
timony oxide at a temperature of 1,000°- 1 ,300°C under an
oxidizing atmosphere, mixing 25 - 45 percent by weight of the
calcined material with 55 - 75 percent by weight of a conven-
tional ceramic glaze composition, melting the resulting mix-
ture at a temperature of 1.200°- 1 .400°C under an oxidizing
atmosphere and pulverizing the melt to prepare a fritted
material, and mixing again not less than 70 percent by weight
of the resulting fritted material with not more than 30 percent
by weight of at least one member selected from the group con-
sisting of clay, kaolin, bentonite and ct)nventional ceramic
glaze composition By applying the above-mentioned semi-
conducting glaze composition on a prepared insulator body,
the surface electrical stress distributions of a heavy duty
suspension and a solid core insulators, which require the firing
under a reducing atmosphere, can be improved.

3,795,500
EXTRACTION OF GASES FROM THE MOLTEN BATH OF

A FLOAT GLASS OPERATION
Norman Aidan Murphy, Liverpool, England

Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 800,568, Feb. 19, 1969,
abandoned. This application Sept. 21, 1971, Ser. No. 182,443

Int. CI.C03by<^/(>2
U.S. CL 65 — 99 A 8 Claims

In the float process for glass manufacture, gases are ex-

MaRCH 5, 1974

CHEMICAL

143

ifAn.i*v-** •-'7

tracted from the molten metal bath by applying suction to a severed. Light seaming of the tops and bottoms of the
removable body of porous nonmetall.c refractory material, for edges completes the preparation of those edges. ^ a sec-
ond embodiment, a curved deep-fissure is produced by a
scoring wheel of larger-than-usual diameter under greater-

example graphite or alumino-silicatc refractory, which is im-
mersed in the bath alongside the path of the glass ribbon.

3,795.501
METHOD OF SHAPING GLASS SHEETS TO SHARP

BENDS

Robert A. Jansson. Pittsburgh, and Thomas J. Reese. Sarver,

both of Pa., assignors to PP(i Industries. Inc.. Pittsburgh. Pa.

Filed Mar. 29, 1972, Ser. No. 239.032

Int. CI. C03b 23/02

L.S.CI.65-106 18 Claims

M-

than-usual pressure, in the same manner as the first em-
bodiment. However, a top center tap is used to propagate
a fracture, leaving only a thin glass layer. Light seaming
completes the preparation of the curved edge.

3,795,503

APPARATUS FOR SELECTING THE RELEASE

POLNT IN A NINETY-DEGREE SWEEPOUT

FOR A GLASS FORMING MACHLNE

Jack I. Perry, Sylvania, Ohio, assignor to

Owens-Illinois, Inc.

Filed Nov. 20, 1972, Ser. No. 308,291

Int. CI. B65g 47/00; C03b 9/44

U.S. CI. 65—260 12 Claims

Simultaneously bending pair of glass sheets having a sharply
bent portion extending across a portion of the sheet, using a
combination of locally applied electrical resistance heating in
said sharply bent portion in combination with general overall
heating so that a pair of glass sheets bent simultaneously do
not fuse together and can be separated after they arc shaped,
then assembled with a layer of plastic interlayer material
therebetween and laminated.

3,795,502

METHOD OF CUTTING GLASS

Robert P. De Torre, Pittsburgh, Pa., assignor to PPG

Industries, Inc., Pittsburgh, Pa.

Original applicaHon July 23, 1970, Ser. No. 57,574, now

abandoned. Divided and this application May 26, 1972,

Ser. No, 257,130

Int. CI. C03b 33/02

U.S. CI. 65 174 ^ Claims

'piece's of glass about 18 millimeters thick are cut to
desired size without the necessity of grinding to size and
polishing. In a first embodiment, edges of the piece are
cut in accordance with a procedure involving the use of a
scoring wheel of larger-than-usual diameter and a greater-
than-usual applied pressure, to produce a fissure 1.75 milli-
meters deep or more, followed by the application of heat
along the length of the score to cause the glass to become
nearly severed. A thin glass layer remains that is easily

Apparatus for selecting the point in the arc of move-
ment of glass containers being moved by a ninety-degree
sweepout mechanism at which the containers are released
to a removal conveyor. A ninety-degree sweepout mecha-
nism moves newly formed glass container from a form-
ing machine dead plate to a removal conveyor. The con-
tainers are engaged by fingers while on the dead plate,
and are pushed through an arc of about ninety degrees
to a removal conveyor where the fingers retract to allow
the containers to be removed. In order to select the exact
point in the arc of movement at which the fingers retract,
a rotatable timing disk is inserted between a fixed housing
and a rotatable base plate which carries the finger extend-
ing and retracting mechanism. When the sweepout mecha-
nism is in position to extend the fingers to engage the
containers on the dead plate, a fix id opening in the hous-
ing is connected to passageways in the base plate to in-
troduce a working fluid to the finger extending mecha-
nism. The timing disk is cut away to avoid interference
with this connection. When the base plate is rotated to
move the containers onto the removal conveyor, a second

144

OFFICIAL GAZETTE

March 5, 1974

set of passageways in the base plate are connected to an
opening in a spacer block carried by the timing disk. This
allows the operating fluid to be introduced to the finger
operating mechanism to retract the fingers. The spacer
block opening receives operating fluid from an elongated
slot in a fixed valve member in the housing. By moving
the position of the timing disk relative to the slot, the
position at which the spacer block and the passageways
in the base plate are in alignment may he changed. Thus,
the point in the arc of travel of the containers at which
the containers are released to the removal conveyor can be
adjusted.

3,795,504 '

PROCESS FOR PRILLING FERTILIZER MELTS

Wilhelm Wengeler, Bochum-Stiepel, Germany, assignor to
Friedrich Lhde GmbH, Dortmund, Germany

Continuation-in-part of abandoned application Ser. No.
107,999, Jan. 20, 1971. This application Sept. 7, 1972,
Ser. No. 286,906

Int. a. B22d 23/08
L.S. CI. 71—64 DB

oxidizing, depurating, killing and refining any kind of
carbon- or alloy-steel.

The alloys used in the process of the invention contain
from 50 to 99.7% of aluminum and from 0.3 to 8% of
lithium; they may also suitably contain at least one ele-
ment selected from the group consisting of rare earths
(TR), Ca, Ba, Fe and B, in percentage ranges as follows:

Fe 0.5-20%; TR 0.5-13%; Ca 0.2-8%; Ba 0.2-2%.

2 Claims

3,795,506

NONTHERMAL RERNING TYPE HIGH TENSION
STEEL EXHIBITING EXCELLENT COLD-WORK-
ABILITY

Tetsuo Yaraaguchi and Hisashi Gonda, Tokyo, Akihiko
Nishimoto, Yokohama, and Yoshisuke Ikegami, Tokyo,
Japan, assignors to Nippon Kokan Kabushiki Kaisha
Tokyo, Japan

Filed Apr. 19, 1972, Ser. No. 245,351

Claims priority, application Japan, Apr. 20, 1971,
46/24,946

Int. CI. C22c 37/00, 39/00
U.S. CI. 75—123 4 Claims

€0

■V

■10

]

-""^

'■ ,'^

- V

-SO

-BO

- —

^ —

- - -

It"

•

-^-. i

""-«.. ^^

-.....,

''v

O OOS

oo aa ojc

IrHU

Process for prilling fertilizer melts in which the hot
fertilizer melt is sprayed in the upper portion of a tower
inside a fluid bed which has a minimum density of 100
kg./m.^ and a settling velocity of the prills of 10 to 20
cm. second. The fluid bed is formed by air under pres-
sure, and dust and powder are introduced in a particular
manner. The dust is separated from the prills and intro-
duced to the tower to assist in forming the fluid bed. The
prills are cooled as well as powder coated and solidified
as they reach the bottom of the tower.

A nonthermal refining type high tension steel substan-
tially consisting of 0.05 to 0.15% C and complex addi-
tion of 0.01 to 0.10% Nb, 0.03 to 0.15% Ti and 0.05 to
0.15% Zr, unavoidable impurities and remainder Fe, ex-
hibits high tensile strength of more than 60 kg./mm.2 or
yield stress of more than 45 kg./mm.^ and excellent cold-
workability.

3,795,505 I

PRODUCTION OF DEOXIDATED, DEPURATED,
KILLED AND REFINED STEELS USING
ALUMINXTM-LITHIUM ALLOYS
Dante Corradini, Via Cacciolepori 11, Milan, Italy

No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of applicatioo Ser. No.
145,049, May 19, 1971, which is a continuation of
application Ser. No. 633,714, Apr. 26, 1967, both now
abandoned. This application Oct. 18, 1971, Ser. No.
190,402

Claims priority, application Italy, Apr. 7, 1967,
14,703/67

Int. a. C21c 7/05
UA a. 75—53 1 Claim

The invention relates to the use of alloys consisting
essentially of aluminum-lithium for the purpose of de-

3,795,507

SE.Vn-AUSTENTTIC Cr-Ni-AI-Cu STAINLESS STEEL

Paul M. Allen, MIddletown, Ohio, assignor to Armco
Steel Corporation, Middletown, Ohio

No Drawing. Filed Mar. 31, 1972, Ser. No. 240,292

Int. CI. C22c 37/10, 39/54
U.S. CI. 75—124 16 Claims

A semi-austenitic chromium-nickel-aluminum stainless
steel consisting essentially of, by weight percent, about
7.0-18.0% chromium, about 6.0-12.0% nickel, about
.5-2.5% aluminum, manganese and silicon each not ex-
ceeding about 1.0%, carbon not exceeding about .042%,
phosphorus not exceeding about .040%, sulfur not ex-
ceeding about .015%, nitrogen not exceeding about
.05%, molybdenum up to about 8.0%, about 1.0-3.0%
copper, about .0005-.003% boron, and the balance

March 5, 1974

CHEMICAL

145

essentially iron. Said steel, in the precipitation harden-
able conditions, is characterized by a U.T.S. of at least
230 ks.i. and improved toughness at room tempor-iiure
as measured by a precracked sheet charpy with a value
of 1000 in.-lbs./in.2, provided that th: carbon content
plus 6X boron content does not exceed .045.

3,795,508

STEEL CONTAINING ALUMINUM, COPPER

AND NICKEL

Jinkicbi Tanaka and Junichi Tanaka, Kawasaki, and

Tatsumi Osuka, Fukuyama, Japan, assignors to Nippon

Kokan Kabushiki Kaisha. Kanagawa-ken, Japan

Filed Sept. 3, 1971, Ser. No. 177,611

Claims priority, application Japan, Sept. 9, 1970,

45/73,418

Int. CI. B21b 31/08: B60b 7/04

3,795,510
VALVE COMPONENTS
Richard G. Davies, Dearborn, and Thomas L. Johnston,
Bloomfield Hills, Mich., assignors to Ford Motor Com-
pany, Dearborn, Mich.

Filed Nov. 21, 1968, Ser. No. 777,557
Int. CI. C22c 19/00; FOli 3/02
U.S. CL 75—171 1 Claim

This invention relates to internal combustion engine
valve system components which are exposed to exhaust
gas and must be resistant to oxidation, sulfidation and
the eff'ects of lead compounds at high temperatures. A
typical composition of such a component is 20% chro-
mium, 5.5% aluminum. 2.5% titanium, 7.5% iron, 0.15%
carbon, remainder nickel.

U.S. CI. 75—124

3 Claims

p.%

0,040
0,035
0,030
0P25
0.020
0,015
OlOlO
0.005

• WITH HEEL

"'\

CRACK

\ •

•WITHOUT

HEEL CRACK

r, '^ • • •

"N.

0.30 (135 0,40 a46 050

A steel composition for steel stocks for use in welding
and construction and which have a tensile strength of
about 45 to 55 kg./mm.2, said steel composition including
a phosphorus content relative to the carbon equivalent
Ceq selected to impart the property of resistance to heel
crackinc in fillet welding.

3,795,511

METHOD OF COMBIMNG IRON-BASE SINTERED

ALLOYS AND COPPER-BASE SINTERED ALLOYS

Itaru Niimi, Nagoya, Kametaro Hashimoto, Kenzi
Ushitani, and Yoichi Serino, Toyota, Seishu Mitani,
Kyoto, and Kunizo Imanishi, Nagoya, Japan, assignors
to Toyota Jidosha Kogjo Kabushiki Kaisha, Toyota,
Japan

Filed Oct 22, 1971, Ser. No. 191,606

Claims priority, application Japan, Apr. 27, 1971,

46/33,680

Int. CI. B21k 1/24; B22f 7/00

U.S. CI. 75—208 1 Claim

Method of combining iron-base sintered alloys and
copper-base sintered alloys comprises steps of thinly coat-
ing mixed powder of copper and nickel onto joint surface
of iron-base powder or sintered mass thereof, and sub-
jecting the coating to sintering process using tempera-
ture applicable to iron-base powder. Joint surface of cop-
per-nickel is then abutted with formed mass of copper-
base powder and again subjected to sintering process
using temperature applicable to copper-base powder. In-
tegral piece is thereby obtained most suitable for fabri-
cating valve seats of internal combustion engines.

3,795,509
AUSTENITIC STEEL OF THE Cr-Ni-Mn GROUT*
Tohru Mimino, Kazuhisa Kinoshita, Takayuki Shinoda,
and Isao Minegishi, Kanagawa-ken. Japan, assignors
to Nippon Kokan Kabushiki Kaisha, Ootemachi, Japan
Continuation-in-part of abandoned application Ser. No.
774,092, Nov. 7, 1968. This application Jan. 8, 1971,
Ser. No. 105,096
Claims priority, application Japan, Nov. 10, 1967,
42/71,952

Int. CI. C22c 39/20
U.S. CI. 75—128 A 5 Claims

3,795,512

IMAGING SYSTEM

James J. Knieser, 1225 Wall Road,

Webster, N.Y. 14580
Filed Dec. 21, 1967, Ser. No. 692,336
Int. CI. G03g 13/22
U.S. CI. 96—1 R 24 Claims

A positive to positive (negative to negative) imaging
system, the imaging member generally comprising, in its
simplest form, photosensitive fraclurable material con-
tained in a softenable, electrically insulating layer on a
substrate, the process steps generally comprising in a pre-
ferred embodiment, uniform charging with a charge of a
first polarity; imagewise exposure; uniform charging with
a charge of a polarity opposite said first polarity; and uni-
form exposure to form the latent image which may then
be developed to cause imagewise migration of fracturable
material.

Austenitic steel with high strength and oxidation resist-
ance at high temperature prepared by adding Ta, Nb and/
or Ti to a steel basically comprising Cr. Ni and Mn.
Further improvement in high temperature strength is
achieved by incorporation of B or V in addition to Ta,
Nm and/or Ti.

3,795,513
METHOD OF STORING AN ELECTROSTATIC
IMAGE E^J A MULTILAYERED PHOTORE-
CEPTOR

Anthony J. Ciuffini, Rochester, N.Y., assignor to Xerox

Corporation, Stamford, Conn.

Filed Sept. 2, 1971, Ser. No. 177,246

Int. CI. G03g 13/00

U.S. CI. 96—1 R 4 Claims

A xerographic member having a supporting substrate

which contains an electrically insulating blocking layer.

146

OFFICIAL GAZETTE

March 5, 1974

a layer of vitreous selenium containing a thallium dopant
overlays the barrier layer and a layer of a photoconduc-
tor transport material overlays the thallium doped layer.
The member is imaged by uniformly po^iiivc charging
the top surface while simultaneously exposing to light.
charging to a negative polarity and exposing to imaging
light whereby a latent electrostatic image is formed within
the thallium doped layer.

3,795,516
BARRIER LAYER FOR LIQUID CRYSTAL-
CONTAINING ELEMENTS
Richard W. Stahr and Hans G. Franke, Rochester, N.Y.,
assignors to Eastman Kodak Company, Rochester, N.Y.
Filed Nov. 13, 1972, Ser. No. 306,231
Int. CI. G03g 5/00
U.S. CI. 96—1.5 9 Claims

3,795,514
DEFORMATION IMAGING METHOD
Alex E. Jvirblis, La Jolla, and John C. Urbach, Portola
Valley, Calif., assignors to Xerox Corporation, Stam-
ford, Conn.
Continuation-in-part of abandoned application Ser. No.
874,181, Nov. 5, 1969. This applkation Sept. 15, 1972,
Ser. No. 289,504

Int. CI. G03g 13/00
U.S. CI. 96—1.1 14 Claims

♦♦^ tf^ /rf

/«

,,^

The method of amplifying deformation images where-
in a deformation imaging member having a softenable
deformation imaging surface material is softened in an
electric field whereby the vertical distance between the
peaks and valleys of the deformations is increased.

3,795,515

PHOTOSENSITIVE ELEMENTS FOR USE

IN ELECTROPHOTOGRAPHY

Koichi Kinosbita, Narashino, and Tadaji Fukuda, Tokyo,

Japan, assignors to Katsuragawa Denkl Kabushiki

Kaisha, Tokyo-to, Japan

FUed May 28, 1971, Ser. No. 147,927

Claims priority, application Japan, May 29, 1970,

45/45,787

Int. CI. G03g 5/00

VS. CI. 96—1.5 5 Claims

\7--r^7Z/-/77/

la
3

In a photosensitive element comprising a transparent
highly insulative layer, a photoconductive layer manifest-
ing persistent internal polarization and an electrode layer
which are bonded together into an integral unit, there
is provided a series of low resistivity layers between the
photoconductive layer and the electrode layer, the com-
position of the low resistivity layers being such that the
resistivity thereof gradually approaches that of the pho-
toconductive layer from the side thereof contiguous to
the electrode layer.

An improved barrier layer containing poly (vinyl alco-
hol) is disclosed for use in an electrooptical element
containing a photoconductive layer, a liquid crystal film,
and the barrier layer sandwiched between them.

3,795,517

BARRIER LAYER FOR LIQUID CRYSTAL-

CONTAINING ELEMENTS

Richard C. Sutton, Rochester, N.Y., assignor to Eastman

Kodak Company, Rochester, N.Y.

Filed Nov. 13, 1972, Ser. No. 306,232

Int. CI. G03g 5100

U.S. CI. 96—1.5 9 Claims

An improved barrier layer containing a polymerized
blend of at least 50 mole percent of one or more a,^-
ethylenically unsaturated amides, to 50 mole percent
of an a,/3-ethylenically unsaturated sulfo ester, and to 10
mole percent of a crosslinkable monomer is disclosed for
use in an electro-optical element containing a photocon-
ductive layer, a liquid crystal film, and the barrier layer
sandwiched therebetween.

3 795 518

ALPHA-CYANOPHENYLACETIC ACID

DEVELOPING AGENTS

Myron S. Simon, West Newton, Mass., assignor to

Polaroid Corporation, Cambridge, Mass.

No Drawing. Filed May 5, 1972, Ser. No. 250,597

Int. CI. G03c 7/06, 5 /iO

U.S. CI. 96—66 R 14 Claims

Novel silver halide developing agents comprismg alpha-

cyanophenylacetic acids derived from ester precursors

by alkali hydrolysis are used in photographic diffusion

transfer systems.

March 5, 1974

CHEMICAL

14'

3 795,519
PHOTOGRAPHIC MATERIALS CONTAINING
MORDANTS
Takushi Miyazako, Tatsuya Tajima, Hirotetu Kato,
Tadayoshi Kokubu, Tsutomu Nishina, and Nobuo
Tsujii Minami-ashigara, Japan, assignors to Fuji Photo
Film Co., Ltd., Kanagawa, Japan
No Drawing. Filed July 24, 1972, Ser. No. 274,373
Claims priority, application Japan, July 30, 1971,
46/57,276
Int. CLG03C 1/84
U.S. CI. 96—84 A 12 Oaims

A photographic material comprising a support havmg
thereon a hydrophilic colloid layer containing a polymer
of an addition product of bisacrylamide and a secondary
diamine or the quaternary salt thereof, and a water-solu-
ble acidic dye is disclosed.

gels having a weight ratio of TiOziWOs of at least 0.15
containing tungsten and titanium and optionally other
metals are made by mixing freshly precipitated tungstic
acid or a tungstate with an aqueous solution of a titanium
salt. The sols and gels may be calcined at temperatures be-
low 1800° C. in the presence of carbonaceous material
to give mixed tungsten-titanium carbides.

3,795,520
STORAGE-LIFE EXTENDER FOR CRYSTALLINE
PHOTOPOLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS
William John Nebe, Wilmington, Del., assignor to E.
du Pont de Nemours and Company, Wilmington, Del.
Filed Aug. 18, 1972, Ser. No. 281,944
Int. CLG03C 7/65, 1/70
U.S. CI. 96—115 P 15 Claims

Substituted benzoxazoles, such as 2-mercapto-5-t-butyl-
benzoxazole, extend the storage life of predominantly
crystalline photopolymerizable systems.

3,795,521
VISCOSITY CONTROLLED PECTINOL\TIC EN-
ZYME ADDITION TO FRUIT AND VEGETABLE
J LICE
Jean-Paul Richard, 46 Bd Raspail, Paris, France
Filed Nov. 1, 1971, Ser. No. 194,459
Claims priority, application France, Nov. 2, 1970,

7039364

Int. CI. C12b 1/02

U.S. CI. 426—51 3 naims

3 795 523
SILVER HALIDE CONTAINING VARIABLE-TRANS-

MITTANCE BOROSILICATE GLASS
Yoshiro Moriya, Takamichi Kawamoto, Hiroshi Tanaka,
and Tsutomu Ueno, Osaka, Japan, assignors to Agency
of Industrial Science & Technology, Tokyo, Japan
Continuation of abandoned application Ser. No. 74,709,
Sept. 23, 1970. This appUcation July 5, 1972, Ser. No.
270,104 ^, ^„^„

Claims priority, application Japan, Sept. 26, 1969,
44/77,030
Int. CI. C03c 3/06, 3/08. 3/26
U.S. CI. 106—54 3 Claims

A variable-trani,mittance glass, having a high response
speed to liizht, consisting essentially of 50-70% of S1O2.
10-26% of B2O3, 6-14% of AI2O3 and 5-15% of alkali
metal oxides including KoO and LijO in a ratio of from
liO.l to 1:0.7, with the content of other alkali metal
oxides kept below the LioO content, all of which make a
total of 100%, plus 0.05-1.0% of Ag, at least an equiva-
lent percentace of at least one halogen to the percentage
of Ag to form silver halide crystals, and 0.005-0.03 %> of
CuO, all percentages being by weight.

St- "-ted f Jin

A process for the production of stable juices, of con-
trolled clarity or turbidity or pulpy in which the depectini-
zation is carried out continuously under closely controlled
conditions, particularly by controlling the enzyme con-
centration, the temperature and the time. This allows the
set up of a continuous production line from juice extrac-
tion to bottling with the elimination of the conventional
fining and settling processes. The viscosity of the juice
before and after depectinization is measured and used as
a control parameter.

3,795.524

ALUMINLTVl BORATE AND ALUTVIINUM

BOROSILICATE ARTICLES

Harold G. Sowman, Maplewood, Minn., assignor to

Minnesota Mining and Manufacturing Company, St.

Paul, Minn.

Filed Mar. 1, 1971, Ser. No. 119,726
Int. CI. C04b 35/10
U.S. a. 106—65 29 Claims

Transparent refractory aggregates and shaped articles,
such as fibers, films, flakes, and microspheres, of novel
aluminum borate or aluminum borosilicate compositions
free of crystalline alumina are made by shaping and de-
hydratively gelling, for example by extruding in air, viscous
aqueous boric acid-stabilized aluminum acetate, with or
without colloidal silica dispersed therein, and heating the
resulting gelled body or article in a controlled manner
to decompose and volatilize undesired constituents and
convert the body to said refractory material or article,
which is useful to form, for example, refractory fabrics,
or as reinforcement for composites.

3 795 522
PREPARATION OF AQUEOUS REDISPERSIBLE
GELS OR STABLE DILUTABLE SOLS CON-
TAINING TUNGSTEN AND TITANIUM AND
TITANIUM-TUNGSTEN CARBIDES THEREFROM
Anthony Cecil Fox, Didcot, and Kenneth Robert Hyde.
Wantage, England, assignors to United Kingdom
Atomic Energy Authority, London, England
No Drawing. Filed Oct. 1, 1971, Ser. No. 185,859
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Oct. 5, 1970,

47,314/70
Int. CI. BOlj 13/00; C04b 35/56
U.S. CI. 106—43 18 Claims

Aqueous, stable, dilutable sols and aqueous, redispersible

3 "95 52S
ALUTVIINTJM-ASBESTO'S COATING COMPOSITIONS
Earl F. Carlston, El Cerrito, Calif., assignor to Chevron

Research Company. San Francisco, Calif.
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of abandoned applica-
tion Ser. No. 60.121, July 31, 1970. This application
Mar. 23. 1972, Ser. No. 237,556
The portion of the term of the patent subsequent to
Mav 12, 1987, has been disclaimed
Int. CI. C08h 15/02; C09d 3/24
U.S. CI. 106—123 7 Claims

An aluminum-containing weather-resistant non-bitumi-
nous coatinc composition which comprises aluminum pig-
ment, a high molecular weight viscous oil, a hydrocarbon
solvent or thinner, asbestos fibers, ground mica, a poly-
urea material effective as an additive which prevents set-
tling out of fillers and enhances the color of the finished
coating and optionally a color pigment.

148

OFFICIAL GAZETTE

March 5, 1974

3,795,526

PHOSPHAZENE FmE RETARDANTS

Charles R. Bergeron, Baton Rouge, La., assignor to
Ethyl Corporation, Richmond, Va.

No Drawing. Filed Aug. 30, 1972, Ser. No. 285,007

Int. CI. C08b 21/20. 21 '22; C09j 3/04
U.S. CI. 106— 16« 8 Claims

Improved fire retardant phosphotiitrilate polymer com-
positions having two cyclic oligomeric phosphonitrilate
compounds, such as hexapropoxyphosphazene, cross-
HnkeJ by oxygen forming a P— O— P bond. The cross-
linked phosphonitrilate compounds are prepared by re-
acting a chlorophosphazene with a metal alcoholate, pref-
erably sodium propoxide, and an alkali metal hydroxide,
preferably sodium hydroxide.

in temperature-sensitive visual display devices. The addi-
tion of nematic liquid crystal material to cholesteric liq-
uid crystal material enhances the brightness of films em-
ploying cholesteric liquid crystal material and prolongs the
usable life of the films.

3,795,527

DRY POWDER PAPER SIZE HAVING IMPROVED
RESISTANCE TO CAKING

James N. Stone and James H. Wing, Augusta, and Frank
B. Thomas HI, Martinez, Ga., assignors to Continental
Can Company, Inc., New York, N.Y.
No Drawing. FUed Apr. 23, 1973, Ser. No. 353,262

Int. CI. C08b 25/02. 27/44
U.S. CI. 106—206 5 Qaims

A dry powder paper sizing composition having resis-
tance to caking by atmospheric humidity comprised of a
mixture of a cationically active material, a fatty acid and
an alkali hydroxide is obtained by coating the fatty acid
with the cationically active material prior to its admixture
with the alkali hydroxide.

3,795,530

ELECTROSTATIC LATENT IMAGE
DEVELOPMENT

Robert W. Gundlach, Victor, N.Y., assignor to Xerox
Corporation, Rochester, N.Y.

No Drawing. Original application Apr. 26, 1968, Ser. No.
724,596, now Patent No. 3,676,215. Divided and this
application Dec. 7, 1971, Ser. No. 205,746

Int. CI. G03g 13/08
L.S. CI. 117—17.5 12 Claims

A simple electrostatographic imaging system including
an electrostatographic imaging surface, a donor member
having a liquitiable polar developer layer on a surface
thereof and developer repellent spacer particles sand-
wiched between the electrostatographic imaging surface
and the liquifiable polar developer layer. Imaging is ac-
complished in this system by forming an electrostatic latent
image on the surface of the electrostatographic imaging
surface, liquifiying the liquifiable polar developer on the
surface of the donor member and allowing the resulting
liquified polar developer to migrate to the surface of the
electrostatographic imaging surface in image configura-
tion.

3,795,528

STABILIZED ORANGE PIGMENTS

Georg Henning, Ludwigshafen, Germany, assignor to
Badische Anilin- & Soda-Fahrik Aktlengesellschaft,
Ludwigshafen (Rhine), Germany

No Drawing. Filed Nov. 24, 1972, Ser. No. 309,473

Claims priority, application Germany, Dec. 1, 1971,
P 21 59 440.1

Int. CI. C08h 17/14
U.S. CI. 106—288 Q 1 Claim

A nickel complex dye derived from the dioxime of
acetoacet-o-aniiidide stabilized by the addition of the
corresponding nickel complex having ethylene diamine or
phenylene diamine instead of the o-anisidine. The orange
pigments are eminently suitable for coloring resins,
printing inks and surface coatings.

3,795,531

X-R\Y IMAGE INTENSIFIER TL^E AND METHOD
OF MAKING SAME

William E. Spicer, Portola Valley, Calif., assignor to
Varian Associates, Palo Alto, Calif.

Continuation of abandoned application Ser, No. 606.514,
Dec. 27, 1966. This application Feb. 3, 1970, Ser. No.

7.358

Int. CI. HOlj 57/49
U.S. CI. 117—33.5 C 15 Claims

3,795,529

TEMPERATURE SENSITTVT VISIBLE
. DISPLAY DEVICE

James V. Cartmell and Donald Churchill, Dayton, Ohio,
assignors to The National Cash Register Company,
Dayton, Ohio

No Drawing. Original application Feb. 8, 1971, Ser. No.
113,716, now Patent No. 3,720,623. Divided and this
application Nov. 15, 1972, Ser. No. 306,949

Int. CI. B44f 1/10
U.S. CI. 117—1.7 3 Claims

A mixture of cholesteric liquid crystal material such as
cholesterv! nonanoaie and nematic liquid crystal mate-
rial such as methoxybenzilidene-p-n-butylaniiine is dis-
closed. The mixture can be encapsulated and employed

The present invention relates in general to methods for
making pick-up screens for X-ray image intensifier tubes
and, more particularly, to an improved method wherein the
X-ray fluorescent phosphor screen element is formed by
evaporation of an alkali metal halide material in vacuum
and condensing the evaporated material on an X-ray trans-
parent portion of the X-ray intensifier tube, whereby a
curved X-ray image pick-up screen is formed which has
improved quantum efficiency and resolution. Such im-
proved X-ray image intensifier tubes are especially useful
for, but not limited in use to, X-ray systems and for
intensifying gamma ray images obtained in applications of
nuclear medicine.

March 5, 1974

CHEMICAL

140

3 795 532
WIDE LATITUDE COPY SHEET

Donald J. Newman and Donald J. Williams, White Bear
Lake, and John R. Berg, St. Paul, Minn., assignors to
Minnesota Mining and Manufacturing Company, St.
Paul, Minn.

No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No.
123,106, Mar. 10, 1971, now Patent No. 3,682,684,
dated Aug. 8, 1972. This application Mar. 9, 1972,
Ser. No. 233,348

Int. CI. B41m 5/22

U.S. CI. 117—36.2 7 Claims

Copy sheet material, containing 10-80 parts by weight

of silver soap and correspondingly 90-20 parts by weight

of ferric soap, exhibits increased exposure latitude in a

heat-activated copying process.

the grooved disc surface while rotating the disc rapidly
only long enough to drive off the excess photoresist and
allowing the remaining photoresist to dry while rotating
the disc very slowly.

3,795,535
METHOD OF TREATING A SURFACE OF A GLASS
ARTICLE AND THE GLASS ARTICLE PRO-
DUCED THEREFROM
Thomas E. Boiler, Detroit, Mich., assignor to Ford
Motor Company, Dearborn, Mich.
Filed May 29, 1969, Ser. No. 828,907
Int. CI. C03b2i/00
U.S. CI. 117—118 16 Claims

3,795,533

PRESERVATION AND STRENGTHENING OF

POROUS SOLIDS

Kharaiti Lai Gauri, Louisville, Ky., assignor to Research

Corporation, New York, N.Y.

FUed Nov. 24, 1971, Ser. No. 201,871

Int. CI. B27k 3/34; C04b 41/28

U.S. CI. 117—54 13 Claims

«-£POrt 1»I€6-

HATED

u-ionrtran

CWTM

LTBNEPorr
caame
)o-Erorfi«B-
mud

mmeuT

MTWC

I»€ CF EtPOSM TO XOfm

A porous solid is preserved and strengthened by se-
quentially impregnating into said solid, a plurality of
solvent mixtures, wherein each of the sequentially im-
pregnated mixtures contains a higher concentration of
curable polymeric material than the previously impreg-
nated mixtures. The adjacent, sequentially impregnated
mixtures are allowed to remain in contact, within the
porous solid, so as to permit difi'usion of the polymeric
material therebetween, and to minimize the presence of
distinct concentration boundaries. Upon curing, the resin
forms an impregnate of continuously increasing concentra-
tion from the innermost portion of the impregnated solid
to the surface of the solid. In one embodiment, the first of
said sequentially applied mixtures may be a solvent treat-
ment procedure, with a water-miscible solvent, or, more
preferably, with a plurality of sequentially impregnated
mixtures of water and solvent of increasing solvent con-
centration, wherein the final solvent impregnate is an
anhydrous water-miscible solvent.

^msiMJkSiMMSL^mcmM^c^

A surface of a glass article is treated to make the glass
surface water wettable (hydrophilic) in the following man-
ner. A bath of a mixture of an ion exchange medium for
the glass and a material which has surface active quali-
ties is formed. The glass article is treated in the bath and
an interchange of ions from the ion exchange medium is
effected betw^een the glass. This ion interchange results in
a carryover to the glass of at least a portion of the mate-
rial having the surface active qualities. The materials hav-
ing the surface active qualities are preferably selected from
the group consisting essentially of silicones, silanes and
fluorocarbons.

3,795,536
NON-ROTATIONAL CONSTANT FILM THICKNESS,
COMPLETE STEP COVERAGE EVAPORATION
SYSTEM

Sanford Platter, Phoenix, Ariz., assignor to Steatite

Research Corporation, Phoenix, Ariz.

FUed Oct. 26, 1971, Ser. No. 192,272

Int. CI. C23c 13/12

U.S. CI. 117—106 R 4 Claims

3,795,534

MANUFACTURE OF VIDEO DISCS

Robert Michael Mehalso, Trenton, and David Isaac Harris,

Kendall Park, N.J., assignors to RCA Corporation

No Drawing. Filed Apr. 19, 1972, Ser. No. 245,657

Int. CI. B44c 1/20, 5/00

U.S. CI. 117—101 3 Claims

A method of forming a video disc with a uniform

groove radius from a disc having grooves of nonuniform

radius and depth by applying an excess of photoresist to

A high vacuum metal evaporation deposition system is
described which avoids the necessity for rotating the tar-
gets in order to achieve an even deposition thickness dis-
tribution over the target area.

150

OFFICIAL GAZETTE

March 5, 1974

3,795,537

HARD DIFFUSION FORMED REACTION
COATINGS

Ray Joseph Van Th>Tie, 10148 S. Cook Ave., Oak Lawn,
III. 60453, and John Jacob Rausch, Rte. 2, Box 177,
Antioch, III. 60002

No Drawing. Continuation-in-part o( application Ser. No.
768,187, Oct. 16, 1968, now Patent No. 3,620,816. This
appUcation Nov. 12, 1971, Ser. No. 198,413

Int. CI. C23c 9/00
U.S. CI. 117—114 R 9 Claims

A novel process for producing hard coatings by diffus-
ing one or more reactive elements in molten lead and
reacting with one or more hardening elements of the
group carbon, nitrogen, boron, and silicon present in
ferrous products. The process offers ffexibility in com-
positional control and coating parameters.

hesive thermoplastic polymer is disposed within a cable
at the desired location such that the adhesive thermo-

METAL SHIELD

PLASTIC
TAPE

3,795,538

PROCESS FOR LUBRICATING ORGANIC
AND INORGANIC FIBERS

John Idris Evans, Penarth, and Ann Margaret Parr>,
Edgbaston, England, assignors to Midland Silicones
Limited, Berkshire, England

No Drawing. Original application June 13, 1968, Ser. No.
736,604, now abandoned. Divided and this application
Oct. 1, 1971, Ser. No. 185,847

Int. CI. C08j 1/44; D06m 15/66
U.S. CI. ? 17— 139.5 A 8 Claims

A process for lubricating organic and inorganic fibers
comprising applying to the fibers an aqueous diorgano-
polysiloxane emulsion.

3,795,539

WATER-BASED BINDER FOR MAGNTITIC TAPE

.Alfonso DLMino, WoodclifiE Lake, N.J., assignor to
ADM Tronics, New York, N.Y.

No Drawing. Filed June 23, 1971, Ser. No. 156,030

Int. CI. HO If 1/26, 1/113
U.S. CI. 117—235

A magnetic recording tape in uhtch magnetic material,
such as iron oxide particles, is mixed with a binder to
create a dispersion uhich is coated on a base. The dis-
persion includes a water-based binder and v<,etting agent,
whereby the dispersion may be applied and dried without
creating noxious fumes, to produce a coating which is
highly flexible and smooth and has lubricating properties.

2 Claims

PLASTIC
JACKET

plastic polymer forms a strong bond with an adjacent
element in the cable.

3,795,541
FERROMAGNETIC MATERIAL

Kenneth Lee, Saratoga, Erich Sawatzky, San Jose, and

James C. Suit.s. Saratoga, Calif., assignors to Interna-
tional Business Machines Corporation, Armonk, N.Y.

No Drawing. Filed Nov. 26, 1971, Ser. No. 202,604

Int. CI. C04b 35/00
U.S. CI. 117—235 3 Claims

A room temperature stable ferromagnetic permanent
magnet material with a large Faraday rotation and hav-
ing a Curie temperature in the region of substantially
180-220° C. of a mutual solid solution having atomic
proportions indicated by the formula:

Mn 8-1 O'^h a-i.eGe 8_i.oC)o.o5-.3
In the film form, the magnetization is normal to the film
plane.

3,795,542

METHOD OF MAKING A MAGNETIC RECORD-
ING AND STORAGE DEVICE

Sami A. Halaby, Raleigh, N.C., and Neal S. Kenny,
Horseheads, and James A. Murphy, Painted Post, N.Y.,
assignors to Coming Glass Works, Coming, N.Y.

Filed June 9, 1971, Ser. No. 151,356

Int CI. C22c 39/00
U.S. CI. 117—237 17 Claims

3,795,540

CABLE SHIELDING TAPE

Raymond C. Mildner, Midland, Mich., assignor fo Hie
Dow Chemical Company, Midland, Mich.

Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 509,814, Nov.
26, 1965, which is a continuation-in-part of applica-
tion Ser. No. 325,701, Nov. 22, 1963, both now aban-
doned. This application Sept 30, 1966, Ser. No.

587,367

Int. CI. B32b 15/08. 15/20; B44d 1/09
U.S. CI. 117—226 20 Oaims

A metal element and a plastic element in a cable are
securely bonded together by means of an adhesive thermo-
plastic polymer comprising a copolymer of ethylene and
an ethylenically unsaturated carboxylic acid such as acrylic
acid. The metal element can be in the form of a tape
or metal strip of aluminum having one or both sides
coate'd with or laminated to the adhesive thermoplastic
polymer. The tape including the coated or laminated ad-

KT"

icr*>

*" 7

'•'°>1/;

i /• ■

,A^°'A

/ \A?

j(\

''J "7

1 f

^X-

12 ^

t: ±

/:/; i

1 i :

JOO K)00

TEMPERATURE "C

\ method of making a magnetic recording and storage
device comprising the step of forming an alpha ferric
o.xide film or an iron film on a surface of an inorganic
and non-magnetic substrate or support member. The
substrate and film combination are then subjected to a
controlled atmosphere at an elevated temperature, which
converts the film to magnetite suitable for use in mag-

March 5, 1974

CHEMICAL

151

netic recording and storage devices. The magnetite film
may then be further converted to a film of gamma ferric
oxide, also suitable for use in magnetic recording and
storage devices, by subjecting the substrate and magnetite
film to an oxidizing atmosphere at a second predeter-
mined elevated temperature.

3 795,543

BI-POLAR LEAD- ACID STORAGE BATTERY

David T. Poe, Gaston, Ind., assignor to General Motors

Corporation, Detroit, rVIich.

Filed June 29, 1972, Ser. No. 267,503

Int. CI. HOlm 39/06

U.S. a. 136—10 1 Claim

Jif iV A

^//■*^'

A bi-polar, mat-immobilized-electrolyte, lead-acid stor-
age battery having hydrogen relief ports through the nega-
tive plate to reduce hydrogen film polarization of the
negative plate.

3,795,544
PRESSURE BALANCED FUEL CELL SYSTEM
FOR UNDERWATER VEHICLE
Joseph V. Clausi, Portland, Michael B. Landau, Hart-
ford, Loren H. Otter, Bolton, and Richard D. Sawyer,
Canton, Conn., assignors to the United States of Amer-
ica as represented by the Secretary of the Navy
Filed Mar. 30, 1972, Ser. No. 239,580
Int. CI. HOlm 27/00. 27/12
U.S. CI. 136—86 B * 5 Claims

^Jt^^Sl

A pressure balanced fuel cell system for an underwater
vehicle having at least one fuel cell module for supplying
electrical power for said vehicle. A first compartmented
tank having a resilient separator is provided for supplying
fuel for an oxygen generation system, and a second com-
partmented tank having a resilient separator is provided
for supplying enriched anolyte to the fuel cell. Pressure
balance is maintained in the first compartmented tank
by sea water and in the second compartmented tank by
the spent anolyte recovered from the fuel cell module.

3,795,545
LEAK-PROOF ZINC CHLORIDE DRY CELL

Toshiso Kamai, Midorigaoka Mansion 703,

Midorigaoka 1-chome 19-7, Tokyo, Japan

Filed Oct. 19, 1970, Ser. No. 82,050

Claims priority, application Japan, Oct. 27, 1969,

44/85,704; Jan. 28, 1970, 45/1,864

Int. CI. HOlm 21/00

U.S. a. 136—107 9 Claims

The invention relates to a leak-proof dry cell in which
the zinc cathode canister is enclosed in a plastics casing
and the electrolyte solution consists mainly of zinc chlo-
ride with a small proportion of ammonium chloride
whereby the production of fine complex crystals is
avoided. The zinc canister is thin-walled so that it is
consumed by the time the cell voltage drops below its
useful voltage. This avoids the production of hydrogen
gas as well as a saving of zinc. The zinc canister is con-
nected to its outer terminal by a zinc peg or rivet on its
base which passes through a hole in the bottom of the
plastics casing. ,

3,795,546
RINSING COATED METALLIC SURFACES

WUbur S. Hall, Plymouth Meeting, and Lester Stein-
brecher, Southampton, Pa., assignors to Amchem Prod-
ucts, Inc., Ambler, Pa.
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of applications Ser.
No. 791,762, Jan. 16, 1969, now Patent No. 3,592,699,
and Ser. No. 791,801, Jan. 16, 1969, now Patent No.
3,585,084, which is a continuation-in-part of applica-
tion Sen No. 554,336, June 1, 1966, now abandoned.
This appllcarton June 14, 1971, Ser. No. 152,993
Hie portion of the term of the patent subsequent to
July 13, 1988, has been disclaimed
Int. CI. C23f 7/26
U.S. CI. 148—6.2 10 Claims

A metallic surface is coated with a polymeric resmous
coating by immersing the surface in an acidic aqueous
coating composition comprising polymeric resinous coat-
ing-forming material and an oxidizing agent. The corro-
sion resistance and/or the surface appearance of the
resinous coating is modified by rinsing the coating with
an aqueous rinse solution containing hexavalent chromi-
um or an aqueous rinse solution containing hexavalent
chromium and reduced forms of chromium.

3 795 547
METHOD OF IMPRO\TNG ELECTRICAL CHARAC-
TERISTICS OF HIGH PURITY GERMANIUM OR
SILICON

Robert N. Hall, Schenectady, N.Y., assignor to

General Electric Company

Filed Dec. 13, 1972, Ser. No. 314,541

Int. CI. BOlj 17/38, 17/40; HOII 7/34

U.S. CI. 148—1.6 12 Claims

The electrical conduction properties of high purity

semiconductor material particularly with regard to free-

OFFICIAL GAZETTE

March 5, 1974

ir)2

dom from lattice defects are improved' by heating or an-
nealing a larce ingot of high purity semiconductor in a
molten bath of ^elected high purity metal or metal alloy
at elevated temperatures for times of the order of 400 to
1000 hours.

until the shell temperature preferably drops to the value
of the core temperature whereupon the steel is intensively
quenched in water.

3,795,548
PROCEDURE FOR SURFACE TREATMENT OF
IRON AND STEEL
Hans Hansen, Karben, Peter Jorns and Josef Rones,
Frankfurt am Main, and Wolfqang VVuttke, Erzhausen,
GeCany, assignors to Oxy Metal Finishing Corpora-
tion, Warren, Mich. -^i/:???

NO D^awi-g. r«e,Hn. l".,"//,. «"• No- "«•'"

iTc fi 14s 6 15 R Claims

"a process for'treating iron or steel surfaces compnsmg

the steps of: ,,

(1) cleaning the metal surfaces with an aqueous alka-
line solution.
r) contacting the cleaned metallic surfaces with an
aqueous solution having a pH betv^een 4 and 5.5 and
containinc lactic acid and an non-ionic wetting agent.

(3) applying a phosphate deposit to the metallic sur-

(4) applying an orcanic deposit '\o the thus treated
metallic surfaces with an electro-immersion process.

^ [

3 795,549 '

CONVERSION COATING SOLUTION FOR

METALLIC SURFACES

Yasunobu Matsushima, Tokyo, Shlgeo Tanaka, Yoko-
hama, and Haruyoshi Terada, Tokyo, Japan, assignors
to Oxv Metal Finishing Corporation, ^arren, Mich.
No Drawing. Filed Dec. 9, 1971, Ser. No. 206,528
Int. CI. C23f 7/26

^jg ^~.| i4g 5 16 13 Claims

'a chromate conversion coating composition useful for
applying to metallic surfaces comprising an effective cor-
rosion reducing amount of a uater-solublc partially esteri-
fied alkyl phosphate.

3,795,550 ,^^

HEAT TREATMENT PROCESS FOR NON- ALLOYED
LOW-CARBON STRUCTURAL STEEL

Ludwig Ettenreich, Wien, Austria, and Otto Remiann,
Dusseldorf-Oberkassel, and Klaus Greulich, Erkrath,
near Dusseldorf. Germany, assignors to Bau-Stahlge-

webe G.m.b.H. -., -,o ^--^

Filed Apr. 29, 1971, Ser. No. 138,657
Claims priority, appUcation Germany, Apr. JJ' J^^O,
P 20 21 245.7; Mar. 13, 1971, P 21 12 103.9

Int. CL C21d 1/18 _ ^ .

U.S. CI. 148—12.4 19 Claims

3,795,551
CASE HARDENXNG STEEL

Alan R. Swimow, Brooklyn, N.Y., assignor to

Curtiss-W right Corporation

No Drawing. Filed May 12, 1972, Ser. No. 252,720

Int.CI. C21dy/46;C23c7//72

• T c Q^ i4g 15 16 Claims

'a method of carburizing and case hardening steels
which require subsequent heat treatment at a temperature
above the carburizing temperature, which would normally
diminish surface carbon and surface hardness and increase
case depth by diffusion. The present method gas carburizes
the steel at about 1700° P., furnace cools to about 1450
F with continued carburization. quenches in oil, tempers,
hardens at about 1850° P., and martempers in salt.

3,795,552 ^^

PRECIPITATION HARDENED AUSTENITIC
FERROUS BASE ALLOY ARTICLE

Wesley R. Kegerise, Oley, and Donald R. M";^y^^«"d

Peter R. Barbis, Reading, Pa., assignors to Carpenter

Technology Corporation, Reading, Pa.
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of abandoned applica-

Hon Ser. No. 743,621, July 10, 1968. This apphcation

Anr. 14, 1971, Ser. No. 134,028

^ Int. CI. C22c 39/14, 39/20

|Tc PI 14a 37 5 Claims

A precipitation hardened article formed from an austen-

' itic Cr-Ni-Mo-Ti ferrous base high temperature alloy ot a

type designated as A-286 (AISI 660) containing 1.6-

2.3% titanium, 0.10-0.30% silicon and 0.15-%

manganese.

3 795,553

SEMICONDUCTOR DEV ICE AND A METHOD

FOR FABRICATING THE SAME

Akio Hayasaka, Kokubunji, and Kenji Tan.guchI,
Kodaira, Japan, assignors to Hitachi, Ltd., loKjo,

^'•"" Filed July 15, 1971, Ser. No. 162,859
Claims priorit), application Japan, July 15, iv/u,
45/61,335
Int. CI. HOll 7/34 .

U.S. CI. 148—187 * Claims

A low carbon steel can be heat
either its physical properties or its
detriment to the other by heating a

treated to improve
elongation without
shell region of the

detriment to tne omer oy ucauuu a ,^.iv..i .,.{,.,.... ^•. -.^ —

steel quickly and then allowing heat transfer to take place respectively

A transistor having a narrow emitter width is fabricated
by forming a circular shaped first mask on an "-tVPe Si
layer diffusing B into the Si layer, thereby formmg the
firl diffusing fegion, forming SiO. on the exposed surfa«
of the Si layer, removing the first mask, diffusing B whose
impurity concentration is lower than that of the first
dXed'region utilizing the SiO. as a second mask^ her-
by forming the second diffused region, and diffusing F
'nto the Snayer utilizing the second mask, thereby -m^
ing the third diffused region. The Si layer, the second
dilused region, and the third diffused region are operated
a the collector the base, and the emitter of the transistor.

March 5, 1974

CHEMICAL

153

3,795,554
PROCESS FOR SIMULTANTOUS DIFFUSION OF
GROUP III-GROUP V INTERMETALLIC COM-
POUNDS INTO SEMICONDUCTOR WAFERS
William H. Tarn, Culver City, Calif., assignor to Interna-
tional Rectifier Corporation, Los Angeles, Calif.
Filed Dec. 20, 1972, Ser. No. 316,870

Int. CI. HOll 7/44 .

U.S. CI. 148—189 11 C^'ins

''1

said gelling agent being a member selected from
the group consisting of silicon dioxide, activated
carbon, calcium sulfate, colloidal sulfur, poly-
isobutylene and mixtures thereof.

3 795 557

PROCESS AND MATERIAL FOR MANUTACTUTl-

ING SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES

Adir Jacob, West Roxbury, Mass., assignor to LFE

Corporation, Waltham, Mass.

FUed May 12, 1972, Ser. No. 252,863

Int CL C23f 1/02; HOll 7/50

U.S. CL 156—8 12 Claims

/^y.Ay.A/.Ayy.AAAA;.,'.v,-///./vyyyyy^

,-?-5v.

^7^^.E&pA.^':^i^-)^:^^

'^/

^24

A monocrystalline silicon wafer is covered with a
silicon dioxide coating, and windows are selectively
formed in the silicon dioxide coating. The wafer is then
loaded into a diffusion chamber which contains a gal-
lium arsenide compound in pure stoichiometric form as
well as a mass of pure gallium. The temperature of the
diffusion vessel is then raised to cause diffusion into the
water to form a plurality of junctions of given shape
therein with a single diffusion step.

3,795,555 _

STABILIZED AMMONIUM PERCHLORATE

David O. Depree, Loomis, CaUf., assignor to Aerojet-
General Corporation, El Monte, Calif.
No Drawing. Filed June 22, 1970, Ser. No. 48,777
Int. CL C06b 11/00

U.S. CI. 149 76 ** Claims

The p'rcNcni patent describes novel ammonium pcrchlo-
rate is stabilized with an effective stabilizing amount of
an ammonium, alkali or alkaline earth metal trimeta-
phosphates, tetrametaphosphates and polymetaphosphates.
Typical stabilizers are (NaPO^x Imear (sodium poly-
mctaphosphate), Na4P40i2 (sodium tetrametaphosphate),
NaaPaOg (sodium trimetaphosphate). Ca2P40i2 (calcium
tetrametaphosphate) and (NH4)4P40i2 (ammonium tetra-
metaphosphate).

3,795,556
GELLED GASOLINT INCENDIARY COMPOSITIONS
CONTAINING TRIETHYL ALUMINUM AND A

METAL „.,._.,, V

Nathan J. Sippel, China Lake, and Richard K. Young,
San Jose, Calif., assignors to the United States of
Ajnerica as represented by the Secretary of the Navy
No Drawing, Filed Apr. 23, 1964, Ser. No. 363,675
Int. CL ClOl 7/00

U.S. CL 149 109 ^ Claims

'1.* A*pyrophoric composition comprising a mixture of

(a) an organic-metallic self-igniting compound;

(b) an extending agent; and

said compound being a member selected from the
group consisting of triethylaluminum. trimethyl-
aluminum, tri-n-propyl aluminum, tri-isobuty!
aluminum, diethyl aluminum chloride, ethyl
aluminum dichloride, ethyl aluminum sesqui-
chloride, methyl aluminum sesquichloride, tri-
ethylborane and diethylzinc; and mixtures there-
of;

said extending agent being a member selected from
the group of liquid hydrocarbon fuels consisting
of motor gasoline, aviation gasoline, jet fuel, jet
kerosine and mixtures thereof; and

A process step and material for use in the manufacture
of semiconductor devices. To facilitate the etching of un-
masked silicon dioxide, silicon nitride, silicon monoxide,
bare silicon layers, or various refractory metals on pre-
selected portions of a semiconductor slice, the material is
exposed to a low pressure RF generated "cold" plasma
(under 325° C.) produced from a homogeneous gaseous
binary mixture of oxygen and a halocarbon. The halocar-
bon is preferably a gas having one carbon atom per mole-
cule and is preferably fully fluorine-substituted.

3 795 558
METHOD OF ULTRASONIC SEALING
HOLLOW MEMBERS
William C. Dabney and Samuel H. Goodenough, Oak-
land, and Harold B. Queen, Walnut Creek, Calif., as-
signors to Cutter Laboratories, Inc., Berkeley, Calif.
Filed Nov. 8, 1971, Ser. No. 196,505
Int. CL B32b 31/16; F161 25/00, 13/14
U.S. a. 156—73 10 Claims

mM\

A method for connecting a relatively rigid member and
a relatively flexible member by employing ultrasonic
energy, characterized in that an annular axial projection
on the' rigid member is softened by the application of
ultrasonic energy thereto and is simultaneously deformed

Io4

OFFICIAL GAZETTE

March 5, 1974

around a corresponding annular transverse flange on the
other member to permanently bond said members together
to define a hermetically sealed joint. The invention also
relates to the resultant product, which comprises an entry
spike-drip barrel device adapted for connection wiih a
container for parenteral solutions, said device including
a relatively rigid spike member that is bonded by a her-
metic seal with a relatively flexible drip barrel member.

3 795 559

AIRCRAFT FLUTED CORE RADOME AND

METHOD FOR MAKING THE SAME

Victor I. Horn, Bellevue, and Heniy A. Kangas, Renton,

Wash-, assignors to The Boeing Company, Seattle,

Wash.

Filed Oct. 1, 1971, Ser. No. 185,491

Int. CI. B31c 13/00; B65h 81/00; B64c 1/10

U.S. CI. 156—152 7 Claims

to direction of delivery of first veneer. Method also in-
cludes step of delivering second veneer with adhesive on
upper surface thereof and grain thereof transverse to
grain of first veneer from second station independent of
first station to main conveyor. Second veneer is compiled
on top of first veneer, and thereafter several additional
veneers with adhesive on upper surfaces thereof are in-
dependently delivered from additional stations to main
conveyor. Additional veneers have alternating grain di-
rections and are compiled on top of one another and first
and second veneers. Finally, uppermost veneer without
adhesive thereon is delivered from final station to main
conveyor, and thereafter uppermost veneer is compiled on
top of other veneers so that grain thereof is transverse
to grain of adjacent veneer.

3,795,561
VERTICAL ETCHERS FOR MINUTE PARTS
Herbert M. Bond and Michael E. Rucinski, St. Paul,
Minn., assignors to Buckbee-Mears Company, St. Paul,
Minn.

FUed July 24, 1972, Ser. No. 274,346

Int. CI. C23f 1/02

U.S. CI. 156—345 12 Claims

A complex contoured fluted core radome structure for
aircraft utilizing a relatively high temperature and high
pressure cure cycle for laminated fiber material. The
method further includes the utilization of removable and
reusable flexible silicone rubber mandrels adaptable to
complex contour configurations. The use of the flexible
silicone rubber mandrels permits the use of high curing
pressures to completely and uniformly fill the flutes of
the fluted core panel structure and produce a structural
product with very low void content which is necessary
for meeting the radar electrical requirements combined
with improved mechanical properties for the structural
requirements.

3,795,560
METHOD FOR MAKING PLYWOOD

Masaichiro Matsnmoto, Shimlan, Kiyoshi Tsunita,
Kodaira, Tokyo, and Hideo M|yata, Shizuoka, Japan,
assignors to Honen Seiju Kabiishiki Kaisha and Fuji
Kogyo Kabushiki Kaisha, Kariyado, Fujle, Japan, and
Shizuoka Prefecture, Japan, respectively

FUed July 22, 1971, Ser. No. 165,140

Claims priority, application Japan, July 25, 1970,

45/64,793

Int. CI. B32b 31/00; B27g 11/00

U.S. CI. 156—300 2 Claims

A vertical etcher is provided having means for control-
ling the angular velocity as well as the linear velocity of
a part as it passes through a multiple nozzle spray etching
chamber. Further means are included for spacing and
adjusting the etchant spray nozzles to produce a uniform
spray of etchant over the part to be etched as well as
etchant wipers located at the entrance and exit to the
etchant chambers to stop the etching action as quickly as
possible.

3,795,562
DIELECTRIC EMBOSSING APPARATUS
Kenneth A. Smith, Washington, and WilUam Stempnik,
Warren, Mich., assignors to General Motors Corpora-
tion, Detroit, Mich.

FUed July 24, 1972, Ser. No. 274,664

Int. CI. B32bii/00

U.S. CI. 156—380 4 Claims

— I

7r m

A dielectric embossing apparatus for forming a decora-
tive trim assembly with a plurality of risers and in-
Method for producing plywood comprises steps of de- eluding a lower electrode having a series of parallel up-
livering first veneer with adhesive on upper surface there- standing blades and an upper electrode includmg a sup-
of from first station to main conveyor running transverse port member and a plate member. The plate member is

March 5, 1974

CHEMICAL

155

formed with a flat lower face and cooperates with the
blades for compressing a sheet of filler material and caus-
ing the latter to be split into a pluraUty of strips which
serve to form the risers. Means are located between the
support member and the plate member for allowing the
latter to reciprocate relative to the support member in a
plane parallel to the lower face of the plate member so as
to clear the area above the blades of any particles of the
filler material remaining after the splitting operation and
assure dielectric bonding of the cover sheet to the base
sheet of the panel.

side of the tire building drum, said carriers being ad-
vanced toward and away from the tire building drum for
application of the respective components thereto, said
tread components in the case of a radial tire building
machine being stored in a looped configuration to shorten
the length of the tread carrier.

3,795,563

TIRE BUILDING MACHINE SERVICER

George E. Enders, Salem, and Armindo Cantanitti,
Akron, Ohio, assignors to NRM Corporation, Akron.
Ohio

FUed June 19, 1972, Ser. No. 264,158

Int. CI. B29h 17/10, 17/20, 17/30
U.S. CI. 156—406 20 Claims

3,795,564

TIRE BUILDING APPARATUS

Edwin E. Mallory, Niles, Mich., assigns to National-
Standard Company, NUes, Mich.

FUed Sept. 24, 1971, Ser. No. 183,440

Int. CI. B29h 17/16. 17/26
U.S. CI. 156—417

17 Claims

A tire building machine servicer characterized in the
provision of a stock storage and conveyor means which
is loaded with tire components from a series of stock
let-off units which are successively indexed to positions
in alignment with one end of said conveyor means, said
let-off units in the case of a radial truck tire, for example,
comprising successive first and second cordless gum ply
stock rolls and a cord ply stock roll, said conveyor means
being equipped with drive means for driving the respec-
tive stock rolls and with severing means to cut the
respective plies to exact lengths as required for appli-
cation on the tire building drum. Said conveyor means
is further characterized in that it has centering means
to center the stock loaded thereonto from said let-off
units and to center the stock as it is dispensed from said
conveyor means onto the tire building drum.

The servicer herein is further characterized in that
another series of let-off units carrying stock rolls of other
tire components are indexed along a path parallel to the
longitudinal axis of the tire building drum for successive
application of, for example, the finishing strips, a belt
cushion strip, and first, second, and third belts to the
tire building drum as the tire building operation proceeds.
During the operation of the last-mentioned series of let-
off units, the storage and conveyor means may be loaded
with stock for storage therein until the next tire is ready
to be built.

Yet a further characterizing feature of the present
servicer is that the tread and side wall components of
the tire are stored on carriers which are in alignment
with the conveyor means but disposed at the opposite

A tire building apparatus embodying an expandable
and contractable intermediate drum, inboard and out-
board end drum assemblies at opposite ends of the inter-
mediate drum for initially supporting loosely thereon a
cylindrical tire carcass having tire beads embedded at
opposite ends thereof, tire bead supporting and locating
means at the inner ends of the end drums in an arrange-
ment including first carrier means and in which the tire
bead supporting and locating means may be positioned
with respect to the first carrier means in equidistant
axially spaced apart relation with respect to the trans-
verse centerline of the intermediate drum, stop means
providing for initial slipping engagement of the tire bead
supporting and locating means with the tire carcass ma-
terial at the tire beads to center the cylindrical tire carcass
material and encased tire beads to center both radially and
axially the tire carcass and the tire beads on the tire build-
ing apparatus, holding pin means for holding the tire car-
cass material and the tire beads in such centered position
as that upon expansion of the intermediate drum the tire
carcass material and tire beads remain in the aforesaid
centered position and the tire carcass material is main-
tained under tension between the tire beads. A tire build-
ing machine having such additional features as the pro-
vision of preliminary tire carcass locating means at the
inner end of the inboard drum for preliminarily position-
ing a tire carcass generally centrally on the apparatus,
tapered shroud means at the outer end of the outboard
end drum for facilitating position of a tire carcass, and
resilient stop means associated with the outboard drum
assembly for limiting inward movement of the interme-
diate drum.

156

OFFICIAL GAZETTE

March 5, 1974

3,795,565

IVL4CHINE FOR SIZING AND PROCESSING

DRAPERY MATERIAL

Enrique Soto, 1638 W. Washington Blvd.,

Los Angeles, Calif. 90015

ContinuaHon-in-part of abandoned application Ser. No.

841,246, July 14, 1969. This applfcation June 21, 1971,

Ser. No. 155,022

Int CI. B29di;/00

U.S. CI. 156—465 » 7 Claims

pivotally interconnected with the base frame, there bemg
means for permitting swinging movement of the top about
the pivot means whereby to tilt the top and therefore, the
material carried thereby being a pressure roller assembly
carried by the top frame of the table and spannmg the
same whereby, in either a horizontal or a tilted position,
the pressure roller may be utilized to press the hner ma-
terial against the base sheet.

3,795,567
ALl-MTNXM FOIL WALL COVERING

Harold Robert Hoffman, San Francisco, Calif., assignor
to Winfield Design Associates, Inc., San Francisco,

Continuation of abandoned application Ser. No. 733,729,
Apr. 30, 1968. This application Aug. 27, 1971, ser.
No. 175,718

Int. CL B32b 3/00, 7/06

U.S. CI. 161—53 2 Claims

An endless belt of substantial width carries a measured
length of drapery material through the machine and
through a processing appliance at one end of the ma-
chine. Fabric is tumbled from a holder, at the entrance
side of the machine through it into a holder at the exit
side of the machine. The material passing through the ma-
chine comprises several widths seamed together. An ac-
curately measured total width is held by pressure rollers
over the endless belt, the measured width being the ac-
curately measured length of a drape being formed. At the
end of the machine, the edge of the material which will
be the top edge of the drape passes under and then is
folded over a plate in an accurate amount, the excess ma-
terial being continuously cut off by a cutter. A strip of
stiffening buckram leads from a roll underneath the plate
into a position between the folded over edge. The stiff-
ening material is impregnated with adhesive. A steamer
head is provided which is lowered to apply heat to the ad-
hesive to bond folded edges and stiffening material to-
gether.

3,795,566
APPARATUS FOR ATTACHING LPsXR MATERIAL

TO A BASE SHEET

Lee R. Epley, Kansas City, Mo., assignor to Construction

Plastics, Incorporated, Kansas City, Kans.

Filed June 10, 1971, Ser. No. 151,828

Int. CI. B30b 9/00

U.S. a. 156—58 1 3 Claims

A paper backed aluminum foil wall covering contains
a thin layer of polyethylene film between the aluminum
foil sheet and the paper backing. The polyethylene film
laminates the foil to the paper and serves as a moisture
barrier to prevent water from the paste used in hanging
the wall covering from contacting the back side of the
foil. The film adheres to only the surface fibers on a
smooth surface of the paper backing to permit the foil
and polyethylene film to be stripped as a unit from the
paper backing after the wall covering has been installed.

3,795,568

COMPRESSIBLE PRINTING BLANKET AND

METHOD OF MANUFACTURE

Thomas C. Rhodarmer, Canton, and Wayne W. Easely

and Billy Pryor, Waynesville, N.C., assignors to Dayco

Corporation, Dayton, Ohio

Filed Feb. 24, 1972, Ser. No. 228,989

Int. CI. B32b 5/00

U.S. CI. 161—87 1 Claim

Apparatus for attaching liner material, such as fiber
glass or the like, to a base sheet, such as metal, the ap- A printing blanket and method of manufacture, in
paratus including a table having a base frame and a top which the blanket has a base fabric, an elastomenc sur-

March 5, 1974

CHEMICAL

157

face layer, and a compressible intermediate layer. The non-woven sheets may be produced by either point weld-
intermediate layer is formed of an elastomeric matrix ing or using adhesives to laminate at least one non-woven
into which fine latex foam rubber particles have been mat having a high strip tensile strength to at least one
incorporated lo create microcellular voids, resulting in a
closed cell structure in the layer.

3,795,569 • J

PATTERNED FABRICS HAVING RELIEF PAT-
TERNS AND METHOD OF PRODUCING THE
SAME

Bohumil Filler, Jiri Suchanek, Josef Minarik, and Draho-
siav Lev, Brno, and Vladimir Lacko, Svit, Czechoslo-
vakia, assignors to Vyzkumny Ustav Pletarsky, Brno,
Czechoslovakia

No Drawing. Filed Sept. 2, 1971, Ser. No. 177,444
Claims priority, application Czechoslovakia, Dec. 14,
1970, 8,416/70
Int. C\.D02g 3/02, 3/04
U.S. CI. 161—72 6 Claims

Pattern:d fabrics having relief patterns consisting of at
least two types of yarn each having a different shrink-
ability and different dye afl[inity, the less shrinkable yarn
forming the relief pattern while the more shrinkable yarn
forms the base or eround of the fabric.

3,795,570
METHOD OF SHAPING GLASS SHEETS TO SHARP
BENDS AND SHAPED GLASS SHEETS PRO-
DUCED THEREBY
Robert A. Jansson, Pittsburgh, and Dean L. Thomas,
Glensbaw, Pa., assignors to PPG Industries, Inc., Pitts-
burgh, Pa.

Filed Mar. 29, 1972, Ser. No. 239,031

Int. CI. B32b 3/30; C03b 23/02; C03c 27/00

U.S. CI. 161—125 15 Claims

non-woven mat having a high tear resistance so that the
sheets have both high strip tensile strength and high tear
resistance.

3 795 572

METHOD OF CLTTINg' GLASS AND ARTICLE

MADE THEREBY

Robert P. De Torre, Pittsburgh, Pa., assignor to PPG

Industries, Inc., Pittsburgh, Pa.
Continuation-in-part cf applications Ser. No. 57,574, July
23, 1970, and Ser. No. 68,735, Sept. 1, 1970, both now
abandoned. This application May 26, 1972, Ser. No.
257,104

Int. CI. C03b 33/00
U.S. CI. 161—149 32 Claims

Simultaneously bending a pair of glass sheets having a
sharply bent portion extending across a portion of the
sheet, using a combination of general overall heating with
additional resistance heating in said sharply bent portion
in such a manner that breakage is avoided and the pair of
glass sheets bent simultaneously do not fuse together and
can be separated after they are shaped, then assembled
with a layer of plastic interlayer materia! therebetween
and laminated.

3,795 571
LAMINATED NON-WOVEN SHEET

James S. Prentice, Baytown, Tex., assignor to Esso
Research and Engineering Company
Original application Oct. 9, 1969, Ser. No. 864,994, now
Patent No. 3,715,251. Divided and this application
Sept 21, 1972, Ser. No. 291,127

Int. CI. B32b 7/14; I>04h 11/00
U.S. CI. 161—148 10 Claims

A laminated non-woven sheet is made from non-woven
mats of melt-blown thermoplastic polymer fibers. The

Pieces of glass are cut to desired size without the neces-
sity of grinding to size and polishing. Edges of the piece
are cut in accordance with a procedure involving the use
of a blunt scoring wheel of larger-than-usual diameter
and a greater-than-usual applied pressure, to produce a
fissure 1.5 millimeters deep or more, followed by the ap-
plication of a bending moment to sever the glass or of
heat along the length of the score to cause the glass to
become nearly severed. In the latter instance a thin glass
layer remains that is easily severed. Light seaming of the
tops and bottoms of the edges completes the preparation
of those edges. In a further aspect, a curved deep fissure
is produced by a blunt scoring wheel of larger-than-usual
diameter under greater-than-usual pressure, in the same
manner as above. However, a top center tap is used to
propagate a fracture, leaving only a thin glass layer which
is then severed. Light seaming completes the preparation
of the curved edge.

158

OFFICIAL GAZETTE

March 5, 1974

3,795,573
LINER
Ernest L. Smith, P.O. Box 1612, Shreveport, La. 71102;
Arthur R. Duffy, 260 Hardy Way, Worthington, Ohio
43085; and Eugene S. Lyman, Rte. 1, Box 215, North-

6eld, Minn. 55057 „ *, c Mo

Continuation-in-part of abandoned application »er. jNo.
862,788, Oct. 1, 1969. This application Sept 27, 1971,

Ser. No. 184,263

Int. CI. B32b5 24.33/00
U.S. CI. 161—165 1 Claim

3,795,576

CYLINDRICAL SCREEN METHOD FOR

PAPER MANUFACTURING

Kazumasa Watanabe, Fuji, Japan, assignor to Mltsuoki

Iron Works Co., Ltd., Fuji, Japan

Filed Dec. 27, 1971, Ser. No. 212,080

Claims priority, application Japan, June 21, 1971,

46/43,915

Int. CI. D21f ;/60, 11/06

U.S. CI. 162—214

11 lA 5'

1 Oalm

This invention relates to a laminate for use in lining a
cryoeenic tank comprising of multiple layers of woven
polyester fibers such as woven polyethylene terephthalate
fibers and stress-oriented polyethylene terephthalate films,
and aluminum.

3,795,574
IMPREGNATION OF WOOD WITH A FORMALDE-
HYDE FREE ALKALINE SOLUTION OF SODIUM
HYDROXIDE AT A pH BETWEEN 12.4 AND 13
John Hans Kalisch, George Tombler, Femand Guy
Hurtubise, and Jordan Kopanidis, Hawkesbury,
Ontario, Canada, assignors to Canadian International
Paper Company, Montreal, Quebec, Canada
No Drawing. Coatinuation-in-part of abandoned applica-
tion Ser. No. 762,578, Sept. 25, 1968. This appUcatlon
July 27, 1971, Ser. No. 166,631

Int CI. D21c 3/26
U.S. CL 162—86 . 7 Oaims

A process involving impregnation of wood with a form-
aldehyde free alkaline solution containing sodium hy-
droxide at a pH of from about 12.4 to about 13 and
sodium sulfite at temperatures below 80°C., followed
by draining the solution, adding sulfur dioxide and cook-
ing the wood in accordance with the bisulfite process
to produce increased yields of pulp having high un-
bleached brightness.

3 795 575
CELLULOSIC SHEET MATERIAL AND PROCESS

FOR ITS PREPARATION

Lam H. Gouw, Delft, Netherlandc, assignor to Shell Oil

Company, New York, N.Y.

No Drawing. Filed May 2, 1972, Ser. No. 249,587

Claims priority, application Netberlandi, May 3, 1971,

7105985
Int CI. D21h 5/12
U.S. CI. 162—146 3 aalmi

A cellulosic sheet material (paper) which exhibits im-
proved wet strength comprises about 5-75% by weight
polymer fibers obtained by fibrillating a cold-stretched
multilayered film comprising two or more layers of dif-
ferent polymer compositions and 25-95% by weight cel-
lulosic fibers. The novel cellulosic sheet material is made
by incorporating the polymer fibers into the cellulosic
fibers then heating to a temperature above the melting
point of the lowest melting polymer but below the tem-
perature of the highest melting polymer. This cellulosic
sheet material is used in the preparation of paper articles.

A cylindrical screen-type machine for paper manufac-
ture is operated such that white water which filters to
the interior of a cylindrical screen does not splash onto
a paper layer formed on the outer surface of the cylin-
drical screen when the white water is later throvra off
by centrifugal force. The effectiveness in operation of the
present machine in preventing the paper produced from
being soiled by splashing white water increases with in-
creasing speed of rotation of the screen cylinder.

3 795 577

CONTINUOUS DIGESTER WITH PRESSURE

RELIEF OUTLET VALVE CYCLING

Robe Vester Pennington, Nashua, N.H., assignor to

Improved Machinery Inc., Nashua, N.H.
Continuation of application Ser. No. 132,589, Apr. 8,
1971, which is a continuation of application Ser. No.
37,435, May 14, 1970, which in turn is a continuation
of application Ser. No. 641,793, May 29, 1967, all
now abandoned. This application May 1, 1972, Ser.
No. 248,974

Int CI. D21c 7/12, 7/14
U.S. a. 162—237 7 Claims

Apparatus for the continuous pulping of a compacted
mass of wood chips in an upright elongated reaction
vessel having an inlet for feeding wood chips substantially
continuously into the lower end of the vessel and an out-
let for discharging them substantially continuously from
the upper end of the vessel, the mass of wood chips being
advanced upwardly through the vessel for treatment m
liquid submergence by generating liquid propellmg pulses
by utilizing a top steam outlet having a valve and a cychng
timer for operating it, such propelling pulses causmg the
rate of movement of the submergence liquid relative to

March 5, 1974

CHEMICAL

150

the wood chips in the mass to vary cyclically to produce
a cyclic advancing movement of the liquid at a rate at
least not less than that of the alternating intervening
movement of the liquid, such advancing movement of
the liquid advancing the wood chips throughout the length
of the column from the input to the output end thereof.

3 795 578
COMPOSITE STEAM CHAMBER FOR USE ON A

TRAVELING PULP MAT

Joseph Henry Dupasquier, 5855 NW. Skyline Drive,

West Linn, Oreg.

FUed May 30, 1972, Ser. No. 257,842

The portion of the term of the patent subsequent to

Apr. 10, 1990, has been disclaimed

Int Ci. D21f 5/18

U.S. a. 162—290 5 Claims

on a uniform lattice and enclosed within a sleeve through
which the coolant flows in a general direction parallel to
the fuel pins. The thickness of the sleeve in the down-
stream portion is smaller than in the upstream portion as
considered in the direction of coolant flow.

3,795,580
FUSE FOR NUCLEAR REACTOR

Dixon P. Schively, Richland, Wash., assignor to the United
States of America as represented by the United States
Atomic Energy Commission

Filed Oct 19, 1972, Ser. No. 298,984

Int CI. G21c 7/22

U.S. CI. 176—86 M 5 Claims

An elongated chamber, mounted to extend transversely
above a pulp mat, includes parallel end walls connected
by bottom side walls and a rounded top wall. Cross plates
extend between the side walls, and a plurality of troughs,
forming the bottom of the chamber, are supported from
the cross plates with their top edges spaced a slight dis-
tance apart for the discharge of steam therethrough. A
steam delivery pipe extends along in the chamber sup-
ported above the cross plates. Water collecting in the
valleys of the troughs is discharged through drain caps at
the end walls.

3,795,579

NUCLEAR FUEL ASSEMBLY COMPRISING A

SLEEVE OF VARIABLE THICKNTSS

Jean-Claude Chenal, Karl Schaller, and Jean Skok, Aix-

en-Provence, and Henri Venobre, Vinon-sur-Verdon,

France, assignors to Commissariat a I'Energie Atomique

Filed Apr. 25, 1972, Ser. No. 247,361
Claims priority, application France, May 5, 1971,

7116155

Int CI. G21c 3/06

U.S. CI. 176—78 4 Oaims

A fuse for nuclear reactor shutdown is provided which
employs a fusible metal plug disposed within an elongated
capsule at its upper extremity to upwardly displace, upon
fusing at a preselected reactor excursion temperature, a
liquid neutron absorber from the bottom portion of the
capsule into the central portion which substantially corre-
sponds to the core region of the reactor. The present fuse
is placed within a core duct of the reactor.

A method for shutting down a nuclear reactor is also
provided wherein liquid neutron absorbing poison is in-
troduced into the reactor core region by volume displace-
ment.

3 795 581
METHOD OF MAINTAINING OR RESTORING
THE 2,3-DIPHOSPHOGLYCERATE CONTENT OF
HUMAN RED CELLS
Fred H. Deindoerfer, Northridge, and Jon M. Brake,
Burbank, Calif., assignors to American Hospital Sup-
ply Corporation, Evanston, III.
No Drawing. FUed Nov. 1, 1971, Ser. No. 194,689
Int CI. A61k 27/10
U.S. CI. 195—1.8 10 Qaims

Viable human red cells are contacted with an aqueous
solution of dihydroxyacetone (DHA), and held in con-
tact with the DHA solution to maintain and/or increase
their 2.3-diphosphoglycerate (2,3-DPG) content. The
method is particularly useful in the storage and preserva-
tion of whole blood.

The fuel assembly comprises at least one bundle of
canned-fuel pins of substantial length which are disposed

3 795 582
INHIBmON OF AGGREGATION OF
BLOOD PLATELETS
Don N. Harris, Somerset, and Marie B. Phillips, High-
land Park, NJ., assignors to E. R. Squibb & Sons,
Inc., Princeton, N J.

No Drawing. Filed Jan. 31, 1973, Ser. No. 328,185
Int CI. A61k 27/00
U.S. CI. 195—1.8 5 aaims

The activity of PGEi in inhibiting aggregation of blood
platelets is enhanced by employing the PGEi in combina-
tion with l-ethyl-4-isopropylidenehydrazino-lH-pyrazolo-
[3,4-b]pyridine-5-carboxylic acid, ethyl ester

160

OFFICIAL GAZETTE

March 5, 1974

3 795 583
PROCESS FOR PREPARING LSERINE
Kivoshi Nakavama, Sagamihara, aad Hiroshi Kase and
kajime Yoshida, Tokyo, Japan, assignors to Kyowa
Hakko KogNO Kabushiki Kaisha. Tokyo-to, Japan
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of abandoned appbca-
tion Ser. No. 134.626, Apr. 16, 1971. This apphcation
Nov. 6, 1972, Ser. No. 303,937 t^ iota

Claims priority, application Japtn, Apr. 17, 1V7U,
45/32,359
Int. CI. C12d IWO
U S CI. 195—29 1* Claims

'fhe present invention relates to a process for preparing
L-serine bv fermentation using a microorganism, wherem
said fermentation employs a medium which contams at
least one compound selected from the group consistmg ot
L-threonine and L-homoserine so as to accumulate a sub-
stantial amount of L-serine in the medium, which is there-
after recovered.

which enhances the yield of enzyme as measured by the
enzyme activity, produces a whiter product, and mhibits
spoilage of a concentrated aqueous solution of the
enzyme.

3 795 587

OBTAINING INCREASED HEAD IN WATER

SYSTEMS

Glenn D. James, 1200 Encino Ave.,

Arcadia. Calif. 91006

Continuation of abandoned application Ser. No. 741,662,

July 1, 1968. This application July 19, 1971, Ser. No.

^^■^'^^^ Int. CI. BOld 3/10; F28b 5/00
U.S. CI. 202—185 A ^ Claims

3,795,584

PROCESS FOR PRODUCING fflGH

PURITY MALTOSE

Masakazu Mitsuhashi and Kazuo Masuda, Okayama,
Makoto Shiosaka, Fukuoka, Mamoru Hirao and
Kaname Sugimoto, Okayama, Yasuyuki Yokobayashi,
Osaka, and Shokichi Yuen and Mikihiko Yoshida,
Okayama, Japan, assignors to Hayashibara Co.,

Okayama, Japan . , ^ i- *j c„-

No Drawing. Continuation of abandoned apphcation !>er.

No. 735,988, June 11, 1968. This apphcation Sept. 3,

1971, Ser. No. 177,829

Claims priority, application Japan, June 30, 1967,

42/41.581

Int. CI. C12d 13/02

U.S. CI. 195 31 R ^ Claims

'According to the present invention, starch is first liqui-
fied with acid or enzyme, the pH of the resulting liqui-
fied starch is adjusted to about 6, the liquified starch is
saccharified by the use of beta-amylase and alpha-1, 6-
gluco-sidase or in addition alpha-amylase during the sac-
charifying step to produce a maltose with purity of about
99^c.

"V-l

- O0/»S»ii •^r'*

a»*A^e'' ' SOL. ■'

/■^Sb

3 795 585

METHOD FOR MANUFACTURE OF

ALPH.A-GALACTOSIDASE

Hideo Suzuki, Harumi Kobayashi, and AWra Kamibaya-

shi, Chiba, Japan, assignors to Agency of Industrial

Science & Technology, Tokyo, Japan

No Drawing. Filed Aug. 31, 1972, Ser. No. 285,510

Int. CI. C12d 13/10

U.S. CI. 195 65 1 Claim

A higher fatty acid, a higher alcohol, a higher aldehyde
or a functional derivative thereof having 12 or more car-
bon atoms is incorporated as an agent for accelerating
the formation of o-galactosidase into a basic culture me-
dium containing carbon sources, nitrogen sources and
inorganic salts. Vhen an a-galactosidase producing mold
is cultured in the culture medium thus prepared, a-
galactosidase is produced in high yields in a short period
of culturing time.

In a water supply system in which water vapor is gen-
erated such as a desalinization system, head may be gained,
useful in the Generation of power, by combining condensa-
tion of the va""por with transport of condensing water to an
elevated position. Thus driving relatively cool water drop-
lets upward through a water vapor filled chamber and
collecting the droplets and condensate at the top of the
chamber^ provides an increase in water head to the
system.

3 795 588
PROCESS FOR SEPARATING HYDROCARBON
MIXTL RES COMPRISING PARAFFINS, MONO-
Ol EFINS, DIOLEFINS AND SMALL AMOUNTS
OF MORE HIGHLY UNSATURATED HYDRO-
CARBONS BY EXTRACTIVE DISTILLATION
Gerhard Preusser. Essen. Martin Schulze, Neviges, and
Klaus Richter. Essen. Germany, assignors to Heinrich
Koppers Gesellschaft mit beschrankter Haftung, Essen.

Germany ^ ^^ ^, _. .

Filed Mar. 27, 1970, Ser. No. 23,302

Claims priorit\, application Germany, Mar. 29, 1969,

P 19 16 255.1

Int. CI. C07c 7/08

U.S. CI. 203—25 11 Claims

3,795,586
RECOVERY OF ENZYMES

Jack lASer, Milwaukee, Wis., assignor to Pabst
Brewing Company, Milwaukee, Wis.
No Drawing. Ori^l application Aug. 11, 1969, Ser. No.
849,148, now Patent No. 3,700,561. Divided and this
application June 14, 1972, Ser. No. 262,558
llie portion of the term of the patent subsequent to
Oct 24, 1989, has been disclaimed
Int CI. C07g 7/02
VS. CI. 195—68 8 Claims

Bacterial amylase, bacterial protease and mixtures
thereof are recovered from a bactrial whole culture fer-
mentation medium by a process which involves the addi-
tion of an inorganic sulfite, preferably sodium sulfite,

HTOMOCAAMN

■«TUM ro ae

SCMIUTED

ML«(NT tie
nOLCFM*

Ig "-tOLVlllT

Process for separating hydrocarbon mixtures composed
of paraf^ns, monoolefins, diolefins and small amounts of
more highly unsaturated hydrocarbons by extractive dis-
tillation in which the diolefins together with the selective

March 5, 1974

CHEMICAL

161

solvent are taken off from the sump of the extractive dis-
tillation column characterized in that morpholine and/
or substituted morpholine is used as the selective solvent.

3 795 589
METHODS FOR ELECTROCHEMICAL ANALYSIS

Harald Dahms, 22 Lakeview Road,
Ossining, N.Y. 10562
Continuation-in-part of abandoned applications Ser. No.
718,032, Apr. 2, 1968, and Ser. No. 841,745, July
15, 1969. This appUcation Nov. 30, 1970, Ser. No.
93,753

Int. a. coin 27/46
U.S. CI. 204—1 T 17 aaims

ceptible to corrosion comprising iron ions, nickel ions, a
bath soluble primary nickel brightener, an efl^ective
amount of a bath soluble complexing agent containing at
least two complexing groups, said groups being independ-
ently selected from the group consisting of carboxy and
hydroxy, provided at least one group is a carboxy group;
the bath having a pH from 2.5 to about 5.5 and an ion
of the formula:

-O3S— R— S— A

wherein A may be hydrogen, — Ri — SO3 — ,

— S— R2— SO3- or R3;

R, Ri or Ra may be a saturated alkylene, arylene, or aral-

kylene; and
R3 may be alkyl, aryl or aralkyl.

// /6 '3 '/4

A measuring cell for determining the concentration
of a selected component (e.g. SO2, CO. NO2, O3. H2O2 or
ethanol) in a mixture. The cell includes an electrode cov-
ered with a thin layer of electrolyte containing a redox
system (e.g. Cu++ for SO2 measurement) which reacts
with the selected component to form an electroactive spe-
cies. At the electrode the electroactive species thus formed
gains or loses electrons, giving a current which is a meas-
ure of the concentration of the selected component.

3,795,590
PROCESS FOR COLORING ALUMINUM ANT)
ALLOYS OF ALUMINUM HAVING AN
ANODIZED SURFACE

Jos Patrie, Grenoble, France, assignor to

Cegedur GP, Paris, France

No Drawhig. Filed Dec. 18, 1969, Ser. No. 886,330

Claims priority, application France, Dec. 23, 1968,

179,790
The portion of the term of the patent subsequent to
May 23, 1989, has been disclaimed
Int. CI. C23b 9/02; C23f 5/00, 17/00
U.S. CI. 204—35 N 24 Claims

The production of corrosion resistant reproducible
colors on the surface of aluminum and alloys of alu-
minum wherein an aluminum oxide layer is formed on
the surface by anodization and the colored particles of a
metal or compound of a metal are deposited in the porous
surface by alternating current electrolysis with the object
mounted as an electrode in an electrolyte containing the
constituent metal and wherein the object with the colored
particles deposited therein is subjected to anodic treat-
ment in an electrolyte containing an alkali metal or am-
monium thiosulphate, without and preferably with sub-
sequent sealing.

3,795,591
ELECTRODEPOSmON OF BRIGHT NICKEL mON

DEPOSITS EMPLOYING A COMPOUND CON-

TAINING A SULFIDE AND A SULFONATE
Richard J. Clauss, Allen Paiii, and Robert A. Tremmel,

Woodhaven, Mich., assignors to Oxy Metal Finishing

Corporation, Warren, Mich.

No Drawing. Filed July 3, 1972, Ser. No. 268,349

Int. CI. C23b 5/32, 5/46

U.S. CI. 204 — 43 T 31 Claims

An aqueous bath suitable for the electrodeposition of
a bright iron nickel electrodeposit onto a substrate sus-

3 795 592
NICKEL ELECTROPLATING COMPOSITION
AND PROCESS
Roy W. Kleta, St. Clair Shores, Robert A. Tremmel,
Woodhaven, and Richard J. Clauss, Allen Park, Mich.,
assignors to Oxy Metal Finishing Corporation, Warren,
Mich.
No Drawing. Contlnnadon-in-pait of application Ser. No.
97,346, Dec. 11, 1970, now Patent No. 3,719,568. This
application Feb. 28, 1973, Ser. No. 336,588
InL a. C23b 5/08. 5/46
U.S. CI. 204—49 18 Claims

An aqueous acidic nickel electroplating bath compris-
ing a coumarin compound and an effective leveling and
brightening amount of a bath soluble 1-propynoxy sulfo-
nate compound effective to carry the degradation product
of coumarin.

3,795,593
CHROMIUM PLATING

Henry Brown, Huntington Woods, Mich., and William
A. Boycott, Old Castle, Ontario, Canada, assignors to
Oxy Metal Finishing Corporation, Warren, Mich.
No Drawing. Filed Feb. 21, 1973, Ser. No. 334,311
Int CI. C23b 5/06
U.S. CI. 204—51 16 Clahns

An aqueous acidic chromium electroplating bath com-
prising a source of chromium ions and an effective micro-
cracking amount of a halo-nitrobenzoic acid or its bath
soluble salts.

3,795,594
ELECTROPLATING
Josef Hartenstein, Hilden, and Monika Nee, Dusscldorf-
Holthausen, Germany, assignors to Henkel & Cie
G.m.b.H., Dusseldorf-Holthausen, Germany
No Drawing. Filed Apr. 13, 1972, Ser. No. 243,827
Claims priority, application Germany, Apr. 16, 1971,
P 21 18 512.6
Int. CI. C23b 5/12. 5/46
U.S. a. 204—55 R 13 Claims

Novel acid aqueous electroplating baths for forming
lustrous zinc deposits containing a water-soluble zinc salt,
usual lustering agents and wetting agents, optionally an
additional conducting salt, a thiourea derivative of the
formula

S Ri

R-NH— C-N I

(I)

v,herein R is selected from the group consisting of alkyl
of 6 to 22 carbon atoms, a mono- or polynuclear aryl
which may optionally be substituted with an aliphatic or
aromatic group, arylalkyl and cycloalkyl, Rj is selected
from the group consisting of hydrogen and hydroxyalkyl
of 2 to 6 carbon atoms which may optionally be inter-
rupted by an ether oxygen and R2 is hydroxyalkyl of 2
to 6 carbon atoms which may be optionally interrupted

920 O.G.

162

OFFICIAL GAZETTE

March 5, 1974

by an ether oxygen, and an aromatic carbonyl compound
selected from the group consisting of

Ri-C— R4 and R3-A-C-R<

II I

wherein R3 is aryl such as phenyl and lower-alkyi phenyl
with alkyl of 1 to 7 carbon atoms, A is selec^d from the
group consisting of saturated alkylene with 1 to 7 carbon
atoms and unsaturated alkylene with 2 to 7 carbon atoms,
and R4 is lower alkyl with 1 to 7 carbon atoms optionally
substituted with keto, carboxy. and carbalkoxy of 1 to 7
carbon atoms, and to a novel electroplating method for
forming improved lustrous zinc deposits with good duc-
tility and zinc depe>sits formed by said method.

3,795 595
ELECTROLYTIC PRODUCTION OF TIN AND
LEAD SALTS USING ANION PERMSELEC-
TIVE MEMBRANES
Harold P. Wilson, Sewickley, Pa., assignor to Vnlcan
Materials Company, Birmingham, Ala.
; No Drawing. FUed July 29, 1971, Ser. No. 167,495

I Int. a. COlb 9/OS. 17/96, 35/00

^ U.S. CI. 204—86 9 Qalms

Tin and lead salts, e.g., stannous sulfate, are produced
,1 electrolytically by anodically dissolving tin or lead into an

electrolyte in which the tin or lead salt is soluble while
' simultaneously substantially preventing migration of tin

or lead cations from the anode to the cathode by maintain-
ing an anion permselective barrier between the anode
and the cathode, and then recovermg the tin or lead salt
from the electrolyte.

3,795,596

METHOD FOR SELECTIVELY LEACHING METAL

VALUES FROM OCEAN FLOOR NODULES

William S. Kane, Newport News, and Paul H. Cardwell,
Zanoni, Va., assignors to Deeptea Ventures, Inc,
Gloucester Point, Va.

Continuatioo of appUcatioo 8«r. No. 40;!8S, May 26,

1970. This appUcatlon July 17, 1971, Ser. No. 272426

lxA.C\.ClU 1/14, 1/24

\J.S. a. 204—105 M 9 Claims

PO<LE LiOUCR

Method for recovering metal values from ocean floor
nodules of the type containing iron, manganese, copper,
cobalt and nickel comprising grinding the nodules into
particles, subjecting the ground nodules to a first leaching
step which dissolves copper and nickel, after which the
solids are separated, then subjecting the leach liquor to

liquid ion exchange and electrolyzing so as to obtain
copper and nickel values.

Subjecting the solids to a second leach, using ferrous
sulfate or ferrous chloride, removing the iron oxide and
subjecting the solids to a liquid ion exchange for sepa-
rating cobalt and manganese and then electrolyzing to
recover independently the cobalt and manganese values.

3,795,597
METHOD OF PRODUCING AN ULTRA-CLEAN,
BRIGHT SURFACE ON TITANIUM
Owen M. Katz, Pittsburgh, and Charles E. Campbell,
Elizabeth, Pa., assignors to the United States of Amer-
ica as represented by the United States Atomic Energy
Commission

No Drawhig. FUed Mar. 15, 1973, Ser. No. 341,617
Int CI. C23b 3/02
U.S. CL 204—141.5 4 Claims

This invention relates to the treatment of titanium or
titanium-base alloy articles for the purpose of effecting
an ultra-clean, bright surface thereon. The method in-
volves treating the surface with a solution of methyl al-
cohol, sulfuric acid, and hydrofluoric acid which is main-
tained at about —45° C. and through which is passed an
electric current.

3,795,598
PHOTOPOLYMERIZATION PROCESS FOR THE
MANUFACTURE OF ALTERNATING COPOLY-
MERS OF BUTADIENE AND ACRYLONITRILE

Toshio Yukuta, Kouichi Iwami, and Akira Onishi, Tokyo,
and Yutalu Iseda, Kyoto, Japan, assignors to Bridge-
stone Tire Company Limited, Tokyo, Japan
No Drawing. Filed Oct. 12, 1970, Ser. No. 80,252
Claims priority, application Japan, Oct 14, 1969,
44/81,548, 44/81,549
Int. CL C08d 1/00, 1/12; C08f 1/16
U.S. CI. 204—159.24 19 Claims

Alternate copolymers of acrylonitrile and butadiene
are manufactured by means of photopolymerization in
the presence of (A) a catalyst comprising at least one
compound selected from a group consisting of certain
metal halides and organic metal halides and organo-
metallic compounds and (B) a photosensitizer comprising
at least one compound selected from a group consisting
of benzene aromatic haydrocarbons and halides thereof,
some polynuclear aromatic hydrocarbons and halides
thereof, some heterocyclic compounds, aromatic or ali-
phatic hydrocarbon compounds, some ketone, glyoxal and
aldehyde compounds, some sulfonic compounds. Thereby
the alternating copolymers can be obtained in higher
yield and with lesser gel formation. As occasion demands
(C) an anti-gelling agent is added to the reactants which
agent comprises at least one compound selected from a
group consisting of aliphatic halogenated hydrocarbons,
alicyclic halogenated hydrocarbons, iodine, sulfide or di-
sulfide hydrocarbons, thiol or dithiol hydrocarbons,
aromatic ethylenic hydrocarbons, some transition metal
compounds.

3,795,599

SLXPHOXIDATION OF ALIPHATIC HYDROCAR-
BONS USING ULTRAVIOLET LIGHT AND A
BORON COMPOUND

David John Rees, Kennington, England, assignor to
United States Borax & Chemical Corporation, Los

No Drawing. Filed Mar, 8, 1972, Ser. No. 232,931
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Mar. 11, 1971,

6,559/71

Int. CI. BOlj 1/10

U.S. CI. 204—162 SA 10 Clauns

Sulphoxidation of aliphatic hydrocarbons is improved

by addition of small amount of boron compound to the

reaction mixture.

March 5, 1974

CHEMICAL

163

3,795,600
ELECTROPHORESIS AND METHOD APPAR.4TUS

William B. Allington, Lincoln, Nebr., assignor to Instru-
mentation Specialties Company, Lincoln, Nebr.
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 226,016,
Feb. 14, 1972. This application Mar. 23, 1973, Ser.
No. 344,144

Int. CI. BOlk 5/00
U.S. CI. 204—180 G 19 Claims

To prepare electrophoresis apparatus for operation, a
wire mesh and an expandable plug are inserted into a first
of two sections of a housing for two different anticonvec-
tion media and an unpolymerized gel is pipetted above the
expandable plug into the first section, with the first sec-
tion being inverted and the wire mesh being above the
plug. When the unpolymerized gel reaches a level slightly
above the mesh, it is polymerized with another plug or a
layer of water above it to cause it to have a smooth sur-
face extending beyond the wire mesh. The first and second
housings are then fastened together with the gel in the first
section above the second section and a density gradient
column is formed in the second section in contact with the
gel. After the different molecular species have been elec-
trophoresed from the gel into the density gradient column,
the second section is removed and the liquid in the density
gradient column is moved by bulk flow past a scanning
device which may scan it with different frequencies dur-
ing successive motions of the liquid, the liquid being re-
turned and the second section refastened to the first sec-
tion for further electrophoresis if the scanning indicates
the desirability of further electrophoresis.

3,795,601

ELECTRODIFFUSED PROTECTIVE COATING

SYSTEM

George E. F. Brewer, Novi, Robert A. Swider, Livonia,

and Warren A. Rentz, Farmington, Mich., assignors

to Ford Motor Company, Dearborn, Mich.

No Drawing. Filed Dec. 27, 1971, Ser. No. 212,644

Int. CL BOlk 5/02; C23b 13/00

U.S. CI. 204—181 14 Claims

A process for producing articles resistant to high tem-
perature corrosion which comprises the combination of
(a) controlled electrodeposition of particulate metal, par-
ticularly aluminum, aluminum alloy, a mixture of alumi-
num and at least one other metal or metal oxide or a
mixture of aluminum and at least one alloy, and a heat-
fugitive, chemically ionizable organic film-former upon
the surface of a substrate selected from nickel alloys,
cobalt alloys, and iron alloys, and (b) controlled heat
treatment of the thus coated substrate in an ambient es-
sentially inert to the particles deposited to remove the or-
ganic film-former and to diffuse the metal or metals of the
deposit into a surface of the alloy substrate.

3,795,602
HELICAL ACTIVATOR FOR ELECTRODEPOSITION

Carl H. Rowe, Scotia, N.Y., assignor to Norton

Company, Troy, N.Y.

Filed Sept 11, 1972, Ser. No. 288,047

Int. CI. C23b 5/68

U.S. CI. 204—209 6 Claims

rt-1

50a 50

50b

An activator device for use in a process wherein me-
chanical activation of the electrodeposit is carried out dur-
ing the electrodeposition reaction, such activator device
being formed in the configuration of a helix having as the
outer portion thereof a firm backing capable of deforma-
tion into and retention of a desired shape and a coex-
tendmg inner laminate of porous, compressible, resilient,
hard particle-carrying material.

3,795.603
APPARATUS FOR THE ELECTROLYSIS OF ALKALI
METAL CHLORIDE SOLUTIONS WITH MER-
CURY CATHODE

Franz Glos, Salzgitter-Lebenstedt, and Joachim Mischke,

Dortmund-Hochstcn, Germany, assignors to Friedrich

Lhde GmbH, Dortmund, Germany
Original application Aug. 26, 19/1. Ser. No. 175.066, now

Patent No. 3,746,631. Divided and this application

Feb. 13, 1973, Ser. No. 332,225

Int. CI. BOlk 3/04; C22d 1/04
U.S. CI. 204—219 7 Qaims

23 26

\ 's g^ F19 8

» 10 17"

An apparatus for the electrolysis of alkali metal chlo-
ride solutions with mercury cathode. Fresh brine is de-
livered through a hollow shaft and uniformly distributed
to a plurality of passages in the anode. Small openings
in the passages on the active side of the anode enable
brine to pass into the narrow electrolysis gap between
the anode and mercury cathode. Small openings in the
solid part of the anode or between the passages enable
the weakened brine charged with small chlorine gas bub-
bles to flow into the cell chamber.

1G4

OFFICIAL GAZETTE

March 5, 1974

3,795,604

ELECTROLYTIC MACHINING ELECTRODE

Lloyd J. McKinney, Lebanon, Ohio, and Wayne W.

Ferrin. Greenfield, Wis., assignors to General Electric

Company _ __

FUed Apr. 19, 1972, Ser. No. 245,375

Int. CI. B23p 1/02; C23b 5/74

U.S. CI. 204—224 M 2 Claims

uniform fields, such electrodes being either externally
charged or eiectrets. Such passage means can comprise
means for straight laminar flow of the fluid therethrough
by being disposed adjacent or in another passage means

U^':^

An improved electrode having diial mode capability for
use in electrolytic machining, particularly small holes,
comprises a dielectric electrolyte guide member having a
hollow interior adapted to receive and to discharge elec-
trolyte toward a conductive workpiece. Within the hollow
interior is a first electrode and carried by the guide mem-
ber outwardly of its dielectric wall is a second electrode,
conveniently shaped as a collar, and having a tool surface
facing the workpiece.

Apparatus adapted for electrolytic machining using such
a cathode-tool includes means to supply to the first elec-
trode electric current at a first potential sufficient to create
in the electrolyte directed from the guide member a condi-
tion at least of incipient glow, and means to supply to
the second electrode electric current at a second poten-
tial less than the first potential to provide electrolytic ma-
chining in the normal electrolysis range below incipient
elow.

3,795,605
METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR REMOVTNG
AND/OR SEPARATING PARTICLES FROM
FLUID CONTAINING THE SAME

James T. Candor, 5440 Cynthia Lane,
Dayton, Ohio 45429
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 53,402, July
9, 1970, which is a continuation-in-part of application
Ser. No. 25,938, Apr. 6, 1970, which is a continuation-
in-part of appUcation Ser. No. 864,851, Oct. 8, 1969,
which in turn is a continuation-in-part of application
Ser. No. 811,421, Mar. 28, 1969, all now abandoned.
This appUcation June 16, 1972, Ser. No. 263,605
The portion of the term of the patent subsequent to
Aug. 29, 1989, has be«n disclaimed
Int. CL B03c 5/00; C02 1/78
U.S. CI. 204—299 20 Claims

Method and apparatus having electrostatic means for
removing particles from a fluid containing the same, the
electrostatic means comprising charged electrode means
electrically insulated from the fluid so that the electro-
static field thereof draws the particles into exit means of
a passage defining means having the fluid moved there-
through. Such charged electrode means create a plurality
of alternately arranged non-uniform fields across the fluid
in the passage means so that the particles enter the exit
means adjacent the more intense portions of the non-

having a particle receiving fluid stream flow therethrough.
Such other passage means can receive particles of op-
posite polarity to neutralize the electric field created by
charged particle separation.

3,795,606
HYDROTHERMAL METHOD OF MANUFACTUR-
ING A NOVEL CATALYTIC MATERIAL, CATA-
LYSTS CONTAINING SAID MATERIAL, AND
PROCESSES USING SAID CATALYSTS
Joseph Jaffe. Berkeley, Calif., assignor to Chevron
Research Company, San Francisco, Calif.
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No.
763,922, Sept. 30, 1968, now Patent No. 3.652,457.
This application May 19, 1970, Ser. No. 38,888
The portion of the term of the patent subsequent to
May 23, 1989, has been disclaimed
Int. CI. BOlj 1/40: ClOg 11/02
U.S. CI. 208—111 11 Claims

(a) Hydrothermal conversion method for manufacturirg
a novel catalytic material, comprising a novel synthetic
layered crystalline clay-type aluminosilicate mineral, pref-
erably in an intmiate admixture uiih an amorphous cogcl
comprising silica and alumina, said material being useful as
a catalytic cracking catalyst and as a cracking component
of a catalyst containing at least one additional component,
said method comprising subjecting to conditions of ele-
vated temperature and pressure a hydrogcl or hydrogel
slurry, said slurry comprising water, a component selected
from fluorine and compounds of fluorine, and an amor-
phous cogel starting nKitcrial comprisx.g silica and alumma
in a silica/alumina molar ratio above 3.3, until a substan-
tial amount of said synthetic mineral is formed, prefer-
ably in an intimate admixture with a substantial amount of
unreacted amorphous cogel comprising silica i.r.d alumina;
(b) the novel catalytic material so manulactured, includ-
ing said synthetic mineral as such and in said intimate
admixture with unreacted amorphous cogel; (c) catalysts
comprising said novel catalytic material, including cata-
lysts containing said synthetic mineral in said intimate
admixture with unreacted amorphous cogel; and (d) hy-
drocarbon conversion processes using said catalysts.

3,795,607
METAL, SULFUR AND NITROGEN REMOVED
FROM HYDP-OCARSGNS UTILIZLNG MOVING
BFD RE \CTORS
Frank H. Adams and Robert F. Anderson, La Grange
Park, 111., assignors to Universal Oil Products Com-
pany, Des Plaines, III.

Filed Aug. 23, 1972, Ser. No. 282,999

Int. CI. ClOg 23/08
U.S. CI. 208—210 27 Claims

Hydroprocessing of hydrocarbon charge stocks which
contain sulfur and various metals is performed using two

March 5, 1974

CHEMICAL

165

moving bed reactors connected in series; intermittently re-cycle brine stream being returned to the reverse osmosis
fresh catalyst is added to and used catalyst is removed treatment. Desirably the ultimate products of the process

r.-»»» f *»**/»' -^^ I

are purified water and a relatively small volume of inert
sludge.

from the second reactor, the used catalyst is regenerated
and charged to the first reactor for use in metals removal
and initial hydrotreating of the charge stock.

3,795,608
PROCESS FOR SEPARATING AROMATIC HYDRO-
CARBONS BY EXTRACTION

Susumu Fujiyama and Seizi Uchiyama, Nugata, Japan,
assignors to Mitsubishi Gas-Chemical Company, Inc.,
Tokyo, Japan

Filed Nov. 5, 1971, Ser. No. 196,095
Claims priority, application Japan, Nov. 5, 1970,
45/96,844
Int. CL C07c 7/70
U.S. CI. 208—324 6 Claims

Aromatic hydrocarbons are separated from a mixture
containing the aromatic hydrocarbons and non-aromatic
hydrocarbons by contacting the mixture with a complex
solution consisting of hydrogen fluoride, boron fluoride
and m-xylene and/or polymethylbenzene of Cg or higher
as an extracting solvent at a temperature of 30° to —20°
C. under a pressure of 0.5 to 5 kg./cm.^ g. The complex
solution has a molar ratio of boron fluoride to hydrogen
fluoride of 0.05-0.20:1 and a molar ratio of m-xylene
and/or poh meihylbenzene of Cg or higher to boron fluo-
ride of 0.6-0.9: 1.

3,795,609
REVERSE OSMOSIS-NEUTRALIZATION PROCESS
FOR TREATING MINERAL CONTA\UNATED
WATERS
Ronald D. Hill, Batavia, Ohio, and Roger C. Wilmoth
and Robert B. Scott, Elkins, W. Va., assignors to the
United States of America as represented by the Admin-
istrator of the Environmental Protection Agency
Filed Dec. 28, 1971, Ser. No. 213,117
Int. CL BOld 13/00
U.S. CI. 210—23 15 Claims

The present invention relates to the treating of mineral
matter contaminated drain waters, particularly acid mine
drainage and comprises an integrated system wherein the
contaminated water is optionally pre-treated to make it
more suitable for reverse osmosis separation, then sep-
arated by reverse osmosis into a purified water stream
containing at least about 90% of the feed water, the
balance being a brine stream heavily concentrated in the
mineral contaminants, thereafter chemically treating the
brine stream as, for example, by neutralization to pro-
duce a sludge product and a re-cycle brine stream, the

3,795,610

POWDERY SOFTENING RINSES'G AGENT

COMPOSITIONS

Hans-Werner Eckert, Dusseldorf, and Claus Werner.
Haan, Germany, assignors to Henkel & Cie GmbH,
Dusseldorf, Germany

No Drawing. Filed Dec. 29, 1971, Ser. No. 213,721
Claims priority, application Germany, Mar. 24, 1971,
P 21 14 129.7
The portion of the term of the patent subsequent to
Apr. 24. 1990, has been disclaimed
Int. CI. D06m 13/38
U.S. CI. 252—8.8 4 Claims

A powdery softening rinsing agent composition com-
prising a combination of (1 ) an unsaturated carboxylic
acid ester of the formula

A—

wherein Rj and R2 are selected from the group consist-
ing of alkyl and alkenyl having from 10 to 24 carbon
atoms, R3 is alkyl having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, A is
selected from the group consisting of alkenyl and alkenyl-
ene having from 2 to 5 carbon atoms, X is an anion selected
from the group consisting of halide and the anion of
an organic, non-surface-active acid and n is an integer
of 1 or 2, (2) non-ionic dispersing agents. (3) at least
one solid diluent and (4) optionally other customary in-
gredients of solid softening rinsing agents for washed
faundry, where component ( 1) is present (a) in a homog-
enous mixture with the other components, or (b) in
finely distributed form on the surface of component (3).

r on R, n

-C 0-0-CHi-Cn-CH,-N-R3

R2 J

3,795,611
FABRIC SOFTENING COMPOSITIONS

Harold Eugene Wixon, New Brunswick, NJ., assignor to
Colgate-Palmolive Company, New York, N.Y.

No Drawing. Filed Dec. 28, 1970, Ser. No. 102,111

Int. CI. Clld 3/32; D06m 13/40

U.S. CI. 252 8.75 * Claims

A fabric softening composition comprising the higher
alkyl amides of 2-amino-2-methyl-l-propanol or 2-amino-
2-ethyl-l,3-propandediol either alone or in combination
with detergent materials and a method of softening fabrics
utilizing said composition.

166

OFFICIAL GAZETTE

March 5, 1974

3,795,612
LUBRICANTS CONTAINING CYCLIC ORGANO-
PHOSPHORUS COMPOUNDS
Stamoulis Stournas, Trentoo, Robert F. Bridger, Hope-
well, and El Ahmadi I. Heiba, Princeton, NJ., assignors
to Mobil Oil Corporation

No Drawing. Filed Nov. 2, 1971, Ser. No. 195,002
Int. CI. ClOn 1/48
U.S. CI. 252 — 46.6 9 Claims

Cyclic organic phosphorus compounds are provided in
which phosphorus is a component of the ring system and
is either in the P^ or P^ valence state. Organic composi-
tions comprising the compounds have excellent antioxidant
properties.

3,795,613

LUBRICATING COMPOSITION

Bruce W. Hotten, Orinda, Calif., assignor to Chevron

Research Company, San Francisco, Calif.

No Drawing. Filed Aug. 7, 1972, Ser. No. 278,850

Int. CI. ClOm 1/44, 1/46, 1/48

U.S. CI. 252 — 49.9 14 Claims

A lubricating composition having improved low-wear

properties is disclosed and comprises a mixture of an oil

of lubricating viscosity and a bisphosphoramide having

the structure:

l(R,)nY],P-X-R-X -P[Y(R,)„]
I.-' M
(Rj)o."(R)o.

wherein:

X is the same or different nitrogen or oxygen:

Y is the same or different oxygen, sulfur or nitrogen and
nitrogen when both X's are oxygen;

R is a hydrocarbylene or dihydrocarbylene having from
2 to 13 carbon atoms;

Ri is a hydrocarbyl having from 1 to 24 carbons;

R2 is the same or different Ri or a hydrocarbylene having
from 2 to 18 carbon atoms with one end of each R2
bonding to the other R2 or to said R dihydrocarbylene;

n is 1 when Y is oxygen or sulfur and 2 when Y is nitro-
gen; and

m is n—l.

in the polymer are predominantly in the 1,4-configura-
tion, may be incorporated into mineral oil, in small
amounts, to improve the viscosity index and depress the
pour point of the oil.

3,795,614
LUBRICATING OIL ADDITIVES

Takehiko Fujimoto, Mikio Nishimura, and Shoji Taki-
gawa, Kyoto, Japan, assignors to Sanyo Chemical In-
dustries, Ltd., Kyoto, Japan
No Drawing. Original appUcatioa Aug. 22, 1969, Ser. No.
852,485, now Patent No. 3,651,029. Divided and this
application Oct. 8, 1971, Ser. No. 187,849
Claims priority, application Jlapan, Aug. 26, 1968,
43/61,061
Int. CI. C10mi/J2
U.S. CI. 252—51.5 A 9 Claims

Copolymers having as an essential unit thereof the
radical

« R-C-CO-:0-alkylene),-N

(

3.795,616
SHEAR STABLE. MULTIVISCOSITY GRADE
LUBRICATING OILS
William J. Heilman, Allison Park, and Thomas J. Lynch,
Pittsburgh, Pa., assignors to Gulf Research & Develop-
ment Company, Pittsburgh, Pa.
Continuation-in-part of abandoned application Ser. No.
152,505, June 14, 1971. This application Apr. 18, 1972,
Ser. No. 245,116

Int. CI. C08f 15/04; ClOm 1/16
U.S. CL 252—59 18 Claims

Compounded lubricating oils having improved proper-
ties, including viscosity properties, are obtained by the
use of higher alpha-olefin polymers of controlled molecu-
lar size and narrow molecular weight distribution. A
shear stable, multiviscosity grade lubricating oil is pro-
duced by adding the alpha-olefin polymer to a lubricating
oil.

3,795,617

ELECTROGRAPfflC CARRIER VTfflCLE AND

DEVELOPER COMPOSITION

John M. McCabe, Pittsford, N.Y., assignor to Eastman
Kodak Company, Rochester, N.Y.
No Drawing. Filed Mar. 21, 1972, Ser. No. 236,765
Int. CI. G03g 9/02
U.S. CI. 252—62.1 8 Claims

An electrographic carrier vehicle and developer com-
position containing said carrier vehicle are described. The
carrier vehicle is composed of magnetically-attractable
core particles having a resinous vinylidene chloride-con-
taining copolymer coating thereon.

3,795,618

ELECTROGRAPfflC CARRIER VEfflCLE AND

DEVELOPER COMPOSITION

George P. Kasper, Rochester, N.Y., assignor to Eastman

Kodak Companv, Rochester, N.Y.

Filed Mar. 21, 1972, Ser. No. 236,614

Int. CI. G03g 9/02

U.S. CI. 252—62.1 9 Claims

*f 'n^«jM4Mar.

where a is an integer of 1 or higher and R is hydrogen
or methyl, are added to lubricating oils to improve the
d^tergency, dispersancy and viscosity index thereof.

a^ttno icar^rt

*r«-' % c^Mvir/ *ifoto T cMtte»<

3,795,615
HYDROGENATED COPOLYMERS OF BUTADIENE

WITH ANOTHER CONJUGATED DIENE ARE

USEFUL AS OIL ADDITTVES
James J. Pappas, 10 Trouville Drive, Parsippany, N.J.

07054; Henry S. Makowski, 2045 Winding Brookway,

Scotch Plains, NJ. 07076; and Albert Rossi, 23

Roundtop Road, Warren, N J. 07060

No Drawing. Filed July 28, 1972, Ser. No. 276,109

Int. CL ClOm 1/18

U.S. CI. 252—59 8 CTaims

A hydrogenated copolymer of butadiene with a differ-
ent conjugated diene, in which the diene monomer units

A "blended" carrier vehicle for use in electrographic
developers, particularly magnetic brush developers, is de-
scribed. The carrier vehicle is composed of mixtures of
(a) finely-divided core particles having a resinous coating
of a metal ion-linked a-olefin-carboxylic acid copolymer
and (b) core particles having a resinous coating of a
vinylidene chloride-containing copolymer. Electrographic
developers containing toner particles admixed with such
"blended" carrier vehicles are also disclosed.

March 5, 1974

CHEMICAL

3,795,619
FERE-RESISTANT FUNCTIONAL FLUID
COMPOSITIONS
Martin B. Sheratte, Reseda, Calif., assignor to McDonnell
Douglas Corporation, Santa Monica, Calif.
No Drawing. Filed July 26, 1971, Ser. No. 166,312
Int. Ci. C09k 3/00
U.S. CL 252— 78 , 23 Claims

Production of functional fluids particularly aircraft hy-
draulic fluids, of improved fire resistance, and also re-
duced tendency to corrode metals, comprising (1) a func-
tional fluid base stock, such as a phosphate ester, e.g., tri-
n-butyl phenyl phosphate, or mixtures of such base stocks
such as a mixture of tri-n-butyl phosphate and tricresyi
phosphate, (2) a small amount of a selenophene or a
tellurophene compound, preferably a chlorinated seleno-
phene or a chlorinated tellurophene, e.g. tetrachloro-
selenophene or tetrachlorotellurophene, and (3) a small
amount of a tertiary organic phosphine, e.g. triphenyl
phosphine.

substrate would include the steps of pre-etching with the
solution of this invention, oxidizing with a strong oxidiz-
ing agent, preferably, a chromic acid conditioning solution
having a' high hexavalcni chromium content, catalyzing
the so-treated substrate to make the same catalytic to
deposition from an electroless plating solution and de-
positing electroless metal over the substrate.

3,795,623
MINERAL OIL BASE CLEANING COMPOSITION

Edmund Gagnon, Fort Kent, Maine, assignor to

Vy-Nola Corporation

No Drawing. Filed June 20, 1972, Ser. No. 264,480

Int. CI. CI Id 17/04

U.S. CI. 252 91 * Claims

"a cleaning composition, particularly effective on vinyl.
leather and upholstered surfaces, comprises a mixture of
mineral oil and sodium bicarbonate having proportions,
by volume, of sodium bicarbonate to mineral oil in the
range from 1:10 to 1:20.

3,795,620
FUNCTIONAL FLUID COMPOSITIONS

Martin B. Sheratte, Reseda, Calif., assignor to McDonnell
Douglas Corporation, Santa Monica, Calif.

No Drawing. Filed Mar. 29, 1971, Ser. No. 129,270

Int CI. C09k 3/00

IIS CI 252 78 ^^ Claims

'production of functional fluids for aircraft, industrial
and marine use, having good fire resistance, desirable
viscosity characteristics, low density and which are rela-
tively inexpensive, especially useful as aircraft hydraulic
fluids, comprising a mixture of a phosphorus ester, such
as a phosphate, e.g., trihutyl phosphate, and an alkyl di-^
ester of phthalic acid, such as diisodecyl phthalate. and
which may aho contain an alkyl diester of adipic or
sebacic acid, such as di'sodecyl adipate.

3,795,621
FIRE-RESISTANT FUNCTIONAL FLUTDS
Martin B. Sheratte, Reseda, Calif., assignor to McDonnell
Douglas Corporation, Santa Monica, Calif.
No Drawing. Filed July 26, 1971, Ser. No. 166,310
Int. CI. C09k 3/00
U.S. CI. 252—78 20 Claims

Production of functional fluids, particularly aircraft hy-
draulic fluids, of improved fire resistance, and also re-
duced tendency to corrode metals, comprising (1) a func-
tional fluid base stock, such as a phosphate ester, e.g., tri-
n-butyl phenyl phosphate, or mixtures of such base stocks,
such as a mixture of tri-n-butyl phosphate and tricresyi
phosphate, (2) a small amount of an aryl selenide com-
pound, preferably a chlorinated aryl selenide. e.g., 4,4'-
dichlorodiphenyl diselenide, and (3) a small amount of a
tertiary organic phosphine, e.g. triphenyl phosphine.

3,795,622
PRE-ETCH TREATMENT OF ACRYLONITRILE-
BUTADIENE-STYRENT RESINS FOR ELECTRO-
LESS PLATING

Oleh Borys Dutkewych, 22 Evergreen Way, Mcdfield,

Mass. 02052, and William A. Conlan, Jr., 34 Summer

St., Attelboro, Mass. 02703
No Drawing. Original application June 14, 1971, Ser. No.

152,995. Divided and this application July 31, 1972,

Ser. No. 276,674

Int. CI. C09k 3/00; C23d 1/00
U.S. CI. 252—79.1 10 Claims

Aqueous solution are provided containing at least one
five-membered heterocyclic compound having a nuclear
carbonyl group and at least one heterocyclic oxygen atom.
The solutions are used primarily as a pre-treatment prior
to etching for the electroless metal plating of acrylonitrile-
butadiene-styrene resins (ABS resins) to improve adhe-
sion between an ABS resin substrate and a deposited elec-
troless metal. An overall process for metal plating on ABS

3,795,624

MEANS FOR REMOVING COSMETICS

Wolffe Harry Feinstone, Memphis, Tenn., assignor to

Plough, Inc., Memphis, Tenn. ^ ^, , ^ .

No Drawing. Filed Apr. 7, 1972, Ser. No. 242,140

Int. CI. Clldi7/0^

U S CI 252 91 ' Clamis

'Disclosed herein is a woven pad impregnated with an
anhydrous composition comprising specified non-ionic
surface active agents in an oleogenous base. This pad is
useful as a versatile cosmetic makeup-removing means.

3,795,625
BLEACHING COMPOSITIONS

Xavier Kowalskl. Creve Coeur, Mo., assignor to
Monsanto Company, St. Louis, Mo.
No Drawing. Filed June 3, 1971, Ser. No. 149,855
The portion of the term of the patent subsequent to
Oct. 16, 1990, has been disclaimed
Int. CI. COlb 15/00
U.S. CI. 252— 186 ^ ^, ^ 6 Claims

Bleaching compositions, useful for bleachmg textile
fibers, whic^h are an alkaline aqueous solution containing
a peroxv compound, an alkali metal silicate and a stabil-
izer for' reducing the decomposition of said peroxy com-
pound and which is. for example, a combination of nitrilo-
triacetic acid, 1 - hydroxy ethylidene-1, 1-diphosphonic
acid, and a magnesium or calcium salt.

3,795,626
WEATHER MODIFICATION PROCESS

Rudolf Kuhne, Frankfurt am Main, Helmut Diery, Kelk-
heim, Taunus, and Siegbert Rittner, Frankfurt am
Main, Germany, assignors to Farbwerke Hoechst Ak-
tiengesellschaft vormals Meister Lucius & Brunmg,
Frankfurt am Main, Germany ^, ,-^ ^oe

No Drawing. Filed Aug. 31, 1971, Ser. No. 1"6.695
Claims priority, application Germany, Sept. 2, 1970,
P 20 43 519.2
Int. CI. BOld 77/00

U S CI 252 319 ^ Claims

'condensation products of naphthalene sulfonic acids
and aliphatic aldehydes or furfural or compounds capable
of setting free such aldehydes are effective in influencing
the weather, i.e. they remove fog or clouds or cause rain.

3,795,627 ^^,^

STABLE LIQUID EMULSIFIER COMPOSITIONS
Roy K. Langhans, Newark, and Gar> A. Sunshme, Wil-
mington, Del., assignors to ICI America Inc
No Drawing. Filed June 4, 1971, Ser. No. 150,194
Int. CI. BOlf 17/34

U S CI 252 356 ° Claims

'femperature-stable. clear liquid emulsifier baking com-
positions consisting essentially of an ethoxylated fatty
acid ester of a glycerol, hexitol, a hexitan, or an iso-

108

OFFICIAL GAZETTE

March 5, 1974

hexide as a conditioner and a monloglyceride as a softener
in combination with a small amount of a clarifier, pro-
pylene glycol monooleate, have been found more suitable
for the continuous manufacture of baked goods. The
liquid emulsifier compositions may be metered into the
shortening or directly into the dough or sponge for batch
methods of preparation or into the liquid brew or sponge
in continuous processes.

3.795.628

DWLIGHT FLUORESCENT PIGMENTS AND

PROCESS FOR PREPARING THEM

Siegfried Noetzel. Mainz. Germany, assignor to Farb-
werke Hoechst Aktiengesellschaft vormals Meister
Lucius & Bruning, Frankfort am Main. Germany
No Drawing. Filed Nov. 9, 1971, Ser. No. >97.151
Claims priority, application Germany, Nov. 11, 1970,
P 20 55 445.8
Int. CLC09k 1/02
U.S. a. 252—301.2 R 2 Claims

New daylight fluorescent pigments which contam an
organic fluorescent dyestuff and ns resin a condensation
resin consisting of copolymerizates of (meth)-acrylates
containing groups capable of being cross-linked and vinyl
compounds capable of being copoiymerized, which co-
polymerizates are cross-linked with unplasticized. alcohol-
modified urea- or aminotriazine formaldehyde resins and
a process for their preparation which compri>es incorpo-
rating the organic fluorescent d\e>tufT into the condensa-
tion resin. These daylight fluorescent pigments may be em-
ployed for preparmg fluorescent paint-,, for example air-
drying lacquers on the basis of .dk>d resin or physically
drying lacquers on the basi-, of acrylic resins, as well as
for preparing fluorescent printing inks such as inks for
screen printing, intaglio printing, book printing and offset-
litho printing. Due to their high resistance to heat, they are
articularly suitable for fluore-,cent dyeing of plastics and
enamels.

3,795.631
GLASS-FIBER-REINFORCED ZEOLITE

GRANULATES
Gerhard Heinze. Schildgen. and Gerhard Reiss. Friedrich
Schwochow, and C;iinter I lisch, Leverkusen. Germany,
assignors to Baver Aktiengesellschaft, Leverkusen. Ger-
many

No Drawing. Filed May 5. 1971. Ser. No. 140,607

Claims prioritj. application Germany. May 27, 1970,

P 20 25 893.9

Int. CI. BOlj 11/40

U.S. CI. 252 455 Z 7 Claims

Glass fibers in the amount of about 0.3 to lOTc by
weight of solids are included in a suspension of zeolite
and amorphous binder, such as silica sol, which is gelled
and converted into granulates in known manner. If the
nature of the binder permits, it can be converted to
zeolite in the granulates, as by treatment with sodium
aluminate, so that the granulates comprise only zeolite
and glass fiber. The novel zeolite granulates shrink less
during drying and are characterized by high impact
strength and by resistance to breaking under fluctuating
thermal stresses.

3,795,629

REDUCTION OF COPPER OXIDE WITH NICKEL

John D. Newkirk, Downers Grove, and Louis A. Goretta,

Naperville, 111., assignors to Nalco Chemical Company,

Chicago, III.

No Drawing. Filed June 5, 1972, Ser. No. 259,731

Int. CI. BOlj 1/40

U.S. CI. 252—455 R 9 Oaims

A method of reducing an aqueous slurry comprising
cupric oxide and cupric hydroxide and mixtures thereof
which comprises reacting said slurry in the presence of
hydrogen and a supported nickel catalyst for a period of
about 1-6 hours at 80-150' C, and moderate superatmos-
pheric pressure (5-10 atmospheres).

This method produced a convenient product of reduced
copper oxide for input to a commercial hydrolysis of
nitriles (such as acrylonitrile) to amides.

3,795,630
CHEMICALLY STABLE, NON-SEPARATING
ORGANIC PEROXIDE COMPOSITIONS
Hans Jaspers, Diepenveen, and Reinder Torenbeek,
Twello, Netherlands, assignors to Koninklijke Indus-
trieele Maalschappij Noury & Van der Lande N.V.,
Deventer, Netherlands

No Drawing. Filed Jan. 6, 1972, Ser. No. 215,947
Claims priority, application Netherlands, Jan. 14, 1971,

7100494
Int. CI. C07c 73/00
U.S. CI. 252—426 2 Claims

Chemically stable, non-separating compositions are dis-
closed comprising an organic peroxide which is solid at
room temperature, or a mixture of such peroxides, a
liquid phlegmatiser in which the peroxide or peroxide mix-
ture does not dissolve or hardly dissolves, a hydrophobic
alkyl group-containing silica compound, and, if desired,
water, pigments, dyes and/or other additives.

3,795.632
H^ DROCONVERSION CATALYST PREPARATION

METHODS
Barry S. Morgan. Concord, and Joseph Jaffe, Berkeley,

Calif., assignors to Chevron Research Company, San

Francisco, Calif.

No Drawing. Filed Nov. 5. 1971. Ser. No. 196,205

Int. CI. BOlj lL4U;Cl0g 23,02

U.S. CI. 252—455 R 2 Claims

In a hydroconversion process wherein a hydrocarlx)n
feedstock is contacted with solid catalyst particles pre-
pared by forming a hydrogel and then shaping the hydro-
gel into a pellet, and wherein said contacting is carried
out at a temperature between 400 and 900° F„ and a
hydrogen partial pressure between 100 and 10.000 p.s.i.g.,
the improvement which comprises preparing viid catalyst
by adding to said hydrogel a catalyst fines-water mixture
containing at least 10 weight percent free water and at
least 80 percent total water, before the hydrogel is shaped
into a pellet.

3,795.633
RECOVERY OF THERMOPLASTIC FOAM
Amos Golovoy, Westland, and Robert H. Beck, Jr., Dear-
born, Mich., assignors to Ford Motor Company, Dear-
born. Mich.

No Drawing. Filed Dec. 17, 1971, Ser. No. 209,344
Int. CI. C08f 47/24
U.S. a. 260—2.3 7 Claims

A method for converting scrap thermoplastic foam to
useful material comprises particularizing said scrap, pass-
ing the particulate scrap through a vented and heated ex-
truder to which a vacuum of between and 140, pref-
erably between 5 and about 50 mm. Hg is applied to yield
a non-porous, essentially void-free, solid resin. In a pre-
ferred embodiment, the particularized scrap is mixed with
about 5 to about 50 weight percent virgin resin pellets
prior to extrusion.

3,795.634

VINYL CHLORIDE FOAM CONTAINTNG

SILICONE POLYMERS

John M. Nielsen. Scotia, N.Y.. assignor to

General Electric Company

No Drawing. Filed Mav 3, 1972, Ser. No. 250,034

Int. CI. Cd8j 7/75, 7/20

U.S. CI. 260 2.5 P 17 Claims

Composition for producing foams containing vinyl
chloride polymer, plaslicizer and reaction products of
certain silicones with an ether having the formula:

ZO(Ci,H2nO)fR'

March 5, 1974

wherein Z is H, or CHa^^CHCHz— , or

CHEMICAL

1^9

CHa=CH(CHj)pC—

R2 is lower alkyl radical; / has a value of at least 4; n
has a value of from 2 to 4. inclusive; and p is to 18.

3,795,635

ACRYLONITRILE COPOLYMERS

Xavier Marze and Jean-Pierre Quentin, Lyon, France,

assignors to Rhone-Poulenc S.A., Paris, France

No Drawing. Filed Sept. 29, 1971, Ser. No. 184,897

Claims priority, application France, Oct. 1, 1970,

7035526

Int. CI. C08f 15/02, 19/00

U.S. CI. 260—2.1 E 14 Claims

Unshaped or shaped, crosslinked copolymers which

comprise a carbon-carbon linear chain comprising recur-

rinu units of the formula:

3,795,637
FIRE-PROOFING AGENTS FOR POLYURETHANES

Joachim Kandler and Franz-Josef Dany, Lechenich, and
Klaus Komomiczyk, Tumich, Germany, assignors to
Knapsack Aktiengesellschaft, Knapsack, near Cologne,
Germany
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of abandoned applica-
tion Ser. No. 82,494, Oct. 20, 1970. This application
Apr. 26, 1972, Ser. No. 247,725
Claims priority, application Germany, Nov. 10, 1969,
P 19 56 406.8
Inta.COSg 22/44, 51/44
U.S. CI. 260—2.5 AJ 6 Claims

Polyurethar.es or polyurethane foam plastics are ren-
dered fireproof by means of a blend of fire-proofing
agents comprising an ammonium polyphosphate compo-
nent and a tris-(halogenoalkyl)-phosphate component
having from 1 to 4 carbon atoms in the alkyl group. The
tris-(halogenoa!kyl)-phosphate component preferably is
tris-(i3-chIoroethyl) -phosphate.

and of formula:

(iV- CHj-ril-

(ii)-rH— cu-
ll 1 A

(I)

and/or

llii)— ni— CII—

I \

(II)

in which

Ri represents a hydrogen atom or a lower alkyl radical:
each of R2 and R3. which may be the same or difl'erent,
represents an alkyl radical having 1 to 10 carbon atoms
or R2 and R3 together form a divalent alkylene or al-
kenylene radical;

A represents a divalent aromatic or arylaliphalic radical,
or a radical of formula — CO — O — (CH2)m — '"
which in is a positive integer, the terminal methylene
group being attached to the nitrogen atom:

the pyridine nucleus is optionally substituted by one or
more hydrocarbon radicals R4 having at most 10 carbon
atoms, optionally substituted by functional groups;

X represents an inorganic or organic anion; and the nitro-
gen atoms are connected to one another by polyvalent
organic radicals R, are provided from which membranes
having useful ion-exchange properties and permeation
properties can be obtained.

3,795,636
PROCESS FOR THE PREPARATION OF POLY-
URETHANE FOAMS AND MICROCELLUT.AR
ELASTOMERS WITH INTEGRAL SKINS AND
POLYOL EXTENDER SYSTEM FOR THE
PREPARATION THEREOF
George W. Hufihnan, Crystal Lake, and Norman E.
Rustad, Barrington, 111., assignors to The Quaker Oats
Company, Chicago, HI.

No Drawing. Filed Jan. 12, 1972, Ser. No. 217,282
Int. CI. C08g 22/08, 22/48
U.S. CI. 260—2.5 AZ 2 Claims

This in\ention relates to a method for preparing poly-
urethane foams and microcellular elastomers with inte-
gral skins which are substantially non-porous, said meth-
od comprising contacting a mixture of specified polyols
with a specified quasi-prepolymer of toluene diisocyanate
in the presence of a blowing agent and a catalyst system
consisting of a tetraalkylguanidine and specified organo-
metallic compounds.

3,795,638
STABILIZED POLYURETHANE COMPOSITIONS

Gerhard Grdgler. Leverkusen, Germany, assignor to

Baver Aktiengesellschaft, Leverkusen, Germany
No Drawing. Filed Feb. 2, 1972, Ser. No. 222,981
Claims priority, application Germany, Feb. 12, 1971,
P 21 06 726.5
Int. CI. C08g 57/60
U.S. CI. 260—45.9 R 3 Claims

Polyester containing compositions particularly polyester-
ureihanes. stabilized against hydrolysis and agmg are pre-
pared by incorporating therein a stabilizing amount of a
N,N'-disubstituted N-(2-hydroxyalkyI)-urea or thiourea.

3,795,639
POLYESTER POLYCONDENSATION CATALYZED
BY ANTIMONY AND GERMANTUTVl COM-
POUNDS AND PHOSPHORIC ESTERS

Kazuva Chimura, Kazuo Ito, Shunichi Takashima. Mizuo
Shindo, and Yoshihiro Shimoshinbara, Otake, Japan,
assignors to Mitsubishi Rayon Company Limited, Chuo-
ku, Tokyo, Japan

No Drawing. Filed May 10, 1971, Ser. No. 141,955
Claims priority, application Japan, May 26, 1970,
45/44,983
Int. CI. C08g 77/075
U.S. CI. 260—75 R 10 Claims

A process for preparing a linear polyester wherein
polycondensation of glycol terephthalate is performed in
the presence of ( 1 ) antimony compound, (2) germanium
compound and (3) phosphoric ester. A used amount of
the Sb compound is such that mole number of Sb atom
contained therein is no less than 0.035'^c based on one
mole of the recurring unit of the polyester. A used amount
of the Ge compound is such that mole number of Ge
atom contained therein is no more than 0.029c based on
one mole of the recurring unit of the polyester and an
atomic ratio of Ge/Sb is no more than 0.5. The polyester
is characterized as containing reduced amounts of di-
ethylene glycol and metallic antimony and exhibiting ex-
cellent whiteness and transparency.

3,795,640

FURFURYL, ALLYL AND METHYLOL ACRYL-

ANODE ESTERS OF POLYMERIC ACIDS

Kailash C. Pande, Farmingdale, and Richard J. Stattel,

East Rockaway, N.Y., assignors to Powei-s Chemco,

Inc., Glen Cove, N.Y.

No Drawing. Filed Jan. 7, 1971, Ser. No. 104,806
Int. CI. C08f 27/72

U.S. a. 260—78.5 R ^1. R**^

Light-sensitive film forming polymers are disclosed
which comprise furoate-, allyl- or methylol acrylamide-
esterified polymeric acids. Their use in photolithography
and photomechanical processes is also disclosed.

170

OFFICIAL GAZETTE

March 5, 1974

3,795,641
STORAGE-STABLE OXYGENATED POLYFUNC-
TION AL ACRYLIC ESTER COMPOSITIONS
FOR ANAEROBIC SEALANTS
William Arthur Lees, Chandlers Ford, David John
Bennett, Portsmouth, John Richard Swire, Fair Oak,
and Peter Harding, Southampton, England, assignors
to The Borden Chemical Company (U.K.) Ltd., North
Baddeslev, Southampton, England
No Drawing. Filed Sept. 21, 1972, Ser. No. 290,818
Claims prioritj, application Great Britain, Sept. 27, 1971,

44,983/71
Int. CI. cost 3 '64, 3/66
U.S. CI. 260—89.5 R » Claims

Oxygenation of polyfunctional acrylate monomers,
typified by triethylene glycol dimethacrylate. in the pres-
ence of minor amounts of an organic tertiary amine and
or an imido compound and in the presence of a conven-
tional amount of polymerization inhibitor yields storage-
stable compositions useful as adhesive sealants curing
anaerobically. In a preferred procedure, oxygenation is
carried out successively in the presence of o-benzoic sulf-
imide and then in the presence also of N-N-dimethyl-p-
toluidine.

having from 4 to 5 carbon atoms using a slaked lime
catalyst on an adsorbent carrier through which the liquid
mixture is passed.

3,795,642

TRIS(HYDROXYALKYL)-3,3.3-NTTRILOTRI-

PROPIONATES

Ben A. Tefertilier and James I. Nevill, Midland. Mich..

assignors to The Dow Chemical Company, Midland,

Mich.

No Drawing. Filed Oct. 24, 1972, Ser. No. 299,869
Int. Ci. C07c 101/20
U.S. CI. 260—482 P

Compounds having the structure

9 Claims

R-X)-C-iCHi)i (CHjV-C-0-R'

V o

I II

(CHj)r-C-|0-R"

where R. R' and R" are monohydrbxyalkyl groups of two
to four carbon atoms, are prepared by reacting the cor-
responding monohydroxyalkyl acijylates with ammonia.
The compounds may be used as |cro->s-linking agents in
poKurethanes and polyesters and for the removal of acid
gases from gas streams. I

3,795,644
HOT MELT ADHESIVE COMPOSITION
Winston J. Jackson, Jr., Kingsport, Tenn., and William
R. Darnell, Weber City, Va., assignors to Eastman
Kodak Company, Rochester, N.Y.
No Drawing. Filed Aug. 14, 1972, Ser. No. 280,930
Int. CI. B32b 15/08; C08g 17/04, 17/14
U.S. CI. 260—22 D 9 Claims

Hot melt adhesive compositions having low melt vis-
cosity and high adhesive strength, especially to metals.
The composition includes a copolyester comprising 1.4-
butanediol. terephthalic acid and dimer acid, blended with
a polymeric material comprising a vinyl aromatic poly-
mer derived from a monomer of the formula

R-C=CII:

.^\

H.-J-

\-^

wherein R is hydrogen or an alkyl group containing 1 to
4 carbon atoms and Ri is hydrogen, chlorine, alkyl from
1 to 4 carbon atoms or phenyl.

3,795,,643
PROCESS FOR THE CONTINUOUS PRODUCTION

OF ^-METHOXY ALDEHYDES

Albert Bouniot, Melle, Deux-Sevres, France, assignor to

Melle-Bezons, Melle, Deux-Sevres, France

Filed Mar. 25, 1971, Ser. No. 128,016

Claims priority, application France, Apr. 30, 1970,

7015829

Int. CI. C07c 47/18

U.S. CI. 260—602 25 Claims

3,795,645
METHOD OF IMPROVING THE LEVELLNG OF AN

EMULSION WAX SYSTEM
Jerrv H. Hunsucker, 600 S. 25th St., Terre Haute, Ind.

47803, and Daniel G. Mudd, 121 N. Franklin, Brazil,

Ind. 47834
No Drawing. Original application May 12, 1971, Ser. No.

142,779, now Patent No. 3,748,309. Divided and this

appUcation Jan. 29, 1973, Ser. No. 327,551
Int. CI. C08f 45/52; C08g 51/52
U.S. CI. 260—28 7 Claims

Resinous polyester compositions having particular utility
m emulsion wax preparations to promote leveling. The
resin is the product of the dehydration reaction of an
aminoalkanediol or triol with phthalic acid.

3,795,646
CR0SS-LINTJ:ING polyethylene COMPOSITIONS

WITH SILICONE ADDmVE
Burton Thomley MacKenzie, Jr., Monroe, and Charles
Frank Wallace, Jr., Fairfield, Conn., assignors to Gen-
eral Electric Company
No Drawing. Continuation of abandoned application Ser.
No. 794, Jan. 5, 1970. This application Apr. 21, 1972,
Ser. No. 246,153

Int. CL C08g 51/04, 51/22
U.S. CI. 260—29.1 SB 20 Claims

A curable composition, especially adaptable for use as
insulation for wire and cable, comprising an ethylene-
containing polymeric member, a curing agent, and a sili-
cone fluid having a viscosity not greater than about 100
The preparation of ^(-methoxy aldehyde by catalytic centistokes at 25° C. A filler such as carbon black or
condensation of methanol with an a,/3-olefinic aldehyde a mineral filler may be incorporated into the system.

March 5, 1974 |

CHEMICAL

171

3,795,647

AGGLOMERATING LATICES OF DIExNE

POLYMERS

Basil Alexander Ripley-Duggan, Old Harlow, England.

assignor to Doverstrand Ltd.
No Drawing. Filed Mar. 7, 1972, Ser. No. 232,550
Int. CL C08d 7/18; C08j 1/UO
U.S. CI. 260—29.7 SQ 5 Claims

Latices of conjugated aliphatic diene polymers con-
taining hydrophilic functional groups are agglomerated
by subjecting them to high velocity shear in the presence
of small amounts of the ammonium or alkali metal salts
of N-(higher alkyl) sulphosuccinamates.

3,795,648
SURFACTANT-FREE AMPHOLYTIC POLYMERIC

LATICES
Carlos M. Samour, Wellesley Hills, and Philip A. Mit-
chell, East Walpole, Mass., assignors to The Kendall
Company, Walpole, Mass.
No Drawing. Continuation of abandoned application Ser.
No. 720,462, Apr. 11, 1968. This application Apr. 27,
1971, Ser. No. 137,979

Int. CI. C08f 15/20
U.S. CI. 260—29.6 HN 11 Claims

Single-species polymeric latices of enhanced wet
strength as bonding agents are prepared by copolymeriz-
ing a major portion of ethylenically-unsaturated mono-
mer or monomers with a minor portion of an ampholytic
monomer in the form of half-ester or acid-amide deriva-
tives of maleic, itaconic, and citraconic acids. The latter
are prepared by reacting the appropriate acid anhydride
with certain diamines or amino alcohols.

3,795,651
NOVEL RUBBERY COPOLYMER COMPOSITIONS

Koretaka Yamaguchi, 181 Kami-Odanaka, Kawasaki,
Japan: Kazuo Toyomoto, 504 Ohkubo-cho, Minami-
ku, Yokohama, Japan; Kuniaki Sakamoto, 1-134 Cho-
fumine-machi, Ota-ku, Tokyo, Japan; and Toshio
Ibaragi, 181 Kami-Odanaka, Kawasaki, Japan
Continuation-in-part of abandoned application Ser. No.
874,640, Nov. 6, 1969. This appUcation July 3, 1972,
Ser. No. 268,495
Claims priority, application Japan, Nov. 14, 1968,
43 82,877
Int. CI. C08c 11/18, 11/22; C08d 3/08
U.S. CI. 260—33.6 AQ 3 Claims

Rubber compositions suitable for tire tread with im-
proved processability comprise from 25 to 75 parts by
weight of a process oil having a viscosity-specific gravity
constant not less than 0.850 and from 40 to 100 parts by
weight of carbon black per 100 parts by weight of a
rubber component containing at least 309c by weight of
rubbery butadiene-styrene random copolymer polymer-
ized with a lithium based catalyst, said copolymer con-
taining from 5 to 30""^ by weight of styrene and at least
60% of 1,4-linkage in butadiene units thereof and having
a Mooney viscosity from 40 to 150 and a relaxation time
from 20 to 200 sec. as measured by a Mooney viscometer,

3,795,652

NOVEL RUBBERY COPOLYMER COMPOSITIONS

Koretaka Yamaguchi, Kawasaki, Kazuo Toyomoto, Yoko-
hama, Kuniaki Sakamoto, Tokyo, and Toshio Ibaragi.
Kawasaki, Japan

Continuation-in-part of abandoned application Ser. No.
874,640, Nov. 6, 1969. This application July 3, 1972,
Ser. No. 268,682

Int. CL C08c 11/18, 11/22; C08d 9/08

U.S. CI. 260—33.6 AQ 3 Claims

3,795,649
PLASTISOL PROCESS

William Peter May, North Coventry Township, Chester

County, Pa., assignor to The Firestone Tire & Rubber

Company, Akron, Ohio

No Drawhig. Filed Feb. 14, 1972, Ser. No. 226,261

Int. CI. C08f 45/38

U.S. CI. 260—31.8 R 6 Claims

Vinyl chloride or a mixture thereof with copolymer-
izablc material is polymerized in a liquid organic medium
in the presence of a polymeric dispersing agent. The me-
dium is then evaporated off and. either before, during or
after the evaporation, a plasticizer is added, so as to pro-
duce a plastisol.

3,795,650
CLAY THIXOTROPE FOR POLYESTER
RESINS AND USE THEREOF
Robert A. Bums, Long Valley, NJ., assignor to Engel-
hard Minerals & Chemicals Corporation, Township of
Woodbridgc, NJ.

No Drawing. FUed Oct 16, 1972, Ser. No. 297,701
Int. CLC08g 57/50
U.S. CI. 260—33.4 R 5 Claims

A thixotrope in the form of a gelatinous paste is pro-
duced by dissolving a small amount of a liquid polyol
in a liquid unsaturated polyester resin, thereafter adding
approximately 20 percent by weight of a finely divided
grade of colloidal clay, preferably powdered attapulgite
clay, and then applying mechanical work (shear) to the
mixture. The ratio of clay to polyol in the paste is in the
range of about 3 to 6:1. To impart thixotropy to a cut
polyester resin, the gelatinous paste is added in amount
such that the clay content of the resulting thixotropic
composition is less than about 3 percent by weight and
the free polyol content is less than 0.5 percent by weight.

3 4

Rubber compositions suitable for tire tread with im-
proved processability comprise from 25 to 75 parts by
weight of a process oil having a viscosity-specific gravity
constant not less than 0.850 and from 40 to 100 parts by
weight of carbon black per 100 pails by weight of a rubber
component comprising at lea^t 30% by weight of a co-
polymer mixture having a Mooney viscosity from 40 to
150 and a relaxation time from 20 to 200 sec. as measured
by a Mooney viscometer.

3,795,653

LIGHTWEIGHT CONCRETE ANT) METHOD

OF MANUFACTURING IT

Alois Aignesberger and Hans Giinter Rosenbauer, Trost-
berg, Germany, assignors to Suddeutsche Kalkstickstoff-
Werke Aktiengesellschaft, Trostberg. Germany
No Drawing. Filed Sept. 17, 1971, Ser. No. 181,617
Claims priority, application Germany, Oct. 7, 1970,
P 20 49 159.2
Int. CI. C04f 13/26, 13/28; C08g 9/22
U.S. CI. 260—39 SB 5 Claims

Lightweight concrete is prepared by premixing and
coating lightweight filler particles with a meiamine form-
aldehyde condensation product containing sulfonic acid
groups and thereafter admixed with cement.

172

OFFICIAL GAZETTE

March 5, 1974

CHEMICAL

173

3,795,654
DEGRADABLE POLYOLEFIN FILM

George Fred Kjrkpatrick, Downers Grove, 111., assignor
to Union Carbide Corporation, New York, N.Y.

No Drawing. Filed Dec 20, 1971, Ser. No. 210,152

Int CI. C08f 45/60; C08g 51/60
U.S. CI. 260—45.9 NC 10 Oaims

Degradable polyolefin film is disclosed. The film con-
tains a material capable of advancing oxidative degrada-
tion of the polyolefin, and a water-soluble stabilizer. The
stabilizer prevents degradation of the film during process-
ing, normal storage, and use, but it is leached out of the
film upon exposure to moisture, thereby permitting the
film to degrade after use and disposal.

tors in shorter times than accelerated dicyandiamide cured
systems and at lower temperatures than unaccelerated di-
cyandiamide systems.

3,795,655

SULFUR-VULCANIZABLE ELASTOMER MIX-
TURES AND OXIDATION-RESISTANT VUL-
CANIZATES THEREOF

Claire D. Le Claire and John C. Baker, Dover, Del.,
assignors to Polysarlntematiofnal, S.A., Fribourg, Swit-
zerland

No Drawing. Filed Jan. 28, 1972, Ser. No. 221,789

Int. CI. C08c 11/44, 11/54; C08d 5/00
U.S. CI. 260—45.8 N j 9 Claims

A sulfur-vulcanizable elastomer mixture capable of
forming vulcanizates, which substantially retain their
elastic and tensile properties upon prolonged exposure to
high temperatures under oxidative conditions, comprising
(a) a sulfur-vulcanizable elastomer, (b) sulfur, (c) a
bivalent metal oxide activator system containing mag-
nesium oxide and another bivalent metal oxide, (d) tetra-
Ci_4-alkyl thiuram disulfide and (e) an antioxidant sys-
tem comprising a mixture of polyether polythioether and
aryl amine.

3,795,658

EPOXY RESINS FROM DIMETHYLADAMANTANE
BISPHENOLS

Robert M. Thompson, Wilmington, Del., and Irl N.
Duling, West Chester, Pa., assignors to Sun Research
and Development Co., Philadelphia, Pa.

No Drawing. Filed Dec. 30, 1971, Ser. No. 214,420

Int. CL C08g 30/04
U.S. CI. 260 — 47 EP

Novel epoxy resins having the structure:

CHj — cn-CH,

\ /
o

5 Claims

cn-c

o-cn^Cn— en

-^ ^-O-CIIj-CH CH,

3,795,656

ORGANOSILICON COMPOSITIONS CONTAINTSG
AMMONIUM PLATINX^I ADDUCTS

Engene Ray Martin, Onsted, Mich., assignor to Stauffer
Chemical Company, Westport, Conn.

No Drawing. Filed Jan. 2, 1973, Ser. No. 319,594

Int. CI. C08f 11/04
U.S. CI. 260—46.5 E j 23 Claims

Organosilicon compositions wnich contain ammonium
platinum adducts. The compositions are prepared by re-
acting chloroplatinic acid with aminofunclional organo-
silicon compounds. These compositions are useful as cata-
lysts for the addition of silicon bonded hydrogen groups
to unsaturated organic compounds. The new catalysts
have better solubility in the reaction media and are effec-
tive at vei^' low concentrations.

where R: and R2 are hydrogen or hydrocarbyl radicals
having 1 to 20 carbon atoms and n represents the number
of repeating units. These resins are valuable in the manu-
facture of coalings, molding resins, adhesives, potting and
encapsulation applications and the like.

3,795,659

CURLNG OF EPOXIDE COMPOSITIONS
CONTAINING ENAMINES

Gordon M. Renwick, Sydney, New South Wales. Austra-
lia, assignor to Minnesota Mining and Manufacturing
Company
No Drawmg. Filed Sept. 8, 1972, Ser. No. 287,243

Int. CI. C08g 30/14
U.S. CI. 260—47 EN 5 Claims

An anhydrous, curable epoxide composition containing
an enamine as a latent curing agent.

3,795,657

EPOXY RESIN COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ARO-
MATIC BIGUANIDES AS LATENT CURING
AGENTS THEREFOR

Robert William Howsam and Paul Alan Larson, Lake
Jackson, Tex., assignors to The Dow Chemical Com-
pany, Midland, Mich.

No Drawing. Filed Aug. 21, t972, Ser. No. 282,494

* Int. CI. C08g 30/14

VS, a. 260—47 EN 10 Qaims

New compounds useful as latent curing agents for epoxy
resins are prepared by reacting an aromatic diamine, e.g.
methylenedianiline, with dicyandiamide. These latent cur-
ing agents will cure epoxy resins with or without accelera-

3,795,660

METHOD OF ISOLATLNG AROMATIC
POLYSULPHONES

Ronald George Feasey, Knebworth, and Alan Branford
Newton, Enfield, England, assignors to Impenal Chem-
ical Industries Limited, London, England
No Drawing. Filed Dec. 20, 1971, Ser. No. 210,233

Claims priority, application Great Britain, Jan. 5, 1971,

457/71

Int CL C08g 23/10 ^ .

U.S. CI. 260—49 5 Qaims

A method is provided for improving the isolation of
aromatic polysulphones from the reaction mixture m

which they are formed comprising adding to the reaction
mixture an inert solvent for the aromatic polysulphone,
the inert solvent being liquid at the polymerization tem-
perature but solid at the temperature at which the reac-
tion mixture is subsequently processed.

3,795,661

HALOGEN CATALYZED DIRECT ESTERIFICA-
TION PROCESS FOR POLV(ETHYLENE TER-
EPHTHALATE)

Brian Armstcad Dementi, Richmond, Joseph Donald De
Caprio, Hopewell, and Stanley David Lazarus. Peters-
burg, Va., assignors to Allied Chemical Corporation,
New York, N.Y.
No Drawing. Filed Mar. 1, 1972, Ser. No. 230,960

Into. C08g 77/075
U.S. CI. 260—75 R

9 Claims

The manufacture of linear high-molecular weight, film
and fiber forming polyester wherein the reaction of poly-
carboxylic acid with a polyol takes place in the presence
of an element, or a compound which produces said ele-
ment in said reaction from Group VII-B. of Periodic
Chart of the Atoms by Henry D. Hubbard, Welch Sci-
entific Co. (1959) to improve processing and end product
characteristics.

3,795,664

PROCESS FOR PREPARING PEPTIDES OR
PROTEINS

Geoffrey William Tregcar, Heidelberg, and Kevin John
Catt.Middlepark, Victoria, Australia, and Hugh David
Niall, Los Altos, Calif., assignors to Imperial Chemi-
cal Industries of Australia and New Zealand Limited,
Melbourne, Victoria, Australia

No Drawing. Continuation of abandoned application Ser.
No. 761,863, Sept. 23, 1968. This application Oct. 12.
1971, Ser. No. 188,487
Claims priority, application Australia, Sept. 21, 1967,

27,545/67

Int. CI. C07c 103/52; C07g 7/00
U.S. CI. 260—112.5 11 Claims

A process for preparing peptides or proteins by (1)
reacting a protected amino acid with a graft copolymer
having a chemically inert polymeric backbone and grafted-
on side chains of the formula:

-CH-CH,

-X

3,795,662

PROCESS FOR THE POLYMERIZATION
OF a-OLEFINS

Manfred Engelmann, Augsburg, Wolfgang Gordon, Hof-
heim, Taunus, and Kurt Rust, Frankfurt am Main,
Germany, assignors to Farbwerke Hoechst Aktiengesell-
schaft vormals Meister Lucius & Bruning, Frankfurt
am Main, Germany
No Drawing. Filed Sept 22, 1972, Ser. No. 291,388

aaims priority, application Germany, Sept. 24, 1971,
P 21 47 654.0

Int. CI. C08f 7/56, i/70
U.S. CI. 260—878 B 12 Claims

The invention relates to a process for the polymeriza-
tion of a-olefins. for the copolymerization or block co-
polymerization of these olefins among each other, with or
without ethylene, in the presence of a catalyst system con-
sisting of a solid titanium-containing reaction product
obtained by the reaction of TiCU with A1(C2H5)2C1 or
Al2(CoH5)3Cl3, the preliminary treatment with a further
amouiit of A1(C2H5)2C1 and the subsequent treatment
with alkali chloride in the absence of the monomer(s),
and of a further amount of A1(C2H5)2C1 as activator.

The process makes it possible to prepare polyolefins
having a particularly low atactic proportion, in a high
space-time yield.

3,795,663

RECOVERY OF BACTTRACLN

Guido Max Miescher, Terre Haute, Ind.. assignor to
Commercial Solvents Corporation

No Drawing. FUed May 1, 1972, Ser. No. 248,872

Int. CI. C07c 103/52; C07g 7/00; C08h 1/00
U.S. CI. 260—112.5 1 Claim

An improved process for the recovery of bacitracin
from a fermented beer containing it by the steps of ex-
tracting the bacitracin with n-butanol. extracting the baci-
tracin with 109^ water and suflRcient phosphoric acid to
pH 2, separating the water layer containing the bacitracm,
adding sufficient calcium hydroxide to pH 6.5 thereby pre-
cipitating calcium phosphate, filtering same, concentratirig
the filtrate by evaporation and recovering the bacitracin
therefrom.

wherein X is at least one amino acid reactive group form-
ing a bond with the first amino acid which is not cleaved
during subsequent reaction of the first ammo acid with
a second amino acid and wherein Y stands for one or
more optional substituents which is non-reactive to amino
icids to form a stable linkage between the protected
amino acid and the copolymer; C) deprotecting the re-
sulting amino acid-copoUmer complex; (3) coupling an-
other amino acid or peptide to the deprotected groiip o
the complex; (4) optionally repeating steps (2) and (3)
and optionally clea\ing the desired peptide from the re-
sulting peptide-copolymer.

3,795,665

POLYOXYALKYLENT LIGNIN COMPOSITIONS

AND PROCESS FOR PRODUCING SAME

Charles H. Ludwig, Bellingham, Wash., assignor to

Georgia-Pacific Corporation, Portiand, Oreg.
No Drawing. Filed Nov. 13, 1972, Ser. No. 305,909

InLCI. C07g7/OO .

U.S. CI. 260—124 R 22 Oaims

Water-soluble compositions of lignin cross-linked with
polyoxyalkvlene linkages are described. The composi-
tions are prepared by reacting lignin with a polyoxy-
alkvlene di-ester of a monosulfonic acid or a polyoxy-
alkvlene dihalide to obtain high molecular weight com-
positions which are effective as thickening and flocculat-
ing agents.

3,795,666
METHOD OF SYNTHESIZING PEPTIDES IN THE
P™ENCE OF A CARBODIIMIDE AND OF 3-
HYDROXY - 4 - OXO - 3,4 - DIHYDRO - 1,2,3-
BENZOTRIAZINT
Wolfgang Konig, Langenhain, Taunts, Rolf Geiger,
Frankfurt am Main, and Erhard Wolf, Hofheim,
Taunus, Germany, assignors to Farbwerke Hoechst
Aktiengesellschaft vormals Meister Lucius & Brunmg,
Frankfurt am Mam, Germany
No Drawing. Filed July 28, 1970, Ser. No. 59.005
Claims priority, appUcation Germany, Aug. 1, 1969,
P 19 39 187.8
Int. CI. C07c 103/52; C07g 7/00; C08h 7/00 ^
U.S. CI. 260—112.5 5 Claims

Improved svnthesis of peptides by ihe carbodiimide
method in which an amino-protected amino acid or pep-

174

OFFICIAL GAZETTE

March 5, 1974

tide having a reactive carboxy grcup is condensed with a
carboxy-protected amino acid oi peptide having a re-
active amino group in the presence of 3-hydroxy-4-oxo-
3,4-dihydro-1.2.3-benzotriazine as well as in the presence
of a carbodiimide such as dicyclohexyl carbodiimide.

Spiramycin N-phenyl-N-methylhydrazone
Spiramycin N-cyclohexyl-N-methylhydrazone
Acetylspiramycin N-aminopiperidinehydrazone
Spiramycin N-aminomorpholine hydrazone

3.795,667
NOVEL PEPTTOE INTERMEDIATES IN THE
PREPARATION OF SECRETIN
Miguel A. Ondetti, North Brunswick, N.J., assipnor to
E. R. Squibb & Sons, Inc., New York, N.Y.
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of abandoned applica-
tion Sen No. 658,327, Aug. 4, 1967. This application
Sept. 30, 1970, Ser. No. 77,005

Int. CI. C07c 103/52; C07g 7/00
U.S. CI. 260—112.5 11 Claims

This invention relates to novel intermediates to be em-
ployed in the preparation of the gastrointestinal hormone,
secretin. N!ore particularly, this invention relates to com-
pounds of the formula

X-L-histidyl-L-seryl-L-aspart^'Iglycyl hydrazide

wherein X is an N-terminal amino protecting group, to
intermediates in the preparation cf these compounds, and
to salts of such intermediates.

3,795,670
PROCESS FOR MAKING STARCH TRIACETATES

Arthur M. Mark and Charles L. Mehltretter, Peoria,
III., assignors to the United States of America as repre-
sented bv (he Secretary of Agriculture
No Drawing. Filed Mar. 5, 1973, Ser. No. 337,790
Int. CI. C08b 19/04
U.S. CI. 260—233.5 5 Claims

An improved process for the esterification of starches
such as high-am\lose starches and amylose under condi-
tions of minimum depolymerization of the polysaccharide
to obtain high molecular weight starch triacetates soluble
in organic solvents for fiber and film manufacture is
described.

3,795.6681
POLYAMINE COMPOUNDS AND METHODS
FOR THEIR PRODUCTION
James C. French, St. Clair Shores, Lucia E. Anderson,
Harper Woods, Richard H. Bunge, Mount Clemens,
and John D. Howells, Grosse Pointe Woods, Mich.,
assignors lo Parke. Davis & Company, Detroit, Mich.
Filed Nov. 15, 1971. Ser. No. 198.827
Int. CI. C07c 129/18
U.S. CI. 260—210 AB j 5 Claims

The antibacterial Hibstance myomycin including its in-
dividual components A. B. and O and acid-addition salts.
The products can be produced py fermentation of No-
cardia sp. J327 under artificial Conditions. They have a
wide spectrum of antibacterial 3|ctivity. By chemical de-
gradation studies, mvomycin B sulfate is converted to a
variety of structural fragments including myo-inositol and
?-amino-3-deoxy-D-mannose.

Spiramycin dimeihylhydrazone

Spiramycin N.N-dinormalamylhydrazone

Spiramycin N.N-diisopropyl hydrazone

Spiramycin N,N-diallylhydrazone

Spiramycin N-3-hydro\yethyl-N-methylhydrazone

.Acetylspiramycin dimethylhydrazone

Spiramycin l-amino-4-methyIperazinehydrazone

3,795,671
EPOXYPROPYL STARCH

Robert E. Wing, Peoria, and William M. Doane, Morton,
III., assignors to the United States of America as repre-
sented bv the Secretary of Agriculture
No Drawing. Filed Dec. 21, 1971, Ser. No. 210,549
Int. CI. C08b 19/04

U.S. CI. 260—233.3 R 5 Claims

A process is described for preparing novel epo.xypropyl

starch compounds from starches and starch derivatives.

At epoxypropyl D.S. levels of up to 0.09 the compounds

are water-soluble and increase both wet and dry strength

of paper at a 1 -percent level of addition.

3,795,672
PROCESS FOR THE PREPARATION OF A2-CEPHEM-
4-CARBOXYLIC ACID ESTERS
Charles F. Murphy, Indianapolis, Ind., assignor to Eli
Lilly and Company, Indianapolis, Ind.
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of abandoned applica-
tion Ser. No. 759,490, Sept. 12, 1968. This application
June 9, 1971, Ser. No. 151,555

Int. CL C07d 99/24
U.S. CI. 260—243 C » Claims

Esters of A--cephem-4-carboxylic acids are prepared
from A3-cephem-4-carboxylic acids by first converting the
^^ acid to the corresponding acid chloride and treating
this acid with a tertiary amine base and an alcohol.

3.795.669

DERIVATIVES OF SPIRAMYCIN ANT) A PROCESS

FOR PRODUCING THEREOF

Yasuo Fujimoto, Yokohama, and Kinichi Nakano. Tokyo,

Japan, assignors to Rhone-Poulenc S..A.. Paris, France

Filed July 9, 1971. Ser. No. 161,195

Claims priority, application Japan, July 9, 1970,

45/59,484

Int. CI. C07c 47/18

I .S. CI. 260—210 AB 1 Claim

The present invention relates to novel derivatives of
spiramycin which are useful as meJicants for animal and
plant diseases, as well as starting materials for the pro-
duction of such medicants. .More particularly, it relates to
novel hydrazones of spiramycin and salts thereof.

Novel hydrazones of spiramycin of the present invention
are the followinc and esters and .acid addition salts there-
of:

3,795,673

PROCESS FOR PRODUCING BENZODIAZEPINE

DERIVATIVES

Kanji Meguro, Hyogo, Hiroyuki Tawada, Kyoto, and
Yutaka Kuwada, Hyogo, Japan, assignors to Takeda
Chemical Industries, Ltd., Osaka, Japan
No Drawing. Continuation of abandoned application Ser.
No. 68,486, Aug. 31, 1970. This appUcation Aug. 30,
1972, Ser. No. 284,989

Claims priority, application Japan, Sept. 1, 1969,

44 69,153

Int. CI. C07d 53/06. 99/04

U.S. CI. 260—239 BD 4 Claims

A process for producing a compound of the general

formula

NH(CH,)„Ri

Xy''

^s^

March 5, 1974

CHEMICAL

17r.

or the corresponding 4 N-oxide thereof wherein n rep-
resents an integer of 1 lo 3 inclusive, and Ri represents
hydrogen, alkoxy, dialkoxy, alkylamino, dialkylamino,
alkoxycarbonyl or furyl, and the rings A and B inde-
pendently are unsubstituted or substituted by one or more
of the same or different substituents from the group of
nitro, trifluoromethyl, halogen, alkyl or alkoxy, is pro-
vided.

A compound of the general formula

Nil:

3,795,676

7-SUBSTITUTED PLEIADENES AND 8-SUBSTI-
TUTED DIBENZOHEPTALENES

'Villiam J. Houlihan, Mountain Lakes, and Jeffrey Nadel-
son. Lake Parsippany, N.J., assignors to Sandoz-
W ander. Inc.. Hanover, N.J.
No Drawing. Original application Oct. 1. 1970. Ser. No.
77.373, now Patent No. 3,719,280. Divided and this
application Nov. 14, 1972, Ser. No. 306,442
Int. CI. C07d 29/12
U.S. CI. 260—293.62 5 Claims

Pleiadenes substituted at the 7-position. e.g. 1,2,3,7-
letrahydro-7-(l-m€Lhyl-4-piperidyl)pleiadene and 1.2.3,
7,12,12a-hexahydro-7-(l - methyl-4-piperidyl)pleiaden-7-
ol, and dibenzoheptalenes substituted at the 8-position,
e.g. l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-8 - ( l-methyl-4-piperidyl)-8H-di-
benzo[b.ef]heptaIene, prepared from a corresponding
ketone and Grignard reagent, are useful as central nervous
system stimulants.

or the corresponding 4 N-*bxide thereof wherein rings A
and B are unsubstituted or substituted as indicated above
or the corresponding 4 N-oxide thereof is reacted with a
compound of the general formula

Ri(CH2)nNH2 >

wherein Ri and n have the same meanings as defined
above. The final product compounds are useful as tran-
quilizers.

3,795,674

CERTAIN 2-SUBSTrTUTED.4,6-DIAMINO-5-
PYRIMIDINECARBOXALDEHYDES

Arthur A. Santilli, Havertown, and Dong H. Kim. Wayne.
Pa., assignors to American Home Products Corpora-
tion, New York, N.Y.

No Drawing. Original application June 18. 1970. Ser. No.
47,571, now Patent No. 3,725.405. Divided and this
application Aug. 7, 1972, Ser. No. 278,316

lot. CI. C07d 51/42
U.S. a. 260—256.4 N 3 Claims

Novel 2,4,7 - trisubstituted-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidine-6-
carboxamides have been produced which have central
nervous system depressant activity and are useful phar-
macological agents in the calming of animals.

3,795,675

PAPAVEROLINE SULFONIC ACID MONO-
HYDRATE AND SALTS

Umberto Laguzzi, 52 Via Cadore, Milan, Italy

No Drawing. Filed Feb. 4, 1971, Ser. No. 112.805

Claims priority, application Italy, Sept. 15, 1970,
29,749/70

Int. a. C07d 35/28
U.S. CI. 260—283 S 2 Claims

Papaveroline sulfonic acid monohydrate of empirical
formula (Ci6Hi2N04)S03H.H20 and its sodium and N-
methylglucamine salts are described. They are particu-
larly valuable in the therapy of particular arteriopathic
disturbances, because they retain the physiological and
clinical properties of papaveroline and yet are water solu-
ble.

3.795.677

ARYL 4-PIPERIDYL KETONE DERIVATIVES

.\lbert A. Can- and Donald R. Meyer. Cincinnati. Ohio.

assignors to Richardson-Merrell Inc.. New York. N.Y.

No Drawing. Filed Nov. 9. 1971. Ser. No. 197.116

Int. CI. C07d 29/20

U.S. CI. 260—293.62

Novel compounds having the formula

--(lOn

I
c=o

3 Claims

wherein ;; is a positive whole integer of from 1 to 3; R
represents phenyl, a straight or branched alkyl chain of
from 1 to 4 carbon atoms attached to the phenyl ring
at the ortho. mcta, or para positi<«is. or a difunctional
1.4-butadienylene moiety which together with the phenyl
ring forms a naphthyl ring with the proviso that when
R represents a difunctional 1.4-butadienylene moiety. /;
is equal to 1; or pharmaceutically acceptable acid salts
thereof, arc useful as analgesic and as anticoagulant
aaents.

3,795,678

ALPHA-2-METHYLHYDR.AZINT.PYRIDINOTOLU.

IDIDES AND DETrIVATIVES

Werner Bollag, Basel, Hugo Gutmann, Reinach. Ballhasar
Hegedus, Binningen. Ado Kaiser, Lausen. Basel-Land.
Albert Langemann. Binningen. Marcel Muller. Frenken-
dorf, and Paul Zeller. Allschwil, Basel-Land, Switzer-
land, assignors to HofFmann-La Roche Inc., Nutley,
N.J.

No Drawing. Original application June 4. 1970. Ser. No.
43.572, now Patent No. 3.711.543, which is a division
of applicaHon Ser. No. 571.690. Aug. 11. 1966. now
Patent No. 3.534.100. which in turn is a division of
abandoned application Ser. No. 200,059. June 5. 1962.
Divided and this application Nov. 21, 1972, Ser. No.
308,615

Claims priority, application Switzerland, June 9, 1961,

6,734 61
Int. CI. C07d57/4'/

U.S. CI. 260—295 AM 2 Claims

Benzene-ring substituted (2-methylhydrazino)-melhyl-

benzene compounds and intermediates therefor are de-

17G

OFFICIAL GAZETTE

1974

scribed. The former compounds are useful as cytostatic
agents and, particularly, inhibit the growth of transplanta-
ble tumors in both mice and rats. Thus, they are active,
for example, against Walker turnors, Ehrlich carcinoma
and Ehrlich ascites carcinoma.

3,795,679
l,2,4-4H-TRIAZOLiE DERIVATIVES

Michael C. Seidel, Levittown, William C. von Meyer,
Willow Grove, and Stanley A. Greenfield, Ambler, Pa.,
assignors to Rohm and Haas Company, Philadelphia,
Pa.

No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of abandoned applica-
tion Ser. No. 67,198, Aug. 26, 1970, which is a con-
tinuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 847,481, July
3, 1969, now Patent No. 3,701,784, which in turn is
a continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 757.490,
Sept. 4. 1968, now Patent No. 3,769,411, dated Oct.
30, 1973. This application June 8, 1972, Ser. No.
263,726

Int. CI. C07d 97/45

U.S. CI. 260—305 1 Claim

Substituted l,2,4-4H-triazoles Qf the formula

N-

-N

wherein R= is a heterocyclic radical. These compounds
are fungicides and are particularly useful for the control
of cereal rusts.

3,795,680
2-TRIFLUOROMETHYLBENZIMIDAZOLES

Dennis Ernest Burton, Ickleton, near Saffron Walden,
Alan James Lambie, Kiddenninster, and Geoffrey
Tatttersall Newbold, Saffron Walden, England, as-
signors to Fisons Limited, London, England

No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No.
476,185, July 30, 1965, which is a continuation-in-part
of application Ser. No. 343,225, Feb. 7, 1964, both
now abandoned. This application May 3, 1971, Ser.
No. 139,826

Claims priority, application Great Britain, Feb. 16, 1963,

6,372/63
Int. CI. C07d 49/38

U.S. CI. 260—309.2 5 Claims

Benzimidazole compounds of the formula:

k Nl

RJ-C C

R«

c-x

phcnylsulphamyl, ethylsulphamyl, chloroethylsulphamyl),
radicals and where X is trifluoromethyl or pentafluoro-
ethyl, possess physiological activity and are useful in the
formulation of physiologically active compositions.

and salts thereof, where in the above formula R^ R^, R3
and R* may be the same or different and are selected from
the group comprising hydrogen, alkyl (for example 1-6
carbon atoms such as methyl, ethyl or propyl), hydroxy,
alkoxy (for example methoxy. ethoxy or butoxy), nitro.
halogen (for example chloro. bromo or fluoro), pseudo-
halogen (for example cyano. thiocyano. isothiocyano or
azido), substituted alkyl (for example, trifluoromethyl,
chloromethyl, bromoethyl, trichloromethyl, hydroxyme-
thyl, 2-chloroethyl, 2-hydroxyethyl or 2-methoxyethyl),
carboxy, carboxy ester, carboxy amide. N-substituted car-
boxy amide, N-disubstituted carboxy amide, amino (for
example methylamino. dimethylamino. acetylamino, tri-
fluoroacetylamino, benzenesulphonamido, paratoluenesul-
phonamido. methanesulphonamido), thiol, alkylthiol, and
oxygenated derivatives thereof (for example — SOR^ or
— SOaR^ where R^ is alkyl), sulphonic acid and esters
and amides thereof, substituted amide (for example,

3.795,681
AMINOTHIOPHFNE-CARBOXYUC ACID ESTERS

Heinrich Ruschig, Bad Soden, Taunus, Willi Meixner,
Hofheim, Taunus, and Hans Georg .Alpermann, Sch-
neidhain, Taunus, Germany, assignors to Farbwerke
Hoechst .\ktiengesell.schuft vormals Meister Lucius &
Bruning, Frankfurt am Main, Germany
No Drawing. Filed May 26, 1972, Ser. No. 257,180
Claims prioritv, application Germany, May 28, 1971,
P 21 26 597.4
Int. CI. A61k 27/00; C07d 63/16
U.S. CI. 260—332.2 C 12 Claims

Novel aminothiophene-carboxylic acid esters are de-
scribed as well as a process for their manufacture and
their antiphlogistic and antipyretic action. The novel com-
pounds correspond to the Formula I

R-NII-

O O

II Jl

-C-0-CH-0-C-R4

\«/"

-R

I
Rj

wherein R represents phenyl which may carry I, 2 or 3
substituents selected from halogen, trifluoromethyl, low
molecular alkyl and alkoxy, aralkoxy being low molecular
in the alkylenc moiety, and cycloalkyl having 5-6 mem-
bers, and wherein two vicinal substituents may be mem-
bers of a condensed alicyclic ring system, and wherein
Ri and R2 each represents hydrogen or low molecular
alkyl, R3 represents hydrogen or low molecular alkyl and
R4 represents alkyl or aryl in which case the aryl group
may contain 1 or 2 hetero atoms, such as nitrogen, oxygen
or sulfur.

3,795,682
SYNTHESIS OF CYCLIC KETALS

Serge Y. Delavarenne, Wemmel, Belgium, assignor to

Union Carbide Corporation, New York, N.Y.

No Drawing. Filed Julv 27, 1970, Ser. No. 58,696

Int. CI. C07d 13/04

U.S. CI. 260—340.9 2 Claims

Cyclic ketals are produced by contacting a dehydrating

agent with a compound of the formula:

110 Xi-R'-X5]I

\ /
c

/ \

R2 R»

wherein X^ represents oxy, thio, or nitrilo, wherein X^
represents oxy, thio, or imino. provided that at least one
of X' and X^ represents oxy, wherein R' represents an
alkylene group of from 2 to 4 carbon atoms or a 2-
butenylene group, and wherein R^ and R^ individually
represent halogenated alkyl groups the alpha carbon atoms
of which are free of hydrogen and have at least one fluoro
group, the remainder of the halo groups on the alkyl
being fluoro, chloro, or bromo. The cyclic ketals pro-
duced are represented by the formula:

^«S

R«

wherein X^, R^, and R^ are as defined above, and wherein
R* represents alkylene of 2 to 4 carbon atoms or sub-
stituted alkylene. The dehydrating agents employed in-
clude carbodiimides and alpha-aminoacetylenes. The proc-
ess of the invention is useful for the preparation of 1,3-
dioxolanes, 1,3 - dioxanes, 1,3 - dioxepanes, and their

March 5, 1974

CHEMICAL

i t

analogues wherein one of the oxygen atoms in the hetero-
cyclic ring is replaced by either a sulfur atom or a nitrilo
group.

3,795,683
2,3,4,5-TETRAHYDR0.1H-3.BENZAZEPINES

Arnold Brossi, Verona, Benjamin Pecherer, Montclair,
and Robert Sunbury, Wayne, N.J., assignors to Hoff-
mann-La Roche Inc., Nutley, N.J. ,, , ,«
No Drawing. Filed Aug. 19, 1970, Ser. No. 65,340
Int. CL C07d 13/10

U.S. CI. 260 340.5 "^ Claims

*A process for the preparation of heterocyclic com-
tx)unds containing one nitrogen atom and novel 2,3,4,5-
tetrahydro-lH-3-benzazepines prepared by this process
are disclosed. The resulting heterocyclic compounds, in-
cluding the novel 2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-lH-3-benzazepine
derivatives, exhibit analgesic, appetite suppressant, and
anti-edema activity.

Ipomoea calonyction (Choisy) Hallier f. <=?. nova. The
invention relates also to the production process and to
the powerful insecticidal activity of the munslerone.

3.795,687

PROCESS FOR THE PRODUCTION OF 6-FLUORO-

5-BROMO-13-ETHYL STEROIDS

Ulrich Kerb, Berlin, Germany, assignor to Schering

Aktiengesellschaft, Berlin and Bergkamen, Germany

No Drawing. Filed Dec. 29, 1971, Ser. No. 213,734

Claims priority, application Germany, Dec. 30, 1970,

P 20 64 860.6

Int. CI. C07c 167/00

U.S. CL 260 397.4 ^ Claims

'6/i-fluoro-5a-bromo-13-ethyl steroids, especially those

of the formula '

3,795,684
KETENE DIMERS FROM LONG CHAIN ALKANOIC
ACIDS WITH PERFLUOROALKYL TERMINAL
SEGME NTS
Elemer Domba, Olympia Fields, HI., assignor to Nalco

Chemical Company, Chicago, HI.
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of abandoned applica-
tion Ser. No. 146,439, May 24, 1971. This application
Oct. 27, 1972, Ser. No. 301,392

Int. CL C07d 3/00

U.S. a. 260—343.9 3 Qaims

Polyfluorinated ketene dimers having the structure:

P r

(CF3)2-C-0-(CH>^„-CH=C-CH-(CH,)o-0-C-(CFi),

o-c=o

where n^-zn integer from 1-12. These compounds exhibit
unusual water repellancy where n=7-12.

3,795,685

PROCESS FOR PREPARING N-ALKYL-

DIMETHYLAMINES

Enrico Sianesi, Milan, Italy, assignor to Recordati S.A
Chemical and Pharmaceutical Company, Lugano, Swit-
zerland ^ „
No Drawing. Filed July 15, 1971, Ser. No. 163,048
Claims priority, application Italy, Oct. 19, 1970,
31,155/70
Int CI. C07d 7/24
U.S. CL 260—345.2 3 Claims
N-alkyl- and N-(substituted alkyl )-dimethyiammes are
prepared by reacting an unsubstituted or substituted alkyl
halide with dimethylamine in an aqueous medium free
from organic solvent and at a temperature not higher than
about 30° C.

3,795,686
STEROID INSECTICIDE EXTRACTED FROM
KALADANA AND PROCESS FOR PRODUC-
ING SAME
Giorgio Ferrari and Luigi Canonica, Milan, and Bruno
Danleli, Cesano Mademo, Italy, assignors to Dauten
S.A., Roveredo, Switzerland

No Drawing. Filed July 26, 1972, Ser. No. 275.169

Claims priority, application Italy, July 29, 1971,

7,805/71

Int. CI. C07c 167/40, 169/62

U.S. CI. 260—397.2 2 Claims

Muristerone. namely 2/3,3^3,5/3,1 1 a,14(i,20R,22R-epta-

hydroxy-5/3-cholest-7-en-6-one, a new polyhydroxylated

steroid, has been extracted from kaladana, namely

RjO-"

wherein Ri is

CO-CII,Rj

=0 or <

in which R2 and R3 are hydrogen, hydroxy or acyloxy;
R4 is hydrogen or methyl; and R5 is hydrogen or acyl,
are prepared by simultaneously reacting the corresponding
13-ethyl-A5-steroids with a fluorination reagent and a
bromination reagent.

3,795,688

REACTION PRODUCTS OF ZINC SALTS WITH

ALKYLENE BISDITHIOCARBAMATES

Keiji Aoyama, Rokuro Akahira, and Yuichi Katoh,
Tokyo, Japan, assignors to Denki Kagaku Kogyo Kabu-
shiki Kaisha and Kanesho Kabushiki Kaisha, both of
Tokyo, Japan

Filed Apr. 13, 1971, Ser. No. 133,645

Claims priority, application Japan, Apr. 22, 1970,

45/34,536

Int. CI. C07f 3/06

U.S. CI. 260—429.9 4 Claims

A zinc salt is reacted with a first alkylene bisdithio-

carbamate having the formula

CHr-NH-C— SM
CH-NH-C-SM

k I

and a second alkylene bisdithiocarbamate having the for-
mula

II
CHj-NH-C— SM

n,_C— NH — C-SM

wherein R and Rj are each independently selected from
the group consisting of H and lower alkyl having I to 3
carbon atoms, R3 is lower alkyl having 1 to 3 carbon
atoms, and M is a monovalent base or metal. The first
and second alkylene bisdithiocarbamates are present m
respective molar ratios of 3:7-7:3. The resultant multi-
plied compound exhibits a synergistic fungicidal effect.

178

OFFICIAL GAZETTE

March 5,

1974

3,795,689

PROCESS FOR PREPARING FLl OROPERHALO-

ALKYL ISOCYANATES

Wilhelmus M. Beyleveld. Deventer, Netherlands, and
Br>ce C. Oxenrider, Florham Park, and Cyril VVooIf,
Morristown, N.J., assignors to AlUed Chemical Cor-
poration, New York, N.Y. 1^1 HAQ
No Drawing. Filed July 9, 1971, Ser. No. 161,769
Int. a. CQlcl 19/04

U.S. CI. 260—453 P | ,6 Claims

Fluoroperhaloalkyl isocynnates are prepared by reacting

the corresponding fluoroperhaloalkylidene imine with

carbonyl fluoride In the presence of im ionizable tluonde

salt.

3,795,690

D-ALKYL - N - BIS(ALKYLXANTHYLALKYLENT)
AMIN0-2,6.DIN1TR0AN1LINE AND P-ALKY^N-
HALOGENOALKYLENEANITNO, N -JOKYLX W
THYLALKYLENE-AMINO - 2,6.DINlTRO ANILINE

HERBICIDES ^ ^ _. ,. ,

Donald W. Kaiser. New Haven, Conn., and Kenneth J.
May, Weslaco, Tex., assignors to The Ansul Company.
Marinette, Wis. , , ^ _, ,.

No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of abandoned applica-
tion Ser. No. 877,508, Nov. 17, 1969. This application
Nov. 10, 1971, Ser. No. 197,500

Int. CI. C07c 154/02
U.S. CI. 260—455 B 12 Claims

Novel-p-alk\l-N-bi^(alkylxanthylalkylene)amino - -.6-
dinitroaniline and p-alkyl-N-halogenoalkyleneamino. N-
alkv!xanthvlalkyleneamino-2.6-dinitroaniliRe derivatives
are disclosed as well as their use as pre-emergent herbi-
cides for the elimination of broadleaf weeds and grasses.

3,795,691

CHOLESTEROL-LOWERING AGENTS
George H. Douglas, Paoli, and Charles J. Guinosso, Phila-
delphia, Pa., assignors to American Home Products
Corporation, New York, N.Y. .^, .,^

No Drawing. Filed June 23, 1971, Ser. No. 156,136
Int. CI. A61k 27/00; C07c 143/68
U.S. a. 260—456 P 7 Claims

This invention is concerned with novel cholesterol re-
ducing agents which have the general formula:

RjSOiO

I
C-COjR

I
Rj

wherein R is (lower)alkyl; Ri and Ro are selected from
the group consisting of hydrogen and (lower)alkyl or
taken together may form a cycloalkyl group; R3 is aryl
or substituted aryl or ( lower )alkyl and with intermediates
for their production. ^

3.795,692
COMPOUNDS AND PROCESSES
Peter Kulsa, Scotch Plains, and Frank S. Waksmunski,
South River, N.J., assignors to Merck & Co., Inc.,

No Drawing. Filed Mar. 24, 1972, Ser. No. 237,934

Int. CI. C07c 129/00

U.S. CI. 260—465 E 7 Claims

l-('p-nitrobenzilidineamino)-3-(' substituted benzilidine-
amino) guanidine compounds are active anti-coccidial
agents. Said compounds are prepared by successively re-
acting a diaminoguanidine with appropr'ately substituted
aldehydes or ketones. Compositions employing the above
compounds for the treatment and prevention of coccidi-
osis are also disclosed.

3,795,693

OMEGA CYANOPERFLUOROALKANOYL

FLUORIDES

Edwin Dorfman, William E. Emerson, and Russell L. K.
Carr. Grand Island, N.Y., assignors to Hooker Chemi-
cal Corporation, Niagara Falls, N.Y.
No Drawing. Continuation of abandoned applicf pon Ser.
No. 56,671, July 20, 1970, which is a continuition-in-
part of application Ser. No. 661,242, Aug. 17, 1967,
now Patent No. 3,557,165, dated Jan. 19, 1971. This
application July 28, 1972, Ser. No. 275,986
Int. CI. C07C/2//76

US. CI. 260 465.4 3 Claims

Omega cyanoperfluoroalkanoyl fluorides are prepared
in high yields by reacting omega cyanoperfluoroalkanoates
in the presence of a Lewis acid. The fluorides arc use-
ful intermediates in the preparation of perfluoroalkylenc-
triazine polymers.

3.795,694
PREPARATION OF CYANO COMPOL^NDS

Olav Torgeir Onsager, Sufifem, N.Y., assignor to Halcon

International, Inc.

No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of applications Ser. No.

198.987, Nov. 15, 1971, Ser. No. 285,271 and Ser. No.

285.272, both Aug. 31, 1972, and Ser. No. 286,784.

Sept. 6, 1972. This applicarion Oct. 16, 1972, Ser.

No. 298,115

Int. CI. C07C/27 /02,0^

U.S. CI. 260 465.8 R ^^ Cltlma

The present invention is concerned with an improved
method for the preparation of an adiponitrile precursor
and especially to the production of 1,4-dicyanobutenes
from 2-methylene glutaronitrile in one or more processing
steps, thus providing a convenient overall process where-
by adiponitrile may be prepared with a high degree of
efficiency starting with acrylonitrile as the basic beginning
material. Additional aspects of this invention include
formation of 1,2,4-tricyanobutane from 2-methylene
glutaronitrile by hydrogen cyanide addition and dehydro-
cyanation of 1,2,4-tricyanobutane.

3,795,695
CAGED ACroS

John R. E. Hoover, Glenside, and Robert John Stedman,
Paoli, Pa., assignors to Smithkline Corporation, Phila-
delphia, Pa. ^r ,-OA ni-^

No Drawing. Application Oct. 4, 1966, Ser. No. 584,077,
now Patent No. 3,536,761, which is a continuarton-In-
part of abandoned application Ser. No. 40S,360, Not.
2, 1964. Divided and thU application Oct. 7, 1970,

Ser. No. 78,929

Int. CI. C07c 61/12
U.S. CI. 260—468 G ,^ Claims

He.xachloro[6.:.l36.02'.04i<'.05-9]dodecane - 1 - (and-

2-) carboxylic acids have been prepared.

3,795,696

ALKYNYLBENZYL CYCLOPROPANE-

CARBOXYLATES

Yoshio Katsuda, Osaka, and Toru Kawanami, Kobe,
Japan, assignors to Sumitomo Chemical Company, Lim-
ited, and Dainippon Jochugiku Co., Ltd., both of
Osaka, Japan ^ ^^ ^^^^4^

No Drawing. Filed June 3, 1971, Ser. No. 149,841
Claims priority, application Japan, June 13, 1970,
45/51,442
Int. CI. C07c 69/74
U.S. CI. 260—468 H 5 Claims

Novel cyclopropanecarboxylic acid esters represented

by the formula,

HiC-C
HiC

CH-COOCHj-«/^

March 5, 1974

CHEMICAL

179

wherein when Ri is hydrogen atom, R2 is methyl group,
isobutenyl group, or 2-carbomethoxy-l-propenyl group,
and when Ri is methyl group, R2 is methyl group; X is
a lower alkynyl group; Y is hydrogen atom, methyl
group, methoxy group, or chlorine atom; aed w is 1 or
2; provided that the case where Y and Ri are hydrogen
atom, R2 is isobutenyl group, and X is propargyl group
is excluded. The compound is used as an insecticide
having low toxicity but not harmful to mammals and is
produced at low cost.

3,795,697
PGE2 ESTERS AND ALKANOATES

Sune Bergstrom and Jan Sjovall, both % Kemiska Institu-

tionen, Karolinska Institutet, Stockholm 60, Sweden
No Drawing. Continuation of abandoned application Ser.
No. 115,113, Feb. 12, 1971, which is a continuation-in-
part of application Ser. No. 203,752, June 20, 1962,
now Patent No. 3,598,858, which is a continuation-in-
part of abandoned application Ser. No. 199,209, Apr.
9, 1962, which in turn is a continuation-in-part of ap-
plication Ser. No. 738,514, May 28, 1958, now Patent
No. 3,069,322. This application Aug. 23, 1972, Ser.
No. 283,045

Int. CI. C07c 69/16. 69/74, 69/78
U.S. CI. 260—468 10 Claims

Alkanoates and hydrocarbyl esters of the prostaglandins
PGE2 and PGE3 are disclosed. These novel compounds
are useful for a variety of pharmacological purposes, in-
cluding use as smooth muscle stimulants and as cardio-
vascular agents.

3,795,699
PRODUCTION OF UNSATLTIATED COMPOUNDS

Donald Wright and Samuel Gardner, Stockton-on-Tees,

England, assignors to Imperial Chemical Industries

Limited, London. England

No Drawing. Filed Jan. 3, 1972, Ser. No. 215,184
Claims prioritv, application Great Britain, Jan. 12, 1971,

1,480/71

Int. CI. C07c 69/14, 69/82

U.S. CI. 260—475 N 6 Claims

Unsaturated esters are produced by reacting an acyclic
conjugated diolefine such as butadiene with a carboxylic
acid, particularly orthophthalic acid, in the presence of
a platinum or iridium compound and carbon monoxide or
a metal carbonyl. The esters produced are oligomers of
butadiene, the carbon monoxide giving enhanced cata-
lyst stability and life.

3,795,698
ACETOXY METHYL AND PIVALOYLOXYMETHYL
5-ACETAMIDO - 2,4,6 - TRIIODO-N-METHYLISO-
PHTHALAMATES

Maurice John Soulal, Long Ditton, and Kenneth Utting.
Lower Kingswood, England, assignors to Beecham
Group Limited, Brentford, England
No Drawing. Filed Sept. 8, 1971, Ser. No. 178,843
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Sept. 9, 1970,

43.070/70
Int. CI. C07c 79/46
U.S. a. 260—471 R 2 Claims

Iodine-containing organic acids of the formula

XYCH COOR

wherein R is an electron-attracting group and either X is
hydrogen and Y is a group of the formula:

I CH3NHC0-(^ ^-NIICOCHs

or X is CHg- (CH3)n wherein n is to 6 and Y is a group
of the formula:

wherein Z is oxygen, sulphur or (CH2)m wherein m is
to 6 and when Z is CH2 there may be a NH2 group in the
3-position, are useful as X-ray contrast agents. Acetoxy-
methyl 5-acetamido-2,4,6-triiodo-N-methylisophthalamate,
pivaloyloxymethyl 5-acetamido-2,4,6-triiodo-N-methyliso-
phthalamate, acetoxymethyl 3-amino-a-eihyl-2,4,6-triio-
dohydrocinnamate, and pivaloyloxymethyl 3-amino-a-
ethyl-2,4,6-triiodohydrocinnamate are also useful as X-
ray contrast agents.

3,795,700
ESTERS OF 4-ALKYL-2.6-DIMETHYL.
3.HYDROXYBENZYL ALCOHOL
John Song, Bound Brook, and Henry Richmond, White-
house Station, NJ., assignors to American Cyanamid
Companv, Stamford, Conn.

No Drawing. Filed Mar. 10, 1971, Ser. No. 123,001
Int. CI. C07c 69/76, 69/82
U.S. CI. 260—475 P 5 Claims

Compounds of the formula:

OH CHj

R-

-^>-

•CHjOC-

CHj

wherein R is a branched chain alkyl group containing
three to about twelve carbon atoms; Y is the residue of the
carboxylic acid Y(COOH)n, provided that when Y is
alkyl and n is one, Y contains more than ten carbon
atoms; and n is one to four. These compounds are useful
as antioxidants in organic substrates, such as polyolefines,
rubber, etc.

3,795,701
COPOLYMERS OF EPOXIDES ANT) LACTONES

Victor Frederick Jenkins, St. Albans, Michael John
Beeken, Luton, and Stephen Pennington, Formby,
England, assignors to Laporte Industries Limited, Lon-
don, England

No Drawing. Filed Feb. 7, 1972, Ser. No. 224,332
Int. CI. C08g 17/007, 17/017
U.S. CI. 260—484 A 19 Claims

A process for the production of a copolymer compris-
ing oxyalkylene and carboxyalkylene units. A lactone and
an epoxide are reacted with a chain initiator in the pres-
ence of a catalyst. The lactone and epoxide are added
simultaneously to the chain initiator at such rates that
each of the lactone and the epoxide react with the chain
initiator or growing chain at substantially constant rate
during the total addition.

3,795,702
2-SUBSTITUTED-p-NITRO-ANn.LNTS

Rodney Ian Fryer, North Caldwell, and Leo Henryk
Stembach, Upper Montclair, NJ., assignors \o Hoff-
mann-La Roche Inc., Nutley, NJ.

No Drawing. Original application Sept. 30, 1970, Ser. No.
76,989, now Patent No. 3,707,473, which is a division
of application Ser. No. 629,921, Apr. 11, 1967, now
Patent No. 3,562.251. Divided and this appUcation
Oct. 3, 1972, Ser. No. 295,741

Int. CI. C07c 103/26

U.S. CI. 260 500.5 H ^ Claims

Novel 2-substituted-p-nitro-anilines are disclosed. These

compounds are useful as intermediates in the preparation

of pharmacologically useful 2,3-dihydro-3-(N-substituted

carbamoyl ) -7-nitro- 1 ,4-benzodiazepines.

180

OFFICIAL GAZETTE

March 5, 1974

3.795,703

PROCESS FOR PREPARING UNSATLHATED
CARBOXYLIC ACIDS

Akihiko Niina, Kiyomori Oura. and Kuniyoshi Tashiro,
Takaoka, Japan, assignors to Nippon Zeon Co., Ltd.,
Tokvo, Japan ^ ^^ ,^^ „^,

No Drawing. Filed Nov. 28, 1972, Ser. No. 309,962
Claims priority, application Japan, Nov. 30, 1971.
46/95,949. 46/95,950; Dec. 16, 1971, 46 102,054;
Dec. 27, 1971. 47/3,268

Int. CI. C07c 57104, 51/26; BOlj 11/82 _

U.S. CI. 260 530 N ^ Claims

A* process for the preparation o{ an unsaturated car-
boxylic acid which comprises reacting an unsaturated
aldehyde with molecular oxygen at an elevated tempeia-
ture in the vapor phase, in the presence of an oxidation
catalyst represented by the following empirical formula

MOaPbQcRdOe

wherein Q is at least one element selected from the group
consisting of Tl. Rb, Cs and K; and R is at least one
element selected from the group consisting of Cr, Si. Al,
Ge and Ti; and a. h. c. d and e each represent the number
of atoms of each element: the atomic ratio of a:b:c:d is
1:1-0.01:1-0.01:2-0.01; and c is t^ie number of oxygen
atoms determined by the valence; requirements of the
other elements present.

3,795.704

ANTI-MICROBIALLY ACTIVE SLTIFACE-ACTIVE

COMPOUNDS

Helmut Dierv, Kelkheim, Taunus. Karl Seeger. Hofheim.
Taunus, Gerhart Schneider, Frankfurt am Main, and
Hans-Walter Bucking, Kelkheim, Taunus, Germany, as-
signors to Farbwerke Hoechst Aktiengeseilschaft vor-
mals Meistcr Lucius & Bruniag, Frankfurt am Main,
Germany

No Drawing. Filed Mar. 1. 1972, Ser. No. 230,974

Claims priority, application Germany, Mar. 5, 1971,

P 21 10 602.5

Int. CI. C07c 103 J 50

3,795,706
FLUOROPERHALODIAZAOLEFINS AND THEIR
METHOD OF PREPARATION
Bryce C. Oxenrider, Florham Park, NJ., Wilhelmus M.
Beyleveld, Deventer. Netherlands, and Cyril Woolf,
Morristown. N.J.. assignors to Allied Chemical Cor-
poration. New York, N.Y.

No Drawing. Filed July 9, 1971, Ser. xNo. 161,349
Int. CI. C07c 119/00
U.S. CI. 260—566 R J Claims

Novel fluoroperhalodiazaolefins are prepared by react-
ing a fluoropcrhaloalkylidene imine with a tluoroperhalo-
azaolefin in an aprotic, polar liquid reaction medium in
the presence of an ionizable fluoride salt. For example,
perfluoro-2,4,4,6-tetramethyl-3,5-diaza - 2.5 - heptadiene is
prepared bv reacting hexafluoroisopropylidene imine with
pertluoro-2'.4-dimethyl-3-aza-2-pentene in acetonitrile in
the presence of potassium fluoride. The fluoroperhalo-
diazaolefins are useful as liquid dielectrics and as inter-
mediates in the preparation of other fluorinated organic
compounds.

3,795.707
MANUFACTITIE OF a-6.DEOXYTETRACYCLINES

Franco Paolo Luciano. Bassi. Italy, assignor to Rachelle

Laboratories Italia S.p..4., Milan. Italy

No Drawing. Filed Dec. 28, 1970, Ser. No. 102,094

Int. CI. C07c 103/19

L.S. CI. 260—559 AT / Claims

a-6-deoxytetracyclines are recovered m purified form

by reacting the corresponding a-6-deoxytetracycline sulfo-

salicvlates with at least about two equivalents of a base at

a pH of about 5..*: to about 9.0 and at a temperature of

less than about 90' C.

L.S. a. 260—534 R

Ampholytic compounds of the F<|rmula I

R,-N-(CIW.-r

in which Rj is a lipophilic group
the radicals Ro and R^ stands for
mula II

— en— CO2Y

CHi— CONII:

and the other one stands for hvciiog^n or also for the
moiety of the Formula II. and \' isj hydrogen or an alkali
metal ion^ and the use of these qmpholytic compounds
as anti-microbially active surface-active substarlces.

4 Claims

X is 2 or 3. one of
a moiety of the Foi-

3,795,705

PROCESS FOR MAKING ARYLSLXFONYL

HALIDES

James H. Chan, EI Cerrito, Calif., assignor to Stauffer

Chemical Company, New York, N.Y.
No Drawing. Continuation of application Ser. No.
786,474, Dec. 23, 1968. This application Aug. 28,
1972, Ser. No. 284,187

Int. CI. C07c 143/70
U.S. CL 260—543 R 17 Claims

AryKultonvl halides such as beneznesulfonyl chloride
are produced by reacting a sulfonic acid and a carbonyl
halide in the presence of dimethylformamide and a small
percentage of a tertiary amine. The reaction of benzene-
sulfonic acid with phosgene in the presence of 15% di-
methylformamide and Kf triethylamine to produce ben-
zenesulfonyl halide in high yields and having a high degree
of purity is representative.

3,795,708

PROCESS FOR PREPARING 2,3,6-TRIMETHYL-

HYDROQUINONE

Ludwig Rappen, Duisburg-Meiderich, Werner Fickert,
.Mannheim, Winfried Orth, Schifferstadt, Manfred
Maurer, Dirmstein uber Frankenthal, Pfalz, and Hem-
rich Miele. Viernheim. Germany, assignors to Rutgers-
wcrke .\ktiengesellschaft, Frankfurt am Main, Ger-
many , „-
No Drawing. Filed June 23, 1970, Ser. No. 49,193
Claims priority, application West Germany, June 26,
1969, P 19 32 362.7
Int. CI. C07c 37/00. 37/06
U.S. CI. 260— 621 H . 1,5'?""
Accordinu to the invention 2,3.6-trimelhylhydro-
quinone is prepared from 2,3,6-trimethylphenol by sul-
fonation of 2.3.6-trimethylphcnol. oxidation of the 2.3,6-
trimethylphenol-4-sulfonic acid formed and direct
reduction of the trimethylquinone in aqueous solu-
tion to trimethylhydroquinone; said sulfonation is carried
out in an organic j,olvent uhich is not miscible with
water and is Inert to the sulfonating agent. The oxida-
tion is carried out in aqueous phase in the presence of
an organic solvent which is inert to the oxidizing agent,
and in which the quinone formed is soluble and the hy-
droquinone formed by reduction is insoluble.

3,795,709
BENZOBENZAZULENES
Albert J. Frey, Essex Fells, and Eugene E. Galantay,
Morristown, N.J., assignors to Sandoz-Wander, Inc.,

Hanover. N.J. . i-miiA

No Drawing. Division of application Ser. No. 724,654,
Feb. 7, 1968, now Patent No. 3,526,665, which is a
division of application Ser. No. 606,007, Dec. 30, 1966,
which is a continuation-in-part of application Ser. No.
516,781, Dec. 27, 1965, which in turn is a cont'^uahon-
in-part of application Ser. No. 378,931, June 29, 1964,
all now abandoned. Divided and this application Apr.
15, 1970, Ser. No. 28,975

Int. CI. C07c 35/22

U.S. a. 260—618 F M mw. h^fn

2 - amino - 1,2,6,7 - tetrahydro - (llbH) - benzo-
[j]benz[c,d]azulenes are useful as antihypertensives and

March 5, 1974

CHEMICAL

181

useful as sedative-tranquilizers. Such final compounds are
prepared from suitable, 10,ll-dihydro-5H-dibenzo[a,d]
cyclohepten-5-ones or suitable 1,2-diphenyl-ethanes, e.g.,
by conversion thereof to the corresponding 1,2,6,7-tetra-
hydro-(llbH)-benzo[j]benz[c,d]azulen-2-one which is
then either converted to the corresponding final com-
pound, or to a 2-hydroxy, 2-halo or 2-oxime intermediate
which is subsequently converted to the corresponding final
compound.

formula R— SO2— R', wherein R and R' are each sep-
arately a monovalent radical containing from 1 to 8
carbon atoms or form together a divalent radical having
from 3 to 12 carbon atoms, the acid concentration being
at least 10-^ moles per liter of sulfone and at most the
saturation concentration without exceeding 5 moles per
liter of sulfone.

3,795,710
PROCESS FOR PREPARING FLUORO-HALO-
GENATED PROPANE DERIVATFVES AND
USE THEREOF
Laurent Seigneurin, Salindres, France, assignor to Frod-
uits Chimiques Pechiney-Saint-Gobain, Neuilly-sur-

Seine, France .^ e xi

No Drawing. Continuation of application Ser. No.
313,444, Oct. 3, 1963. This application Apr. 16,
1968, Ser. No. 721,600
Claims priority, application France, Oct. 9, 1962,

911,675
Int. CI. C07c 17/28, 19/08
U.S. CI. 26U— 653 ^ J ^1^™'

The reaction of fluorinated or fluonnated-chlonnated
ethylene compounds with chlorinated methane compounds
in the preparation of fluoro-chlorinated propane com-
pounds by the use of gallium chloride or gallium bromide
or mixtures thereof as the catalyst at a temperature within
the range of 60° to 150° C. and a pressure within the
range of 6 to 30 kg./cm.^ to effect substantially complete
conversion to the fluoro-chlorinated propane compounds
with minimum side reactions.

3 795 713

THERMAL CRACKING OF LIQUID

HYDROCARBONS

Koichi Washiml and Masaaki Kanbayashi, Fukushlma,
Toshio Kanai, Kanagawa, and Kiyoju Ozaki, Fuku-
shima, Japan, assignors to Kureha Kagaku Kogyo
Kabushiki Kaisha, Tokyo, Japan
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of abandoned applica-
tion Ser. No. 13,239, Feb. 21, 1969. This application
Aug. 2, 1972, Ser. No. 277,198
Claims priority, application Japan, Feb. 21, 1969,
44/12,544
Int. CL C07c 11/24, 3/00

U.S. CL 260— 679 R ,. ?^9*!"'

A process for thermally cracking a heavy liquid hydro-
carbon oil by spraying the hydrocarbon oil into a reactor
maintained at a temperature higher than 800° C, and a
pressure between atmospheric and 10 kg./sq. cm., which
process comprises preheating the heavy hydrocarbon oil to
temperatures of 200-500° C, a»d then spraying said hy-
drocarbon oil into the reactor through a nozzle or nozzles
at a pressure higher than 20 kg./sq. cm., to flash-evaporate
more than 5% by weight, preferably above 5 to about
50% by weight, of said hydrocarbon oil, whereby the hy-
drocarbon oil is finely atomized to form droplets of from
10-15 microns and preferably, 18-50 microns.

3 795 711
SORPTION OF PARAXYLENE VAPOR IN
PRESENCE OF GASEOUS MODIFIER
George R. Worrell, Media, and James T. OToole, Phila-
delphia, Pa., assignors to Atlantic Richfield Company,
New York, N.Y.

No Drawing. Filed June 30, 1972, Ser. No. 268,067
Int. CI. C07c 7/12; ClOg 25/04
U.S. CL 260—674 SA 10 Claims

A sorbent containing significant amounts of crystalline,
alumino silicate desirably ion exchanged in the ammonium
form such as ammonium faujasite preferentially sorbs
paraxylene from a process stream containing vapors of
a mixture of Cg aromatic isomers. A gaseous modifying
agent, such as ammonia, is included in said process stream,
whereby the selectivity of the crystalline alumino silicate
for the paraxylene is enhanced. After some of the sorbent
particles have adsorbed paraxylene, they are treated with
a gaseous desorbing agent to provide a vapor stream com-
prising paraxylene.

3 795 712
ALKYLATION OF 'HYDROCARBONS WITH
OLEFINS IN THE PRESENCE OF AN ACID
CATALYST

Bernard Torek, Chatou, Georges Vidouta, Neuilly-sur-
Seine, Pierre Pariot, Colorabes, and Michel Hellin,
Andresy, France, assignors to Institut Francais des
Petrole, des Carburants et Lubrifiants, Rueil Mal-
maison, France
No Drawing. Original application Nov. 13, 1970, Ser.
No. 89,462, now abandoned. Divided and this applica-
tion Aug. 1, 1972, Ser. No. 277,083
Claims priority, application France, Nov. 24, 1969,

6940466
Int CL C07c 3/54
U.S. CL 260—671 C 10 Qaims

For alkylating an aromatic or aliphatic hydrocarbon
with an olefin, there are employed liquid catalyst composi-
tions containing, optionally in an inert hydrocarbon sol-
vent, a Lewis acid or a Bronsted acid and a sulfone of

3 795 714
ISOPARAFFIN ALKYLATION PROCESS AND
CATALYST FOR USE THEREIN
Paul Eugene Pickert, Katonah, and Anthony Peter Bol-
ton, Valley Cottage, N.Y., assignors to Union Carbide
Corporation, New York, N.Y.
No Drawing. Original application June 26, 1968, Ser. No.
740,049, now Patent No. 3,549,557, dated Dec. 22,
1970. Divided and this application May 6, 1970, Ser.
No. 35,242

Int. CI. C07c 3/52

U.S. CI. 260 683.43 10 Claims

The catalytic alkylation of isobutane with an olefin
containing from two to five carbon atoms is carried out
using a crystalline zeolitic molecular sieve having a low
monovalent metal cation content and having a greatly
reduced content of OH exhibiting infrared absorption in
the region from 3480 to 3670 cm.-i.

3 795 715
THERMOPLASTIC MOULDING COMPOSITIONS ON
THE BASIS OF POLYACETAL AND PROCESS
FOR THEIR PREPARATION

Harald Cherdron and Karlheinz Burg, Wiesbaden, and
Klemens Gutweiler, Hofheim, Taunus, Germany, as-
signors to Farbwerke Hoechst Aktiengeseilschaft vor-
mals Meister Lucius & Brunuig, Frankfurt am Main,

Germany ,. . c

No Drawing. Continuation of abandoned application Ser.

No. 830,089, June 3, 1969. This appUcation Aug. 20,

1971, Ser. No. 173,691

The portion of the term of the patent subsequent to

Dec. 28, 1988, has been disclaimed

Int. CI. C08d 9/02; C08f 29/12

U.S. a. 260—823 14 Claims

The impact strength of thermoplastic polyacetals is im-
proved by admixing small amounts of polymers which
have a softening temperature below the crystallite melting
point of the pclyacetal and a second order transition tem-
perature within the range of from —120° to +30° C
and which are present in the mixture in the form of parti-

182

OFFICIAL GAZETTE

March 5, 1974

cles of diameters within the range of from 0.1 to 5 microns.
The polyacetals so modified are suitable for the manufac-
ture of finished or semi-finished products.

3,795,716

BLENDED TRANS-PIPERYXENE AND MALEIC

ACID ADDLCT POLYESTER COMPOSITIONS

Takeo Hokama, Chicago, lU., assignor to Velsicol
Chemical Corporation, Chicago, III.

No Drawing. Filed Apr. 19, 1972, Ser. No. 245,630

Int. CI. C08gi9/;0

U.S. CI. 260—860 10 Claims

This invention discloses a polyester composition com-
prisinc from about 20 to about 50 parts by weight of a
first linear polyester which comprises from about 10 to
about 40 mole percent of an adduct of trans-piperylcne
and maleic acid or its anhydride, from about 10 to about
40 mole percent of dicarboxylic compound selected from
the group consisting of maleic acid, maleic anhydride,
fumaric acid and mixtures thereof, and from about 50
to about 70 mole percent glycol; and from about 50 to
about 80 parts by weight of a second unsaturated
polyester.

(B) actuating a high velocity jet of liquid organic wash
from said spray source to forcibly impinge upon the
mold surface with sufficient velocity characterized by
providing a turbulent condition of the wash in at least

' about 80 percent of the cavity when the mold is sub-
merged in the wash, where said organic acid is selected
from formic acid, acetic acid, and propionic acid, and.

3,795,719

METHOD OF CONTROLLING THE BLOW MOLD-
ING OF HOLLOW SHAPED PLASTIC ARTICLES

Andrew S. Morecroft, deceased, by Janet E. Morecroft,
administratrix, Bridgeville, and Simon A. D. VIsser,
Braddock, and Frank J. Limbert, Pittsburgh, Pa.; said
Limbert and said Visser assignors to Baychem Corpo-
ration, New York, N.Y. -»« »*«

Continuation of abandoned application Ser. No. 785,810,
Dec. 20. 1968. This application Sept 9, 1971, Ser.
No. 228,407

Int. CI. B29c 17107: B29d 23104

U.S. CI. 264 — 40 3 Claims

3 795,717
PROCESS FOR PRODUCING IMPROVED POLY-
ESTER RESINS BY BLENDLNG MAGNESIUM
OXIDE THEREWITH
Silvio Vargiu, Sesto S. Giovanni, Beppino Passalenti, and
Ugo Nistri, Milan, Italy, assignors to Societa Italiana
Resine S.p.A. Milan- Via Breno, Milan, Italy
No Drawing. Filed June 30, 1971, Ser. No. 158,610
Claims priority, application Italy, July 1, 1970,
26,849/70
Int. CI. C08f 21102
U.S. CI. 260—865 2 Claims

Unsaturated polyester compositions are blended with
0.001 to 0,05'^r by weight magnesium oxide and main-
tained at 40° to 70' C. for 0.2 to 3.0 hours to render
them stable for storage and regulate the gel time.

~:^^

3^^x:o

3 795 718

METHOD OF RETARDING DEGRADATION OF

MOLD SURFACE

William J. Hampshire, Peninsula, Ohio, assignor to The

Goodyear Tire & Rubber Company, Akron, Ohio

FUed Jan. 10, 1972, Ser. No. 216,442

Int. CI. B08b 3/02

U.S. CI. 264—39 2 Claims

-(i/mv<^

Method for retarding the fouling or degradation of the
surface of a concave mold and removing resulting deposits
therefrom, where said mold and deposits are formed by
contacting mold surface in presence of water and carbon
dioxide with a polyamine having primary amino groups
and comprising the sequential steps of:

(A) positioning said mold in a substantially enclosed con-
tainer, said container having an internal spray source
positioned therein and directed into the mold cavity,

An extrusion method for molding plastic articles of
either constant or variable wall cross-sections. Electronic
control circuitry is adapted to control the movement of
a movable die core and the speed of the axial movement
of a rotatable ram screw whereby articles of constant or
variable wall cross-section are molded under substantially
constant rheological conditions. A plurality of photocells
and a programmable function generator are utilized to
systematically energize the components of the electronic
control circuitry.

3,795,720
METHOD OF PRODUONG A LOW DENSITY

COMPOSITE SHEET MATERIAL

Eckhard C. A. Schwarz, Neenah, Wis., assignor to

Kimberly-Clark Corporation, Neenah, Wis.

Original appUcation Dec. 31, 1969, Ser. No. 889,481.

Divided and this application Mar. 17, 1972, Ser.

No. 235,538

Int a. B29h 7120
U.S. CI. 264—41 * Claims

An opaque microporous film suitable as paper and capa-
ble of being printed. The film has at least two polymers
which are incompatible with each other and one polymer
which is in excess has a glass transition temperature at
least 40° C. lower than that of another polymer with
which it is incompatible. Drawing at about the glass transi-
tion temperature of the polymer in excess results m film
opacity.

March 5, 1974

CHEMICAL

183

3 795 721

METHOD FOR MOLDING SIMULATED BRICK

AND MOLD THEREFOR

Jack J. Gilbert and William P. Kinneman, Jr., Suffern,

N.Y., assignors to Brick It Corporation, Spring Valley,

N Y

Filed Mar. 13, 1972, Ser. No. 233,890

Int. CI. B29h 7120

U.S. CI. 264—42 6 ^^^l

Process for producing simulated brick or stone m which
a wet mixture of Portland cement and sand, either with
or without filler and coloring materials, an aerating agent
and calcium chloride is placed in a water impervious mold
having a face wall with the desired pattern thereon and
a re-entrant wall upstanding from the face wall and the
mixture is cured in the mold for at least five hours at
a relative humidity of 100% before the mold is removed.
Also, a plastic mold therefor for forming a module of
brick units with intervening mortar lines having nailing
cavities therein.

and firing. Preferably, the material is subjected to shear
stresses during compaction, as in a roll-type briquetting
press.

3 795 725

METHOD OF ENCAPSULATING ELECTRICAL

EQUIPMENT

Edward G. Bulin, Reedsburg, Wis., assignor to Webster

Electric Company, Inc., Racine, Wis.

Filed Feb. 3, 1972, Ser. No. 223,178

Int. CI. B29c 6100

U.S. a. 264—71 15 Claims

3 795 722

METHOD OF MAKING A SKIN COVERED FOAM

ARTICLE AND SAID ARTICLE

William O. Sassaman, Akron, Ohio, assignor to The

Goodyear Tire & Rubber Company, Akron, Ohio

Filed Oct. 2, 1970, Ser. No. 77,494

Int. CI. B29d 27/04

VS. CI. 264—45 3 Claims

^Z^/>y/y/yy/>y//,y//yz///}W

A cellular article having a unitary skin thereon devoid
of seam lines and a method of making said article.

3 795 723
BETA ALUMINA PRODUCTION
Ronald L. ClendeneD, Orinda, and Eugene E. Olson,
Oakland, Calif., assignors to Shell Oil Company, Hous-
ton, T«x.

No Drawing. FUed Mar. 29, 4972, Ser. No. 236,162
Int. CI. coif 7/04
U.S. Cl. 264—^5 8 Claims

When a mixture of powders of an oxidic aluminum
compound, an oxidic sodium compound and optionally
additives, is hot-pressed into a solid body at a temperature
of from about 1000° C. to about 1800° C. and a pressure
of greater than about 1000 p.s.i. and the body is then
hot-forged at similar conditions a sodium beta alumina
having an oriented crystal structure and thus a high ionic
conductivity results.

INSTALL SUBASSEMBLY IN ENCLOSURE

POUB RESIN MIXTURE INTO ENCLOSURE

± I

r~POUR FILLER INTO ENCLOSURE W HILE VIBRATING |

! t =;

CONTINUE VIBRATION UNTIL PERMEATION 'S COMPLETE]

A method of encapsulating electrical equipment com-
prises the steps of (a) placing the electrical equipment
into an enclosure or casing, (b) pouring a fluid resin-cata-
lyst mixture into the enclosure, (c) pouring a filler into
the enclosure while vibrating the enclosure, and (d) con-
tinuing the vibration of the enclosure until the resin-cata-
lyst mixture permeates the filler.

3 795 726
REDUCTION OF RESIDUAL NOXIOUS GASES IN

GAS HARDENED MOLDS AND CORES

Lothar Robert Zifferer and Lester F. Stump, Jr., York,

Pa., assignors to Alphaco, Inc., York, Pa.

Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 22,586,

Mar. 25, 1970. This appUcation Aug. 17, 1971,

Ser. No. 172,524

Int. Cl. B22c 9/12
U.S. Cl. 264—82 13 Claims

•O-.

3 795 724

METHOD OF MAKING ALUMINA

REFRACTORY GRAIN

David E. Paul, Pleasanton, and Lloyd M. Housh, Santa
Clara, Calif., assignors to Kaiser Aluminum & Chemi-
cal Corporation, Oakland, Calif.

No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of abandoned applica-
tion Ser. No. 109,065, Jan. 22, 1971. This application
June 26, 1972, Ser. No. 266,411

Int. CI. C04b 35/64

U.S. Cl. 264—65 20 Claims

A dense, high purity alumina refractory grain is made

from gibbsite (aluminum trihydrate) by compacting the

dry hydrate under a pressure of at least 60,000 p.s.i.,

A process and apparatus to produce foundry cores and
molds by the use of toxic and noxious basic, i.e., alkaline,
reagent gases, such as an amine gas, to cure certain mix-
tures of sand and resin binders, the binders being cured
by the reagent gases to stabilize the cores and molds. The
cores and molds may also, if desired, include a combina-
tion of two different binder systems including a relatively
expensive resin binder, especially to produce precise
working surfaces on fine sand surfaces and a more eco-
nomical back-up mass of coarser sand bonded by less ex-
pensive binders such as sodium silicate. The noxious and
toxic gases are removed from the products to a sufficient
degree for tolerance from a health and comfort stand-
point. This result is accomplished by using air to force

OFFICIAL GAZETTE

184

the amine gas into the interior of the moid or core and
a combination of vacuum and air purging steps.

ERRATUM

For Class 264 — 54 see:
Patent No. 3,795,729

March 5, 1974

3 795,727
PROCESS FOR RECOVERING PURE AQUEOUS
SOLUTION OF FERRIC CHLORIDE AND AQLT-
OUS SOLUTION OF METAL CHLORIDES FREE
OF FERRIC CHLORIDE
Toshio Yamaraura, Yuichi Omote, Shiro Sato, and Tomo-
chika HIvama, Shibukawa. Japan, assignors to Kanto
Denka Kogyo Co., Ltd., Tokyo, Japan
No Drawing. Original application Sept. 15, 1969, ^r.
No. 858,173. Divided and this application Oct. 4, 1971,
Ser. No. 186,417
Claims prioritv, application Japan, Sept. 19, 1968,
43/67,838: Sept. 20, 1968, 43 68,070
Int. CI. COiR 23/04. 49, 10
U.S. CI. 423—70 ^ ! 2 Claims

.An aqueous solution of metal chlorides is subjected to
liquid-liquid contact with an alkyi. aryl or aralkyl ketone
or ether having 4 to 10 carbon atoms so that the ferric
chloride is transferred to the organic ketone or ether ex-
tractant phase and the remaining metal chlorides remain
in the aqueous phase. The extractant phase is contacted
with water to transfer the ferric chloride into a second
aqueous phase.

3 795 728
PROCESS FOR MANUFACTURING PHOSPHORIC
ACID AND SUBSTANTIALLY ALKALISILICO-
FLUORIDE-FREE GYPSUM

Kurt Scheel, Hamburg, Germany, assignor to

Gebr. Knauf West-deutsche Gipswerke

No Drawing. Filed Mar. 1, 1972, Ser. No. 231,027

Claims priority, application Germany, Mar. 2, 1972,

P 21 09 715.4

Int. CL coif ]/00: C22b 29/00

U.S. CI. 423—166 .5 Oaims

Process for the manufacture of phosphoric acid and the

3,795,730

CARBON ADSORPTION-REDUCTION PROCESS

FOR NITRIC OXIDES

John Joseph Kahinskas, 354 S. Spring St., Suite 400,
Los Angeles, Calif. 90013
Filed Mar. 29, 1971, Ser. No. 128,918
Int. CI. COlb 5/00. 21/00; BOlg 9/04
U.S. CI. 423—239 . 3 Claims

Nitrogen oxides are adsorbed from gas mixtures con-
taining them by adsorbent carbon in which there is dis-
persed intermetallic metal or metal oxide at a temperature
of about 100= C, and subsequently reduced at a tempera-
ture of about 300° C, with recycling for reuse the adsorb-
ent materials.

obtaining of an essentially alkali-si
sum as a b\ product.

ico-fluoride free gyp-

3,795,729
PROCESS FOR THE PRODUCTION OF FOAMED
POLYSTYRENE MATERIALS
Hiroshi Asakura, Kanagawa, and Koshi Takano, Yashu-
aki Arai, and Masaharu Kusaka, Kamakura, Japan,
assignors to Denki Kagaku Kogyo Kabushiki Kaisha,
Yuraku-cho, Chiyoda, Tokyo-ta, and Toyo Kagaku
Kabushiki, also known as Toyo Chemical Co., Ltd.,
Kamakura-shi, Kanagawa-ken, Japan
Continuation-in-part of abandoned application Ser. No.
789,511, Jan. 7, 1969. This application Nov. 29, 1971,
Ser. No. 202,985

Int. CI. B29d 27/00; B29f 3/03
U.S. CI. 264—54 5 Oaims

3 795,731

PROCESS FOR THE COMBUSTION OF

AMMONIUM SULFATE

Herbert Furkert, Grosskonlgsdorf, Germany, assignor to

Chemiebau Dr. A. Zieren GmbH & Co. KG, Cologne,

Germany ^ ^, _,_ _.„

No Drawing. Filed Feb. 22, 1972, Ser. No. 228,258
Claims priority, application Germany, Feb. 19, 1971,
P 21 07 910.7
Int. CI. COlb 21/02, 17/50. 5/00
U.S. CI. 423—351 ^^ Claims

a' process for converting particulate ammonium sulfate
into a decomposition product consisting essentially of
sulfur dioxide, steam, and molecular nitrogen substan-
tially free of nitrogen oxides, comprising:

(a) burning a carbonaceous fuel in a combustion cham-
ber in the presence of sufficient combustion air to main-
tain an oxygen concentration of from 1 to 10'~^ by
volume in gases exiting from the combustion chamber;

(b) feeding a stream of particulate ammonium sulfate
having a particle size of from 0.01 to 1.0 mm. diam-
eter into said combustion chamber; and

(c) burning said ammonium sulfate in said combustion
chamber at a temperature of from 800 to 1250° C
to form a decomposition product consisting essentially
of sulfur dioxide, steam, and molecular nitrogen sub-
stantially free of nitrogen oxides.

A polystyrene resin containing a foaming agent is ex-
truded through a die with a simple aperture which will
not cause irregular resin flow such that resin foams to
a cross sectional area at most 6.5 times that of the die
aperture, the resulting foamed material is forced through
a sizing gate of a cross sectional area 1.5 to 6.5 times
that of the die aperture while the foaming agent is still
actively decomposing, and the foamed material thus sized
is then cooled and set.

3 795 732

DESULFLTIIZATION OF FLUE GASES

Joseph W. Fleming, Upper St. Clair Township, Allegheny

County, Pa., assignor to Koppers Company, Inc.

Filed Dec. 17, 1971, Ser. No. 209,250

Int. CI. COlb 77/00 '

U.S. CI. 423 242 ^ Claims

*a" process and apparatus for removing sulfur oxides
from combustion gases and the like in which the gases are
contacted with vanadium pentoxide to convert any sulfur
dioxides present therein to sulfur trioxide and absorbing
the sulfur trioxide with lithium sulfate which is converted
to lithium pyrosulfate. The lithium pyrosulfate can be
converted back to lithium sulfate for reuse in the system
and sulfur trioxide liberated thereby used in the produc-
tion of sulfuric acid.

3 795 733
SUNTAN FORMULATIONS CONTAINING ETHYI^
ENICALLY UNSATURATED DERFVATFYES OF
4-AMINOBENZOIC ACID

Martin Skoultchi, Somerset, and Eric A. Meier, North
Brunswick, NJ., assignors to National Starch and
Chemical Corporation, New York, N.Y.

No Drawing. Original application Aug. 17, 1970, Ser. No.
64,574, now Patent No. 3,666,732, dated May 30,
1972. Divided and this application Mar. 7, 1972, Ser.
No. 232.524^ ^ ^^^^ ^^^^^ ^^^^ ^^^^

US CL 424 47 * Claims

"E'thylenically unsaturated derivatives of 4-aminobenzoic
acid are prepared by a novel method involving the reac-
tion under controlled conditions of 4-aminobenzoic acid

March 5, 1974

CHEMICAL

186

and various derivatives thereof with allyl chloride. The
resulting monomers may, thereafter, be copolymerized
with a wide variety of conventional ethylenically unsat-
urated, i.e. vinyl, monomers. The monomeric derivatives
as well as the copolymers prepared therefrom are ultra-
violet absorbers in the 280-320 millimicrons range and
find a particular utility as a sun-screen agent in suntan
formulations.

the causative organism of anaplasma in cattle which
comprises the administration of an effectual amount of
a compound of the Formula (I).

3,795,734
CYCLIC REGIMEN OF HORMONE ADMINTSTRA-

TION FOR CONTRACEPTION
Joseph Guy Rochefort, St. Laurent, Quebec, Canada, as-
signor to American Home Products Corporation, New
York, N.Y.

No Drawing. FUed Apr. 20, 1970, Ser. No. 30,302
Int. CL A61k 17/06
U.S. CI. 424—238 2 Claims

There is disclosed herein a method of administering
hormones for providing contraception and regulation of
the menstrual cycle wherein consecutive daily dosages of
a progestin are given during the early phase of the cycle,
consecutive daily doses of an estrogen-progestin combina-
tion are given during the midcycle and consecutive daily
dosages of a progestin are given during the final phase of
the cycle.

3,795,735
ANTIMICROBIAL NITROIMIDAZOLYL-
1,2,4-OXADIAZOLES
Goro Asato, Titusville, and Gerald Berkelhammer, Prince-
ton, N.J., assignors to American Cyanamid Company,
Stamford, Conn.
No Drawing. Original application Dec. 8, 1969, Ser. No.
883,236, now Patent No. 3,658,832. Divided and this
appUcation Jan. 10, 1972, Ser. No. 216,800
Int. CI. A61k 27/00
U.S. CI. 424—248 3 Qaims

TTie disclosure describes novel 5-substituted-3-(l-sub-
stituted - 5 - nitro - 2 - imidazolyl) - 1,2,4 - oxadiazoles
and 5 - substituted-3-( l-substituted-5-nitro-2-imidazolyl)-
A2-l,2,4-oxadiazolines, their method of preparation and
use in treating bacterial and protozoal infections in warm-
blooded animals.

3,795,736
5,5.DIMETHYL - 10 - HYDROXY-8-{3-METHYL-2-

OCTYL).2-(2-PROPYNYL) - l,2,3,4.TETRAHYDRO-

5H-[1] BENZOPYRANO[3,4.d]PYRIDINE AS AN

ANALGESIC AGENT
Louis Selig Harris, Chapel Hill, N.C., and Harry George

Pars, Lexington, and Raj Kumar Razdan, Belmont,

Mass., assignors to Sharps Associates, Cambridge, Mass.

No Drawing. Filed Aug. 24, 1972, Ser. No. 283,435

Int. CI. A61k 27/00

U.S. CI. 424—263 2 Claims

A method of relieving pain in mammalian patients com-
prising administering a therapeutically effective amount
of 5,5-dimethyl - 10 - hydroxy-8-(3-methyl-2-octyl)-2-(2-
propynyl) - 1,2,3,4 - tetrahydro - 5H - [l]benzopyrano-
[3,4-d]pyridine to a patient.

NH-CO-NH

R»-

Nzz

-R»

-R> (I)

or a therapeutically acceptable acid addition salt thereof.
wherein R^, R'*. R^ and R^ are the -^ame or different, and
each is selected from the class consisting of a hydrogen
atom and an alkyl group having from 1 to 4 carbon atoms,
to accomplish the above.

3 795 738
USE OF I^PROPYL I^LEUCYL GLYCINE AMIDE
TO TREAT PARKINSON'S DISEASE
Nicholas Peter Plotnikoff, Lake Bluff, 111., assignor to
Abbott Laboratories, North Chicago, 111.
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part oi application Ser. No.
188,600, Oct. 12, 1971, which is a continuation-in-
part of application Ser. No. 174,955, Aug. 25, 1971,
both now abandoned. This application Dec 26, 1972,
Ser. No. 318,142

Int. CI. A61k 27/00
U.S. CL 424—274 4 Claims

Covers the use of L-prolyl L-leucyl glycine amide in
treating Parkinson's disease.

3,795 739

TREATMENT OF PARKINSON DISEASE

Walter Birkmayer and Erwin Neumayer, Vienna, Austria,

assignors to Hoffmann-La Roche Inc., Nutley, NJ.

No Drawing. Filed Feb. 6, 1973, Ser. No. 329,986
Oaims priority, application Switzerland, Feb. 15, 1972,

2,073/72

Int CI. A61k 27/00

U.S. CI. 424—274 14 Claims

Pharmaceutical compositions for treating Parkinson
disease which contain as the active anti-Parkinsonism in-
gredient, L-3-(3,4-dihydroxyphenyl)-alanine (L-dopa) or a
pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof in a mixture with
L-tryptophan or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof
or L-5-hydroxytryptophan or a pharmaceutically accept-
able salt thereof, and as an optional ingredient, a periph-
eral decarboxylase inhibitor are described. The composi-
tions are useful for the treatment of Parkinson's disease
with little or none of the side-effects usually associated
with the use of L-dopa itself or in combination with a de-
caboxylase inhibitor.

3 795 737
CONTROL OF ANAPLASMOSIS IN CATTLE USING

CARBANILIDES
Nicholas McHardy, 10 Downs Road, Beckenham, Kent,
England; John Berger, Newton House, Alderley Edge,
Cheshire, England; and Ruth M. Simpson, Kabete,
Kenya, East Africa (% David Henderson, Esq., St.
Saviours Road, Leicester, England)

Filed Mar. 10, 1971, Ser. No. 123.033
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Mar. 13, 1970,

12,347/70

Int. CI. A61k 27/00

U.S. a. 424—273 17 Claims

A method for the stimulation of immunity against

anaplasmosis in cattle and for the virtual eradication of

3,795,74#

METHYLENE DIOXY BENZENE DERIVATIVES AS
SYNERGISTS FOR CARBARYL

Don R. Baker, Orinda, and Eugene G. Teach, El Cerrito,
Calif., assignors to Stauffer Chemical Company, New
York, N.Y.

No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of abandoned applica-
tion Ser. No. 884,685, Dec. 12, 1969. This appUcation
Jan. 20, 1972, Ser. No. 219.547

Int. CI. AOln 9/25

U.S. CI. 424—282 . 14 Claims

A composition of matter is described herein which is

used as a synergist for carbamate insecticides and methods

of use. The composition may be defined by the following

generic formula

H:C

C = CH
I
-CH-O-R

wherein R can be selected from radicals consisting of
N-lower alkyl carbamoyl. N-phenyl carbamoyl, N-halo-
genated phenyl carbamoyl, benzoyl, acetyl, pyranyl and
mixtures thereof.

186

OFFICIAL GAZETTE

March 5, 1974

3 795,741
M\RINE ANTIFOULANT COMPOSITIONS EM-
PLOYING CERTAIN ORGANOTIN COMPOUNDS

Pasquale Paul Minieri, Woodside, N.Y., assignor to
Tenneco Chemicals, Inc.

No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No.
3.233, Jan. 15, 1970, which is a continuation-in-part of
appUcation Scr. No. 708,782, F«b. 28, 1968, both now
abandoned. This application Mar. 6, 1972, Ser. No.
232,194

Int. CI. AOln 9J00

U.S. CI. 424—288 14 Claims

Marine antifoulant compo>itions comprise an organic

water-resistant film-forming vehicle and an organotin

compound that has the structural formula

1 R

3 795,744
FLAVOR VARIABLE CHEWING GUM AND
METHODS OF PREPARING THE SAME
Koichi Ogawa and Hajime Kakuta, Tokyo, Japan, as-
signors to Lotte Co., Ltd., Tokyo, Japan
No Drawing. Filed June 25, 1971, Ser. No. 156,998
Claims priority, application Japan, Oct. 21, 1970,
45/92,148
Int. CI. A23g 3/30
U.S. a. 426—3 7 Claims

A chewing gum product having a variable flavor con-
taining different seasonings including different spices in
their conventionally available form together with season-
ings which have been coated, encapsulated or combined
with high molecular compounds such as polyvinyl esters.

-X

wherein each R represents an alk] 1 groUp having from 4
to 8 carbon atoms or a phenyl grbup: one of the X sub-
stituenis represents phenyl or mcnthyl; the other X sub-
stituent represents hydrogen, halogen, nitro, or an alkyl
group having from 1 to 4 carbon atoms; and Y represents
hydrogen, halogen, or nitro. Particularly satisfactory re-
sults have been obtained using an ticrylic ester resin as the
vehicle and triphenyl (:,4-dichloro-6-phenylphenoxy )tin
or triphenyl (2. l-dinitro-6-phenylpheno.xy jtin as the anti-
fouling agent.

3,795,742
PHARMACEUTICAL PREPARATIONS

Hannelore Heifer, Basel, Roland Jaques, Allschwil, Basel-
Land, and Bemhard Noelpp, *Basel, Switzerland, as-
signors to Ciba-Geigy Corporation
No Drawing. Filed Oct. 6. 1971, Ser. No. 187,199

Claims priority, application Switzerland, Oct 21, 1970,

15,554/70
Int. CI. A61k 27/00

U.S. CI. 424—311 15 Claims

A pharmaceutical preparation ^hich comprises a com

pound of the general formula

O— Acyl

Ri'-C-
I
R/

-C-CHj-R

/ \
Rj' R.

(I)

3,795 745
PREPARATION OF WORT FOR MAKING BEER

.Mortimer Wilkes Brenner, Scarsdale, N.Y., assignor to

Schwarz Services International Limited, Mount V«nion,

N.Y.

No Drawing. Filed Mar. 22, 1971, Ser. No. 127,037

Int. CI. C12c 7/00

U.S. CL 426—29 15 Claims

There are disclosed processes and compositions for the
making of a wort for brewing or for cereal type food-
stuffs, comprising the use of a discrete proteolytic enzyme
in combination with an enzymically rich unmalted cereal
grain, such as barley, to release latent enzymes in the
grain. In making a brewers' wort the process and com-
position permits the use of only 5% to 35% malt for a
won from which a satisfactory beer may be made. The
use of sodium metabisulfite as an activator for the
protease is also disclosed.

wherein R/ denotes an aryl radical, Rj' denotes an aralkyl
radical, R3' denotes the methyl ridical and R4' denotes a
hvdrogen atom, or Rj' and R4' together represent a
methylene radical and R5' denotes an aliphatic tertiary
amino group, in the free form or in the form of its non-
toxic salt in admixture with a 9- or 1 l-(aminoalkoxy)-
9,I0-dihydro-9-10-ethanoanthracene or 1 l-(aminoalkyl-
idene)-9.10-dihydro-9,10-ethanoanthracene or 11- or 9-
faminoalkyl) - 9,10 - dihydro - 9,10-ethanoanthracene or
-ethenoanthracene in the free form or in the fonn of
Its fh.siologically tolerable salt, is useful as analgetic.

3,795,746
SWEETEMNG COMPOSITION
Richard W. Walton, Langhome, Pa., assignor to E. R.
Squibb & Sons, Inc., Princeton, N.J.
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of abandoned applica-
tion Ser. No. 741,340, July 1, 1968. This appUcation
Aug. 27, 1971, Ser. No. 175,737

Int. CI. A231 1/26
U.S. CI. 426—96 10 Oaims

A sweetening composition is prepared by intermixing
an agglomerated sweetening agent with a liquid solution
or suspension of an artificial sweetening agent and drying
the resulting mixture.

3,795,743
METHOD OF CONTROLLING MTTES USING
CHLOROMETHANESULFONAMIDE
Itsuki Okuda, Shimizu, Hiroshi Shinohara and Haniki
Ogawa, Ogasa, and Hideo Itch, Shimizu, Japan, as-
signors to Kumiai Chemical Industry Co., Ltd., Tokyo.
Japan
No Drawing. Continuation of abandoned application Ser.
No. 13,204, Feb. 20, 1970. TTiis application Mar. 15,
1973, Ser. No. 341,367
Claims priority, application Japan, Feb. 24, 1969,
44/13,772
Int. CI. AOln 9/16
U.S. CI. 424—321 1 Claim

A method for controlling mites by applying a miti-
cidaily effective amount of chloromethanesulfonamide
to an area to be protected from mites.

3,795,747
ALCOHOL-CONTAINING POWDER
William A. Mitchell, Lincoln Park, N.J., and William C.
Seidel, Monsey, N.Y., assignors to General Foods Cor-
poration, White Plains, N.Y.

No Drawing. Filed Mar. 31, 1972, Ser. No. 240,272
Int. CI. C12g 3/00
U.S. CI. 426—192 4 Claims

Flowable powders having up to 60% ethyl alcohol con-
tent are prepared by the sorption of the alcohol with
bulked, low dextrose equivalent dextrins. The resulting
products are stable when hermetically packaged and are
particularly qualified as alcoholic beverage forming com-
positions and flavoring materials.

3 795 748

METHOD OF MANUFACTURING LIQUID-FILLED

CHOCOLATE CANDIES

Lorenzo Cillario, Turin, Italy, assignor to Karlschloss

Anstalt, Vaduz, Liechtenstein

No Drawing. FUed Aug. 30, 1972, Ser. No. 284,853

Claims priority, application Egypt, Sept. 8, 1971, 397/71

Int. CI. A23g 3/00

U.S. CI. 426 282 5 Claims

'Manufacture of liquid-filled chocolate candies with
sugar crust by filling chocolate shells with supersaturated
aqueous sugar solution, closing the shells and crystallizing
excess sugar from the solution on the inner surface of the

March 5, 1974

CHEMICAL

187

chocolate casing. Compactness of the crust is improved by organisms with methoxymethane. Foodstuffs are also de
.line ■-.-to ui. snellb the said solution at a low temperature fatted and/or dehvdraled

of at least n° C, at which the mobility of sugar molecules
is substantially Mocked, and allowing the temperature of
the filing in the cas..-^" to rise to above 0° C. thereby to
progressively release sugar molecules to form crystalliza-
tion nuclei adjacent th" inner su'-face of the casing.

by solvent extraction with
methoxymethane, or dimethyl ether, as it is also called.

3 795 749
PACKAGING LETTUCe'iN CARBON DIOXIDE
PERMEABLE FILM
Alfred S. Cummin, Westfield, Henryk Dann, New Bruns-
wick, and Seymour G. Gilbert and Yair Henig, Piscata-
way, N.J., assignors to Borden, Inc., Columbus, Ohio
No Drawing. Filed Mar. 31, 1972, Ser. No. 240,238
Int. CI. B65b 25/04
U.S. CI. 426—316 5 Claims

The storage temperature of lettuce can be increased
and the period of time the lettuce remains fresh can be
extended if the lettuce is packaged in a film which is at
least three times as permeable to carbon dioxide as to oxy-
gen, and has an oxygen permeability of at least 2,000, and
a carbon dioxide permeability of at least 10,000.

3,795,750
METHOD OF SIMULTANEOUSLY DEFATTCVG,
DEHYDRATING, AND ELIMINATING BAC-
TERIA FROM FOODSTUFFS
Irving E. Levine, MiU Valley, Calif., assignor to Chevron

Research Company, San Francisco, Calif.
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No.
337,238, Mar. 1, 1973, which is a continuation of appli-
cations Ser. No. 65,695, Aug. 20, 1970, and Ser. No.
238,601, Mar. 27, 1972, said Ser. No. 238,601 betag
a continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 163,532,
July 8, 1971, which in turn is a continuation-in-part of
application Ser. No. 65,695, Aug. 20, 1970, all now
abandoned. This appUcation Mar. 2, 1973, Ser. No.
337,519

Int. CI. A22c 18/00; A23b 1/00, 1/04
U.S. a. 426—332 2 Claims

Sterilization is accomplished by contacting micro-

3,795,751

FOOD PRODUCT AND METHOD OF
MAKING SAME

Howard J. Dunn, Lomita, Marvin Paul Farr, San Pedro
and Otto Schleusner, Wilmington, Calif., assignors to
Ralston Purina Company, St. Louis, N!o.

Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 767,705,
Oct 15, 1968. This application Sept. 14. 1970.
Ser. No. 72,081

Int. CL A231 7/25
U.S. CI. 426-221 15 claims

Cooker juice produced by the cooking of fish and, or
presswater produced by the pressing of cooked whole fish
or cooked fish offal are treated so that a substantially
unhydrolyzed defatted fish solubles product is obtained
such that the fat content is approximately 1% on a dry
weight basis. This product may be used as a flavoring
material. In addition, the pH of the defatted fish solubles
may be controlled to within the range of 6.0 to 9.0, and
the material heated and agitated at a predetermined tem-
perature for a period of time. During the heating and
agitation, the volatile amines and additional moisture are
being removed from the product. At the same time, a
browning reaction occurs, the fishy flavor and odor dis-
appears, and a meat-like flavor forms in the product. If
desired, a reducing sugar, such as glucose, is added to
the fish solubles prior to heating to enhance the meat-
like flavor.

ELECTRICAL

3J95.752
F.LECTRIC Fl RNACK
Pierre Verhoeven. Bruxelles; Jean A. F. Sunnen, Waterloo, and
Henrv R. P. J. Schoumaker. Bruxdles. all of Belgium, as-
signors to La Soudure Flectrique Aatogene. Precedes Arcos.
Anderlecht. Belgium
Division of Ser. No. 279.865. Aug. 11, 1972. This application
\pr. 25. 1973, Ser. No. 354,364
' Int CI.F27b7/fW,HOSb7/yA

I. S. CI. 13-1 2 Claims

3,795.754

EI FCTRONIC Ml SICAI. INSTRLMEN TS WITH TWO

MA.STER OSCILLATORS

Vasunori Mochida. Hamamatsu. Japan, assignor to Nippon

C.akki Seiio Kabushiki Kaisha, Hamamatsu-shi. Japan

Filed Mar. 1, 1972. Ser. No. 230,588

Claims priority, application Japan, Mar. 6, 197 1,46-14335

Int.CI. (;iOh3/6(6

U^.CL84-I.0I 3 Claims

MASTER
OSCILLATOR

^ — l/"^
FREQUENCY ' -|)4rV2l

DIVIDER ' ' ' '

MASTER

FREQUENCY

DIVIDER

MASTER

— -FREQUENCY

DIVIDER

: 5B , ,

In an electric furnace having an electric contact there are
provided inner and outer metallic members carr>ing electnci-
t\. the inner intended to act as an axle or hub for the outer,
and one of which is moving and the other stationary Connect-
ing them together and conducting electncitv is a content of
molten metal or alios , t>picalK mercars , an alkali metal or the
like. The heat development is earned off b> artificial cooling
bv conducting a liquid or gas through cooling passages

A tone-generator for electronic musical instruments com-
prising I'lrst and second ma.stcr oscillators of different oscilla-
tion frequencies by a scmi-tone and 12 master frequency
dividers respectively corresponding to 12 notes in an octave,
the output of the first master oscillator being applied to first
six of the master frequency dividers respectively having
frequencv dividing ratios to produce every other note alimg
the chromatic scale in an octave, and the output of the second
master oscillator being applied to second six of the master
frequency dividers respectively having frequency dividing
ratios to produce remainder of the notes in the octave.

3.795.753
ELECTRODE CONNECTING DEVICE FOR FURNACE
Masahiro Mori; Atsuhiko Noda, both of Tokyo, and Shigeo
Tokunaga, Nagoya, all of Japan, assignors to Daido Seiko
Kabushiki Kaisha, Aichi-ken. Japan

Filed Feb. 9. 1973. Ser. No. 331,049
Claims prioritv, application Japan. Feb. 10, 1972, 47-13944
Int.CI. H05b 7 14
IJ.S.CI. 13 18 4 Claims

3.795.755

AUTOMATIC ACCOMPANIMENT DEMCE OF AN

ELECTRONIC MUSICAL INSTRUMENT

Yasuji I chivama. Hamakitii. Japan, as-signor to Nipp4m (.akki

Seizo Kabushiki Kaisha. Hamamatsu-shi. Shizuoka-ken,

Japan

Filed June 23. 1972, Ser. No. 265.697
Claims priorit>. application Japan. June 24, 1971. 46-
45973; June 24. 1971, 46-45974; June 24. 1971,46-45975

Int. CI.(;iOf //OO
L.S.CL84-1.03 5 Claims

An electrode connecting device for furnaces comprises an
upper guide for supporting rods, a lower guide for supp<uting
rods, a plurality of outwardly curved supporting rods con-
nected between said upper and lower guides, driving means
each mounted on one end of each of said supporting rods for
pulling the respective rods, and wheels each rotatably
mounted on the center of each of sijid supporting rods.

188

An electronic musical instrument includes an automatic ac-
companiment device for automatically playing bass tones
properly determined for the chords being played A chord de-
tector tells what chord is now being played. Responsive to the
chord detection, a dc voltage generator generates a dc voltage
representing the bass tone to be played Ihc dc voltage is sup-
plied to a voltage controlled variable frequency oscillator
which generates a bass tone signal having a frequency deter-
mined by the dc voltage. Thus produced bass tone is automati-
cally gated by a tone gate in accordance with a rhythm pattern
pulse generated by a rhythm pattern pulse generator.

March 5, 1974

ELECTRICAL

189

3.795,756

ELECTRONIC TREMOLO EFFECT PRODUCING DEVICE

Svoichi Suzuki, Hamamatsu, Japan, as.signor to Nippon Gakki

Seizo Kabushiki Kaisha, Shizuoka-ken, Japan

Continuation of Ser. No. 1 1 1 ,449. Feb. 1 . 1 97 1 . abandoned.

This application Sept. 8, 1 972, Ser. No. 287,568
Claims priority, application Japan, Feb. 3, 1970, 45-10387;
Feb. 5, 1970,45-11739

Int.CLGI0h//04
U.S. CL 84—1.22 1 Claim

3.795,758

HIGH VOLTAGE CABLE JOINT AND HEAT SINK

SLEEVE FOR USE THEREIN

Joseph B. OMara, New York, N.Y., assignor to The Anaconda

Company, New York. N.Y.

Filed June 8. 1973. Ser. No. 368,395

Int. CI. H02g /5/24

U.S. CI. 174-73 R 8 Claims

MUSICAL
SIGNAL
SOUND
GENERATOR

1 FILTER Rl I 1 5,

J-J AKPLin^^ \__ ;^mH^}-<J

iMOOULATWr IFd^Ti ' 1

H'psil — T^

TO^E COLOBI HS CRCurr

P$2 PHASE 9#^TEP

BSPoeLY LOW

FREQUENCY OSOLUVTOR

A tremolo effect prcxiucmg device, wherein a trequency
deviated musical sound signal the frequency of which is
shifted higher or lower by as much as an extremely low
frequency signal, is tone-colored differently from the tone
color of the original signal, and the frequency deviated musi-
cal sound signal thus tone-colored and an original musical
sound signal are mixed at a predetermined level. The resultant
mixed signal presents a repeated change in tone color, which
results in a so-called tone color tremolo. A tone coloring cir-
cuit for the frequency deviated musical sound signal ex-
pediently comprises a filter circuit acting as a filter the value
of w hich changes in response to the level of an extremely low
frequency signal applied at a control terminal of the filter cir-
cuit.

3,795,757
DISTRIBUTION CABLE WITH PERMANENTLY
CONNECTED BRANCH CABLES AND METHOD OF
EFFECTING SAID CONNECTIONS
Peter Higgins. Hounslow, England, assignor to British Insu-
lated Gallenders Cables Limited, London, England
Filed Oct. 2, 1972, Ser. No. 294,077

Inl.U.HOlr 3/02,43100

In a joint in high-voltage cables with aluminum conductors a
finned sleeve serves as a heat sink for butt welding the conduc-
tors and becomes permanently welded to them The sleeve has
a radial projection that makes electrical contact with an elec-
trostatic shield embedded in a thick-wailed dielectric cylinder
surrounding the weldmcnt.

3,795.759
BUOYANT ELECTRICAL CABLE
William A. Rhyne, Panama City, Fla., assignor to The United
States of America as represented by the Secretary of the
Navy, Washington, D.C.

Filed Oct. 5, 1970, Ser. No. 78,606
Int.CI. H01b7/;2

U.S.CL 174-101.5

8 Claims

U.S.CL 174— 72 R

1 1 Claims

An electrical distribution cable comprises a neutral conduc-
tor and a number of insulated ptiwer conductors all helically
laid up together and having branch cables permanently con-
nected to it at spaced locations along its length before it is in-
stalled. Each of the branch cables comprises at least one insu-
lated power conductor which is connected to a power conduc-
tor of the distribution cable and a neutral conductor, in the
form of an outer concentric conductor which is connected to
the neutral conductor of the distribution cable by a metal strip
wrapped around the outer concentric conductor of the branch
cable and the assembly of cores of the distribution cable and
permanently secured to the outer concentric conductor of the
branch cable and to the neutral conductor of the distribution
cable.

An improved electrical conductor of the buoyant type is
herein disclosed. An electrical conductor, or a plurality
thereof, is supported in a flat casing co-extensive therewith by
a shaped loom A plurality of inflatable buoyancy devices are
supported along one surface of said casing to support said cas-
ing on the surface of a btjdy of water Means are disclosed for
inflation of said buoyant means individually as well as collec-
tively.

100

OFFICIAL

GAZETTE

March 5, 1974

3,795,760
LLEt TRICALCABI.es
Peter Michael Raw. London, and Rodway Albert Robbins.
Ickenham. both of England, assignors to British Insulated
(iailender s C ables Limited. London, England
Continuation-in-partofSer. No. 124,058, March 15, 1971.
abandoned. This application Eeb. 14. 1973. Ser. No. 332.382
I laims priority, application (.reat Britain. .Mar. 16. 1970,

12509 70

lnt.CI.H01b//«2.///02

L.S.CI. 174-128

9 Claims

scanner responds to the luminance signal and the horizonUl
and vertical deflection and blanking signals to generate a
scanning beam of white light compnsing the red, blue and
green colors of light and to direct the beam along a predeter-
mined path to expose the motion picture film in the film
scannmg zone An optical filter disposed in the predetermined
path comprises a repetitive pattern of successive red, blue and
green color stnpe filters to impart color to the scanning beam.
Optical-to-electrical signal transducer circuits respond to the
red, blue and green color of light transmitted by the respective
red! blue and green stripe filters for producing corresponding
red, blue and green color control signals, and first, second and
third respective switches respond to th«- -cspe-ave color con-
trol signals for applying the red, oiue and green chrominance
colors in 'he video irfoimation to a grid of the flying spot
scanner to c o.iirol the instantaneous intensity of the beam of
•igiii as a function of the instantaneous intensity of the cor-
responding chrominance signal

A single wire cable conductor consists of an inner part (con-
stituting the major proportion of the cross-sectional area of
the conductor) of an aluminium alloy of the kind known as
•non-heat-treatable" and having a tensile strength within a
range from 155 lo 463 MN/m2( io_30 tonf/in^) and an electri-
cal conductivity within the range 26.5% to 44.2% lACS. and,
bonded to the inner part, an outer part (constituting the minor
proportion of the cross-sectional area of the conductor) of
copper or a high conductivity copper alloy and having an elec-
tncal conductivity of at least 80% lACS. The single wire con-
ductor may constitute the wire or one of the wires of a single
or multiple wire conductor of an electric cable, such as a wir-
ing cable, an aircraft cable or a telecommunication cable.

3,795,762
PLUk/ • OPERATING MODE TELEVISION RECEIVERS
Donald Henry Willis, Indianapolis, Ind., assignor lo RCA Cor-
poration, New York, N.Y.
Continuationof Ser. No. 832.291, June II, 1969, abandoned.
This application Jan. 17, 1972, Ser. No. 218,109
Int. CI. H04n 9/00, 5/44
U.S. CI. 178-5.4 R 7 Claims

3,795,761
COLOR VIDEO FILM RECORDING WITH SEGMENTED

COLOR FILTER
Lenard M. Metzger, Rochester, N.Y., assignor to Eastman
Kodak Company, Rochester, N.Y.

Filed July 3. 1972, Ser. No. 268,294

InL CI. H04n 9/00. 5/84

IJ.S.CL 178-5.2 D 8 Claims

^2=4-

Method and apparatus for recording video information
denved from composite video field signals including horizon-
tal and vertical synchronizing and blanking signals, luminance
signals, and red, blue and green chrominance signals as color
pictorial information in frames on piiotosensitive motion pic-
ture film advanced through a film scanning zone. A flying spot

A television receiver is disclosed which is capable of operat-
ing in any one of a plurality of modes.

The receiver has circuitry enabling it to respond to a con-
ventional radio frequency transmission in one mode. An exter-
nal monitor mode is available by disabling the receiver's front
end processing circuitry and switching an input terminal of the
receiver's video amplifier to an output terminal of an external
amplifier, whose bias is controlled by the receiver's own keyed
AGC circuit The external biased controlled amplifier injects a
signal into the receiver's video amplifier of a magnitude com-
parable to the magnitude of a signal appearing in the video
amplifier during a radio frequency transmission mode,
enabling the receiver circuitry lo perform substantially

similar.

The external amplifier includes peaking circuitry for
enabling the receiver to respond to externally injected com-
posite color signals.

The external monitor mode further includes provisions for
changing the filter bandpass in the horizontal phase control
loop to enable the receiver to follow taped horizontal sync.

A recording amplifier circuit is provided ko enable the user
to record on suitable apparatus, a composite signal available
in the receiver dunng an RF transmission, for later playback
through the receiver in the monitor mode.

M-XRCH 5, 1974

ELECTRICAL

101

3,795,763
DIGITAL TELEVISION TRANSMISSION SYSTEM
Leonard S. Goiding, Rockville; Ronald K. Garlow, Damascus;
Marvin D. Ginsberg, Baltimore; Wilfred G. Maillet, Oxon
Hill, all of Md.; Pradman P. Kaul, Wshington, D.C.; Melville
L. Heiges, Jr., Rockville, Md.; Bruce J. Merrihew, District
Heights, Md., and Henry F. MueUer, Wheaton, Md., as-
signors to Communications Satellite Corporation, Washing-
ton, D.C.

Filed Apr. 18, 1972, Ser. No. 245,129

Int. CI. H04n 7112. y/02

U.S. CL 178—5.6 6 Claims

A digital television transmission system for transmitting
television signals at substantially reduced bit rate and band-
width. Frequency interleaving techniques reduce the sampling
rate.and digital differential PCM with edge rccoding
techniques reduce the number of bits per sample Further,
reduction in bit rate is accomplished by eliminating approxi-
mately half the chrominance data and all the sync pulses from
the transmitted signal Periodic sync words arc transmitted to
allow reconstruction of the sync pulse format at the receiver.
All transmitted bits are multiplexed in accordance with a par-
ticular format which provides proper alignment of the lu-
minance and chrominance lines at the receiver.

3,795,764

TELEVISION RECEIVER WITH AN AUDIO SECTION

CONSTRUCTED TO AUTOMATICALLY RECEIVE TWO

CHANNEL AND STEREOPHONIC SIGNALS
Albrecht Altmann, Sibbesse, Germany, assignor to Blaupunkt-
Werke GmbH, Hildesheim, Germany

Filed Sept. 13, 1972, Ser. No. 288,787
Claims priority, application Germany, Sept. 14, 1971,
2145803

Int. CI. H04n 5/60
U.S. CI. 178-5.8 R 7 (laims

A first audio channel is generated at a predetermined
frequency; a second audio channel is generated at a first
frequency which is the predetermined frequency plus a first
odd multiple of half the line frequency of the television signal;
a second audio channel is generated at a second frequency
which is the predetermined frequency plus a second odd mul-

tiple of half of the line frequency, the diflerencc between the

first and second frequency being summed with respect to the
predetermined frequency, m the receiver the predetermined
frequency and the mean between the first and second frequen-
cies are discriminated and decoded in a third discriminator
tuned to the difference frequency between the predetermined
frequency and substantially the mean between the first and
second frequencies, and a characteristic voltage is derived
from the third discriminator representative of whether the first
or second, or first or third frequencies are received by the
receiver to energize audio circuits accordingly.

3,795,765

ALTERNATE ANALOG ENCODING METHOD AND

APPARATUS

Paul H. DeGroat, Webster; Allan J. Bell, Fairport. both of

N.Y.. and King Y. Cheng. Tustin. Calif., assignors to Xerox

Corporation, Stamford, Conn.

Filed Dec. 29, 1971. Ser. No. 2 1 3.697

Int.CI. H04b 1166

U.S. CI. 178-6 7 Claims

:rc7'w

This invention relates to an analog encoding method,
whereby the ptilarity of a train of video signal waves are al-
ternated to compress the bandwidth of the video signals be-
fore transmission, and to an alternate analog encoding ap-
paratus which includes means for alternating the polarity of a
train of black and white threshold level video signals to com-
press the bandwidth of the video signals, and means for trans-
mitting the compressed black, while, and gray video signals in
an analog form. This invention also relates to an alternate
analog decoding apparatus which decodes and recovers the
white, black, and gray video signals.

3,795,766
MODE SELECTION AND CARRIAGE CLUTCHING
ASSEMBLY FOR FACSIMILE
Jan M. Farlow, F'ort Wayne, Ind., assignor to Minnesota Min-
ing and Manufacturing Company, St. Paul, Minn.
Filed Dec. 29, 1972, Ser. No. 319.340
Int.CI. H04n J/ 14
U.S. CL 1 78 — 6.6 R 7 Claims

'204

Mode selection and belt-clutching device for a carnage as-
sembly for use in a drum-type facsimile machine The drum is

OFFICIAL GAZETTE

March 5, 1974

192

rolatablv mounted m the tacMmilc machine and is adapted to
receive and carry a sheet of paper wrapped around an outer
surface of the drum A carnage .s mounted for movement
along the drum parallel to the ax.s of rotation of the drum _A
print transducer and a scan transducer arc mounted on the
carnage for pnnling or scanning the sheet An endless belt .s
arranged to move parallel to the ax.s of roUU.on in order to
transport the carnage The facsimile device can operate in a
send mode m which information on the sheet is transmitted to
a remote location, a receive mode in which an image .s
produced on the sheet in accordance with information
received from a remote location, and a neutral mode used dur-
ing loading or unloading of the sheet when the drum remains
stat.onarv. These operating modes are determined by the posi-
lion of a mode selection switch A rotatable actuator plate
mounted on the carnage bears two clutching pins that engage
or disengage the belt and a third pin which simultaneously
operates the mode selection switch so that the carriage is
transported along the drum at appropriate times

Image reproduction is accomplished by situating a record
medium containing prerecorded images in registration with
the scanning circle and scanning the medium with recon-
structed image spots. Variations :n the intensity of the beam
transmitted through the record medium when the medium is

3,795.767 j

hk;h voi.tac.e protection circltt

Ronald Keith Waltner. and Marvin Neil Norman, both of Indi-
anapolis, Ind.. assignors to RCA Corporation, New York,

N.V.

Filed Aug. 25, 1972, Ser. No. 283,730

Int.CI. H04n5/44

L'.S. CI. 178-7.5 R » 4 Claims

OlIttliM Of I0T»1«« »

vtnicii MuTOiK' or

transparent, or renecled from the medium when it is opaque,
are detected by suitable photodetect*)r means When color
images are to be detected, the variations in both the intensity
and spectral content of either the transmitted light or the
reflected light are detected.

3,795.769
SW ITCHINC; SYSTEM FOR Pl.CRAI.lTV OF Al DIO

INPIT
Durval F. Nonka. Wrighlwood. and William J. May. San
Bernardino, both of Calif., assignors to Tex-Row Music. Inc..
San Bernadino, Calif.

Filed Sept. 23, 1 970, Ser. No. 74.579

Int. CI. H04r 27/00

U.S. CI. 179-1 SW II Claims

A high voltage protection circuit for a television receiver for
sensing increases in the kinescope ultor voltage above a
predetermined level and for blanking the video signals applied
io the kinescope during the time the ultor voltage exceeds the
predetermined level. Automatic resetting of the video blank-
ing circuit IS accomplished dunng the television retrace inter-
vals to restore displayed video when the ultor voltage drops
below the predetermined level.

TO MOMOflMtfM
MECNAMISM

CONTROL MOTOI*

3,795,768
HOLOGRAPHIC IMAGE SCANNER/RECORDER SYSTEM
John William Locke, Don Mills, Oitario. Canada, assignor to
Communication Satellite Corporation, Washington, D.C.
Filed Dec. 15, 1971. Ser. No. 208,302
Int.CI. H04n 1/22
t'.S. CI. 178-7.6 15 Claims

A holographic image recording a(nd scanning system using a
rotating reOection hologram to produce rotating recon-
structed image spots. Recording is accomplished by securing
a record medium about the circular path traveled by the recon-
structed image spots and varying the intensity of the illuminat-
ing beam To record color images, both the intensity and spec-
tral content of the illuminating beam are varied with time To
provide registration between the reconstructed image spots
rotating in a scanning circle and the images on the record
medium, the medium is curved lu correspond to the circum-
ference of the scanning circle.

Through an electrical switching circuit, electrical signals are
transmitted from a source of background sound to a first
speaker system. Upon activation of a phonograph, a first relay
inactivated causing operation of the switching circuit resulting
m non-transmission of the background sound and transmission
of the phonograph sound to the first speaker system and a
second speaker system. A third and fourth source of sound
capable of producing electncal signals, when caused to be
transmitted through the switching circuit, causes activation ol
a second relay and deactivation of the first relay. This results
,n transmission of only the third or fourth source of sound to
both the first and second speaker systems The fourth source
of sound is capable of ovcrnding the third source of sound.

March 5, 1974

ELECTRICAL

193

3,795,770
ACOUSTICAL FILTRATION METHOD AND APPARATUS

FOR OBTAINING INSTRUMENTAL TONES

Hirukazu Kato. Hamamatsu, Japan, assignor to Nippon Gakki

Seizo Kabushiki Kaisha, Hamamatsu-shi, Japan

Filed Aug. 30, 1971, Ser. No. 176,102

Claims priority, application Japan, Aug. 28, 1970, 45-75365

Int.CI. GI0h//02

U.S.CI. 179-lJ 9 Claims

TONE -COLOR
CIRCUIT-,

r-\ -.

TONE
GENERATOR

^ ,-^ /^ 4o j FILTER ^

AMP 6 ■- ^ "^'^

» BOX

Electrical signals containing a large number of high-
frequency components from a tone generator are amplified
and converted by a small loudspeaker into audible-tones.
which are led through an acoustical horn disposed in an enclo-
sure, said accoustical horn having a multiplex-resonance
characteristic to a microphone at the throat of the horn
thereby to be converted again into electrical signals, which arc
amplified and finally converted by a second loudspeaker into
audible tones.

the original analog signals, amplifiers the analog signals and
drives individual seat transducers for passenger listening. A
passenger control unit provides channel and volume level
selection The passenger service system provides control funo-
tions comprising reading light, stewardess call (aisle and con-
trol panel lights and chimes). The service system compnses a
section timer/decoder to generate binary logic pulses which
arc transmitted by cable sequentially down and up the scat
columns from scat group unit to scat group unit A similar
cable connects the corresponding overhead unit containing
the reading lights, etc. to the section timer/decoder The seat
encoder of each seat group demultiplexer/encoder receives
digital interrogating signals, processes them relative to switch
positions determined by the passenger and sends out results to
the section timer/decoder. The overhead decoder of each seat
group receives the retransmitted digital signals from the sec-
tion timer/decoder and performs switching functions con-
forming to seat cnciHier commands. The system incorporates
a self-test subsystem comprising a test signal generator and
circuits operating in conjunction with the entertainment and
service system circuits.

3,795,771
PASSENGER ENTERTAINMENT PASSENGER SERVICE

AND SELF-TEST SYSTEM

James L. Gundersen, Carson; Richard L. Julian, Pacific

Palisades: Thomas J. Kosco, Harbor City; Dan E. Lewis,

Culver City, and Richard E. Sklar, Los Angeles, all of Calif.,

assignors to Hughes Aircraft Company. Culver City, Calif.

Filed May 15, 1970, Ser. No. 37,832

int. CI. H04j 3104

U.S.CL179-15A 12 Claims

3,795,772
SYNCHRONIZATION SYSTEM FOR PULSE
ORTHOGONAL MULTIPLEXING SYSTEMS
Eugene R. Hill, Thousand Oaks, and Harlan H. Mansnerus,
Newbury Park, both of Calif., assignors to The United States
of America as represented by the Secretary of the Navy,
Washington, D.C.

Filed May 1, 1972, Ser. No. 249,337

Int. CI. H04j 7/00

U.S.CI. 179- 15 BS 3 Claims

IWULTiPLIE"

TEuEMETRt

TRANSMiSSjON
UNIT

''PiXKI'CiJOCM

iff

?E**0 t^.-i'

■OSSPNG H fLi*" Flop -flP

A synchronization system having a plurality of control loops
operative together to optimize the rate of frequency acquisi-
tion and synchronization. A first loop acquires the frequency
of the unknown signal. A coarse phase-lock loop then adjusts
the system to provide a phase-«rror signal. A fine phase-lock
loop then makes the final adjustments to the system. As each
step in the synchronization sequence is achieved, the circuitry
which is no longer needed is switched out of operation.

A time multiplexed passenger entertainment and service
combined system suitable for distnbution throughout com-
partments of super airplanes. Common power supplies,
cabling and boxes, and hybnd microelectronics and/or medi-
um or large scale MOSFET integrated circuit chips are em-
ployed. A mam multiplexer receives passenger address or tape
deck analog signals and converts them to a pulse code modu-
lated digital bit stream which is time shared between channels.
A coaxial cable transmits the bit stream to compartment sub-
multiplexers. Each submultiplexer receives the digital bit
stream, optionally inserts into the bit stream bits representmg
analog-to-digital converted movie audio or compartment in-
troduced passenger address and distnbutes the data stream
along four columns of seat group units on individual column
coaxial cables At each seat group unit a demultiplexer of a
seat group demultiplexer/encoder converts the bit stream into

3.795,773
CIRCUIT ARRANGEMENT FOR CENTRALLY
CONTROLLED TELEPHONE EXCHANGE
INSTALLATIONS HAVING COMMON MEMORY
FACILITIES
Justus Konig, Munich; Josef Rohrig, Oberhaching, and
Gunther SeidI, Munich, all of Germany, assignors to Siemens
Aktiengesellschaft, Berlin and Munich, Germany
Filed Oct. 14, 1971. Ser. No. 189,091
Claims priority, application Germany, Nov. 11, 1970,

2055535

Int.CI. H04q J/54

U.S.CL179-18ES 4 Claims

A telephone exchange, centrally controlled by data
processing techniques is described Individual apparatus, such

f(20 O.C. — 7

OFFICIAL GAZETTE

194

as engagement devices connecting units, dial receivers and the
like, arc grouped into operating areas. Each operating area
has associated with it an operating area control means, includ-
ing buffer memor\ and code transformer, which connect the
operating areas with a central control unit. A common
memory means is interposed between the central control and
the operatmg area controls, and the common memory scans
the operatmg area controls in succession

March 5, 1974

of each party to prevent equipment release due to opening of
the telephone hook switches. The alarm system contemplates
a monitoring system and which is coupled to the talking cir-
cuits when the alarm system is actuated.

3.795.775
DIAL TONE RECEIVER
Michael C. J. Cowpland. Otlana, Ontario. Canada, assignor to
Microsystems International, Limited. Montreal, Quebec.

Canada

FiledDec.7. 1972, Ser. No. 313.106

Claims priority, application Canada. Oct. 16, 1972. 153991

Int. CI. H04m / 1 50- H04q 9/2

U.S. CI. 179-84 VF !•* Claims

The common memory receives and stores information and
the appropriate addresses from the operating data controls.
This data is grouped for transmission m multiples to the cen-
tral control The common memory, likewise, receives and
stores information and addresses from the central control and
transmits same to the operating area controls Data transmis-
sion apparatus is provided for transmitting the foregoing data
to other central controls alternately with the data transmis-
sions to the common memory

3,795.774

TELEPHONE COMMLNICATION SYSTEM WITH

ALXILIARY UNIT FOR CALL TRACING

Earl J. Talbot. 930 S. Atlantic Ave., Cocoa Beach, Fla. 32931

Filed Dec. 9, 1971, Ser. No. 206,278

Int. CI. H04m M42

L.S.CL179-18FH 26 Claims

.m ^"l-" •"

nia. It* <«C [^ TMMCT

20* 20C

•i« -^i s I

2f CMCmTi

100

A dual tone receiver which provides a pair of individual out-
put signals corresponding to the input signal frequencies of
each of the received tones The sensitivity of the receiver to
each of the tones is affected by the relative amplitudes of each
of the tone components of the input signal, in an inverse rela-
tionship.

3,795,776
COMBINED PBX AND KEY TELEPHONE

ARRANGEMENT

Alexander Feiner, Rumson, and Allan Martyn Gerrish, Little
Silver, both of N.J.. assignors to Bell Telephone Laborato-
ries, Incorporated, Murray Hill, N.J.

Filed Aug. 23, 1972, Ser. No. 282,921

Int.CI. H04mi/02
U.S.CL 179-99 17 Claims

A telephone communication system has an alarm system
that includes an auxiliary unit for locking up the central office
equipment involved in a completed telephone call and which
IS actuatable by the called party by dialing a predetermined
number while the communication circuits are complete A
switch responsive to the relay in the called party's energized
circuit IS used in sensing pulse signals emanating from the
called party telephone to actuate the alarm system and a tone
signal responsive relay may also be used. The line locking unit
has a self locking relay and appropriately responsive switches
that complete circuits for maintaining the sleeve circuits of the
parties and other circuits which short out the nng and tip lines

In key telephone arrangements it is standard procedure to
provide a key telephone line circuit as a buffer between the
private branch exchange ( PBX ) and the stations The purpose
of the circuit is to forward ringing signals, to generate lamp
signals and to provide the hold function for the as.socialed sta-
tion By arranging each PBX trunk with a hold bridge and with
a lamp signal generator and distributor, the key telephone line
circuit has been eliminated The lamp Hash rate indicative of a
calling connection and the lamp wink rate as.sociated with a

March 5, 1974

ELECTRICAL

195

connetion on hold are generated on the trunk side of the PBX
switching network and transmitted through the network to the
associated station over the audio pair The PBX switching net-
work controller, in response to signals from a key station,
functions to enable the hold bridge in any trunk circuit as-
sociated with that station.

3,795,777
HIGH SPEED CURRENT COLLECTION
Roland Leger, Paris, France, assignor to Faiveley S.A., Saint
Ouen, France

Filed May 8, 1972, Ser. No. 250,993
Claims priority, application France, May 10, 1971,
71.16881

Int. CI. B60I 5/22
U.S. CI. 191 — 66 lOCIaims

3.795,779

STEERING SHAFT, GEAR SHIFT LEVER SWITCH

ASSEMBLY

Gordon Grieves, Newcastle upon Tyne, and Raymond Holmes,

Durham, both of England, assignors to Burgess Micro Switch

Company, Limited, Durham, England

Filed Apr. 19, 1972, Ser. No. 245,446
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Apr. 19, 1972,
10000/72

InL CI. HOlh 2//76
U.S.CI. 200— 61.88 8 Claims

The coupling between a high speed electrically powered
vehicle and an overhead catenary wire current distribution
system is enhanced by elastic coupling means which parallels
and thus provides for uniformity of movement of oppositely
disposed ends of a support portion of a pantograph-bow col-
lector linkage system when the inclination of the system to the
horizontal exceeds a predetermined limit.

3,795,778

IGNITION DISTRIBUTOR WITH CONTACT BREAKER

ASSEMBLY MOUNTING PLATE

Alfred Rees, Birmingham, England, assignor to Joseph Lucas

(Electrical) Limited, Birmingham, England

Filed Jan. 15, 1973, Ser. No. 323.382
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Jan. 15, 1972,
2011/72

Int. CL HOlh/ 9/62
U.S.CL200— 19R 2 Claims

E-

3K ^ 31
25°

" 3/ ^ o
o 31 25<'

lur

io/A/SM-ir/av

A rotary switch arrangement may be associated with an au-
tomatic gear selector mechanism to inhibit operation of the
engine starting circuit at certain positions of the mechanism
and at other positions to operate reversing lights and a seat
belt warning system. The switch arrangement compnses a plu-
rality of rotary members urged axially towards fixed contact
elements and having radial arms carrying contact buttons on
their outer ends to engage said elements The arms bear on a
raised arcuate track when the contact buttons are out of regis-
tration with the contact elements, to hold the buttons in an air
gap then. ^

3,795,780

ACCELERATION SENSOR WITH MAGNETIC

OPERATED, OSCILLATING REED SWITCH

George S. Lawrie, Thornhill, Ontario, Canada, assignor to The

Garrett Corporation, Los Angeles, Calif.

Filed Aug. 11, 1972, Ser. No. 280,004

Int. CI. HOlh i5/02

U.S. CL 200—61.45 R 10 Claims

i::: ...(,;■;■■■■:::■:■•;

■^zzzzzzzzz.

r/,V^//^^^?//.>.>//^J^^J^/y//y/Av^/yy7:i

An ignition distributor for an internal combustion engine
spark ignition system includes a hollow casing having jour-

nalled for rotation therein a cam shaft having a cam portion. Vi-

Secured within the casing is a contact breaker assembly
mounting plate, the mounting plate being spaced from the
level of the cam portion of the cam shaft. Mounted on the

mounting plate is a spacer member, and secured to the mount- A magnetized seismic mass is annular in form, disposed
ing plate by way of the spacer member is a contact breaker as- around an elongated hollow tubular body which encloses a
sembly. The dimensions of the spacer assembly are such that a magnetic switch A helical coil spring disposed around the
cam follower of the contact breaker assembly is aligned with, body biases the mass toward one end of the body which is flex-
and engageable with the cam portion of the cam shaft. ibiy suspended from a support by a flexible cable.

196

OFFICIAL GAZETTE

March 5, 1974

3,795,781

PROCESS FOR tLECTROSLAC WELDING OF

C IRCT MFERENTIAL JOINTS

V\illiam John Coulter, and Brian Anthony (iraville. both of

Lasalle. Quebec, Canada, assignors to Dominion Bridge

Company, Limited, Montreal, Quebec, Canada

Filed Jan. 3, 1973, Ser. No. 320.697

Claims priority, application Canada, Jan. 7, 1972, 131960

Int. CI. B23k9//.^.W/2

U.S. CI. 219-73 9 Claims

A method is disclosed for eicctroslag welding a circum-
ferential seam The method mcludes feeding a consumable
electrode through a vertical stationary consumable nozzle
downwardK into the seam to deposit weld metal in a metal
melt pool beneath molten slag, rotating the circumferential
seam as the ^veld metal is deposited in the metal melt pool at a
speed sufficient to maintain a reasonably constant level in the
metal melt pool relative to the axis of rotation of the circum-
ferential seam, and maintaining a reasonable constant
distance between the nozzle and the level in the metal melt
pool, the improvement which compnses stopping the rotating
circumferential seam after one complete rotation, continuing
the feeding of the electrode downwardly into the scam
through the vertical stationary consumable nozzle so that the
level of the metal melt pool rises and consumes the nozzle thus
completing a circumferential welded seam

3.795,782

StPPORTING WELDING PLATE FOR A BINDING

MACHINE FOR BINDING TOGETHER A PLURALITY OF

OBJECTS WITH A STEEL TAPE
Ladisiav Bursik; Jan Bursik. and Jan Lany, all of Ostrava.
Czechoslovakia, assignors to Vitkovicke Zelezarny Klementa
Gottwalda. Narodni podnik, Ostrava, Czechoslovakia

Filed Oct. 18, 1972, Ser. No. 298.509
Claims priority, application Czechoslovakia, Oct. 20, 1971,
7338-71

Int. CI. B23k ll/IO
U.S. CL 219-86 4 Claims

A supporting welding plate for dhe spot welding of a steel
tape binding together a plurality of longitudinal objects, the
plate supported on a pivotable lever, thus enabling its lateral
removal after finished welding and thus enabling a free
manipulation with the formed packet of bound objects
without any danger of damaging the formed hoop or the weld-
ing plate.

3,795,783
APPARATUS FOR SURFACE COATING ARTICLES
Emile Plumat, Gilly, and Jose LeIong, Fleurus, both of Belgi-
um, assignors to Cilaverbel .S.A., Watermael-Boitsfort, Belgi-
um

Division of Ser. No. 758.334, Sept. 9, 1968, Pat. No.
3,673.006. This application Dec. 9, 1971,. Ser. No. 206.413
Claims priority, application Great Britain, June 26, 1968,
30531/68

Int. CLB23ky 5/00
U.S. CI. 219— 121 KB UCIaims

Apparatus for applying a substance vaporizablc by electron
bombardment to a surface to form a coating thereon The sub-
stance ts vaporized in a vacuum by being bombarded with
electrons. The vapor, thus formed, travels from where it is
formed and is deflected onto such surface to coat the same.

3,795,784

BALANCING SYSTEM FOR A ROTATING MASS

Dean H. Moll, Wayne, and Alan (ireiner. Cedar (Jrove, both of

N.J., assignors to The Singer Company, Little Falls, N.J.

Filed Aug. 6, 1 97 1 , Ser. No. 1 69,66 I

Int. CI. B23h 27/00

U.S. CI. 219 121 L UCIaims

Three different types of unbalance are detected and cor-
rected while a gyroscopic incrtial tlywheel is continuously
spinning. The gyroscope is mounted in an integrated test and
correction apparatus comprising an angularly positionable
mount supported on a shaker table The mt)unl supports a test
chamber in which the spinning gyroscope is located in a low
viscosity, low density atmosphere Wvndows are formed in the
chamber on opposite sides permitting lasers fixed on the
mount to be aimed at the tlywheel to burn off selected por-
tions of its mass. A safety system is arranged within the
chamber to detect whether the spot at which a given laser
beam is aimed has already received a laser burn. Mass un-
balance IS determined, with the spin axis polar, by rotating the
gyroscopic reference axes 90° and recording the drift at two
orientations Radial unbalance is determined by imparting a
reciprocating motion along the spin axis by means of the
shaker table at the same rate as the rotation of the flywheel.
By shifting the phase of the vibratory motion relative to the
rotation of the flywheel, a maximum signal proportional to the
radial unbalance is sensed by one of the gyro pick-offs. Mcxlu-
lation is determined directly by detecting the amplitude of a
modulating signal on the pick-off signal. An automated

ELECTRICAL

MAKCH 5, 1974 ELECTRICAL ^^'

. ...rn nflaser the weld material is applied to the welding zone in order to
closed-loop procedure determmes the correct pattern of laser the we^d ,„,,,,,nents at the area to be welded.
bums on the flywheel to minimize the unbalances. oun y ^

3,795,785

SUCCESSIVE AUTOMATIC DEPOSITION OF

GENERALLY HORIZONTAL CONTIGUOUS WELD

BEADS UPON NON-PLANAR SURFACES

Edward E. Smith, Upper St. Clair Township, Allegheny C.ty,

Pa., assignor to Teledyne, Inc., Los Angeles, Calif.

Filed Nov. 17. 1972, Ser. No. 307,745

Int.CLB23kW/2

.„ .,-„ 10 Claims

U.S.CL219-125R

3.795.787
HEAT FIXING SYSTEM IN AN
El ECTROPHOTOGRAPHIC COPYING MACHINE
HAVING A TEMPERATURE CONTROL DEVICE
Tadao Nogaito. 2-17-56. Iruma-cho. Chofu-shi. Tokyo; \ asu-
hiro Fuiita, 1-239. Tennuma-cho, Oomiya-shi. Sa.tama. and
Kenichi Watabiki. 245-2, Hiyoshi-cho, Koohoku-ku.
Yokohama-shi, Kanagawa, all of Japan

Filed Aug. 18. 1972. Ser. No. 281.926
Claims priority, application Japan. Aug. 19. 1971. 46-

738831 Ul

lnt.Cl.H05b //OO

U.S. a. 219-216 ^C'**-"

Apparatus and method for automatic arc welding deposi-
tion of generally honzontal weld beads upon non-planar sur
faces and more specifically upon the interior surface o the
housing for a dredge pump, the apparatus including a rolata-
ble radially extensible horizontal boom mounted on a vertical
shaft weld metal depositing means mounted on an outboard
end of the boom, means for rotating and for contro ling the
boom extension during rotation to automatically regulate con-
formance of the weld metal depositing means to the interio
surface of the housing and means for controlling the rotationa
speed of the boom so that as the boom extends the speed of
movement of the weld metal depositing means ^'^^^';;^;"^';^
mterior surface of the housing remains approximately con
stant during well bead deposition.

3,795.786

METHOD OF TUNGSTEN INERT GAS WELDING

EI ECTRONIC COMPONENTS AND BURNING AWAY

CONTAMINANTS

Harry Chanonitz, Skokie, III., assignor to Pico-Matic, Inc.,

'^!:::^:uln-in-partof Ser.No. 115^^eb^.6 m.
abandoned. This application June 5, 1972, Ser. No. 259,841
Int. CI. B23k 9/00

A heat fixing system in an electrophotographic copying
machine having a temperature control device the device com-
prising means for generating a sensing signal P;"P«^^'""^ ^^
!^he average radiant temperature prcxiuced by the heat fixing
system, means responsive to the sensing signal for generating a
control signal compnsmg a pulse train of variable width, con-
stant period pulses, the width of the pulses being an inverse
function of the average radiant temperature, and controllable
means responsive to the control signal for regulating the
power supplied to the heat fixing system.

3.795,788
MACHINEf OR BREWING HOT BEVERAGES, ADAPTED

TO PRODUCE STEAM
Pietro Perucca, Milan, Italy, assignor to Omre Costruzion.
Flettromeccaniche S.a.S., Milan, Italy

Filed Mar. 20, 1972, Ser. No. 236,246

Claims priority, application Italy, Mar. 24, 1971. 22190 71

Int.Cl. F22b I US: V24U I lUU

U.S. a. 219-272 ^^'-'"^

U.S.CL219-137

6 Claims

A method and apparatus wherein linear metallic elements
such as copper wire leads are welded to workpieces. such as
terminal lugs of electrical and electronic components. An
electric ardelding method is used to produce an electrical or
electronic component with copper wire leads rigidly and re-
liably attached, without requiring prior cleaning of the tcr_
m.nal lugs of the component. In the welding ^^eP a -^plj^^^^^^
heat energy greater than that necessary to melt and coalesce

In a coffee machine of the kind having a heat exchanger for
producing steam intended to heat beverages not brewed
directly bv the machine, in which a calibrated passageway al-
lows the now of a portion of the total rate of fiow of water

198

OFFICIAL GAZETTE

March 5, 1974

towards the exchanger, so as to produce steam when the rate
of flow through the exchanger is reduced, whereas hot water is
produced when said rate of flow is allowed to remain at the
normal value Thermostatic means are provided to govern the
temperature in the heat exchanger, j

3.795,789

RESIDENTIAL WATER HEATERS

Tulio Malzoni, Av. Cons" Nebias 725. and Manoel Valentino

Lopes, Av. Sigueria Compos 575, both of Santos, Brazil

KiledSept. 21, 1971,Ser. No. 182,433

Int.CI. H05b llU2.r24hlH0

U.S. CI. 219-309 i 6 Claims

^'S^^

Water from a cold water feed pipe passes through a control
valve assembly to a small container which is provided with an
electric resistance heater The control valve assembly has a
member which occupies a rest position in the water flow path
and IS movable to a displaced position outside the flow path to
energize the electric heater when water is fltiwmg toward a tap
outlet The displaccablc member mo<.es m a vertical tubular
body, and its movement is transmitted to a heater-actuating
liquid metal switch by a linkage which includes an axially
movable rod connected to the displaccablc member, a pin
which engages the rod. said pin extending frt)m a shaft which
is pivoted in and extends outside the tubular btidy The liquid
metal switch is supported by the shaft outside the chamber

Return of the displaccablc member to its rest position is by
gravity and by fluid pressure applied to the displaccablc
member through a counterflow conduit

3.795.790

CONTROL CIRC LIT

Willis K. Rieman, Skaneateles, N.V.. assignor to Gulf &

Western Systems Company, New York, N.V.

Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 212,016, Dec. 27. 1971. This

application Aug. 22, 1972, Ser. No. 282.828

Int.CI. H05bi 02

L.S. CI. 219-490 10 Claims

A temperature sensitive responsi I'e loop and a heater ele-
ment control loop are functionally connected by a gate con-

trol loop combining to form a three loop temperature control
circuit The temperature sensitive responsive loop is magneti-
cally coupled to the gate control which is coupled across a
gate controlled switching element in the heater control loop.

, 3.795,791

AUTOMATIC CODE-CORRECTING DEVICE
Marcel-Louis Boyer, Chatillon, France, assignor to Compagnie
Industrielle des Telecommunications CIT-ALCATEL, Paris,
France

Filed Dec. 14, 1971, Ser. No. 207,907
Claims priority, application France, Dec. 14, 1970,
70.45009

Int.CLG06k 1/02
U.S. CL 235—61.1

6 Claims

bi b9

♦:::. t 65b
60 £i 65 6Ji .64 l:'.

XI
6Si

b)i - — Y I -xi

(•b)i
(ii)i

(•i)t —

iSlili.

Y-v

(lk)i -
(ib)» -

(•bi -

MIHO<rr

— T"

Device for automatically correcting a code, forming an im-
provement to a device which combines, in a single unit, means
for perforating a paper tape which moves step-by-step, and for
reading the code which has just been perforated during the
preceding step, this improvement consisting of automatically
correcting any code which has been erroneously perforated by
causing the tape to step back to the location of the error and
either correcting the error or voiding and re-perforating the
code at a new location.

3,795,792
FEATURE ASSOCIATION IN IMAGE ANALYSIS
John Michael Gibbons, The Grange, and William Ralph Kno-
wies, 40 Flambauls Cir., both of Meldreth, Royston, England

Filed May 8. 1972, Ser. No. 251.495
Claims priority, application Great Britain, May 6, 1971,
13590/71

Int.CLG06m 11/04
U.S. CI. 235-92 PC 25 Claims

Methods and apparatus are described by which detected
signal pulses arising from features in a field can be associated
to thereby generate so-called agglomerates of features, in de-
pendence on the relative spacing of the features in the field. In
this way it is possible to link up the detected signal pulse infor-
mation relating to small features arranged approximately in
straight lines.

The invention generates capture zones from each feature
one extending in the line scan direction and the other
generally perpendicular thereto.

March 5, 1974

ELECTRICAL

199

The invention envisages the combination therewith of an as-
sociated parameter computer whereby information may'^bc
obtained relative to a parameter of each detected feature. The
information from features within an agglomerate may be sup-
nressed or collated and released as a single information signal
relating to the agglomerate. Thus where a count pulse is
generated for each feature these may be inhibited from all fea-
tures within an agglomerate and the latter counted as a smgle
feature Alternatively where a signal proportional to the area
of each feature is generated by the associated parameter com-
puter, these may be combined for features within an ag-
glomerate and a total area signal released for the agglomerate
proportional to the total of the individual areas of the features
within the agglomerate.

dinal edges of the card characterized in that the contour
thereof includes at lea.st one longitudinal notch in one of the

11--

3 795,793
DEVICE FOR PUNCHING AND/OR READING A TAPE
Marcel-Louis Boyer, Chatillon, France, assignor to Compagri-e
Industrielle Des Telecommunications Cit-Alcatel, fans.

Filed July 30, 1971, Ser. No. 167.601 ^

Claims priority, application France, Oct. 26, 1970,

70.38596

Int.CI.G06k 1/02,7/14

U.S. CI. 235-61.1

longitudinal edges whose depth is in the order of several tenths
of millimeters.

12 Claims

3 795,795

CURRENCY CONVERTER

Capron R. Gulbransen, Jr., Saint Charles, III., assignor to

Graphic Calculator Company, Barrington. III.

Filed Dec. 13, 1972, Ser. No. 314.832

Int.CI.G06g;/02

U.S.CL 235-70 A

7 Claims

A tape punching and reading device having a series o
■punches wKich are selectively controlled by a cam element
common to all of the punches A three-armed lever .s pro^
vided one arm of which engages the cam element, the second
arm is electro-magnetically coupled to an elcctormagnct, and
the third arm has an additional lever p.votally moun ed
thereon which is interposed between the cam element and the
individual punches to effect the punching operation. A photo-
electric scanner is provided to read a perforation receiving
line of the tape one increment of tape advance beyond the in-
dividual punch elements.

An improved combination fixed and fluctuating currency
converter for converting the value of currency of one country
to an equivalent value of currency of another country irrc-
gardless of the fiuctuation of currency from one country to
another The new and novel slide rule type converter has fixed
currency ratios imprinted thereon and can also be utilized to
convert curency values when the ratios fiuctuatc. The slide
rule type calculator can also be quickly used to convert cur^
rency values ranging from approximately one dollar of United
States currency to approximately one million dollars of Lniled
States currency.

3.795.794
MAGNETIC CARD HAVING SLOT FOR STRAIN RELIEF
Juan Figuls. Saint-Michel-sur-Orge. France, assignor to Com-
pagnie, Industrielle Des Telecommunications Cit-Alcatel,

Paris, France

Filed Feb. 28. 1972, Ser. No. 229,967
Claims priority, application France, Feb. 26, 1971, 7106747
Int. CI. G06k / 9/04 i G\lh 5/80
U.S. CI. 235-61.12 M 9 Claims

A magnetic card comprising a plasticized rectangular sup-
port equipped on or under one of the surfaces thereof with at
least one magnetic track, the two edges of which are essen-
tially parallel with respect to each other and to the longitu-

3,795,796
STOP-MOTION FOR SHEET COUNTERS
Hideto Shigemori, and Masahiro Abe, both of Himeji, Japan,
assignors to Glory Kogyo Kabushiki Kaisha, Himeji-shi.

Japan

Filed Dec. 29. 1971, Ser. No. 213,248

Claims priority, application Japan, Dec. 29, 1970. 45-

121647

Int.CI.G06mi/rJ2

U.S.a.235-92SB ^ ,^ f '"^^

In a sheet counter in which the operations of a motor and a
vacuum pump arc stopped by an output signal of a comparison
circuit produced when the number of sheets counted thereby
agrees with a present number, a stop-motion is comprised of
electromagnet means, a stop swingably supported at one end.
and a link extending therebetween Upon application of the

•200

OFFICIAL GAZETTE

March 5, 1974

signal from the compansonc.rcu.tu the control circuit of the the system, the modules are numbered m the order of
2et counter, the electromagnet n*:ans .s energized to pull sequence and the analog operating elements are successively

the link, which, in turn, moves the; slop into contact with a
slack of sheets to be left uncounted i^i the sheet counter.

3,795.797

COl NTISr, SYSTEM FOR PRINTED MATERIAL

Harold t haskin. 131 Bennett Ave.. New York, N.V. 10033

Hied JuK 11, 1972. Ser. No. 270,804

Int. CI. B41J9 2-4

L.S. CI. 235-102 14 Claims

A tvpewntcr or an> olhor dc\icc thai will set up lines of type
or printed matter, is mounted on a base board, housing essen-
tial electrical equipment and recording meters, which are
adapted, in conjunction with the mechanical operations of the
typing machine, to register, stroke by stroke of the typing
device, a precise analysis of the production of tvped material
for any selected project

3,795,798
HYBRID COMPl TINC; SYSTEM OF AUTOMATIC
CONNECTION TYPE
Takeyuki Endo, Hachioji; Norio Yokozawa, Fuchu; Shigeru
VVatanabe, Kodaira, and Kunihiro Okada, Tanashi, all of
Japan, assignors to Hitachi, Ltd., Tokyo, Japan
Filed SepL 1, 1972, Ser. No. 285,648
Claims priority, application Japan, Oct. 22, 1971,46-83318
Int.CI. G06j / 00
U.S. CI. 235-150.5 4 Claims

In a hybrid computing system in which a plurality of analog
operating elements are selectively automatically connected to
each other through a switch matrix for constituting a desired
analog operating circuit, the analog operating elements are di-
vided into a plurality of groups each called a module and the
desired analog operating elements arc selected from these
modules to constitute the desired analog operating circuit In

<v STAGE

selected in one direction starting from the module having the
smallest or largest ordinal number

3,795,799
ARRANGEMENT FOR CONTROI I.IN(; PROCESSES
Bernard Courtiol, (Irenoble, France, assignor to Societe
(ienerale De Constructions Electriques Ft Mechniqucs
(Alsthomi. Paris, France

Filed July 5, 1972, Ser. No. 269,144
Claims priority, application France, July 5, 1971,71.24570
Int. Cl.(;05b /.?/02
L.S. CI. 235-150.1 10 Claims

«U 4 III

I I M'i.m I

A control arrangement for processes involving a plurality of
control variables and an output variable depending in a com-
plex manner on the various control variables wherein the
deviation between the output vectors of a reference model
and of the process is employed and on the basis of this devia-
tion the synthesis of the control vector is formed so that the
output variables of the process will follow the output variables
of the reference model without it being necessary lo know the
relationships between the input variables and the output varia-
bles.

3,795,800
WATCHDOG RELOAD INITIALIZER
John L. Nimmo, Natick, and Peter I. Morley, Bellingham.
both of Mass.. assignors to Honeywell Information Systems

Inc., Waltham, Mass.

Filed Sept. 1 3, 1 972, Ser. No. 288,634

Int.CI.G06f ///04

L.S.CI. 235-I53AK 13 Claims

A watchdog reload initializer is disclosed which monitors
communication between a remote processing system and a
centra! processing system Upon detection of a condition
which may indicate that a malfunction has occurred in the
remote processing system, the watchdog reload initializer

March 5, 1974

ELECTRICAL

201

J- . f,„„ .. niissinp a beam into an ionisation chamber comprising a posi-

causes the remote processing system to d'sconnect from a P-^^B ^ j^-^ surrounded by a tubular negative electrode.
communications link for a predetermined period of time. Sub- live roa eiecuouc }

sequently the watchdog reload initializer initiates a scries of
operations which normalize the system and reestablishes com-
munication with the central processing system.

3,795.801

ULTRASONIC DATA-PROCESSING SYSTEMS

Georges Broussaud, Paris, France, assignor to Thomson-CSF,

Paris, France

Filed June 8, 1972, Ser. No. 261.104
Claims priority, application France, June 15, 1971.

71.21602

int. CI. G06g 7119: B06b 3/04
U.S.CL235-18I 24Claims

The present invention relates to data-processing systems
based upon the diffraction properties of a coherent radiation

near a focus.

The data-processing system in accordance with the inven-
tion comprises at least one ultrasonic tank containing a Huid
wherein coherent ultrasonic radiation propagates; this tank
contains a modulating oi,ject on which there are transcribed
the data being processed; ultra.sonic focussing means provides
by means of a Fourier transform the spatial frequency spec-
trum of said object.

ERRATUM

For Class 235—164 see:
Patent No. 3,795.880

and the output current is fed via a responsive-correction cir-
cuit which compensates for the slowness of the respi>nsc .>f the
ions in the ionisation chamber

3,795,803
RADIANT ENERGY OPTICAL DETECTOR AMPLIFIER
Betsy A ncker- Johnson, Seattle, Wash., assignor to The Boeing
Company, Seattle, Wash.

Filed Sept. 21, 1972, Ser. No. 290,993

Int. CI. H03kJ/3^

U.S. CI. 250-338 11 Claims

i©

/A'

Cfr,

/o>^ ^-^g;//

-^^

3,795,802
SCANNING SYSTEM USING RADIOACTIVE RADIATION

IN CIGARETTE ROD MAKING MACHINE
Gordon Francis Wellington Powell, London, England, assignor
to Molins Limited, London, England

Filed May 14, 1971, Ser. No. 143,357
Claims priority, application Great BriUin, May 14, 1970,

23528/70

Int.CLG01n2i//0

U.S. CI. 250-83.3 D 19 Claims

A scanning system for a cigarette-making machine or other
continuous rodnmaking machines has a radiation source

A semiconductor device of certain p-type materials, such as
indium antimonidc (InSb). is capable of impact ionization in-
itiated by injection of electrons if maintained within a certain
temperaiure range, e.g.. 50°- 1 20° K A long npp+ InSb diode
is maintained in a controlled temperature environment at
77°K. An external biasing source reverse biases the diode s
p-(— p junction to block injection of electrons from the source
and creates a relatively high electric field within the diode
When electrons are optically injected into the cathode end of
the diode adjacent the p^-p junction by. for example, expos-
ing the cathode region to infrared radiation. thc> initiate an
impact ionization wave which travels the length of the diode in
the very short time When the impact ionization wave reaches
the diode's anode, the resultant current through the diode is
many times higher than the current initiated by the photoelec-
tric effect without impact ionization This current is used to
signify fast detection of infrared radiation in small quantities
and may also be used, in conjunction with the known applied
electric field, to indicate the amount of incident radiation.

202

OFFICIAL GAZETTE

March 5, 1974

3,795,804

DEVICE FOR CHARGING AND DISCHARGING HEADS
OF RAY EMITTERS
Ludwig Scheininger. and Otto Nette, both of Eriangen, Ger-
many, assignors to Siemens Aktiengesellschaft, Eriangen,
Germany

Filed July 15, 197I.Ser. No. 162,917
Claims priority, application Germany, Aug. 17. 1970,
2040779

Int. CI. G21II 5100; G2U3I00
L.S. CI. 250-498 I 3 Claims

tially. and by a later spectral reflectance test after additional
treating which, by sensing the change in ampMtudc of a previ-
ously highly reflected visible light component, indicates that
the substance has changed to the second state in response to
the additional treating.

The authentification apparatus includes a light source for
treating a selected area of the coating and a plurality of pho-
toresponsive elements each responsive to light of a selected
wave length and connected in electrical integration networks.
The integration networks transforms the amplitude represen-
tative signals supplied thereto to time amplitude varying
signals which are supplied to flip-flop circuits of a logic circuit
which also includes at least one nor gate and a latch circuit. If
the credit card is authentic, the amplitudes of the output
signals of the integration networks increase and decrease in
the proper sequence to control the logic circuit such that it
produces an acceptance or 'authentic" signal. The latch cir-
cuit holds the "authentic" signal until circuitry responsive to
the "authentic" signal performs a desired function, after
which the credit card is indexed to a new position such that a
different selected area of the coating of the credit card is
processed to determine its authenticity.

A device IS provided for charging and discharging heads of
ray emitters through the outlet for the cone of useful rays. The
device has a source carrier with a radioactive element, a trans-
porting container for the source carrier and a charging rod for
moving the source carrier which provides protection against
rays in its cross-sectional range The device is particularly
characterized in that the source carrier can be Hrmly held in
the head of the ray emitter without moving and can be firmly
coupled with the charging rod at the front side in the direction
of movement, the source carrier carrying the radioactive ele-
ment in the center of the coupling surface

3,795,805
APPARATLS FOR TESTING A CREDIT CARD
Melvin E. Swanberg, Upland, and James M. Wilson, San
Dimas, both of Calif., assignors to Xerox Corporation, Stam-
ford, Conn.

Filed May 18, 1973, Ser. No. 361,742

Int. CI. GO In 2 //JO, G06k 9/08. G07f 1/06

U.S. CI. 250-209 I 10 Claims

Apparatus for testing a credit card having a coating of a sub-
stance which when treated sufficiently permanently and irr-
eversably changes from a first state having one characteristic
of reflectivity for visible light components incident thereon to
a second state having a second characteristic of reflectivity for
the light components. Preferably, in the first state the sub-
stance IS highly light reflective and leflccLs light of different
wavelengths unequally, and in the second slate the substance
IS light transparent Treating of the substance is accomplished
by heating the substance, preferably with a high intensity light
beam Authenticity of the credit card is achieved by first mea-
suring the amplitude of visible light components (colors)
reflected bv the substance when the substance is treated ini-

3,795,806
METHOD AND APPARATLS FOR SENSING RADIATION

AND PROVIDING ELECTRICAL READOUT

Charles W. Eichelberger, Schenectady, N.Y., assignor to

General Electric Company, Schenectady, N.Y.

Filed Mar. 2. 1973, Ser. No. 337,301

Int.CI.H01jJ9//2

U.S.CI. 250— 211 J 5 Claims

A plurality of radiation sensing and storage sites are pro-
vided on a substrate of semiconductor material arranged in a
plurality of rows and columns. Each site includes a row
oriented plate and a column oriented plate to form a pair of
closely coupled capacitive cells with the substrate A plurality
of row conductor lines are provided, each connected to the
row oriented plates of a respective row A plurality of column
conductor lines are also provided, each connected to the
column oriented plates of a respective column. In operation,
application of appropriate voltages to the capacitive cells form
depletion regions therein with charge permitted to flow
between closely coupled cells depending on the voltage on the
plates thereof. Selective read out of charge stored in a row of
sites is accomplished by changing the potential on the row line
to cause charge stored in the row-oriented cells to flow into
the column-oriented storage cells thereof The read out of
charge stored in the column-oriented cells is accomplished by
changing the potential on each of the column lines in turn to
cause injection of carriers stored therein into the substrate and
sensed across an integrating capacitor Reestablishment of
depletion producing potentials on the column-oriented plates
causes previously injected carriers which have not had time to
recombine or diffuse sufficiently far away to be recollected.
Such recollected charge is periodically injected at the end of a
row of scan, when the depletion regions of the row oriented
plates have been collapsed, by collapsing the depletion regions
underlying all of the column onentcd plates for a time suffi-
cient to assure complete disappearance of injected carriers
from the regions of storage thereof.

March 5, 1974

ELECTRICAL

203

3 795 807 3,795,809

PMiriiMATir rONVFYING SYSTEM FOR SCANNING ELECTRON MICROSCOPE WITH

TRANSFERRING SLuTySAM^^^^^^ ANALYZER CONVERSION MEANS TO PRODUCE A DIFFRACTION

Gary D. Johnson, and Larry A. Matthews, both of Tucson, PATTERN

Ariz, assignors to The Anaconda Company, New York, N.Y. Susumu Takash.ma, Tokyo, Japan assignor to N.hon Densh.

Continuation of Ser. No. 89,842. Nov. 16. 1970. abandoned. Kabushiki Kaisha, Ak.sh.ma-sh., J«pan

This application Oct. 11. 1972, Ser. No. 296,542 F"«l Sept. 15, 1972, Ser. No. 289,425

Int CI. GOln 2i/22 Claims priority, application Japan, Sept. 21. 1971. 46-

II «J n 2«;0— 273 10 Claims 73581

i;.s.ci.<£3u z/j lnt.CI.H01ji7/26,G01n2i/20

U.S. CI. Akishima-shi

6 Claims

J^aew

UU/

A pneumatic slurry transfer system for intermittently trans-
ferring a slurry sample from a pressure tank, through a conduit
and to a discharge tank for subsequent chemical analysis
whereby a liquid medium is initially introduced into the con-
duit and confined therein and whereby the slurry sample is
forced by gas pressure to contact the liquid medium and
slowly permeate thereinto while the slurry and liquid medium
are simultaneously transported through the conduit to the
discharge tank by the gas pressure.

3,795.808
ELECTRON MICROSCOPES
William Barry Dymock Drayton, 55 Glisson Rd., Cambridge,
and Paul Marshall Knights, 69 Station Rd.. Willingham,
both of England

Filed May 17. 1972. Ser. No. 254,133
Claims priority, application Great Britain, May 18, 1971,

15522/71

Int.CI.H01jJ7/26
U.S.CL 250-310 4 Claims

\detector I — \<3\

A scanning electron microscope capable of displaying a
selected area diffraction pattern of a crystal specimen which
corresponds exactly with the selected area of the scanning
electron microscope image. The microscope has a field limit-
ing aperture disposed between two adjustable condenser len-
ses near a specimen and scanning defiecting coils disposed
above said aperture.

3,795,810
FLUID ANALYZER
James D. Conley, Tulsa; Donald E. Belden. Sand Springs, and
Ralph D. Terhune, Tulsa, all of Okla., assignors to Fram
Corporation, East Providence, R.I.

Filed Nov. 27, 1972, Ser. No. 309.796
Int. CI. GOln 27/26
U.S.CI. 250— 339

4 Claims

In a scanning electron probe instrument such as a scanning
electron microscope or X-ray micro-analyser the two-dimen-
sional display of the image can have a manually controlled
bright-up region or spot and the direct current signals which
movement of this region generates can be switched in at will to
the primary beam deflection to shift the scanning to the
selected region without mechanically shifting the specimen,
then by reducing the scanning amplitude automatically this re-
gion is magnified to fill the screen.

Apparatus for measuring hydrocarbon pollutant concentra-
tion in water featuring a sample chamber through which a
liquid sample Hows continuously, a source of infra-red light
having a frequency at half peak intensity no less than 7.500
Angstroms passing through windows in the sample tube, and a
photodetector arranged to receive the light transmitted
through the sample and to provide an output signal dependent
upon the intensity of the received light

204

OFFICIAL GAZETTE

March 5, 1974

3.795,811

METHOD AND MEANS FOR EQUALIZING THE

RESPONSE OF SIGNAL CHANNELS IN A MULTIPLE

CHANNEL IMPROVED SYSTEM

Donald E. Weir, Harbor City, Calif., assignor to The United

States of America as represented by the Secretary of the Air

Force, Washington, D.C.

Filed Mar. 20, 1973, Ser. No. 343,061

Int.CI. GOlt ///2

U.S. CI. 250-339 . 2 Claims

#»c _>/<«..». .V»«V"-»»'"~'

» T-TU"

Automatic respt^nsivity control in a mulliplc channel in-
frared system is realized by means of reference signals derived
from a modulated light source. The light source illuminates
both the infrared element array and a separate reference
signal detector The infrared video signal and the reference
signals transmitted in each infrared system channel are passed
through a variable gam amplifier. The gain of the variable gam
amplifier ( and hence the magnitude of the reference signal ) is
controlled bv a circuit including a synchronous filter, a
synchronous detector, a DC reference voltage source, and a
voltage controlled resistor. The separate reference signal de-
tector provides drive signals to control the synchronous filter
and also provides a 1 8U° phase shifted reference signal that is
used to cancel the reference signal in the output of the varia-
ble gain amplifier

3,795,812
, SULFUR DIOXIDE POLLUTION MONITOR
Hideo Okabe, Rockville, Md., assignor to The United States of
.America as represented by the Secretary of Commerce,
Washington, D.C.

Filed Nov. 27, 1972, Ser. No. 309.868

Int. CI.GOln 2//26

U.S.CL 250-373 10 Claims

■m

ru«t

'n.>tm

i '"

htte\. f

over wide ranges and is negligibly or mcxierately affected by
the presence of water vapor in the sample stream.

t-iNEAR

•ffCOROef

A sample stream of air, smokestack gas or the like is flowed
through a fluorescence cell where it is irradiated with ul-
traviolet in the region from about 2100 to 2300 A. The inten-
sity of the resulting SO2 fluorescence m the region from about
2400 to 4200 A is measured at right angles to the incident
beam The response to various SO2 concentrations is linear

3,795,813
CHANGED PARTICLE OPTICAL IMAGING SYSTEM
Wolfgang Kunath, Berlin, Germany, as.signor to Max-Planck-
(lesellschaft Zur Forderung der Wissenschaften e.v. (iottin-
gen, (lOttingen, (lermany

Filed Aug. 10.1972. Ser. No. 279,369
Claims priority, application (iermany. Mar. 16, 1973,
2213208

Int. CI. HOlj J7/26, GO In 23100
U.S. CI. 250-396 7 Claims

An improved system for charged particle imaging of the
type having an objective lens, an annular diaphragm for
stopping down the objective lens except for an annular zone,
and a first supplementary lens, located behind the annular
caustic surface formed by rays of a hollow beam originating
from the axis point in the object plane and passing through the
objective lens and diaphragm, for focusing this beam at a point
on the axis. The improvement includes a second supplementa-
ry lens of long focal length compared to that of the objective
lens and so located behind the first-mentioned caustic surface
as to generate an additional caustic surface in front of the first
supplementary lens, thereby reestablishing the original ray
order relative to the axis so that the sine condition for imaging
an extended, near-axis area m the object plane can be met.
The system is achromatic if the three lenses are located to
satisfy the condition: C ^ _^, (.rolfoy' + Cf,{rJf, )--Cyjr.Jf.,y^

= O. A third supplementary lens of long focal length may be
located behind the first supplementary lens to correct third
order spherical errors, provide a real image, and permit an
enlarged ring aperture with consequently improved contrast.

3,795,814

X-RAY IMAGE CONVERTERS UTILIZING LANTHANUM

AND GADOLINIUM OXYHALIDE LUMINOUS

MATERIALS ACTIVATED WITH THULIUM

Jacob G. Rabatin, Chardon, Ohio, assignor to General Electric

Company, Schenectady, N.Y.

Filed Aug. 16, 1972, Ser. No. 281,217
Int.CI. HOlj U62
U.S.CL 250-460 5 Claims

Oxyhalides of lanthanum and gadolinium activated with
thulium are found to be superior in their conversion efficiency
of X-rays to visible light when compared with conventional X-
ray phosphors. These phosphors are used as X-ray image con-
verters generally, and can be used in such devices as X-ray
image-intensifier tubes, in fluoroscopic screens and m radio-
graphic intensifier .screens.

March 5, 1974

ELECTRICAL

205

3,795,817

P.TIENT Re't'eI^tVoN DEVICE POWER TRANSMISSION DEV.CE.^^PART.CtL.R POR

"';r.' N%^,t57inrWinl"*TJd™H'-5 '"'.".r" Jean Pr,„c„„ Ch..b.„.. P.r... Fr.nce. assignor ,. Tho™«,n.

ivianor, i^.i. iw-j"". <~SF Paris France

Hwy., Stony Point, N.Y. 10980 ' piied Mar. 2, 1973, Ser. No. 337,466

Filed Oct. 19, 1972, Ser. N<. 298,883 application France, Mar. 3, 1972, 72.07532

Int.CLG01n2J/04 ,.„,.„, Int. CL H02j //OO

U.S.CL 250-444 ^^Cla.ms ^^^^^^^^^^_^^ 2 Claims

A wheclable chair for retaining a patient m an immobile
position for radiographic purposes is provided with an articu-
lated arm and an X-ray cassette holder The holder .s posi-
tioned bv means of the articulated arm in a manner such that it
engages with the chest of the patient in a manner sufficient to
support and retain the patient in the proper position. Further
retention is provided by means of straps or belts mterconnect-
me the cassette holder with the patient, a set of straps for
retaining the hands of the patient in a proper position on the
holder and a chin rest which will properly position the head ol
the patient during the radiographic exposure. The chair, itsclt.
IS manipulalable by means of wheels so as to properly p<^s.tion
the patient relative to the X-ray device.

3,795,816

APPARATUS TO PREVENT OVERSPEEDING OF A

COMBINATION INCLUDING A SUPERCHARGED STEAM

GENERATOR, A GAS TURBINE AND A COMPRESSOR
Hans Frei, Winterthur, Switzerland, assignor to Sulzer
Brothers Ltd., Winterthur, Switzerland

Filed Dec. 20, 1972, Ser. No. 317,053
Claims prioritv. application Switzerland, May 9, 197Z,

6852/72; Julv 17. 1972, 10698/72

Int. CI. FOlk/i/02

U.S. CI. 290-40 B 1«^'«""^

:^!r>,'^^gj

ft'

-A. '

KCOM* W t

--]

A single cable is used to transfer power in the form of a d c
current from the first part of a system to a second part as well
as control signals for controlling, by means of a switching
device the states of comparatively high-power consuming ele-
ments 'such as projectors, the changes of state of which tem-
porarily disrupt the operation of the signal transmission cir-
cuits. .

An inhibiting circuit is provided for preventmg the
switching device from being actuated again by parasitic signals
during such a transition time interval. This inhibiting circuit
comprises stonng elements respectively connected in parallel
with the control inputs of the switching device, for temporarily
storing the control signals applied thereto, and blocking cir-
cuits seriallv inserted with tho.se control inputs, each blocking
circuit in series with a control input being actuated by the stor-
ing elements connected in parallel with the other control in-
puts.

3,795,818

EMERGENCY POWER SUPPLY

Don L. B*aman, Sunnyvale, and John T. Shoberg, Milpitas,

both of CaliL, assignors to Shetec, inc., San Jose, Calif.

Filed Feb. 9, 1973, Ser. No. 331,068

Int. CI. H02j 7/00

U.S. CI. 307-66 15 Claims

A device for preventing the overspeeding of a machine
composed of a compressor connected to a gas turbine which
drives an electric generator and supercharges a steam genera-
tor said device being normally in an off position but when a

— («3^

The disclosed embodiment of the present invention is an

i,;;, . ,„. o„ .. .„..o, o...^^^ -:-=-^t:r -ri-;"rr::c^

the steam generator or into me gas
gas turbine to prevent overspeeding

ing

•206

OFFICIAL GAZETTE

March 5, 1974

charge rate tn the battery and another circuit for providing a
relatively high charge rate to the battery A Schmitt trigger
circuit IS responsive to the voltage level of the hi'ttery for ac-
tivating and deactivating the low charge rate circuit. A gate
compares the voltage level of the battery with a reference volt-
age level to control the high charge rate circuit Once the high
charge circuit has been rendered inoperative during a particu-
lar period between line voltage failures, it remains inoperative
An interrogator circuit periodically draws a relatively small
energy current pulse from the battery, thereby placing it under
a load condition while the Schmitt trigger is sensing the volt-
age level of the battery If. by virtue of the load condition, the
voltage level of the battery drops below one of the trigger
levels of the Schmitt circuit, the trigger circuit will activate the
low charge circuit to charge the battery

3,795.819 I
OPTICAL RADIATION FREQUENCY CONVERTER AND

METHOD
Stephen E. Harris. 880 Richardson Ct., 03, Palo Alto, Calif.
94306

Filed Nov. II, I97I, Ser. No. 197.889

Int. CI. H02m 5104

U.S. CI. 307-88.3 17 Claims

13,

METAL VAPOR

14
3uJ

with insulating gas The sheaths are sectionalized into lengths
which are directly and permanently cross-connected to each
other at one end but at the opposite end arc cross-connected
through variable impedances which enable the currents flow-
ing in the metallic sheaths to be varied between minimum and
maximum values in relation to the service current to be trans-
mitted by the conductors such that the conductors operate in
a condition approximating the natural tie-line power.

3,795,821
PROTECTIVE DEVICE FOR A LUMINOUS DIODE
Toshikazu Ichiyanagi, Tokyo, Japan, assignor to Canon
Kabushiki Kaisha, Tokyo, Japan

Filed Aug, 9, 1972, Ser. No. 279,013

Claims priority, application Japan, Aug. 9, 1971, 46-71 167

Int. CI. H03k 17100

U.S. CI. 307-202 5 Claims

_OVEN_ I

An optical radiation frequency converter including a cell
containing a metal vapor or a mixture of a metal vapor and a
second metal vapor or gas and a source of monochromatic
radiation of one frequency to be converted to another
frequency positioned to project the monochromatic radiation
through the cell whereby the metal vapor converts the radia-
tion from the one frequency to the other frequency.

3,795,820
CROSS-CONNECTION ARRANGEMENT BETWEEN
PHASE-ISOLATED METAL ENCLOSURES OF
INSULATING-GAS-FILLED HIGH-VOLTAGE
CONDUCTORS
Adolf Eidinger, Nussbaumen, Switzerland, assignor to Brown
Boveri & Company Limited, Baden, Switzerland
Filed Jan. 10, 1973, Ser. No. 322,388
Claims priority, application Switzerland, Jan. 18, 1972,
697 72

Int. CI. H02JJ '^W
U.S. CI. 307- 147 6 Claims

A luminous diode protecting device, which comprising a
circuit containing a luminous diode and a means being con-
nected with said luminous diode and being capable to keep the
vt)ltage supplied to said luminous diode in an inverse direction
under the reverse withstanding voltage of said luminous diode.

3.795,822
MULTIEMITTER COUPLED LOGIC GATE
Zdenek E. Skokan, Milpitas, Calif., assignor to Hewlett-
Packard Company, Palo Alto, Calif.

Filed Aug. 14. 1972, Ser. No. 280,363

Int. CI. H03k 19134, 19136

U.S. CI. 307-215 4 Claims

A polyphase high-voltage conductor system in which each
phase conductor is enclosed withm a metallic sheath filled

The emitters and bases of two transistors, at least one of
which has more than one emitter, are used as inputs, while the
collectors and emitters are used as outputs. The collector of
the first transistor is connected to the base of the second
transistor. The collectors of both transistors arc electrically
biased. A resistor is connected between the bias source and
the collector of the first transistor. A third transistor, con-
nected as a diode, clamps the voltage across the resistor to a
selected value even if more than one input to the first
transistor is low With changes m inputs and outputs, the cir-
cuit can function as a basic AND-OR gate, a trigger circuit for
pulse shaping, an R-S latch, and a gated latch. By combination
of basic gates, more complex logic functions can be achieved.

March 5, 1974

ELECTRICAL

207

3 795 823 which are in turn controlled by switch driver transistors. By

SIGNAL DETECTION IN NoisY TRANSMISSION PATH combining the driven signal with a periodic signal to form a
David Keith Morgan. Flemington. and Robert Charles Heuner,
Bound Brook, both of N.J., assignors to RCA Corporation,
Princeton. N.J.

Filed Nov. 9. 1972. Ser. No. 304,892

Int. CI. H03k/7/56

U.S. CI. 307-247 » » Claims

rti iiMiT

IfCMtEl

composite signal used to activate the switch driven transistors,
a smooth curve can be obtained.

Circuit for sensing the presence of a signal on a line
preceded by noise on the line, such as noise created by switch
bounce. The circuit, which includes flip-fiops and logic gates,
ignores noise bursts and produces only a single change in
direct voltage level at the circuit output terminal, in response
to a signal.

3,795,824
TRANSISTOR SWITCHING CIRCUIT
Joseph E. Monahan, Framingham. Mass., assignor to
Honeywell Inc., Minneapolis, Minn.

Continuation of Ser. No. 681,41 1, Nov. 8, 1967, abandoned.

This application Sept. 13, 1971, Ser. No. 180,146

Int. CI. H03k / 7100

U.S. CI. 307-255 10 Claims

3.795,826
DRIVE CIRCUIT FOR CONDUCTING DEVICES
Anthony John Adey, Ruislip, England, assignor to C.A,V.
Limited, Birmingham, England

Filed July 12, 1972, Ser. No. 271,199
Claims priority, application Great Britain, July 13, 1971,
32697/71

Int. CI. H03k 5100
U.S.CL 307-268 9 Claims

The provision of a base clamp on an emitter-follower
transistor enables the transistor to turn on to a selected level in
a brief lime without saturation.

A drive circuit for effecting current flow in an inductive cir-
cuit comprising a coil the circuit including a power transistor
having its emitter collector circuit connected in series with the
coil, an input transistor for controlling the power transistor
and a resistor for providing a signal representative of the cur-
rent flowing in the coil. A feed back transistor is supplied with
the signal developed across the resistor and provides feed
back to the input transistor whereby the mean value of current
fiowing in the coil will depend upon the magnitude of the
input signal applied to the input transistor.

3,795,825
AUTOMATIC GAIN COMPENSATION CIRCUIT
John D. McGhee, Plymouth Meeting, Pa., assignor to E. I. du
Pont de Nemours and Company, Wilmington, Del.
Filed Feb. 28, 1973, Ser. No. 336,767
Int.CI. H03k lil4
U.S. CI. 307-264 9 Claims

A compensating circuit for automatically varying the gain of
an electrical system as a continuous function of an indepen-
dent driven signal is disclosed. The circuit comprises a plurali-
ty of resistances, connected in parallel across a current source.
The resistances are switched into the circuit by FET switches

3,795,827
CONTROLLED SQUAREWAVE VOLTAGE GENERATIN(.

ELECTRONIC CIRCUIT
William J. Greger, Cupertino, Calif., assignor to Nortec Elec-
tronics Corporation, Santa Clara, Calif.

Filed Aug. 31, 1972, Ser. No. 285.222

Int.CI. H03k-?/26

U.S.CL 307-279 4 Claims

A circuit having a single output includes two sections which

each connect to said output a squarcwavc of different voltage

levels but the same period as controlled by a common clock

20S

OFFICIAL GAZETTE

March 5, 1974

MPnal A common data input signal selects wh.ch of the circuit Reversing links, eg from the last transfer stage to the first
sections is to operate and connect Us squarewavc with said storage stage, can be operated once to reverse the sequence of
output. One of the sections includes a source follower MOS

ciocrr^

-HKiC,"

1^_^1

«T«-f^-=-

uruT

SECIMO SCCTStJ

iSw^

t^^

1^ yvjGewm w

^^"" FIRST SfCTlii)

-4'

OtlTPUT

<'<

field effect transistor current amplifier and two reference volt-
age supply circuits having a resistive voltage divider and an
MOS device in scries therewith to compensate for variatK)ns
m the current amplifier threshold voltage drop

3.795,828
MONOLITHIC DECODER CIRCUIT
Joseph R. Cavali«re. Hopewell JunctioB, N.Y., and Donald B.
Mooney. Northbrook, III., assignors to International Busi-
ness Machines Corporation, Armonk. N.Y.

Continuation of Ser. No. 124,387. March IS, 1971,

abandoned. This application Mar. 8, 1973. Ser. No. 339.234

Int. CI. HO II /V/W;

L.S. CI. 307-303 18 Claims

2^ 5

bits present in the delay line Iwo operations of the reversing
links restore the original sequence.

3,795.830

I.ED SI.IDEBASE SWITCHBOARD LAMP

John L. Richardson. Cerritos. Calif., avsignor to Jim C. (Jar-

rett. Long Beach; Robert H. Johnson. Marine Del Ray and

Jack Shelton, long Beach, all of, Calif., part interest to each

Filed Aug. 17, 1972, Ser. No. 281,402

Int. CI. H03k 3/42

U.S. CI. 307-31 1 10 Claims

31 Z9 .

"jJZi.x^i.X^ nrrTTi^ :^^/:/^

.A monolithic decoder circuit provides a decode function
with driving capabilities at opposite ports and requires only a
single layer of metallization The circuit comprises a plurality
of gates each including a pair of transistors formed by emitter
diffusions in a base area Current switches are connected to
the emitters of the transistors to provide inputs and emitter
followers are connected to the bases of the transistors to pro-
vide outputs

A light-emitting diode slidebase switchboard lamp having
an LED at one end of an elongated sheath and a rigid, non-
conducting base at the other. A resistor and a rectifier posi-
tioned in the sheath in axial alignment, each connected to the
LtD and to terminals positioned along the outside of the
sheath. The terminals arc cemented to the sheath and have
end portions embedded in the base.

3,795,82^
ELECTRICAL INFORMATION DELAY LINE
John David Wikock, Weedon, England, assignor to Plessev
Handel Lnd Investments A.G., Zug, Switzerland
Filed Sept. 21, 1972, Ser. No. 290.926
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Oct. 27, 1971.
49874/71

Int.CI. H03ki76
L.S. CI. 307-304 4 Claims

An electrical delay line ( preferably using metal oxide silicon
transistors) in which storage stages alternate with temporary
transfer stages, and a bit is progressed between stages by
strobing inter-stage amplifiers by interlaced strobing pulses.

3,795,831
MINIATURE TUNING FORK TYPE CRYSTAL VIBRATOR
Kinji Fujita, Shimosuwa-Machi. Japan, assignor to Kabushiki
Kaisha Suwa Seikosha, Tokyo, Japan
Continuation of Ser. No. 75,029, Sept. 24, 1970, abandoned.
This application Apr. 26, 1972, Ser. No. 247,389
Claims priority, application Japan, Oct. 3, 1969, 44-78866
Int. CI. H04r / 7/00
U.S. CI. 310-9.4 4 Claims

A crystal vibrator having a tuning fork type vibrator sup-
ported by a pair of flexible supporting wires, each of said wires
being fixed at one end to opposed sides of said vibrator along
the symmetrical axis thereof The other end of each of said
supporting wires is rigidly fixed, with the portion in between
extending substantially parallel to said vibrator, said support-

March 5, 1974

ELECTRICAL

009

ing wire being dimensioned and positioned so that the center sulat.ve material These panels are angularly J'^'^^'^d to jch
of rotation on sa.d w.re .s substantially aligned w.th the center other to define the openings of the accel electrode. Conduc-

TTUTT

of gravity of said vibrator when said vibrator is subjected to
external shock.

3,795,832

TARGET FOR X-RAY TUBES

William P. Holland, West Redding, Conn., assignor to The

Machlett Laboratories, Incorporated, Springdale, Conn.

Continuation of Ser. No. 42,375, June 1, 1970, abandoned.

This application Feb. 28, 1972, Ser. No. 230,053

lnt.CI.H01jJ5//0

U.S.CL 313-60 8 Claims

live blades are installed in each opening for electrostatic
deflection of the beamlet issuing therethrough.

3,795,834
OSCILLOSCOPE HAVING EXTERNAL TRIGGER
DISPLAY MODE
Roland Eugene Andrews, Portland, and Robert Edward W hite.
Aloha, both of Oreg., assignors to Tektronix, Inc., Beaver-
ton, Oreg.

Filed July 5. 1972, Ser. No. 269.006

int. CI. HOlj 29/70

U.S. CI. 315-26 ^i:\^^x^s

S-SKt

^^i

A target for x-rav tubes, which is comprised of separate ele-
ments mechanically connected together whereby the element
which includes the x-ray generating focal area is of a selected
material mechanicallv attached to at least one element of a
second material bv means which efficiently permits ready
transfer of heat from the first element to the second while per-
mitting free thermal expansion of the elements relative to one
another.

An oscilloscope has an additional vertical display mode to
enable the display of an external triggering signal while it is ac-
tivating the swccp-generaling circuit Triggering source, level,
slope, and timing can be verified or examined without rccon-
nection of signal cables or disturbing front-panel controls
When switching between vertical display modes, the displayed
external triggering signal is in precise time relationship w.th
signals displayed through normal vertical channels.

3,795,833
ION BEAM DEFLECTION SYSTEM
Harry J. King, Woodland Hills, and David E. Schnelker,
Northridge, both of CaliL, assignors to Hughes Aircraft
Company, Culver City, CaliL
Continuation of Ser. No. 9,774, Feb. 9, 1970, abandoned. This
application May 25, 1972, Ser. No. 256,987
Int. CL F03h 5100; H05h 5100
U.S.CL 313-63 15 Claims

The accel electrode in a Kaufman-type of electron bom-
bardment ion thrustor is created by interengaging panels of in-

3,795,835

HORIZONTAL LINEARITY CORRECTION CIRCUIT
Floyd E. Aldrich. Waterloo, and Martin FLschman, Seneca

Falls, both of N.V.. assignors to GTE Sylvania Incorporated.

Seneca Falls, N.Y.

Filed Sept. 8, 1972, Ser. No. 287.419

Int.CI. H01j2y/70

U.S.CL 315-27 TD 10 Claims

A cathode ray tube deflection circuit having a fly hack trans-
former coupled to a potential source and via a parallel cou-
pled horizontal output stage and a horizontal defieclion yoke
to a potential reference level with a damper stage coupled to
the junction of the transformer means, output stage, and
defiection yoke includes a linearity correction circuit wherein
a winding of the transformer means coupled to a potential
reference level is also coupled to a series connected switching

210

OFFICIAL GAZETTE

March 5, 1974

means and senes resonant circuit connected to the potential
reference level and to the damper stages whereby the rate of

removed periodically and preferably automatically with the
instrument out of use, by electron bombardment from a heater
and possibly from the cathode itself, the control electrode
being made some hundreds of volts positive with respect to the

change of current flow through a deflection yoke is altered to
enhance linearity of the trace period of a cathode ray tube

3.795,836

INTENSITY LIMITING MEANS FOR CATHODE RAY

OSCILLOSCOPE

Ake Valentin Nilsson, Karlskoga, Sw«den, assignor to Ak-

tiebolaget Bofors, Bofors, Sweden

Filed Feb. 29. 1972. Ser. No. 230,258

Claims priority, application Sweden, Mar. 1. 1971. 2538/71

Int.CI. H01ji///0

L.S.CI. 315— 30 3 Claims

fCHT 9

5-:

J_J^

•\

J.\ \\\\ 1 KW^^S.^'i -

rN?j'

IJSSSSS-

heater during this period. The heater may be one already
present for heating the cathode The bombardment may be in
two thirty-second pulses applied immediately after the instru-
ment is switched off.

3,795,838

AERODYNAMIC LARGE VOLUME GASEOLS ELECTRIC

DISCHARGE SYSTEM

Alan E. Hill, Box 544 A Rt. 5, Albuquerque, N. Mex. 871 12
Division of Ser. No. 128,845, March 29, 1971, Pat. No.
3,735,284, Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 7,935, Feb. 2,
1970. abandoned. This application June 27. 1972. Ser. No.

266.813

Int. CI. H01J7/24

U.S.CI.315-111 3 Claims

Display apparatus including a cathode ray oscilloscope is
provided, pnmariU but not exclusively for thermography, to
obtain photographic records of the oscilloscope image without
danger of overexposing the photosensitive film. The apparatus
includes means to limit the intensity of the oscilloscope image
which means is prcsettable to modify the image signal ( i e , the
signal normally determining intensity ) only when its amplitude
exceeds a predetermined value, whereby the image intensity is
prevented from exceeding a desired maximum corresponding
to the characteristics of the film and a given exposure time and
aperture Circuits arc described for suppressing the electron
beam when its intensity would otherwise exceed the desired
maximum.

3.795.837
ELECTRON GUNS
Tai Hon Philip Chang. Yorktown Heights. N.Y.. assignor to
Cambridge Scientific Instruments Limited. Cambridge. En-
gland

Filed Mar. 24, 1972, Ser. No. 237,800
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Mar. 25, 1971,
7,966/71

Int.CI. HO Ijy 50
U.S. CI. 315-94 5 Claims

In an electron gun for use in electron beam instruments
such as electron microscopes and microanalysers the con-
tamination that builds up on the control electrode (grid) is

A large volume gaseous discharge system such as used in
lasers has a plurality of electrodes at one end of the channel A
plurality of separate discharges are established adjacent the
plurality of electrodes A fast-moving gas stream within the
channel aerodynamically controls the ion spacial distribution,
and therefore indirectly the electron spacial distribution
within the channel In one system the geometry of the system
and velocity of the stream are made such that the transit time
between the plurality of electrodes at one end of the channel,
and an electrode at the other end of the channel, is i)f the
order of the diffusion time from one current stream and the
next In another embodiment rods are positioned to rapidly
diffuse the plasma with noz/ies provided to further aid in the
mixing. A transverse folded optical path is used for laser
operation

3.795,839
METHOD FOR PREVENTING ARCING IN AN
ELECTROSTATIC COATING SYSTEM
Arvid C. Walberg, Lombard, III., assignor to Graco Inc., Min-
neapolis, Minn.

DivisionofSer. No. 665,104, Sept. 1, 1967, Pat. No.

3,641,971. This application Nov. 3. 1971, Ser. No. 195,430

Int. CI. B05c 1 100

U.S. CI. 317— 3 9 Claims

A method for setting up and using a safety circuit for an

electrostatic coating system A sensing circuit is connected to

- m.*^

March 5, 1974

ELECTRICAL

211

a source of potential to sense the current flow between the gun
electrode and work to be coated A delay circuit normally
delays de-energization of the current to the electrode unless
the sensing circuit senses a predetermined value in which case
de-energization occurs without delay. A resistance may be
connected to the electrode to aid in reducing disruptive arch
and also to the sensing circuit. The sensing circuit may be set

3,795,841

SHOCK PROTECTING CIRCUIT BREAKER FOR TWO

CIRCUITS WITH COMMON NEUTRAL

Keith W. Klein, Simsbury. Conn., assignor to General Electric

Company. New York. N.Y.

Filed July 19, 1972, Ser. No. 273,306

Int. CI. H02h J/2«

U.S.CI. 317— 18D * 5 Claims

to sense the current through the electrode at different
predetermined values after determining the maximum length
of disruptive arc between the electrode and work to be coated
and also the amount of current that would cause such an arc.
Before the predetermined value in the sensing circuit is ex-
ceeded, the source of high potential is de-energized. The
potential source may be prevented from being energized until
control means are recycled.

3,795,840
OVERVOLTAGE PROTECTION NETWORK
Joseph M. Cambra, Santa Clara, CaliL, assignor to The United
States of America as represented by the Administrator of the
National Aeronautics and Space Administration. Washing-
ton. D.C.

Filed Nov. 29. 1972. Ser. No. 310.624

Int.CI. H02hJ/20

U.S.CI.3I7-16 3 Claims

/ J^ 16 ,

KKjrr OF TWISTED
SHIELOeO PAIR
(LOW VOLTACC
INSULATION)

NAB

CID

ll^

^5 n; ^ nr

:±CS

An electrical protective system comprising a panel assembly
including an enclosure with two main incoming power bus
bars having, in use, a given voltage between them, and a main
neutral terminal having, in use, a voltage midway between the
voltages of the aforesaid two conductors, combined with a
unitary protective device comprising two electric circuit
breakers each connected to a different one of the two power
bus bars and each having a load terminal for connection to the
outgoing load conductor of a separate load circuit to be pro-
tected. The protective device also includes a neutral terminal
connected to the mam neutral terminal and a load return con-
ductor terminal for connection to a load return conductor
which is common to the two circuits being protected The pro-
tective device also includes means for monitoring the algebra-
ic sum of the currents in the three load conductors comprising
the two outgoing load conductors and the common load
return conductor and for caDsing automatic opening of both
of the circuit breakers if and when the algebraic sum of the
currents in the three conductors exceeds a predetermined
small amount, such, for example, as 5 milliampercs, whereby
each of the protected circuits is protected against damage by
ground fault currents, and whereby human beings arc pro-
tected from possibly lethal electric shock by coming in contact
with high potential points of either of the two circuits.

3.795.842

CIRCUIT FOR MONITORING VOLTAGES IN A

POLYPHASE ELECTRICAL SUPPLY

Frank I. Kovacs, Bisbee. Ariz., assignor to Univ. Amp. Inc.,

Bisbee, Ariz.

Filed June 9. 1972, Ser. No. 261.351

Int. CI. H02h i/24

U.S. CI. 317— 27 R 2 Claims

fiCl^f y/2

Electrical equipment to be protected from overvoltage is
connected with a possible source of overvoltage via an input
conductor. A fuse is connected in series with the input con-
ductor and a spark gap is connected between the input con-
ductor and ground for conducting the overvoltage current to
ground and for blowing the fuse to open the circuit to the elec-
trical equipment. A pulse attenuator network is provided
between the spark gap and the electrical equipment to be pro-
tected for attenuating the pulse of energy passing through the
fuse and spark gap prior to blowing of the fuse. The pulse at-
tenuator network includes additional shunt spark gaps, scries
inductance, and a series connection of a twisted shielded pair
of conductors having low-voltage insulation.

A triac, a pair of diacs, a neon bulb and a photocell monitor
all of the voltages in a polypha.se electrical supply and discon-

•212

OFFTCTAL GAZFTTE

MARrii 5, 1974

ncct a load when any of the vollagef decrease below a
predetermined threshold value.

3,795,843

HIGH VOLTAGE PL LSE GENERATING APPARATl S
Voshio hhida. Osaka, Japan, assignor to Diamond Electric
Mfg. Co. Ltd.. Osaka, Japan

Eiled Jul> 25. 1972. Ser. No. 275.006
Int. CI. E23qJ /W>
L.S.CL 317-96

,6 ♦/

substrate and form the structural connection between the chip
and the substrate, arranged in a plurality of concentric circles

fss?

I m ^>««fr-»,-

4 -'i > ^

A combustion control device for controlling the combustion
of a liquid fuel such as petroleum fuel The device incor-
porates a capacitor-discharging ignition, a prepurging opera-
tuin, a post-ignition extending operation and safety means for
preventing accidents which may occur due to system faults.

7 Claims

'--o

^ hid) c ! <?

9 V '^ <? ^^ P

<% o- '';^

with the pads in each circle being equally angularly spaced
from each other.

3,795,846

INTE(;RATEI)SEMI-CONI)tCTOR DEVICE HAVING

ELNCTIONAL REGIONS ISOLATED BY P-N JLNCTIONS

THEREBETWEEN
Takuzo Ogawa; Kenzi Mivata; Hidevuki Vagi, and Takeshi
Sasaki, all of Hitachi, japan, assignors to Hitachi, Ltd.,
Tokyo, Japan

Eiled Sept. 29. 1972, Ser. No. 293,506

Claims priority, application Japan. Oct. 1, 1971,46-76344

Int. CI. Hon urn, 15,00

t.S.CL 317-235 R 31 Claims

3.795,844

ELECTRONIC COMPONENT PACKAGE
Mark Markarian, Williamstown, Mass.. assignor to Sprague
Electric Company. North Adams, Mass.

Eiled Feb. 26, 1973, Ser. No. 335,989

Int.CI. HOIgV//0

L.S.CL 3 17- 230 6 Claims

An integrated semiconductor rectifier device comprising a
semiconductor substrate having a pair of mutually opposed
principal surfaces, said substrate including a plurality of func-
tion regions of diodes or thyristors with their end surfaces ex-
posed at said pair of principal surfaces respectively with an
i.solation region provided therebetween.

An electronic component package is disclosed comprising a
metal tube upon whose surfaces is grown an oxide insulative
film A metal layer covers each end of the tube including a
portion of the tube's inside and outside surfaces A component
such as a solid tantalum capacitor, mounted inside the tube is
contacted by a conductive plug in each end of the tube. The
conductive lavers. form the terminals of the package by which
the component may be electrically and physically mounted by
soldering to a hybrid integrated circuit substrate.

3,795,847
METHOD AND APPARATLS FOR STORINCJ AND
TRANSFERRINC; INFORMATION
William E. Engeler, Scotia, and Jerome J. Tiemann, Schenec-
tady, both of N.Y., assignors to General Electric Company,
Schenectady, N.V.

Division of Ser. No. 56,353, July 20, 1 970. This application

Mar. 26, 1 973, Ser. No. 345, 1 79

Int. CI. HO 1 1 1 1114

U.S. CL 3 17-235 R 3 Claims

3,795.845
SEMICONDUCTOR CHIP HAVING CONNECTING PADS

ARRANGED IN A NON-ORTHOGONAL ARRAY
Eugene E. Cass, Hopewell Junction; Robert M. Gustafson,
Poughkeepsie, and Paul M. Young, Pleasant Valley, all of
N.Y., assignors to International Business Machines Corpora-
tion, Armonk, N.Y.

Filed Dec. 26, 1972, Ser. No. 317,902

Int. Cl.HOU 3 00,5/00

L.S.CL 317-234 R 8 Claims

A semiconductor chip has its pads, which connect circuits

on the chip to electrically conductive elements on a support

A method and apparatus for storing and transferring infor-
mation employing a conductor-insulator-semiconductor (CIS)

March 5, 1974

ELECTRICAL

213

structure as the storage and transfer apparatus is disclosed
herein. The CIS structure is initially charged to a predeter-
mined voltage thereby forming a depletion region within the
semiconductor beneath the insulated conductor. Minority car-
riers controllably generated within the semiconductor are
stored at the surface of the semiconductor beneath the insu-
lated conductor by an electric field existing in the depletion
region, thus changing the predetermined voltage Means for
transferring the stored charge along the surface of the
semiconductor are disclosed.

3,795.850
REGENERATIVE MOTOR CONTROL SYSTEM
James W. Grygera. Racine, Wis., assignor to Eaton Corpora-
tion, Cleveland, Ohio

Filed July 26. 1971. Ser. No. 165,983

Int.CI. H02p5/6'6

L.S.CL 318-331 9 Claims

3,795,848
COLLECTORLESS D. C. MOTOR
Gerhard Schaub, Nuremberg, Germany, assignor to Gebr Bu-
hier Nachfolger GmbH, Nurnberg, Germany

Filed Mar. 21, 1972, Ser. No. 236,707
Claims priority, application Germany, Apr. 1, 1971,
2115777

Int. CI. H02k 29/02
U.S. CI. 318- 138 15 Claims

"T7

A collectorless DC. motor includes a rotor, a stator, and a
plurality of stator windings arranged on the stator in angularly
spaced relationship. Each winding when energized produces a
stationary magnetic field having a respective orientation. A
control circuit including an oscillator energizes successive
ones of the windings for respective lime intervals determined
by the oscillatory frequency of the oscillator. The resulting
magnetic field revolves with an angular velocity determined
by the oscillator.

Motor control system in which regenerative bridge is condi-
tioned to be conductive when the gating angle for SCRs in the
bridge for operating in a motoring direction is such that the
SCR's will not fire because of the CEMF of the motor and the
regenerative bridge becomes conductive only if the armature
current is zero. The CEMF of the motor is compared with the
error signal to determine whether the triggering pulses are at a
phase which will fire the forward bridge.

3,795,851

DIGITAL SERVOSYSTEM

Theodore A. Gage, and Carl C. Crothers, both of Austin, Tex..

assignors to Astro-Mechanics. Inc., Austin, Tex.

Continuation of Ser. No. 2,863, Jan. 14, 1970, abandoned.

This application Jan. 3, 1972, Ser. No. 215,018

Int. CI. G05b/ 9/2S

U.S. CI. 318-602 . 8 Claims

3,795,849

BRUSHLESS DIRECT CURRENT MOTOR

Yoshikiyo Futagayva; Chifumi Komatsu; Yoshihiro Mitsui, all

of Suwa, and Hiroshi Kamakura. Matsumoto. all of Japan,

assignors to Kabushiki Kaisha Suwa Seikosha, Tokyo and

Shinshu Seiki Kabushiki Kaisha, Suyya-shi, both of. Japan

Filed Dec. 22, 1971, Ser. No. 210,819
Claims priority, application Japan, Dec. 23, 1970,

45/116255

InL CI. H02k 29/02
U.S.CL 318-254 3 Claims

ituvo LA
KOTO* rr

1— ^

COWTSOLLED
eLEWKT

49 ---

7:5/ S4^:

50 1

.-I

5_S

1 ^

A self-starting brushless direct current motor incorporating
a converter circuit for converting the rotational speed of the
rotor of said motor into an electrical signal and a control cir-
cuit for controlling the current applied to the driving coils in
response to said electrical signal.

Disclosed is a servosystem including a servo motor which
shaft is positioned in response to digital command signals A
comparator or error generator produces a pair of digital out-
put signals respectively representative of an error magnitude
and direction signal necessary to rotate the shaft in the desired
direction to reduce the error, the digital output signals being
converted to a bidirectional analog signal which is combined
with a time derivative signal, the resultant signal being applied
to the servo motor. Also disclosed are novel comparator
means having gating circuitry necessary to assure that the
minuend signal is always greater than the subtrahend signal, a
digital to analog convertor means effecting a unidirectional to

214

OFFICIAL GAZETTE

March 5, 1974

suitably as it approaches the hmits of its travel.

analog signal.

3,795.852

DEV ICE ENSL RING THE ALTOMATIC STOPPAGE OF A

Gl IDED MOVING BODY AT DESIRED POSITIONS NOT

DEFINED BY EXTERIOR REFERENCE OR GLIDE

MARKS

Joseph Favard, 31 Ruedu Docteur Finlaj. Paris, 15, France

Filed July 24, 1972, Ser. No. 275.090

Claims priority, application France. July 23. 1971.

71.27094

Int. C\.iiOSb 19121^

L.S. CI. 318-602

5 Claims

3.795.854

SYSTEM FOR DRIVING AN ELECTRIC PCI.SE MOTOR

HAVING DUTY CYCLE CONTROL OF WINDING

EXCITATION SIGNALS

Kengo Kobayashi, Kawasaki, and Mitsuo Manabe. Tokyo, both

of Japan. as.signors to Fujitsu Limited. Kawasaki-shi, Japan

Filed Dec. 13. 1971, Ser. No. 207.037
Claims priority, application Japan, Dec. 25. 1970. 45-
129759; Feb. 10. 1971. 46-5368; Mar. 19. 1971, 46-15561;
Mar. 30, 1971, 46-18898; Mar. 30, 1971,46-18899

Int. CI. H02kJ7/00
IJ.S. CI. 318-696 6 Claims

X 12

-35

PULSE MOTOR _ _ p^_Q-

ORiVING CIRCUIT 5« PMLX.IWIWC

A system for stopping a body m one bf several possible stop
zones along a limited path. The system includes a servo, in-
cluding a drive, controlled by a comparator, and a special
position encoding arrangement including a binary disc en-
coder for giving a fine indication of position and a second disc
encoder with tracks defining succes.sive sectors corresponding
to the number of stop zones, a track of which the angular seg-
ments correspond to the stop zones and are each within one of
the sectors and a further track having segments angularly
overlapping the stop zone segments The various tracks can
provide signals in anticipation of an approach to a desired
stopping position.

^-6

3.795,853
SERVOMECHANISMS THAT DECELERATES PROPERLY

ON APPROACH TO LIMIT OF TRAVEL
Joseph Colin Whitehouse. Blaby, England, assignor to The
Rank Organisation Limited, London, England

Filed Dec. 27, 1971, Ser. No. 212,322
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Feb. 18, 1971,

4959 71

Int. CI. G05g 5/00

L.S. CI. 318-618 4 Claims

In a system for driving an electric pulse motor by changing
the exciting phase in turn and stepping the rotor of the electric
pulse motor, the present invention utilizes a control circuit
which repeats the forward and reverse stepping signals in a
ratio according to the step position, and stops or vibrates the
rotor in a predetermined position between the step positions
which arc delermincd by the number of exiting phases and the
number of teeth per each phase. According to the present in-
vention, a number of steps per unit distance larger than the
number of steps per unit distance which are determined by the
number of exciting phases and the number of teeth per each
phase can be obtained by suitably determining the sequence of
input pulses of a logic circuit which determines the exciting
pha-ses. According to the exciting system of the present inven-
tion, the number of steps and the quantity of steps are not
restricted by the number of phases nor by the driving system.
In the driving system, by further detecting the position of the
displacement of the mechanical system driven by the pulse
motor and providing an error detector circuit which operates
on the pulse motor via the above-mentioned control circuit so
as to bring detected value into coincidence with the command
value, a more precise numerical control system can be pro-
vided.

-tQ-

In a velocity-controlled servomechanism having also a posi-
tion sensor such as a potentiometer, the invention provides an

3,795,855
MAGNETIC RESONANCE PROBE SYSTEM
Gordon D. Browning, Castro Valley, Calif., assignor to The
Cyclotron Corporation, Berkeley, Calif.

Filed Dec. 8, 197 1, Ser. No. 206,074

InLCI.G01n27/7*

U.S.CL324-.5R 11 Claims

A magnetic resonance probe system having an impedance

bridge wherein a sample containing coil forms one leg of the

March 5, 1974

ELECTRICAL

21.

bridge and is positioned in a magnetic field for producing
resonance in the sample; an RF generator connected to bridge

3,795,857

ELECTRICAL CONNECTOR TESTING APPARATUS

HAVING A PLURALITY OF AND GATES

Donald C. Brown, Mitcheldean, England, assignor to Xerox

Corporation, Stamford, Conn.

Filed May 26, 1972, Ser. No. 257,270
Claims priority, application Great Britain, June 11, 1971.
27,435/71

Int.Cl.G01ri//02
U.S. CI. 324— 51 1 Claim

input terminals for exciting the sample; and means dif-
ferentially comparing the potentials at the midpoint or null
terminals.

3.795,856

METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR RECORDING SPIN

RESONANCE SPECTRA USING A PULSE MODULATED

RF EXCITATION SIGNAL

Toni Keller, Pallanden, Switzerland, as.signor to Spectrospin

A.G., Zurichfallanden, Switzerland

Filed May 19. 1972. Ser. No. 255,173
Claims priority, application Germany, May 28, 1971,
2126744

Int. CI. GOln 27/75
U.S. CI. 324- .5 R 28 Claims

■■•■^^

»A

The present invention provides method and apparatus for
testing electrical connector apparatus Preferably, the ap-
paratus is arranged to test a plurality of connectors, and com-
prises a plurality of sets of apparatus as hereinafter set out, a
counter, means responsive to the counter for applying in turn
the signal to the first terminal of each of the sets, a single in-
dicator connected to the outputs of all the AND gates, and
means responsive to the counter for sampling the indicator
during each count and stopping the counter when no output
from the appropriate AND gate is received.

3,795,858
INVERTER RATIO FAILURE DETECTOR
James C. Fletcher, Administrator of the National Aeronautics
and Space Administration with respect to an invention by;
Albert P. Wagner, Pasadena, Calif.; Theodore J. Ebersole,
King of Prussia, and Robert E. Andrews. Folsom, both of Pa.
Filed May 10, 1973, Ser. No. 359,157
Int. CI. GOlr 27/00
U.S.CI. 324— 57R 10 Claims

j5 pry i {^F]-"

1 "

lynt. t— ■ i '. , , ,, ,, \

A method and apparatus are described for performing time
shared spin resonance analyses. A sideband of a pulse modu-
lated RF signal is used to excite the spins of a sample, and the
signals received from the excited spins are heterodyned with
the carrier frequency of the pulse modulated RF signal The
heterodyned signal is detected by mixing it with a signal hav-
ing a frequency equal to the product of the pulse repetition
rate and the ordinal number of the sideband used to excite the
spins. The frequency of the sideband used to excite the spins
of the sample is swept through a range of frequencies simply
by varying the pulse repetition rate. During such variations in
the pulse repetition rate, the amplitude of the sideband signal
is kept constant by varying the pulse duration or the amplitude
of the carrier frequency signal Apparatus for carrying out the
method is described.

A failure detector which detects the failure of a DC to AC
inverter is disclosed. The inverter under failureless conditions
is characterized by a known linear relationship of its input and
output voltages and by a known linear relationship of its input
and output currents. The detector includes circuitry which is
responsive to the detector's input and output voltages and
which provides a failure-indicating signal only when the moni-
tored output voltage is less by a selected factor, than the ex-
pected output voltage for the monitored input voltage, based
on the known voltages' relationship Similarly, the detector in-
cludes circuitry which is responsive to the input and output
currents and provides a failure-indicating signal only when the
input current exceeds by a selected factor the expected input
current for the monitored output current based on the known
currents' relationship.

•2ir,

OFFTCIAT. GAZETTE

March 5, 1974

3,795.859

METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DETERMINING THE
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS OF A MEMORY
CELL HAVING FIELD EFFECT TRANSISTORS
Joseph F. Benante, Poughkeepsie. N.Y.; Nicholas M. Donofr.o,
and Richard H. Linton, both of Essex Junction, Vt., as-
signors to International Business Machines Corporation, Ar-

monk,N.Y.

Filed July 3, 1972. Ser. No. 268.370

Int.'a.COlr 3 1100, J J i26

employs an addressable switching and memory unit for each
terminal point When addressed, each point is first connected
to a first bus and. when the addressing is terminated, is
thereafter connected to a second bus. this second connec^tion
being maintained under the control of the memory or latch as-
sociated with each switching unit Pru>r to bemg addressed,
each point is in effect isolated by the switching unit and al-
lowed lo noat in potential. As the successive points in a given

L.S. CI. 324-73 R

T » a «' —

X ~5= =^

I •?-»

9 Claims

The electrical characteristics of i field effect transistor
, FET) of a memory cell connected to a ZERO bit line and of
an FET of the memory cell conncctod to a ONE bit line are
determmcd through applying a substantially constant voltage
to one of the ZERO and ONE bit lines while changing the volt-
age condition on the other of the bit lines. In one embodiment,
the FET IS a load device of the memorv cell and has its source
electrode connected to one of the bit lines and also to the
drain electrode of another FET. which has its gate electrode
connected to the other of the bit lines and functions as an ac-
tive device of the cell A substantially constant voltage is ap-
plied to the gate electrode through one of the bit lines to inac-
tivate the FET which has its dram electrode connected to the
source electrode of the FET having its electrical charac^
teristics determined. The other of the bit lines is discharged
for a predetermined period of time and then allowed to charge
for another predetermined period of time The measurement
of this charged voltage will indicate whether the FET, which is
the load device, is connected to the bit line and has the desired
gam and whether the leakage current through the bit line is
too high In the other embodiment, a substantially constant
voltage IS applied to an FET which is the active device and has
Its dram electrode connected to one of the bit lines lo have a
substantially constant voltage applied thereto while its gate
electrode is connected to the other of the bit lines to have two
different voltages applied thereto The difference in current
now through the active FET having the two different voltages
applied to Its gate electrode is employed to determine the
threshold voltage of the FET.

network arc addressed, the system tests for continuity
between the first and second buses to determine if the desired
connections exist After all terminal points which should be in
the selected network have been latched into connection with
the second bus, all remaining points are commonly switched
into connection with the first bus Testing for isolation at this
time determines whether any undesired connections affecting
the selected network arc present.

3.795,861

APPARATUS FOR ANALYSING TRANSIENTS IN A

PERIODIC SEQUENCE OF SIGNALS

Peter G Lazenby, 13 Shadvlav*n Cres., Streetsville, and Hen-

drik M. Wondergem, 38 Dixington Cres., Weston, Ontario,

both of Canada

Filed Feb. 20. 1973. Set. No. 333,973

Int. CI. GOlr 2 7/2*, /y/00

U.S.CL324-I02 1 1 Claims

3,795,860

NETWORK TESTER EMPLOYING LATCHED TEST

SWITCHING UNITS

Tage Peter Sylvan, Milton, Mass., assignor to Teradyne, Inc.,

Boston, Mass.

Filed July 13, 1972, Ser. No. 271,269

Int.CI.G01r /5//2,i//02

U.S. CI. 324-73 R \ II Claims

The testing apparatus disclosed herein is adapted to test
backplane wmng so as to determine if all desired connections
exist and whether any undesired connections may be present^
Such backplanes tvpically comprise a multiplicity of terminal
points which may be interconnected in arbitrary manner to
form a plurality of networks of connected points The tester

In an apparatus for analysing transients in a periodic
sequence of signals, a signal averager is used for averaging
sequential portions of a repetitive waveform characteristic ot
a sequence of the transients In order to compensate for un-
wanted transient components determined by spunous vana-
tions in the peak amplitudes of the incoming signals, a peak
detector having a number of independently adjustable output
circuits is used to derive compensation signals from the in-
coming signals, the compensation signals being compounded
with the sequential portions of the repetitive waveform.

March 5, 1974

ELECTRICAL

217

3,795,862
DEMODULATOR FOR CARRIER TRANSDUCERS
James C. Fletcher, Administrator of the National Aeronautics
and Space Administration with respect to a invention of, and
Robert F. Roller, McMurray, Pa.

Filed Nov. 24, 1971, Ser. No. 201,700

Int.CI.GOlr 79/22. 27/2»

U.S. CI. 324- 118 9 Claims

3.795,864

METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR GENERATING

WALSH FUNCTIONS

James McFerrin Fullton, Jr., Chapel Hill, N.C., assignor to

Western Electric Company. Incorporated. Nen York, N.Y .

Filed Dec. 21, 1972, Ser. No. 317.340

Int. CI. H04ji/00

U.S. CI. 325-38 R 21 Claims

A carrier type transducer is supplied with a carrier wave via
an audio amplifier, a filter, a frequency divider and an oscilla-
tor, rhe carrier is modulated m accordance with the parame-
ter being measured by the transducer and is fed to the input of
a digital data system which may include a voltmeter. The out-
put of the oscillator and the output of each stage of the divider
are fed lo an AND or a NAN D gate and suitable vanable and
fixed delay circuits to the command input of the digital data
system. With this arrangement, the digital data system is com-
manded to sample at the proper time so that the average volt-
age of the modulated carrier is measured and may be utilized
with ancillary circuitry for control of the parameter bemg
measured by the transducer.

ROW
iOORCSS

lid «-i»T Lu_

_JSE.ECT10N .
__R£OKTt;R

3.795,863

VOLTAGE INDICATOR EMPLOYING A RESISTIVE

NETWORK AND LIGHT EMITTING DIODES

Jun-ichi Umeda; Eiichi Maruyama, both of Kodira, and Kazu-

toshi Ikegami, Kokubunji, all of Japan, assignors to HiUchi,

Ltd., Tokyo, Japan

FiledApr. 20, 1971,Ser.No. 135,689
Claims priority, application Japan, Apr. 20, 1970, 45/32992
Int.CI.GOlr /J/02, i//00
U.S. CL 324- 122 7 Claims

Apparatus for generating digital signals which are represen-
tative of the Walsh functions. In a first embodiment, a selec-
tion register receives the row address of a given row in a
Hadamard array which corresponds to the desired Walsh
functions. A binary counter receives the column address at
which generation of the Walsh function is to begin and the
outputs of the register and counter are selectively ".AN D"ed
and "OR^'ed, according to a predetermined procedure, lo
generate the desired Walsh function.

3,795,865
AUTOMATED REAL TIME EQUALIZED MODEM
Thomas R. Armstrong, Clearwater, Fla., assignor to Honeywell
Information Systems Inc.. Waltham, Mass.

Filed Feb. 23, 1972, Ser. No. 228,552

Int.CI. H04b7/00, ;/62

U.S. CL 325— 42 20 Claims

A voltage indicator employs a plurality of light-emitting
diodes and a plurality of resistors suitably combined with each
other, and the number of the light-emilting diodes to be ener-
gized is increased or decreased with the increase or decrease
in the voltage to be indicated. Another voltage indicator has a
plurality of columns comprising serially connected resistors
and light-emitting diodes, the number of said light-emitting
diodes being different by said columns, are connected in
parallel with each other between two terminals, and the
number of columns having illuminating light-emitting diodes is
increased or decreased with increase or decrease in the volt-
age between said two terminals.

PM SEQUENCE
GENERATOR

202

^204

P4M LEVEL
GENERATOR

PAH

J s«:cTRuii

DAT* m,

INPUT

COMVERTER

"shaping LP*

^-206

^207

VSB

Filter

rrXED
EQUALIZER

JfiS.

An Automated Real Time Equalized Modem (ARTEM)
having multipath equalization by means of adaptive, quadra-
ture matched filters and an adaptive transversal equalizer
ARTEM IS a wideband (3kHz) system employing multilevel
PAM-VSB (Pulse Amplitude Modulation-Vestigial Side
Band) modulation and continuous real-time automatic chan-
nel measurement and equalization, wherein the channel pulse
response is continually measured and equalized so that the
modem receiver adapts itself to the varying HF medium.

218

OFFICIAL GAZETTE

March 5, 1974

3,795.866

COMBINED CLOCK AND AUDIO BROADCAST

RECEIVER WITH AUTOMATIC CHIMES

Albert C. Johnson. 616 E. Lake View Ave.. Milwaukee, Wis.

53217

Filed May 5. 1971,Ser. No. 140.517

Int.CI. H04b ///(

l;.S.CL325-396

9 Claims

A clock utilized in conjunction with a broadcast receiver is
coordinated with a control so that a pre-recorded audible time
chime signal is automatically played directly through the loud-
speaker of the receiver The clock and control cause the
chime signal to be played through the speaker, whether the
receiver switch is men or off position When the receiver is on
and broadcast material is being directed through the speaker,
the control substitutes the chime signal for the broadcast
material The control system is connected between the clock
and the audio stage of the receiver and is adapted to by-pass
the receiver's on-off switch to provide power to the receiver in
the event the switch is in off position. The control is actuated
by a switch which is responsive to the position of a clock shaft
and, in the embodiment shown, includes a pair of tape reels
which are driven in forward and reverse direction in response
to control signals on the tape. The tape is four track and in-
cludes a pair of control signal channels and a pair of audio
chime channels, one of each channel being provided for each
direction of tape movement. The tape direction is reversed at
either end in response to control signals, to thereby provide a
continuously operating automatic system. The chime changes
with the change in time to provide the correct time of day.

second synchronously recurring timing pulses by generating a
stuck-at-one pulse when either one of the first or second pul-
ses IS generated and remains in a true condition as a result of a
malfunction, and by generating a stuck-at-zero signal when
either one of the timing pulses fails to be generated The ar-
rangement includes a zero bi-stable device responsive to the
absence of both of the first and second pulses to generate a
zero state pulse, a first bistable device responsive to either
one of the first or second pulses and to the zero state pulse for
generating a state one pulse, the state one pulse causing the
zero bi-stable device to terminate its zero state pulse, a second
bistable device responsive to the coincidence of the first pulse
and the second pulse and to the state one pulse for generating
a state two pulse, the state two pulse causing the first bi-stable
device to terminate its state one pulse upon the lack of coin-
cidence of the first and second pulses, the second bi-stable
device terminating its state two pulse upon the occurrence of
the state zero pulse or upon the coincidence of the first and
second pulses and of the termination of the state one pulse,
and a logic circuit for generating the stuck-at-onc pulse in
response to the absence of the state zero pulse and to the
absence of the state one pulse and of the state two pulse after a
predetermined time interval, the logic circuit generating the
stuck-at-zero pulse in response to the state one pulse after a
predetermined timing interval.

3,795,868

APPARATUS FOR THE MEASUREMENT OF RMS

VALUES

Wolfgang Ohme, Boblingen; Karl Grand, Sindelfingen, and

Jorg Winkler, Schonaich, all of Germany, assignors to

Hewlett-Packard GmbH, Boblingen, Germany

Filed July 10, 1972, Ser. No. 270,1 15
Claims priority, application Germany, July 26, 1971, P 21
37 281.6

Int. CI. H03k 5100; GOlv 15/00
U.S.CL328-144 5 Claims

3,795,867

PULSE DETECTION ARRANGEMENT

Leo V. Jones, Jr., Chicago, III., assignor to GTE AutomaUc

Electric Laboratories Incorporated. Northlake, III.

Filed Apr. 2, 1973, Ser. No. 347,302

Int. CI. H03d 13/00

U.S.CL328-133 9 Claims

A pulse detection arrangement indicates the malfunctioning
of a pair of liming generators producing a scries of first and

There is disclosed an apparatus including the ensemble of a
squaring means and an averaging means for the continuous
measurement of RMS values which is especially useful for
acoustical applications. A storage means in an averager is
discharged by constant current which results in a linear
discharge function of the averager so that quickly following
input signals are no longer covered by the exponential
discharge characteristic of the prior art detectors of this kind.
The input signal is directly supplied to the one input of a mul-
tiplier and is supplied to the other input of said multiplier via
an operational amplifier which has another multiplier in its
feedback in order to increase the dynamic range of the cir-
cuitry.

March 5, 1974

ELECTRICAL

219

3,795,869
FREQUENCY SOURCE INCLUDING FAULT RESPONSIVE

CONTROL
Hubert Mionet, Antony; Francois Bronner, Fontenay-le-Fleu-
ry, and Pierre Fruteau, Paris, all of France, assignors to
Compagnie Industrielle Des Telecommunications Cit-AI-
cated, Paris, France

Filed Feb. 14, 1972, Ser. No. 225,897
Claims priority, application France, Feb. 12, 1971,7104712
Int.CI. H03f/ 9/00
U.S. Ci. 330-2 12 Claims

3,795,871

HIGH FREQUENCY PHASE SHIFT OSCILLATOR

UTILIZING FREQUENCY DEPENDENT TRANSISTOR

PHASE SHIFTS

Jacques Franquet, Noisy le Roi, France, assignor to Elec-

tronique Marcel Dassault, Paris, France

Filed June 6, 1972, Ser. No. 260, 145

Claims priority, application France, June 9, 1971. 7120881

Int. CI. H03b 3/04,3/00

U.S. CI. 331— 45 6 Claims

A frequency source including an input circuit connected to
receive an input pulse stream and arranged to direct alternate
pulses into respective first and second amplifier systems whose
outputs are combined in a summation element, and first and
second logic circuits connected to receive the outputs of the
respective amplifier systems and control signals from the input
circuit and arranged to respond to a fault in the respective am-
plifier system by causing all the input pulses to pass to the
other system

3,795,870
ADAPTIVE BANDWIDTH PHASE LOCK LOOP
EMPLOYING HIGH SPEED LOOP LOCK AND /AST
PHASE TRANSIENT REDUCTION
Steven Neil Sanders, Los Altos, Calif., assignor to Hewlett-
Packard Company, Palo Alto, Calif.

Filed Oct. 30, 1972, Ser. No. 302,063

Int. CI. H03b 3/04

U.S.CK331-1A 7 Claims

'13

LOOP COMPENSATION

(iMEGRATOfil

•A.

rP^

fHEO/PMAS£
DCTECTOfi

LOOP COMPENSATION

The invention discloses a method and device for generating
electrical oscillations in a closed loop circuit comprising an
amplifier and a phase shifter, transistors being used as com-
ponents of the amplifier and phase shifter which transistors
are operated above their frequency/^.

3,795,872
PROTECTION SCHEME FOR CLOCK SIGNAL
RECOVERY ARRANGEMENT
Orlando Napolitano, Cliffwood; Gerald Philip Pasternack.
Colts Neck, and Burton R. Saitzberg, Middletown, all of
NJ., assignors to Bell Telephone Laboratories, Incor-
porated, Murray Hill, N.J.

Filed Sept. 18, 1972, Ser. No. 289,948

Int.CI. H03b i/04

U.S. CL 331— 49 6 Claims

A phase lock loop system employing a frequency-phase de-
tector circuit operating in the frequency detector mode to
produce a high level dc control signal to the VCO of the loop
to slew the VCO rapidly to lock the loop, the bandwidth of the
loop being relatively wide before the loop reaches steady-state
lock thereby to reduce the phase transient to the steady-state
lock at a rapid rate, the loop bandwidth at steady-state being
lower in value and at an optimum value for good noise charac-
teristics. At loop lock, the frequency/phase detector circuit
switches to its phase detector mode of operation for normal
phase lock loop operation. Speed up of loop lock is accom-
plished by the enabling of a variable high gain amplifier during
off lock to substantially increase the output level of the phase
detector to the VCO tuning circuitry.

X^ W ST«TUS iKM

' T

«N,

patg>>^'

SSS.

CiUtt

i'i''-' I p-

■LOCltL

tart

Clocking signals are recovered from an incoming signal
train by a master clock oscillator phase locked to the incoming
signals and, m the event of failure of the master clock, by a
standby clock similarly phase locked to the incoming signals.
When an outage of the incoming signal is detected, or when it
is presumed that the incoming signals are being improperly
received, both clocks are unlocked from the incoming signals
arid the standby clock is phase locked to the output of the
master If there is subsequent phase slippage of the standby, it
IS unlocked from the master and both clocks run free In one
operational sequence, both clocks are again phase locked to
the incoming signals if signal reception is restored

•220

OFFICIAL GAZETTE

March 5, 1974

3,795.873

MULTICHANNEL NOISE SIMULATOR

Maier O. Fein. East Lyme, and Roy A. Hilt, Uncasville. both of

Conn., assignors to The United States of America as

represented bv the Secretary of the Navy, W ashington. D.C.

Filed Feb. 1. 1973, Ser. No. 328,573

Int. CI. H03b 29/00

U.S. CI. 331-78 4 Claims

3.795,875

REFLEX ISOLATORS AND BRANCHED WAVEGUIDE

NETWORKS UTILIZING THE SAME

Kiyohiko Suzuki, Tokyo, Japan, assignor to Kokusai Denshin

Denwa Kabushiki Kaisha,Tokyo-to. Japan

Filed Sept. 1. 1972, Ser. No. 285.636
Claims priority, application Japan, Sept. 1. 1971.46-66643;

Mar. 1.1972,47-20521

Int.CI.HOlp //i2.5//2
U.S.CL 333-9 4 Claims

A multichannel noise simulator having a variable interchan-
nel correlation approximates the noise found at the output of
an array of hydrophones. The simulator can be adjusted to
control'interchannel correlation to simulate a real array noise
which can vary from being completely uncorrelated to highly
correlated The output of a band limited noise source is
switched sequentially from one output line to the next at a
fixed sample rale. Since the sample rate has a correlation pro-
portional to the reciprocal of the bandwidth, the correlation is
varied by varying the bandwidth of the input noise. The
change of sample rate thus permits the noise in various chan-
nels of the multichannel simulator to range from uncorrelated
to highly correlated

3.795,874 |
APPARATUS FOR PUMPING A HIGH PRESSURE LASER

SYSTEM
Yu-Li Pan. Oakland; Anthony F. Bernhardt. Piedmont, and
Joe R. Simpson. Dublin, all of Calif., assignors to The United
SUtes of America as represented by the United States Atomic
Energy Commission, Washington, D.C.

Filed Nov. 3, 1972. Ser. No. 303,553

Int.CI. H01si/<^y

U.S. CI. 331-94.5 8 Claims

-15

A reflex isolator using a waveguide having an inlet and an
outlet in which at least one ferromagnetic element having a
high specific resistance is provided in the waveguide to shift
the maximum points of an electnc field in the waveguide when
a direct-current magnetic field is applied to the electric field
displacement element. Stubs arc provided at the shifted max-
imum points of the electric field to refiect microwaves from
the outlet Two refiex isolators are respectively provided at
two branching waveguides in a Y-branch waveguide to form a
microwave coupler, in which coupling between the two
branching waveguides is effectively suppressed.

3,795,876
COMPRESSION AND/OR EXPANSION SYSTEM AND
CIRCUIT
Nobuaki Takahashi, Yamato; Kazunori Nishikawa, Fujisawa;
Yukinobu Ishigaki. Yamato; Yasuo Itoh, Tokyo, and
Yoshitoshi Fujita. Fujisawa. all of Japan, assignors to Victor
Company of Japan. Ltd.. Yokohama-City. Kanagawa-ken,

Japan

Filed Apr. 4. 1972. Ser. No. 241.026
Claims priority, application Japan. Apr. 6. 1971, 46/21258;
June7, 1971.46/39987; Oct. 19. 1971.46/82618

Int.Cl. H04b//64
U.S.CI.333-14 27 Claims

"a.

futa CHAg
CHAMbt «;

— i ,

3 —

TKAMS -

5YiTen

LEvti-

oerffcT

_ AA1P - &Pf-

T.,^

chAK
CMAM6E cm

^^c

\cH*NOia'T\

BPf

^f4 V7 /6

-T

AnP

t.tvEL

oereci

-''f4-

An apparatus for optically pumping a transversely excited,
high pressure gaseous laser system by means of a double elec-
trical discharge using a capacitor-bark network and electronic
circuitry for implementing the method Laser energy pulse
outputs of approximately 1 7 Joules/liter at efficiencies of 247^
have been obtained by the inventive concept.

A compression and/or expansion system comprises fixed
frequency characteristic changing means having a specific
fixed frequency-response characteristic which increases or
decreases the level of an input signal in a predetermined
frequency band A variable frequency characteristic changing
means has a characteristic which varies so that it approaches a

March 5, 1974

ELECTRICAL

221

characteristic complimentary with the characteristic of the
fixed frequency characteristic change means as the level of the
input signal becomes larger and approaches a flat charac-
teristic as the level of the signal becomes smaller. The signal is
effectively compressed or expanded according to its level by
passing through the fixed and variable frequency charac-
teristic change means.

3,795,877
HIGH Q NOTCH FILTER
Margaret A. Poole. Wayland, Mass., assignor to GTE Sylvania
Incorporated. Stamford, Conn.

Filed Apr. 30, 1973, Ser. No. 355,748

Int.Cl. H03h7//0. 7//4

U.S,CL333— 70 A 6 Claims

\ 1 ll-> Ai -HI 1 I / «

I ;' — ih4 +— II — 'i 1 JR2

Ilow pass

FILTER
I SECTION

A notch filter having a first group of capacitors which are
connected in recurring sequence to an input terminal by a first
commutating switch. The other terminals of the first group of
capacitors are connected in common through an operational
amplifier to a second group of capacitors. A second commu-
tating switch operates in synchronism with the first switch to
connect each of the second capacitors in recurring sequence
to a second operational amplifier. A first feedback resistance
is connected from the output of the .second amplifier to the
input of the first amplifier, and a second resistance is con-
nected between the input of the second amplifier and ground.
A low pass filter section is connected between the output of
the second amplifier and an output terminal to provide a
smooth output signal. The notch filter provides maximum at-
tenuation at the frequency of the commutating switches.

3.795,878

FLEXURAL VIBRATOR AS RESONATOR FOR

MECHANICAL FILTERS

Hans Schussler. Ulm. Danube. Germany, assignor to

LICENTIA Patent-Verwaltungs-G.m.b.H.. Frankfurt am

Main. Germany

Filed Dec. 27. 1972. Ser. No. 318.935
Claims priority, application Germany, Dec. 30, 1971, F 21
65 552.7

Int. CI. H03h 9106, 9/24
IJ.S.CI.333— 71 5 Claims

2 |f2

In a mechanical filter employing flexural vibrators as
resonators, such a vibrator undergoes flexural vibrations.
Each vibrator is mounted within the filter arrangement by one
or more holding elements. The holding elements are con-
nected to the respective vibrator at a position spaced from the
vibration nodes of the vibrator and are designed so as to con-
stitute a quasi ( 2n- 1 /4 ) X fiexural coupling line for the fiexural
vibrations established in the vibrator. The cross section of
both the vibrators and the holding elements can be circular.

3.795,879
COMPOSITE DISPERSIVE FILTER
Harper John Whitehouse. San Diego. Calif., and Herman Van
de Vaart. Harvard. Mass.. assignors to The United States of
America as represented by the Secretary of the Navy.
Washington, D.C.

Filed Apr. 4, 1973. Ser. No. 347,748

Int. CI. HOlv 7100, H03h 9/26. 9130

U.S. CI. 333-72 6 Claims

OurPvr

'S4l 's? ^uesroArE / S£l "^SS>l

A surface-wave device upon whose surface an acoustic
wave may be made to propagate by the transduction of an
electrical signal, which may be applied to the input of the
device, comprising a substrate capable of propagating an
acoustic surface wave and a conductive structure disposed
upon the substrate. The conductive structure includes at least
two pairs of sets of linear electrodes, an input pair and an out-
put pair, one set of each pair being intcrdigitated with the
other set of the same pair; and a pair of bus bars connected to
opposite ends of the sets of electrodes, one bus bar for each
set of electrtxles of the input pair and output pair. The spacing
between any two adjacent electrodes of the input pair and of
the output pair of sets of electrodes varies in a prescnbed
manner, the spacing of the output pair being a mirror image of
the input pair, the unequal spacing causing a modification of
the propagation characteristics of the acoustic wave. A layer
of material capable of propagating an acoustic wave is chosen
and disposed upon the propagating structure, the layer being
disposed at least between the input and output pairs of sets of
electrodes. The linear spacing of the electrodes is modified in
such a manner as to compensate for the progagation charac-
teristics of the chosen dispersive material subsequently
disposed upon the electrodes, resulting in a surface wave
device having a larger time-bandwidth product and pulse com-
pression ratio than in a device not including both complemen-
tary features.

3,795,880
PARTIAL PRODUCT ARRAY MULTIPLIER
Shanker Singh, Hyde Park, and Ronald Waxman, Poughkeep-
sie, both of N.Y., assignors to International Business
Machines Corporation, Armonk, N.Y.

Filed June 19, 1972, Ser. No. 264.082

Int. CI. G06f 7/54

V.S. CI. 235—164 4 Claims

1^1 HOlIIFLlCiaO DECISTEI ''C'

'1l ^^ "JL "!-L "J L "I L iff'] ^ \ "\

iTt n '-ut~~'n rTnT^ru rrrir~i"ij

70 '*\

— i — , — i — -_, — I

fl«EIUI.Tl-OPEI!taO IDDEDS

r,iSC

A multiplier comprising a partial product array means for
receiving an m-bit multiplier and an n-bM multiplicand for

ooo

OFFICIAL GAZETTE

March 5, 1974

adder capable of simultaneously adding m-bits.

3.795.881
HIGH VOLTAGE CLRRENT TRANSFORMER

Vaino Tuure Kalevi. Panu. Vaasa. Finland, assignor to Oy
Stromberg Ab. Vaasa, Finland

Filed Mar. 21. 1973. Ser. No. 343.457

Claims priority, application Finland, Apr. 7, 1972, 974/72

Int.CI. HOlf /5/rW, I5I]4

I. S. CI. 336-69 13 Claims

arranged crosswise and being moved relatively on a plane so
that their movement moves a plurality of wipers so as to wipe
the corresponding resistor elements.

3,795.883
ELECTRICAL DISCONNECT MEANS
Albert C. Ackerman. Troy, and Walter J. Bowman, Detroit,
both of Mich., assignors to Mac Valves, Inc., Oak Park,

Mich.

Filed Jan. 2, 1973. Ser. No. 320,589

Int.CI. HOlri/06

U.S.a.339-14P 5 Claims

A high voltage current transformer comprising a hollow
support insulator within which is arranged a main insulator, a
magnetic circuit associated with this, at least one primary
winding and at least one secondary winding together with
necessary conductors The mam insulator is of tubular form
and made up of a number of metal foil tube elements located
inside each other in such a manner as to overlap each other
partially but not completely, with insulator elements of tubu-
lar form arranged between them. A first winding (either a pri-
mary or a secondary winding) is located around the mam insu-
lator and a second winding (either a secondary or a primary
winding) IS located inside the main insulator approximately
opposite to the said first winding. The magnetic circuit com-
prises two separate core sections, one of which is arranged
outside the main insulator and the other one inside it

5.88i

3,795
COORDINATED CONTROL DEVICE FOR VARIABLE
RESISTORS
Tsugio Tokubo, Yokohama, Japan, assignor to Teikoku
Tsushin Kogyo Co., Ltd., Kawasaki-shi, Kanagawa-ken,
Japan |

Filed Jan. 24, 1973, Ser. No. 326,194
Claims priority, application Japan, May 6, 1972, 47/44740
Int.CI. HOlc 9/02
L.S.CI.338-128 13 Claims

A device for coordinatedly controlling a plurality of varia-
ble resistors so as to achieve a desired combination of a plu-
rality of variable resistors, said device comprising a first
honzontal crosspiece having a lengthwise slot and a lateral
plate perpendicular to the length of the crosspiece per sc at
each end thereof and second crosspiece having the similar slot
and lateral plates the underside of which is partly on the same

A two-piece electrical disconnect means which can be as-
sembled or disconnected in an in-line connection or from two
directions 90° apart, or from any angle in between. A female
plug has a molded insulating body which carries a plurality of
receptacle type female terminals which are each open on the
outer end and on one side thereof for the reception of a spade
type male terminal, at any angular position between and in-
cluding an in-line position and a right-angle position. A male
plug has a molded insulating body which carries a plurality of
spade type male terminals which are adapted to be received in
the female receptacle terminals

3,795,884
ELECTRICAL CONNECTOR FORMED FROM COIL
SPRING
Yasumasa Kotaka, Kawasaki, Japan, assignor to AMP Incor-
porated, Harrisburg, Pa.

Filed Mar. 6, 1973, Ser. No. 338,492
Int.CI. H05k 1112
U.S.CI.339-17LM 7 Claims

Connector for connecting conductors on printed circuit
board comprises insulating block having coil spring encapsu-

March 5, 1974

ELECTRICAL

228

lated therein. The block has an axial cut extending through the
spring to separate the individual turns. The turns are exposed

on the upper and lower sides and PC boards are clamped
against these sides. The turns serve as conductors extending
between the terminal pads on the PC boards

3,795.885
ADAPTOR FOR CONNECTING FLAT CONDUCTOR

CABLE
Jerome Andrew Desso, Steelton, and Homer Ernst Henschen,
Carlisle, both of Pa., assignors to AMP Incorporated, Har-
risburg, Pa.

Filed Feb. 8, 1972, Ser. No. 224,552

Inl.Ci. HOIr /J/5«, H05k 1/04

U.S. CI. 339— 17 F 5 Claims

An adaptor for connecting flat conductor cable, especially
to a DIP header or a PC board, is prefabricated as a one-piece
member having a flat planar surface with parallel slots for
receiving one end of the flat cable from one side through one
of the slots and then locking it against the flat planar surface
by bending the male contact pins of terminal contacts secured
to the flat cable through substantially a 90° angle and feeding
the same through the other slot, such that the male contact
pins project through the other side of the flat planar surface
On the other side, elongate flat surfaces oriented at right an-
gles to each other are provided for positioning the adaptor and
its associated conductor cable in proper relation to the DIP
header or PC board Accordingly, the adaptor inherently con-
tains strain relief provisions for the conductor cable.

3.795,886
TRACK COUPLING FOR ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION

TRACKS
Derek James Hart, London, England, assignor to Thorn Elec-
trical Industries Limited. London. England

Filed Aug. 4. 1972, Ser. No 278.039
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Sept. 17. 1971,
43,547/71

Int.CI. HOIr 9/00
U.S. CL 339-21 R 10 Claims

A couples electrically connecting exposed tracks conduc-
tors in neighboring lengths of electrical distribution tracks, the
couples having contact elements which are moved by a cam
assembly.

3,795,887
BASE FOR ANNULAR LAMP
Noriyasu Higuchi, Takatsuki, Japan, assignor to Matsushita
Electronics Corporation. Kadoma-shi. Osaka, Japan

Filed Sept. 20, 1972, Ser. No. 290.582
Claims priority, application Japan. Sept. 20, 1971, 46-
86166

Int. CI. HOIr 13/26; H01J5/62
U.S.CI. 339— 50C 2 Claims

I^ 8 7

£^ 4

A base for an annular lamp comprising a pair of semicylm-
drical members and base pins upstanding from one of these
members. Each base pin is provided with an axial slit for hold-
ing therein an external lead of a glass bulb

3,795,888
PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD EDGE CONNECTOR
REQUIRING ZERO INSERTION FORCE
Frank L. Nardo, and Edward A. Salners, both of Mt. Prospect.
III., assignors to Motorola, Inc., Franklin Park, III.
Filed June 30, 1972, Ser. No. 267,772
Int.CI. H05k 1/07
U.S. CI. 339-I76MP 2 Claims

An edge connector for a printed circuit board or the like
wherein substantially zero insertion force is required ufx>n in-
serting such circuit board at a predetermined angle to the con-
nector body, but wherein when the circuit board is pivoted to

•2-24

OFFICIAL GAZETTE

March 5, 1974

a substantially horizontar position, conlact spring members in-
cluded in the connector device engage conventional connec-
tion labs positioned along the inserted edge of the printed cir-

-12

cuit board to establish an optimum loKv resistance connection
therebetween Three embodiments pf the edge connector
device are shown and described

3,795,889 '
PIN \ND SOCKET TYPE ELECTRICAL CONTACT
TERMINALS
Warren David Nauman, Elizabethtown; Clair William Verger,
Hershey. and Robert Lee Douty, Millersburg, all of Pa., as-
signors to AMP Incorporated, Harrisburg, Pa.
Filed June 5, 1972. Ser. No. 259,645
Int. CI. H01r9/OS
L.S.CL339-217S 12Claims

posed legs carrying snap lugs disposed opposite inlcrnal
openings in the legs. The lugs are compressible into the
openings in the legs and toward each other during insertion of
the shank portion in a workpiece aperture Each of the lugs is
formed as a U-shapcd bight having a longitudinally tapered
and transversely arced external surface which facilitates in-
ward, camming compression of the lugs during shank inser-
tion While the lugs arc resilient in the sense that they are
compressible as aforesaid and will snap apart to engage the
workpiece subsequent to full insertion, the U-shaped bight
form provides for substantial rigidity in each lug per so which
in turn provides for aggressive snap engagement of the work-
piece The workpiece engaging edges of each of the lugs are
disposed at a relatively steep acute angle to the head of the
clip to thereby gender a given size clip effective for use over a
relatively wide range of workpiece thicknesses and aperture
widths and to automatically compensate for thickness varia-
tions adjacent the aperture of an individual workpiece.

3,795,891

BATTERY TERMINAI

Albert Preston Bailey, P. O. Box 386, Santa Anna, Tex. 76878

Filed Ma> 22, 1972, Ser. No. 255,208

Int.Cl. HOlr ///26

U.S.CL 339-232 1 1 Claims

A^^^jv':

The present invention relates to a pin or socket type contact
terminal comprising integrally stamped and formed terminal
bodv and terminal collar The terminal body includes a
formed cylinder having an axially extending open seam and
the terminal collar is formed to coamally encircle the terminal
body The collar provides a surface extending laterally of the
cylindrical surface of the terminal body upon which a snap-in
retention means associated with a terminal housing acts to
prevent unintentional withdrawal of the contact terminal from
the housing.

3,795,890

TERMINAL CONNECTOR

Harold S. Van Buren. Jr., Lexington, Mass., assignor to TRW

Inc., Cleveland, Ohio

I Filed June 7, 1972. Ser. No. 260,643

Int.Cl. H01r9/yO

This disclosure relates to battery terminals utilized for con
necting cables to post of batteries. Each battery terminal is in
the form of a block having a bore up through the underside
thereof for receiving a battery post, the bore being threaded
and being interlocked and being engageabic with a battery
post while the block serves to protect the battery post against
corrosion At the same time, the battery terminal is provided
with means whereby one or two cables, without special ends,
may be readily secured to the battery terminal

U.S.CL 339-217 S

3 Claims

36<3

A spring clip for securing a terminal connector to an aper-
tured workpiece includes a shank portion having a pair of op-

3 795 892
ASSEMBLY ARRANGEMENT FOR ELECTRODE PLATES

OF ELECTROCHEMICAL GENERATORS

Jacques Reynier, Eymet, France, assignor to Saft-Societe Des

Accumulateurs Fixes Et De Traction, Romainville, France

Filed Apr. 28, 1972, Ser. No. 247,447
Claims priority, application France, Apr. 29, 197 1 , 7 1 1 5364
Int.Cl. HOIr 7/0«
L'.S. CI. 339-244 R 8 Claims

Electrochemical generator comprising sets of positive plates
and sets of negative plates. The plates of each set are respec-
tively interconnected and connected to at least one terminal,
at the level of tabs of said plates, by cross members borne by a
common shaft and tightened against one another and with a
terminal element extending outwardly from the level of the
shaft axis. Each cross member has a recessed lower portion on
one of its faces designed when the cross members are assem-

March 5, 1974

ELECTRICAL

225

bled on the shaft to define spaces with the unrecessed face of 3.795,894

the adjoining cross member so as to provide for clamping of METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR COMPARISON

Arthur Klemt, Roggensteiner Strasse 5, Olching 8031, Ger-
many
Continuationof Ser. No. 879,771, Nov. 25, 1969. abandoned.
This application Sept. 23, 1971, Ser. No. 183,257
Claims priority, application Germany, Nov. 28, 1968,
1811420

Int. CI. G06k 9/06
IJ.S. CI. 340—146.3 MA 24 Claims

tabs of electrcxie plates that are inserted into such spaces
when the shaft which may be rivet-like means is riveted and
tightens the assembled cross members on each shaft together

50 GrttwO 9*>, ft'«i» '

M. inm *

3,795,893
DOPPLER SPEED LOG
Jacob A. Kntz, Westbury, and Seymour D. Lerner, Plainview,
both of N.Y., assignors to Sperry Rand Corporation, New
York, N.Y.

Filedjuly6. 1971,Ser. No. 159,853

Int. CI. G01s9/66

IJ.S.CL 340-3 D 16 Claims

A method of comparison and the apparatus therefor is pro-
vided for use in character recognition systems wherein volt-
ages representing the features of an unknown character are
applied to resistance networks which produce potential levels
in response thereto. The values of the resistors in the re-
sistance networks are determined in accordance with a plu-
rality of predetermined variations among characters The
potential levels produced are compared with predeterBimed
levels and the result of the comparison is representative of the
identity of the character.

A doppler speed log for marine vessels transmits fore and
aft pulses of high frequency sonic energy The log normally
operates in a mode such that a gating pulse permits signal
processing circuits to respond only to signals derived from
reflections from minute scatterers in the water occurring at a
specified distance from the hull of the vessel. If the vessel is in
shallow water, a variable threshold comparator permits the
signal processing circuits to respxind to reflections from the
sea bottom when the magnitude of these reflected signals ex-
ceeds the threshold level. The processing circuit forms fore
and aft enabling pulses each having a duration equal to the
time required for the reception of a specified number of cycles
of sonic energy refiected from the fore and aft directions,
respectively. Pulses from a calibrated clock source are applied
to an up-down counter during the time that only one of the
enabling pulses exists. The readings corresponding to a
specified number of transmitted pulses are accumulated and
displayed on a suitable readout means.

3,795,895

POLLING INTERRUPT FOR DATA INFORMATION

SYSTEM

Edward Dillingham, Pacific Palisades, Calif., assignor to Data

Source Corporation, El Segundo, Calif.

Filed Mar. 28, 1972, Ser. No. 238,897

Int. CLH04q 5/00

U.S.CL 340- 163 R 10 Claims

'^1

AiS'W — y

1 Of^OO

JO -NT

j^-T

J . i I'l e—

A polling interrupt for a data information system in which a
plurality of terminals on a single communication channel may
be sequentially polled. The address subsequently transmitted
over the communication channel is aborted upon a terminal
having information to send recognizing its address and
generating a carrier on a subchannel of the full duplex com-
munication channel. Means are provided for generating a
mark or "' I " condition on the subchannel carrying the polling
information wherein each address of the polling information
has a space or "0" condition in one of its last bit positions.

920 O.G.— S

226

OFFICIAL GAZETTE

March 5, 1974

3,795,896
WIRELESS ALARM SYSTEM
Roger Isaacs, Staten Island, N.Y., assignor to Avant-Guard
Devices, Inc., New York, N.Y.

Filed Apr. 26, 1972, Ser. No. 247,570

Int. CI. H04b 7100

U.S. CI. 340—171 R 6 Claims

_.?j

3,795,898
RANDOM ACCESS READ/WRITE SEMICONDUCTOR
MEMORY
Rustam J. Mehta, Sunnyvale; Mike Geilhufe, Los Gatos, and
Thomas L. Palfi, Cupertino, all of Calif., assignors to Ad-
vanced Memory Systems, Sunnyvale, Calif.

Filed Nov. 3, 1972, Ser. No. 303,420

Int. CI. G lie 11134

U.S.CI.340— 173R 25 Claims

i t

'20(

A wireless alarm system suitable for home and office use
which includes transmitter and receiver assemblies. Two types
of transmitters are mcludeable in this system, with one of said
transmitters providing an alarm signal of a predetermined du-
ration while the other of said transmitters selectively provides
an alarm or an inhibit signal, each having different durations.
The second of the transmitters may be portable, and both
transmitters can send coded signals to the receiver which in-
cludes a decoder or detector means to provide a signal for
operation of the receiver An alarm is connected to the
receiver and is actuated thereby upon receipt of a suitable
alarm signal

3,795,897
METHOD AND DEVICE FOR TRANSFER OF SERIES
PROCESS INFORMATION PARTICULARLY FOR
SYNCHRONIZATION IN AN ELECTRONIC COMPUTER
Jean Cazanove, Barentin, France, assignor to Burroughs Cor-
poration, Detroit, Mich.

Filed Aug. 2, 1972, Ser. No. 277,229
Claims priority, application France, Aug. 30, 1971,

71.31333

Int. CI. G06f / / 100, G06k / 7100
U.S. CL 340— 172.5 11 Claims

_a-c — 1 — T-C—

aojTH

.14

A Random Access Read/Write Semiconductor Memory for
fabrication in integrated circuit form using field effect devices.
The memory is a dynamic memory having a provision for
maintaining DC stability in the four transistor memory cells so
as to not require periodic refreshing Various unique buffer
and timing circuitry is also provided for minimizing power
consumption, for compatibility with TTL circuitry, and for
providing very fast read/write access from a single clock
signal.

3,795,899
CONDITION MONITORING APPARATUS
Phillip J. Cade, Winchester, Mass., assignor to Electronics Cor-
poration of America, Cambridge, Mass.

Filed Mar. 8, 1972, Ser. No. 232,722

Int. CI. G08b 2/ /OO, G06g J/02, Glib 5/00

U.S.CL 340-237 S ' 4 Claims

4^^3^

A system for indicating how many minutes of excess smoke
emission have occurred during a predetermined time interval,
eg, an hour, includes an accumulator for storing the time du-
ration value of the excess smoke signal. The excess smoke

y,,,^, ^.£,.1 ..^ .....WV.V.V.V.V. ,...w ...^ , ^.j ., -e, signal IS applied to a delay means and the output of the delay

shifting IS caused for each digit until the pilot digit returns to means is applied to decrease the time duration value of the
the auxiliary register. signal stored therein.

The present invention relates to the scries processing of in-
formation in electronic calculator circuits

According to the disclosure, an auxiliary shift register
looped with an information shift register is used A special
pilot digit is introduced into the auxiliary shift register, and

March 5, 1974

ELECTRICAL

227

3,795,900
MULTIFUNCTION AUDIO DIGITIZER
Leo G. Monford. Jr., Texas City, Tex., assignor to The United
States of America as represented by the Administrator of the
National Aeronautics and Space Administration, Washing-
ton, D.C.

Filed Nov. 9, 1971, Ser. No. 196,931

Int. CI. H03k /i/22

U.S. CI. 340-347 AD 1 Claim

3,795,902

METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SYNCHRONIZING

PHOTOGRAPHIC RECORDS OF DIGITAL

INFORMATION

James T. Russell, Richland, Wash., assignor to Battelle

Development Corporation, Richland, Wash.

Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 857,474, Sept. 1 2, 1969, Pat.

No. 3,624,284. This application Nov. 26, 1971, Ser. No.

202,539

lnLCI.GlIc/i/04

U.S.CI.340— 173 LM 15 Claims

An illustrative embodiment of the present invention in-
cludes apparatus which simultaneously produces both direct
delta modulation and pulse code modulation An input signal,
after amplification, is supplied to a window comparator which
supplies a polarity control signal to gate the output of a clock
to the appropriate input of a binary up-down counter depend-
ing on whether the slope of the input signal is positive or nega-
tive. The control signals provide direct delta modulation while
the up-down counter output provides pulse code modulation.

3,795,901
DATA PROCESSING MEMORY SYSTEM W ITH
BIDIRECTIONAL DATA BUS
Robert Francis Boehm, Wappingers Falls, and Donald Wayne
Van Bogelen, Poughkeepsie, both of N.Y., assignors to Inter-
national Business Machines Corporation, Armonk, N.Y.
Filed Dec. 29, 1972, Ser. No. 319,247
lnt.CI.G06f /i/00
U.S.CL 340- 172.5 1 Claim

^BIDIRECTIONAL LATCH
UNIT 2

A digital computer memory system ha
data bus for transmitting information
between the memory unit and a central
sociated with the memory system. The
bidirectional latch unit for maintaining on
tegrity of the information previously
memory unit during a WRITE operation
processing unit may check the stored infor

ving a bidirectional
in both directions
processing unit as-
system includes a
the data bus the in-
transmitted to the
so that the central
mation for errors.

212 206 208 210 212

An electrical signal recording and playback system is
described in which an analog input signal is converted to a
digital signal that pulses a light source to form a single, series-
recorded track of binary coded digital information including
information spots arranged in groups, which track is played
back in a similar manner. The photographic film is a compact,
permanent record of long, useful lifetime which may be photo-
graphically copied to provide a plurality of inexpensive copies.
Recorded information is synchronized for playback by detect-
ing a configuration of the digital signal, either from known
characteristics of the signal or from information added to the
signal during recording. The information thus read out is
suitably employed for shifting digital words in a reassembly
shift register until proper word synchronization is achieved.

3,795,903

MODIFIED PHASE ENCODING

Royce Darwin Lindsey, Austin, Tex., assignor to International

Business Machines Corporation, Armonk, N.Y.

Filed Sept. 29, 1972, Ser. No. 293,688

Int. CI. Glib 5/04

U.S. CI. 360-42 27 Claims

-li joesEmALizEiipi'afgfT?!.''

iil OUT-

^ PUT

An encoding and decoding technique for delecting loss of
phase and/or bit sync, and resynchronizing following an error.
Both detection and resynchronization are accomplished on a
per character basis With seven bits being used per character,
the bits making up each character are phase encoded in a con-
ventional manner For defining each character, an additional
'/i bit time is added between bits 7 and 1 and encoded such
that a corrective flux reversal may occur at Vi T (where T
equals the normal intracharacter bit time), a transition must
not occur at T (normal data time), and the 1 bit of the next
character must occur at 1 Mz T. Digital data separation is used
to define corrective flux reversals and data bits, and any fiux
transitions outside the limits defined are considered errors.

•228

OFFICIAL GAZETTE

March 5, 1974

During decoding, the data separation logic is resynchronized
on each detected data transition by the sync signal. With this
method, if either phase or bit sync is lost within any character,
an error condition will be detected at least before bit I of the
next character. I

3,795,904
FIRE ALARM WITH IONIZATION CHAMBER
Hartwig B€yersdorf, and Lothar Rims, both of Bad Oldesloe.
Germany, assignors to Preussag AG Feuerschutz, Bad Ol-
desloe, Germany

Filed May 13, 197I,S€r. No. 142.892
Claims priority, application Germany, May 16, 1970,
20241 16; Apr. 30, 1971, P 21 21 382.1

Int. CI. G08b / 7110, H01ji9/2<S
L.S. CI. 340-2.37 S I 25 Claims

,K1

3,795,906
ELECTRONIC SYSTEM DISTINGUISHING BETWEEN
GOOD KNOTS AND DEFECTS IN A MOVING STRAND
Robert S. Erbstein, Coventry, R.I., assignor to Leesona Cor-
poration. WarMfick, R.I.

Filed May 19, 1972. Scr. No. 255,178

int. CL DO Ih/ J/22

L.S. CI. 340—259 1 1 Claims

I V/>Ar ^

63 I

" ^^/w

.- ^"rf" ,

A^X^

-• L

'35

65 37f

CUFF
AMP-

v38

T>«ESOL0
AMPLIFIER

>5)5

,65

i TMRESMOCD

^*MPtlFiER

^^?f^

IVIBRATOB

'K%

<^i3

'm.

in the alarm, a circuit generates a quiescent ionization cur-
rent between two electrodes in a chamber having a radioactive
source. The chamber admits ambient air. Combustion gases
from smokeless fires cause additional ionization current. The
circuit establishes the quiescent ionization current at a value
close to the additional ionization current Amplifying means in
the circuit respond to increases and decreases in the ionization
current so as to indicate existance of various types of fires. An
alarm device responds to the amplifier The quiescent current
may be within the order of magnitude of the additonal ioniza-
tion current. Preferably the amplifying means responds to in-
creases and decreases in ionizaton current with an equal
quiescent ionization current in a reference chamber.

3,795,905

LAMP FAILURE DETECTION SYSTEM

Donald F. Wright. Dundas. OnUrio, Canada, assignor to

Westinghouse Canada Limited, Hamilton, Ontario, Canada

Filed Apr. 30, 1973, Ser. No. 356,016

Int. CLG08b2//00

U.S. CL 340— 25 1 2 Claims

MASTER TiKEB

This application relates to a system of capacitor-discharge
flash lamps which are flashed in sequence from a master timer
The invention consists of an apparatus or system for making
available at the master timer information as to which lamps
are flashing and which lamps are not flashing without adding
wiring to the system for this purpose

Two photocell detectors arc spaced along a path of a mov-
ing strand with u gap of known fixed distance therebetween.
The photocells view a length of the strand on each side of a
knot or defect in the strand when the knot is presented in the

gap

An inspection cycle is started by entry into the detectors of

a knot or defect and a defective knot or defect is determined
by comparing the dynamic signal status of a photocell spaced
some distance behind the knot with the signal taken from a
photocell ahead of the defect and stored. The existence of a
signal at this position or of an exceptionally large signal in-
dicated by comparison at the time of initiation of the cycle in-
dicates the presence of a defective knot.

3,795,907

RACE CALLING SYSTEM

Robert A. Edwards, 12 Notch Park Rd., Little Falls, NJ.

07424

Filed Mar. 12, 1973, Ser. No. 340,593

Int. CI. G08b 23100; G09f 9100

i.S. CI. 340—323 14 Claims

: TOTI

; KMne r

'tMVLWS

An electronic race-calling system adapted to generate data
enabling representation of the order and relative lead of race
entries at call points along the race course, and at the finish
line of the course. The system includes a plurality of pickup
loops stationed at call points around the track, which loops co-
act with transmitters carried by the several entries and operat-
ing on distinct frequencies. The received signals at a given
point are furnished to a common transmission line in a random

M.\RCH 5, 1974

ELECTRICAL

229

sequence, are separated, and converted to logic signal levels
by individual amplifiers The amplifier outputs are coupled to
logic and memory circuits which are continuously inter-
rogated by scan pulses to determine signal receipt. When a
signal is received the channel logic produces a single output
scan pulse, which is inputed to an entry encoder, which out-
puts codes representing the entry number. The entry encoder
outputs a scan pulse on a common line whenever one is in-
puted to It by any channel logic circuit. Such pulse gates dis-
crete sets of timing pulses which thereupon control the signal
processing cycle The lengths between entries are developed
by measuring the time interval between each pair of consecu-
tive entry loop crossings, using counting means. The
developed information is transferred into appropriate memory
circuits, which through decoders and drivers enables the infor-
mation to be displayed on boards at the race track or enables
the corresponding data to be transmitted to a remote utiliza-
tion point.

which vanes from a preselected +A-y maximum through a null
to a preselected — A-y maximum over each system pulse repeti-
tion period, as to be indicative of a probable terrain warning
situation of interest at such sampled range. Non-averaged
samples are dual-level thresholded b> the time-varied
threshold value and tested to determine the occurrence of at
least a preselected number (M ) of samples of substantially like
magnitudes out of n successive pulse repetition intervals as to
be indicative of a detected probable discrete obstacle or tower

3,795,908

GAS PANEL WITH MULTI-DIRECTIONAL SHIFTING

ARRANGEMENT

Allen W. McDowell, Kingston, and Frank M. Lay. Woodstock,

both of N.Y., assignors to International Business Machines

Corporation, Armonk, N.Y.

Filed June 13, 1972, Ser. No. 262,367

Int.CI. H01J///04

U.S. CI. 340-324 M 6 Claims

PI /^ri

?K I 22. 23> 2«^ ' 25 26. t\ \ 2». 29

y^ Hi Hi h }^ Ti n h h

1 — <— i — t ' ' <' >'>'■ ■ ■< — • • - f ■ — /I ' /"' ."
/ .'I X , - 1 ' < .' ' ' '

{ B D F H -\J- \;^L.

201
-202

A gas panel arrangement for storing, displaying, and selec-
tively shifting information from one place therein to another
includes an envelope filled with an illuminable gas, a plurality
of vertical conductors disposed in parallel on one side of the
envelope, a plurality of horizontal conductors disposed in
parallel on the opposite side of the envelope with the regions
of illuminable gas in the v cinity of the coordinate intersec-
tions of the vertical and horizontal conductors defining gas
cells, and a writing arrangement which inserts binary informa-
tion in a given portion of the envelope by igniting or not ignit-
ing the illuminable gas to represent binary ones and zeros. In
order to accomplish shifting a sequence of signals is repetitive-
ly supplied to sets of the vertical conductors to shift binary in-
formation horizontally from one gas cell to another, and a
sequence of signals is repetitively supplied to sets of the
horizontal conductors to shift binary information vertically
from one gas cell to another.

occurring within the general clutter at such sampled range.
The occurrence of such "M out of n samples" condition hav-
ing a common value larger than (worse than) the time-
averaged clutter value iiy„^ results in substitution of such "-
worst" case filtered value for the time-average clutter value,
for terrain following purposes. In other words, the worst one
of the commonly occurring M out of n tower signal and lime-
averaged clutter signal is applied as an input to a bipolar peak
detector for determining the maximum maneuver or warning
signal condition.

3,795,909

TERRAIN-FOLLOWING RADAR SYSTEM

Charles L. Vehrs, Jr., Anaheim, Calif., assignor to North

American Rockwell Corporation. El Segundo, Calif.

Filed Oct. 12, 1971, Ser. No. 188,384

Int. CLGOls 9/22

U.S. CI. 343-7 TA 15 Claims

In a terrain-following radar system, spatial filter means for

improved indication of discrete terrain obstacles such as

towers. Terrain-following samples (A>) for a given radar

range-time are time averaged over a preselected plurality («)

of successive pulse repetition intervals, the time-averaged

samples being thresholded by a time-varied threshold value

3,795,910
MICROWAVE POWER TRANSMISSION SYSTEM
WHEREIN LEVEL OF TRANSMITTED POWER IS
CONTROLLED BY REFLECTIONS FROM RECEIVER
William J. Robinson, Jr., Huntsville, Ala., assignor to The
United States of America as represented by the Administra-
tor of the National Aeronautics and Space Administration,
Washington, D.C.

Filed Mar. 13, 1973. Ser. No. 340,871

Int. CI. GOls 9102, H04b 3104

U.S. CI. 343-7.5. 3 Claims

A microwave, wireless, power transmission system in which
the transmitted power level is adjusted to corrcsp<.)nd with
power required at a remote receiving station in which devia-
tions in power load produce an antenna impedance mismatch
causing variations in energy reflected by the power receiving
antenna employed by the receiving station The variations in
reflected energy are sensed by a receiving antenna at the
transmitting station and used to control the output power of a
power transmitter.

230

OFFICIAL GAZETTE

March 5, 1974

3,795.911

METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ALTOMATICALLY

DETERMINING POSITION-MOTION STATE OF A

MOVING OBJECT

Calvin Miles Hammack, P.O. Box 304, Saratoga, Calif. 95030

Continuation-in-part of Ser. Nos. 86,770, Feb. 2, 1961, Pat.

No. 3,706,096, and Ser. No. 278.191, May 6, 1963,

abandoned. This application Sept. 21, 1970. Ser. No. 74.180

Int. CI. G01s9 44

U.S. CI. 343-9 28 Claims

3.795,913
LOW ANGLE, AIR TO GROUND RANGING RADAR
Lester H. Kosowsky, Stamford, Conn., and Richard S. Pierro,
New York, N.Y., assignors to United Aircraft Corporation,
East Hartford, Conn.

Filed Dec. 15, 1972, Ser. No. 315,714

Int. CI. GOls 9/22

U.S. CI. 343—16 M 2 Claims

This invention relates to an improvement in the art of de-
tecting and tracking moving objects employing a plurality of
stations and variational measurements.

3,795,912

SPECTRUM ANALYSIS RADAR SYSTEM
John N. Pierce, Lexington, and F. Sheppard Holt, Winchester,
both of Mass., assignors to The United States of America as
represented by the Secretary of the Air Force, Washington,

D.C.

Filed Jan. 12, 1973, Ser. No. 323.170 , .
Int. CI. GOls 9/02
U.S. CI. 343-5 Sa . 4 Claims

^J^

netM ■^'O/v^f

An airborne monopulse track radar employs frequency
agility of the transmitted pulse to decorrelatc scintillations
resulting from the complex re-radiation characteristics of the
many individual scatterers which terrain represents, particu-
larly at low grazing angles This also effectively modulates the
return clutter, which normally has a high spectral density
below about 100 Hz. to higher frequencies, thereby permitting
usage of range gated integration. The invention eliminates the
appearance of many false zero-crossings, thereby permitting
accurate ranging to the ground from the airborne monopulse
radar.

3,795,914
ROTATING BEACON ANTENNA WITH POLARIZATION

FILTER
Sidney Pickles, Colusa, Calif., assignor to E-Systems, Inc., Dal-
las, Tex.

Filed Sept. 20. 1972. Ser. No. 290.563

Int. CI. HO Iq \9I00

U.S.CI. 343— 756 8 Claims

.A spectrum analysis radar that detects and ranges by
processing the sum of the received signal from a target with
each of four quadrature phase-shifted reference signals (atten-
uated and possibly time delayed samples of the transmitted
signal ) These four sum signals are power spectrum density
analyzed and then differenced in pairs The resultants, are
passed through resistive matrices and summing and squaring
circuits to produce separate outputs for each range increment

TACAN antennas emit modulated radiation from parasitic
reflecting elements associated with a central array having
radiating elements coupled to an energizing source Signal
energy from the TACAN antenna is preferably radiated in a
plane perpendicular to the surface of the earth. Cross
polarization components of the radiated signal are absorbed
by resistive wires located in the radiation path from the central
antenna array These resistive wires are mounted around the
supporting structure of the TACAN antenna.

March 5, 1974

ELECTRICAL

231

3,795.915

LEAKY COAXIAL CABLE

Kenichi Yoshida. Osaka. Japan, assignor to Sumitoma Electric

Industries. Ltd.. Osaka. Japan

Continuation of Ser. No. 106.343. Jan. 14. 1971. abandoned.

This application Oct. 20. 1972. Ser. No. 299,192

Int.CI. HOlq 13110

U.S.CI. 343— 771 14 Claims

providing output indications and/or process operation cor-
rections where some defined error condition is found to have
occurred.

3.795,916
PROCESS OPERATION ERROR MONITOR AND ERROR

MESSAGE SYSTEM
Frank E. Wallace. Irwin, and Anthony D. Dcramo. Swissvale,
both of Pa., assignors to Westinghouse Electric Corporation.
Pittsburgh. Pa.

Filed Nov. 14. 1969, Ser. No. 876,793

Int.CI.G06f /5/46, /5/06

U.S. CI. 444— 1 36 Claims

pobTTtfooooo/^oooooooooo

MMXCSS COWTKOt COI^UTW'

3.795.917
ELECTRONIC PHOTOCOPYING APPARATUS
Keizo Yamaji. and Akira Kurahashi. both of Tokyo, Japan, as-
signors to Canon Kabushiki Kaisha, Tokyo, Japan
Continuation of Ser. No. 37,725. May 15, 1970, abandoned.

This application May 5. 1972. Ser. No. 250.805
Claims priority, application Japan, May 22, 1969. 44-
40044; May 23. 1969, 44-48233; May 31. 1969, 44-51 1 18

Int. CI. G03g/ 5/22
U.S.CI.3S5— 4 3 Claims

A leaky coaxial cable is disclosed, which is a very preferable
transmission line for use in vehicular communication system.
It has an outer conductor having a slot array in the direction of
the cable axis such that each slot is arranged periodically at a
fixed interval and a fixed shape, but with the dimensions
thereof or other radiation factors of the slot being changed
sinusoidally in another periodicity different from the
periodicity of the slots The leaky coaxial cable according to
the present invention has very broad band characteristics in
the radiation properties of the leaky wave.

There is here disclosed a method and apparatus for moni-
toring predetermined happenings, such as defined errors,
which occur during the operation of a dynamic process, for
example a metallic strip rolling mill The dynamic process is
sequentially operative in a chain of functional units, each of
which includes a defined input event and at least one defined
response event. In addition, there may be one or more defined
input variables associated with that input event and onc*or
more defined response variables associated with each of those
response events. An error monitor operation is provided
whereby operational checks are established for at least one of
a maximum time interval T„„j. and/or a minimum time interval
T„,„ for each response event, and a maximum amplitude A„,„j.
and/or a minimum amplitude A„,„ relative to each of the
defined response variables. A software program is disclosed
for operation with a general purpose digital computer to effect
a special purpose control computer entity for the purpose of
accomplishing the desired error monitor function as well as

An electronic photocopying apparatus in which a photosen-
sitive member comprising a photosensitive layer of photocon-
ductive material supported on a transparent supporting
member and a supporting frame holding the photosensitive
layer together with the transparent member is placed on a ro-
tary table rotated for subjecting the photosensitive member to
a series of processes for the image pick-up and reproduction,
thereby providing a monochromatic or polychromatic image
reproduction without staining the supporting frame of the
photosensitive member

3.795.918

ELECTRONIC RATIO INSTRUMENT FOR REMOTE

TEMPERATURE MEASUREMENT

John C. Sunderland. New York. N.Y.. assignor to Capintec,

Inc.. Mount Vernon. N.Y.

Filed Jan. 31. 1972. Ser. No. 222.242

Int. CI. GOlj 5/60, i/42

U.S. CI. 356-45 2 Claims

r^Mo^^ T

A?G C CO^r^O/. £//¥£

T^T* Jj^ i y^ 1 v»^

i_£f*r*f*_r

An ail electronic instrument for non-contact temperature
measurement independent of target emissivity based on mea-
suring the ratio of light energy in two adjacent spectral hands
by means of a reference light cell and a measurement light cell
switchably connected to a common amplifier chain provided
with electronic gain control servocd by the resultant output of
the reference light cell.

DESIGNS

MARCH 5,

1974

230,536

COOKIE OR THE LIKE

Virginia P. Gordon, 2200 E. Walnut Ave.,

Goldsboro, N.C. 27530

FUed Feb. 25, 1971, Ser. No. 119,074

Term of patent 14 years

Int. CI. Dl— 01

.S. CI. Dl— 15

230,539

BED SHEET

Manuel C. Aires. 1253 136th Ave.,

San I^andro, Calif. 94578

Filed Dec. 27, 1971. Ser. No. 212,876

Term of patent 14 years

Int. CI. D6—U

U.S. CI. D2— 264

-4-*-

-.— t-

^ K— 4-

230,537 i

CANDY BAR

Thomas H. Powers, Westfield, N.Y., assignor to The

Quaker Oats Company

Filed Mar. 22, 1972, Ser. No. 237,238

Term of patent 14 years

Int. CI. Dl— ^/

U.S. CI. Dl— 21

230,540

BELT

Henrv Gillman, 100 College Ave.,

North Tarrvtown, N.Y. 10491

Filed Feb. 6, 1973, Ser. No. 330,007

Term of patent 14 years

Int. CI. D2— 07

U.S. CI. D2— 388

sr =1

230,538 i
TRL^NKS
Henning Hansen, 481 SW. 55th Ave.,

Plantation, Fla. 33314

Filed Nov. 17, 1972, Ser. No. 307,356

Term of patent 14 years

Int. CI. D2— <?2

U.S. CI. D2— 34

230,541
SINGLE-ARM CHAIR OR SIMILAR ARTICLE

Odo Klose, Wuppertal-Elberfeld, Germany, assignor

Giroflex-Entwicklungs-AG, Koblenz, Switzerland

Filed Aug. 28, 1972, Ser. No. 284.455

Claims priority, application West Germany Apr. 24, 1972

Term of patent 14 years

Int. CI. D6 — 01

U.S. CI. D6— 26

232

March 5, 1974

U. S. PATENT OFFICE

233

230,542

SEAT

William John Badsey, 5 Chelsea Ave., New Germany,

Natal, Republic of South Africa

Filed June 5, 1972 Ser. No. 260.037

Claims priority, application Republic of South Africa

Feb. 25, 1972

Term of patent 14 years

Int. CI. D6— 01

U.S. CI. D6— 47

230,544

HANGING DISPLAY SHELF

Henry J. Du Molin, Rte. 1, Highway 23,

Port Sulphur, La. 70083

Filed Apr. 4. 1972. Ser. No. 241,103

Term of patent 14 vears

Int. CI. D6—0'4

U.S. CI. D6— 113

230,543
CHAIR
Bernard A. McDermott and Samuel Scheer. Akron. Peter
A. Zorn, Peninsula, and Andrew J. Hanzel, Akron,
Ohio, assignors to International Products and Ser\ices,
Inc., Cleveland, Ohio

Filed July 18, 1972. Ser. No. 272.850
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D6— 0/
U.S. CI. D6— 66

230,545
WINE CABINTT

Florent L. Mouchon, 23 Hebert St.,

West Warwick, R.L 02886

Filed July 31, 1972, Ser. No. 276,359

Term of patent 14 vears

Int. CI. D6— 04

U.S. CI. D6— 189

234

OFFICIAL GAZETTE

March 5, 1974

to Minnesota
Paul, Minn.

230,546
SET OF BATH TREADS

Roger L. Dean. Geneva. HI., assignor
Mining and Manufacturing Company. St
Continuation-in-part of abandoned design application Ser.
No. 173.731, Aug. 20, 1971. This application Feb. 7,
1972, Ser. No. 224,387

Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D6— 11
U.S. CI. D6— 209

230,549
BED SHEET

Manuel C. Aires, 1253 136th Ave.,

San Leandro. Calif. 94578

Filed Dec. 27. 1971. Ser. No. 212.877

Term of patent 14 years

Int. CI. D6— ii

U.S. CI. D6— 264

230,547 I

SET OF BATH TREADS

Roger L. Dean. Geneva, 111., assignor to Minnesota

Mining and Manufacturing Company. St. Paul. Minn.

Filed May 22, 1972, Ser. No. 255.918

Term of patent 14 vears

Int. CI. D6— 7/

U.S. CI. D6— 209

230,550

BED SHEET

Manuel C. Aires, 1253 136th Ave.,

San Leandro, Calif. 94578

Filed Dec. 27, 1971, Ser. No. 212,879

Term of patent 14 vears

Int. CI. D6— 7i

U.S. CI. D6— 264

U.S.

230,548
BACK-LIGHTED DISPLAY FRAME

Earl T. Robinson, Jr., 1269 Williams St.,

Baltimore, Md. 21230

Filed Aug. 6, 1971, Ser. No. 169,890

Term of patent 14 years

Int. CI. D6— 07

CI. D6— 236

230,551

ROTATING NUT BASKET

Jennie Di Tomasso, 10 Pleasant View Drive,

North Providence, R.I. 02904

Filed Nov. 27, 1972, Ser. No. 309,799

Term of patent 14 years

Int. CI. Dl—01

CI. D7— 2

March 5, 1974

U. S. PATENT OFFICE

235

230,552

FRUIT CUP OR THE LIKE

Willis R. Bengert, 2983 Crescent Road,

Pebble Beach, Calif. 93953

Filed May 15, 1972. Ser. No. 253.702

Term of patent 14 years

Int. CI. Dl—01

U.S. CI. D7— 13

230,555

OUTDOOR COOKER

Leigh A. Taylor, 1616 N. Bryant,

Little Rock. Ark. 72207

Filed June 27. 1972, Ser. No. 266.678

Term of patent 14 years

Int. CI. D7— 02

U.S. CI. D7— 110

230.553

CARVING BOARD

Ernest Terlizzi, Yaphank, N.Y.

(17 Canterburv Drive. Coram, N.Y. 11727)

Filed June 2, 1972. Ser. No. 259,354

Term of patent 14 vears

Int. CI. Dl—04

U.S. CI. D7— 46

^ 230,556

FOOD CONTAINER COVER

Paul C. Mallonn, Wooster, Ohio, assignor to Rubbermaid

Sales Corp.. Wooster, Ohio

Filed June 29. 1972. Ser. No. 267,631

Term of patent 7 years

Int. CI. Dl—01

U.S. CI. D7— 131

VL'^<^F^'rx.rv»'Trp.\. . -.j.'v \d^:

230,554
COMBINED KNTFE HOLDER ANT) SHARPENER

Samuel L. McNair, Overland Park. Kans., assignor to

Dazev Products Co.

Filed Jan. 22,1973. Ser. No. 325.395

Term of patent 14 vears

Int. CL Dl—06

U.S. CI. D7— 74

230,557

COMBINED STABILIZER AND END CAP FOR AN

ELECTRIC PRESSING IRON HANDLE

Bernard B. Bluestein, Des Plaines, and Norman A. Stein-
kamp, Chicago Heights, III., assignors to Sunbeam Cor-
poration, Chicago, III.

Filed July 17, 1972, Ser. No. 272,550
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D7— 05
U.S. CI. D7— 204

tflMi

^MMliMiiiMiilHMiWilM

236

OFFICIAL GAZETTE

March 5, 1974

U.S,

230,558
MULTITINES RAIONG TOOL

Ralph L. Laible, 14408 White Dear Lane.

Omaha, Nebr. 68112

Filed Apr. 16, 1973, Ser. No. 351,178

Term of patent 14 years

Int. CI. DS—05

CI. D8— 13

230,561

WIRE STRIPPER

Fred D. Blackwell, 14 Parklin St.,

North Providence, R.I. 02907

Filed Sept. 13, 1971, Ser. No. 177,188

Term of patent 14 years

Int. CI. DS—03

U.S. CI. D8— 99

Fred

230,562

KNIFE

R. Fellows, Box 464, Big Fork, Mont. 59911

Filed Nov. 15, 1972, Ser. No. 306,697

Term of patent 14 years

Int. CI. DS—03

U.S. CI. D8— 99

230,559

HAND HELD TOOL FOR COLD PRESSLTIE

WELDING CABLES OR THE LIKE

William E. Good, Cinnamlnson, and Arthur S. Davies,

Avalon, NJ., assignors to Kelsey-Hayes Company,

Romulus, Mich.

Filed Jan. 12, 1972, Ser. No. 217,410
I Term of patent 14 years

Int. CI. D8— 05
L.S. CI. D8— 51

230,563

LETTER OPENER

Alwin John Stahel 11, New Brighton, Minn., assignor to

The Holes-Webwav Co.. St. Cloud, Minn.

Filed Aug. 14, 1972, Ser. No. 280,322

Term of patent 14 years

Int. CI. DIS— 04

U.S. CI. D8— 102

230,560

AIR-CARBON ARC CLTTING AND

GOUGING TORCH

Kenneth E. McCall and Donald H. Reese, Lancaster,

Ohio, assignors to Arcair Company, Lancaster, Ohio

Filed Feb. 11, 1972, Ser. No. 225,694

Term of patent 14 years

Int. CI. D8— <>5

U.S. CI. D8— 98

Charles S.
Lock Co

230.564
COMBINATION LOCK
Gehrie, Montclair, N.J., assignor to Presto
, Division of Walter Kidde & Company, Inc.,
Clifton, N.Y.

Filed Dec. 15, 1971, Ser. No. 208,520
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D8— 07
U.S. CI. D8— 129

— ^

March 5, 1974

U. S. PATENT OFFICE

23'

230,565

HASP STAPLE

Daniel J. Foote, Wauwatosa, Wis., assignor to

Master Lock Company

Filed May 8, 1972, Ser. No. 251,579

Term of patent 14 years

Int. CI. D8— 07

U.S. CI. D8— 137

230,568
EYEDROP CONTAINER

David S. Byrne, Atlantic Highlands, N J., assignor to

Warner-Lambert Company, Morris Plains, N J.

Filed May 22, 1972, Ser. No. 255,953

Term of patent 14 years

Int. CI. D9— Oi

U.S. CI. D9— 2

230,566
LOCKER HANDLE PULL

Bob G. Harrell, St. Louis, Mo., assignor to The Jackes-

Evans Manufacturing Company, St. Louis, Mo.

Filed Mar. 31, 1972, Ser. No. 240,331

Term of patent 14 years

Int. Ci. D8— 06

U.S. CI. D8— 148

230,569
FOOD CARTON
Derek Fallowfield, Oakville, Ontario, William Henry Day,
Brantford, Ontario, and Stanley Tooke, Burlington,
Ontario, Canada, assignors to W. R. Grace & Co.,
Duncan, S.C.

Filed Dec. 14, 1971, Ser. No. 208,050
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D9— Oi
U.S. CI. D9— 182

230,567

RESILIENT HOLDER FOR BINNING DIMDERS

OR THE LIKE

Blair D. Armstrong, Pittsburgh, Pa., assignor to Arm-
strong Store Fixture Corporation, Pittsburgh. Pa.
Filed Sept. 1, 1972, Ser. No. 285,826
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. DS— 08
U.S. CI. D8— 259

230,570

COLLAPSIBLE TUBE

Eugene L. Hall, 11 Martin Place, Chatham, NJ.

Filed Feb. 7, 1972, Ser. No. 224,412

Term of patent 14 years

Int. CI. B9—03

U.S. CI. D9— 194

07928

■ — ...^,^— >j»»--^j..

•238

OFFICIAL GAZETTE

March 5, 1974

230,571

CONTAINER FOR EDIBLE POWDERS

OR THE LIKE

Richard C. Allen, 22 W. 341 Balsam,

Glen EUvn, III. 60137

Filed Julv 11, 1972, Ser. No. 270.718

Term of patent 14 years

Int. CI. D9— 03

U.S. CI. D9— 216

230,574
BOWL COVER OR THE LIKE

Nicholas D. Commisso, Victor, N.V., assignor to

Mobil Oil Corporation

Filed June 22, 1972, Ser. No. 265,381

Term of patent 14 years

Int. CI. D9— 07

U.S. CI. D9— 254

230.572

P\CK\GING CONTAINER FOR LIGHT Bl LBS

OR THE LIKE

Joseph R. D'Alessio. lunenbure. Mass.. assignor to Rand-

Whitnev Packing Corporation. Leominster. Mass.

Filed May 12, 1972, Ser. No. 252,952

Tefiii ot paient 14 >ears

Int. CI. D9— 03

U.S. CI. D9— 224

230.575
CONTAINER CLOSURE OR THE LIKE
Nicholas I). Commisso. Victor. Donald A. Haase. Pen-
field, and Paul H. Nielsen. Rochester, N.Y., assignors
to Mobil Oil Corporation

Filed July 14. 1972. Ser. No. 271,865
Term of patent 14 vears
Int. CI. D9— ^)7
U.S. CI. D9— 254

230,573
CONTAINER CLOSl RE OR THE LIKE

Nicholas D. Commisso, Victor. N.V.. assignor to

Mobil Oil Cornoration

Filed June 22. 1972, Ser. No. 265.134

Term of patent 14 \ears

Int. CI. D9— 07

.S. CI. D9— 254

230.576

DISPENSING VAL\ E FOR A PRESSURIZED

CONTAINER

Roger K. Bruce. Mission Viejo, Werner Marhold, Hunt-
ington Beach, and Cecil F. Adickes, Playa Del Rey,
Calif., assignors to Sterigard Corporation, Santa Ana,

Calif.

Filed Aug. 30. 1972, Ser. No. 284,952
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D9— 0/
U.S. CI. D9— 258

■"- -' '- ■

March 5, 1974

U. S. PATENT OFFICE

239

U.S

230,577

AUTOMOBILE

Glan Paolo Boano, Turin, Italy, assignor to Fiat

Societa per Azioni, Turin, Italy

Filed Mar. 29, 1972, Ser. No. 239,399

Claims priority, application Italy Oct. 8, 1971

Term of patent 14 years

Int. CI. D12— ^S

CI. D12— 91

230,580

ARTIFICIAL REED THATCHING, FOR ROOFING

OR THE LIKE

Spencer P. Garrett, 4451 Vista del Monte,

Sherman Oaks, Calif. 91403

Filed June 16, 1971, Ser. No. 153,929

Term of patent 14 vears

Int. CI. D25— 07

U.S. CI. D13— 1 J

230,578

TRAILER

Harry L. Taylor, Merriam, Kans., assignor to Taylor

Industries, Inc., Merriam, Kans.

Filed Jan. 10, 1972, Ser. No. 216,918

Term of patent 14 years

Int. CI. D12— 70

U.S. CI. D12— 103

230,581
EAVE FACING FOR ARTIFICIAL THATCH ROOF

Spencer P. Garrett, 4451 Vista del Monte,

Sherman Oaks, Calif. 91403

Filed Aug. 23, 1971, Ser. No. 174,286

Term of patent 14 years

Int. CI. D25— 07

U.S. CI. D13— 1 J

ODOOUTO
DOOOOOOC

230,579
INSTRU^IENT PANTL

Gian Paolo Boano, Turin, Italy, assignor to Fiat

Societa per Azioni, Turin, Italy

Filed Aug. 9, 1971, Ser. No. 170,421

Claims priority, application Italy Feb. 19, 1971

Term of patent 7 years

Int. CI. D12— 76

U.S. CI. D12— 192

230,582
ALIGNING CLIP

Joseph N. La Borde, Baton Rouge, La., assignor to

Ethvl Corporation, Richmond, Va.

Filed Dec. 22, 1971, Ser. No. 211,151

Term of patent 14 years

Int. CI. D25— 07

U.S. CI. D13— 1 H

240

OFFICIAL GAZETTE

March 5, 1974

230,583

SNAP-ON PLASTIC MOLDING

Joseph N. La Borde, Baton Rouge, La., assignor to

Ethvl Corporation, Richmond, Va.

Filed Dec. 22. 197L Ser. No. 211,156

Term of patent 14 years

Int. CI. D25— 0/

U.S. CI. D13— 6

230,586
SNOWMOBILE HOOD

Thomas Scott, Valcourt, Quebec, Canada, assignor
Bombardier Limited, Valcourt, Quebec, Canada

Filed May 10, 1972, Ser. No. 252,156

Claims priority, application Canada Apr. 5, 1972

Term of patent 14 vears

Int. CI. D12— ;7i

U.S. CI. D14— 24

230 584
COMBINED POST AND BRACKET

William J. Horgan, Jr.. 1299 Folkstone Drive,
Pittsburgh, Pa. 15243
Original design application July 2, 1969, Ser. No. 18.032.
Divided and this application Oct. 13, 1970, Ser. No.
25,471

Term of patent 14 vears
Int. CI. D25— 07
U.S. CI. D13— 7

230 587
TT^ANSPARENT CUVETTE FOR DIVIDING,
AND PHOTOMETRICALLY ANALYZING
EQl AL QUANTITIES OF LIQUID
Julius Praglin, East Lyme, James E. McKie, Jr., Ledyard,
and Alan C. Curtiss, Old Lyme, Conn, (all '^f Pfizer
Inc., 235 E. 42nd St., New York, N.Y. 10017)
Filed Aug. 18, 1972, Ser. No. 281,849
Term of patent 14 vears
Int. CI. D24 — 02
U.S. C!. D16— 2 C

230,585 I
SNOW^IOBILE
Jack H. Rose, Farmington, and Thomas M. Denny. South-
field, Mich., assignors to Massev-Ferguson Inc., Detroit,
Mich.

Filed Mar. 17, 1972, Ser. No. 235,889
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI, D12— 74
U.S. CI. D14— 24

230 588
FISHING ROD HOLDER

Robert D. Miller, 5828 Ridgeway St.,

Peninsula, Ohio 44264

Filed Oct. 13, 1972, Ser. No. 299,955

Term of patent 14 years

Int. CI. D22— 05

U.S. CI. D22— 22

riBMUMiiiiM

March 5, 1974

U. S. PATENT OFFICE

241

230,589
FISHING SIGNAL DEVICE

Lawrence L. Muehl and Theodore Montgomery, both of

Box 113, Frankfort, S. Dak. 57440

Filed Feb. 8, 1973, Ser. No. 330,658

Term of patent 14 years

Int. CI. D22— 05

U.S. CI. D22— 23

230,592

FISHING LURE OR THE LIKE

Jack E. Davis, Georgetown, Fla., assignor to Victor

Comptometer Corporation, Chicago, 111.

Filed May 1, 1972, Ser. No. 249,483

Term of patent 14 vears

Int. CI. D22— 05

U.S. CI. D22— 27

230,590
SPIN^NING REEL
Michael J. Koenecke, Estherville, Iowa, and Richard J.
Hughes, Des Plaines, 111., assignors to Berkley & Com-
pany, Inc., Spirit Lake, Iowa
Continuation-in-part of abandoned design application Ser.
No. 232,331, Mar. 6, 1972. This application Oct. 4,
1972, Ser. No. 298,777

Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D22— 05
U.S. CI. D22— 25

230,593

FISHING LUTIE

William D. Storm, Norman, Okla., assignor to Storm

Plastics, Inc., Norman, Okla.

Filed Mar. 19, 1973, Ser. No. 342,695

Term of patent 14 years

Int. CI. D22— (75

U.S. CI. D22— 27

230,591

OPEN FACED SPINNING REEL

Arthur A. Underwood, Cincinnati, Ohio, assignor to

Brunswick Corporation. Skokie, III.

Continuation-in-part of abandoned design application Ser.

No. 184.992, Sept. 29, 1971. This application Apr. 9,

1973, Ser. No. 349,391

Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D22— 05
U.S. CI. D22— 25

230,594
FISHING LUTIE

Charles J. Reda, 2530 Ridgewood Ave., and Arthur A.
Bianchini, 1338 E. Summit St., both of Alliance, Ohio
44601

Filed Aug. 15, 1973, Ser. No. 388,384
Term of patent 14 vears
Int. CI. D22— 05
U.S. CI. D22— 29

•242

OFFICIAL GAZETTE

March 5, 1974

230,595
FAUCET BODY

Martin Omar Rowlands, Epping, England, assignor to

LMI Opella Limited. Birmingham, England

Filed Aug. 23, 1971. Ser. No. 174,295

Claims priorit>, application Great Brtam Feb. 25, 1971

Term of patent 14 years

Int. CI. D2i— 01

U.S. CI. D23— 32

230,598
GOLF BALL HEATER

Robert S. Goodrich, 27901 S. Golden Meadow Drive,

Palos \ erdes Peninsula, Calif. 90274

Filed Sept. 13, 1972, Ser. No. 288,732

Term of patent 14 years

Int. CI. D23— Oi

U.S. CI. D23— 77

230,596

PL^IP HEAD

George P. Edgell, Sr., Harrison, Ark., assignor to W. J.

Stout Company, Inc., Western Grove, Ark.

Filed Aug. 25, 1972, Ser. No. 283,767

Term of patent 14 years

Int. CI. D15— ^2

U.S. CI. D23— 34

230 599

CONTAINER FOR HOLDING ODOR ABSORBENT

IN A REFRIGERATOR

Albert Stubbmann, Franklin Lakes, N.J., assignor to

VVecolite Company, Inc., Teaneck, N.J.

Filed Sept. 18, 1972, Ser. No. 289,665

Term of patent iVi years

Int. CI. D23—04

U.S. CI. D23— 150

230,597
HEAD FOR A DOWNSPOUT

Glenn Settle, % Melrose Supply & Metal Co., 1661

Guenther Road, Dayton, Ohio 45427

Filed Oct. 21, 1971, Ser. No. 191,578

Term of patent 14 years

Int. CI. D23— 01

U.S. CI. D23— 45

230,600

COMBINED DEPTH FINDER AND FISH LOCATOR

Robert F. Turner, El Paso, Tex., assignor to Jetco

Electronic Industries, Inc., El Paso, Tex.

Filed Jan. 28, 1972, Ser. No. 221,851

Term of patent 14 years

Int. CI. DIO— 0-^

U.S. CI. D26— 1 Q

ittattam

March 5, 1974

U. S. PATENT OFFICE

243

230,601
BADGE READER
Raymond G. Cross. Bovnton Beach, and Myron F. Davis
and Walter Furlani. Boca Raton. Fla., assignors to
International Business Machines Corporation. Armonk,
N.Y.

Filed Mar. 7. 1972. Ser. No. 232,646
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D14— 02
U.S. CI. D26— 5 C

230,604

ESCUTCHEON FOR COMBEVED EIGHT TRACK

TAPE PLAYER AND TLNER

Richard H. Seager, Manlius, N.Y.. assignor to

General Electric Company

Filed Apr. 7. 1972. Ser. No. 242,295

Term of patent 14 years

Int. CI. D14 — 03

U.S. CI. D26— 14 B

li 1 1 J 1

■-:A.-'-:A1t''-.-^ O

ti — —

O O ^5i
'

■-nI/

230.602
AUTOMATIC TYPEWRITER CONTROL CONSOLE

John S. Kovacs, East Norriton. and Lewis H. Herr, Lans-
dale. Pa., and Richard H. Penney. New York, N.Y.,
assignors to Sperrv Rand Corporation. Ncvt York, N.Y.
Filed Mar. 27. 1972. Ser. No. 238,756
Term of patent 14 years
Inf. Ci. D14— 02
U.S. CI. D26— 5 C

230,605

COMBINED FOUR-CHANNEL TAPE PLAYER

AND RECEIVER

Andrew Kainass, Syracuse, N.Y.. assignor to

General Electric Company, Syracuse. N.Y.

Filed Apr. 7. 1972. Ser. No. 242,'>06

Term of patent 14 years

Int. CI. D14 — U3

U.S. CI. D26— 14 B

U.S.

230.603

CONTROL FOR ELECTRICAL \THICLE

Edwin O. Stastny. 2122 N. Pasadena Ave.,

Santa Ana, Calif. 92701

Filed Oct. 10. 1972. Ser. No. 296.033

Term of patent 7 years

Int. CI. D13— 05

CI. D26— 13 R

230,606
TRANSCRIBING MACHINE

Edgard R. Wiklund, Dunwoody, Robert N. Fink. Decatur,
and John Jamgochian, Jr., and Larry W. Lee. Atlanta,
Ga.; said Lee assignor to said Wiklund, said Fink and
said Jamgochian, fractional part interest to each
Filed July 17. 1972. Ser. No. 272,161
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D14 — 01
U.S. CI. D26— 14 B

i glie:»||

li^ — - - '

■244

OFFICIAL GAZETTE

March 5, 1974

230,607

TELEVISION AERIAL SLTPORT FOR

HOUSE TRAILERS

Walter C. Martin, Rte. 1, Box 476A,

Casa Grande, Ariz. 85222

Filed Oct; 10, 1972, Ser. No. 296,036

Term of patent 14 years

Int. CI. D14— CJ

U.S. CI. D26— 14 F

230,609
TAPE RECORDER

Takemi Ebata. Kyoto, Jdjian, assignor to Matsushita

Electric Industrial Co., Ltd., Osaka, Japan

Filed Mar. 2, 1973, Ser. No. 337,732

Claims priority, application Japan Sept. 16, 1972

Term of patent 14 years

Int. CI. D14— 07

U.S. CI. D26— 14 B

230,610
RADIO DIRECTION FINDER

Maurice A. Warren, Los Angeles. Calif., assignor to
Vec Trak Research & Development Corporation,
. Elmsford, N.Y.

Filed Mar. 8, 1973, Ser. No. 339,410
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. DIA— 03
U.S. CI. D26— 14 K

230,608

ELECTRONTC COMMUNICATIONS APPARATUS

J. Pratt Winston, 305 S. Dillard St.,

Durham, N.C. 27702

Filed Nov. 20, 1972, Ser. No. 307,871

Term of patent 14 years

Int. CI. D14— 03

U.S. CI. D26— 14 B

230.611
FIGLTirVE, OR SIMILAR ARTICLE
Kim A. Halkett. Parks Drive, Sherbom, Mass.
Filed June 29, 1972, Ser. No. 268,190
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. Dll— 02
U.S. CI. D29— 23 B

01770

.^baoa^iUik*

■ ill r li'Mt iriii — -■^"-- - ■ -

March 5, 1974

U. S. PATENT OFFICE

245

230,612
ANIMAL FEEDING APPARATUS

Arthur L. Williamson, 728 W. Main; and Fred T. Mason.

612 Plaza Drive, both of Moore, Okla. 73160; and

Jacky L. Dver, Sr., Box 149, Yukon, Calif. 73099

Filed June 9, 1972, Ser. No. 261,575

Term of patent 14 years

Int. CI. D30— 03

U.S. CI. D30— 13

230,615
PUTTER HEAD

Joseph A. Delgadillo, Pico Rivera, Calif., assignor of a
fractional part interest to Henry Rivas. Hacienda
Heights. Calif.

Filed June 29, 1972, Ser. No. 267,371
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D21— 02
U.S. CI. D34— 5 GH ^

230,613
EXERCISER

Cliff J. Coker, Laguna Niguel, and Edward A. Burke,
Newport Beach, Calif., assignors to Whittaker Corpo-
ration

Filed Mar. 9, 1972, Ser. No. 233,404
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D21— 02
U.S. CI. D34— 5 K

U.S

230,616
TOY WHEEL LMPELLER

Randolph Lanier, 3888 N, 16th St,

Milwaukee, Wis. 53206

Filed Sept. 18, 1972, Ser. No. 290,133

Term of patent 14 years

Int. CI. D21— Oi

CI. D34— 5 HP

230,614
ONE-PIECE POOL HAVING SLIDE

Bertram Brooks, Yonkers, N.Y., assignor to Carolina

Enterprises, Inc., Tarboro, N.C.

Filed May 17, 1972, Ser. No. 254,342

Term of patent 3'/2 years

Int. CI. D21— 07

U.S. CI. D34— 5 F

230,617

PLAYING CARD

Ernest W. Ekstrand, Santa Ana. Calif.

(240 Chestnut, Apt. 1013, Long Beach. Calif.

FUed Aug. 19, 1971, Ser. No. 173,354

Term of patent 14 years

Int. CI. D21— 07

U.S. CI. D34— 13

90802)

•246

OFFICIAL GAZETTE

March 5, 1974

230.618
TOY SCHOOL

Karen F. Venetian. Cincinnati, Ohio, assignor to The

Quaker Oats Company. Chicago. 111.

Filed Jan. 12. 1972. Ser. No. 217,435

Term of patent 14 years

Int. CI. D21— Oi

U.S. CI. D34— 15 LL

230.620
TRACTOR BODY

William E. Conroy and Floyd A. Derby. Tokyo. Japan,
and ^ oshimi Hosoda, Aurora, and Fred J. Salzman,
Metamora, 111., assignors to Caterpillar Tractor Co.,
Peoria. III.

Filed Aug. 25, 1972, Ser. No. 283,852
Term of patent 14 vears
Int. CI. D12— 09
U.S. CI. D40— 5

230,619
CHILD'S VELOCIPEDE

Lauiie Jay Campbell and Raymond John Lohr. Erie. Pa.

assignors to Louis Marx & Co.. Inc.

Filed Aug. 15. 1972. Ser. No. 280,916

Term of patent 14 vears

Int. CI. D2i—0I

U.S. CI. D34— 15 AL

230,621
TRACTOR LOADER BODY

William E. Conro> and Floyd A. Derby, Tokyo. Japan,
and ^oshimi Hosoda. Aurora, and Fred J. Salzman,
Metamora, III., assignors to Caterpillar Tractor Co.,
Peoria, III.

Filed Aug. 25, 1972, Ser. No. 283,853
Term of patent 14 vears
Int. CI. D12— 09
U.S. CI. D40— 5

MriMiata

f,^^

March 5, 1974

U. S. PATENT OFFICE

247

230,622
TRACTOR LOADER BODY

William E. Conroy and Floyd A. Derby, Tokyo, Japan,
and Yoshimi Hosoda, Aurora, and Fred J. Salzman,
Metamora, 111., assignors to Caterpillar Tractor Co.,

Peoria, III.

Filed Aug. 25, 1972, Ser. No. 283,856
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D12— 09
U.S. CI. D40— 5

230,625
FINGER RING

Bernard I. Mechanic, 2425 Oakton St.,

Evanston. 111. 60202

Filed Feb. 28. 1972. Ser. No. 230,216

Term of patent 14 vears

Int. CI. Dll— 07

U.S. CI. D45— 10 A

230,623

WRISTWATCH

Jack J. Gillen, P.O. Box 32805, Orlando. Fla.

Filed Feb. 22. 1972. Ser. No. 228,447

Term of patent 14 years

Int. CI. D 10— 02

U.S. CI. D42— 8 R

230,626
ALTOMOTIVE SIGNAL HOUSING

Sidnev A. Heenan. Park Ridge, Anthony J. Montalbano,
Des Plaines, and Norbert Majewski, Elk Grove Village,
III., assignors to Amerace Esna Corporation, New
York, N.Y.

Filed Sept. 13, 1972. Ser. No. 288.641
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D26— 06
U.S. CI. D48— 32 R

230.624
EARRING FASTENER

Michael Chemow, New York. N.Y., assignor to

Monocraft. Inc.

Filed July 19, 1971, Ser. No. 164.178

Term of patent 14 years

Int. CI. Dll— 0/

U.S. CI. D45— 09

U.S

230,627

PAPER TOWEL HOLDER

Clifford F. Carroll, P.O. Box 76.

Cave Creek, Ariz. 85331

Filed May 1, 1972, Ser. No. 249,462

Term of patent 14 years

Int. CI. D6— 99

CI. D52— 2 C

.^L.. ,^.._.-^

•248

offTcial gazette

March 5, 1974

230,628

COMBINED LOCATING AND MARKING GAUGE

FOR JUNCTION BOXES

Herschel L. Sunley, 1804 Whittier Ave.,

Springfield. III. 62704

Filed Aug. 23, 1972, Ser. No. 282.928

Term of patent 14 years

Int. CI. DIO— 04

U.S. CI. D52— 6 R

230,631

AUTOMATIC CORE LOADER

James P. Gerhart, 1506 Pheasant Drive,

Warminster, Pa. 18974

Filed Feb. 3. 1972, Ser. No. 223,398

Term of patent 14 vears

Int. CI. D15— 99

U.S. CI. D55~l C

iM^r%

230,629
HANT) STLTFER OR SIMILAR DEVICE

Edward Dee Camp and James Edward Camp, both of

1501 36fh St. N\V., Winter Haven, Fla. 33880

Filed Jan. 7, 1972, Ser. No. 216,338

Term of patent 14 years

Int. CI. D8— 99; D7— 99

U.S. CI. D55— 1 H

230,632
RADIO RECEIVER

Sakae Nakamoto, Kobe, Nobumitsu Matsumura, Sakural,
and Benito Mishiro, Osaka, Japan, assignors to Matsu-
shita Electric Industrial Co., Ltd., Osaka, Japan
Filed Jan. 10, 1972, Ser. No. 216.896
Claims priority, application Japan July 20, 1971
Term of patent 14 vears
Int. CI. D14 — 03
U.S. CI. D56— 4 B

230,630

ELECTRICALLY POWERED MEAT SLICER

Daniel E. McCue, Santa Barbara, Calif., assignor to Rival

Manufacturing Company, Kansas City, Mo.

Filed Jan. 21, 1972, Ser. No. 219,917

Term of patent 14 years

Int. CI. D15— 08

U.S. CI. D55— 1 A

230,633
EYEGLASSES

Blount Ferrell, 2383 Akers Mill Road N'W., Apt. J-2,

Atlanta, Ga. 30339

Filed Apr. 3, 1973, Ser. No. 347,444

Term of patent 14 years

Int. CI. Die— 06

U.S. CI. D57— 1 F

March 5, 1974

U. S. PATENT OFFICE

249

230,634
COMBINED MOUNTING BRACKET ANT) EN-
CLOSED DRIVE AND CONTROL U^IT FOR
A PANNING CAMERA

Gerald E. Kardach, South Milwaukee, Wis., assignor to

Videosonics, Inc., Milwaukee, Wis.

Filed May 11, 1972, Ser. No. 252,535

Term of patent 14 years

Int. CI. Die— 05

U.S. CI. D61— 1 G

230,637

ROLLER APPLICATOR FOR SPIRIT-TYPE

DUPLICATING

Svend Borge Clement, Johannesburg, Transvaal, Republic
of South Africa, assignor to S. B. Clement & Company
(Proprietary) Limited, Johannesburg, Transvaal, Repub-
lic of South Africa

Filed Aug. 18, 1972, Ser. No. 281.982

Claims priority, application Republic of South Africa

Mar. 6, 1972

Term of patent 14 years

Int. CI. D18— 02

U.S. CI. D64— 11 B

230,635

CAMERA

John M. Mellberg, Chicago, III., assignor to Imperial

Camera Corp., Chicago, III.

Filed Nov. 13, 1972, Ser. No. 306,151

Term of patent 14 years

Int. CI. Die— 01

U.S. CI. D61— 1 B

230,638

TYPEWRITER

Karl T. Baughman, Lake Forest, HI., assignor to

Sears, Roebuck & Co., Chicago, 111.

Filed Jan. 4, 1973, Ser. No. 321,051

Term of patent 14 vears

Int. CI. DIS— 01

U.S. CI. D64— 11 A

230,636
TYPEWRITER

John S. Kovacs, 907 Senator Road. East Norriton, Pa.,
and Lewis H. Herr, 122 County Line Road, Lansdale,
Pa. 19446

Filed Aug. 14, 1972, Ser. No. 280,717
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D18— Oi
U.S. CI. D64— 11 A

230,639
FONT OF NUMERALS

Norman R. Howes, Dallas, Tex., assignor to Texas

Instruments Incorporated, Dallas. Tex.

Filed Aug. 6, 1971, Ser. No. 176,379

Term of patent 14 years

Int. CI. D18 — 03

U.S. CI. D64— 12 B

22j ^^Q

3 5

•250

OFFICIAL GAZETTE

March 5, 1974

230,640
GLIDEWAY FOLLOWING VEHICLE

Walter C. \lbach, Dallas, and Luther J. Hulsey, Fort
Worth, Tex., assignors to LTV Aerospace Corporation,

Dallas, Tex.

Filed Nov. 29, 1971, Ser. No. 203,121
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D12— 03
U.S. CI. D66— 1

230,643
AIRPLANE
Wilfred C. J. Garrard, Marietta, Henry R. Leslie Ul,
Atlanta, and Dallas M. Ryle, Jr., and Francis M.
Wilson, Jr., Marietta, Ga., assignors to Lockheed Air-
craft Corporation, Burbank, Calif.

Filed Mar. 13, 1972, Ser. No. 234,473
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D12-^7
U.S. CI. D71— 1 N

230,641
FUTL NOZZLE UNIT

Dorian Farrar Mowbray, 6 Cheveley Gardens,

Bumham, Buckinghamshire, England

Filed Nov. 2, 1970, Ser. No. 25,763

Claims priority, application Great Britain Oct. 14, 1970

Term of patent 14 years

Int. CI. D15— <?i

U.S. CI. D77— 1 A

230,644

RUDDER GUARD

Henry W. Lange. Waretown, NJ.

(R.F.D. 1, 115 Bloomfield Road, Bamegat, NJ.

Filed June 13, 1972, Ser. No. 262,277

Term of patent 14 years

Int. CI. D12— 99

U.S. CI. D71— 1 Z

08005)

230,642

airplant:

Wilfred C. J. Garrard, Marietta, Henry R. Leslie III,
Atlanta, and Dallas M. Ryle, Jr., and Francis M.
Wilson, Jr., Marietta, Ga., assignors to Lockheed Air-
craft Corporation, Burbank, Calif.

Filed Mar. 13, 1972. Ser. No. 234,468
Term of patent 14 vears
Int. CI. D12— 07
U.S. CI. D71— 1 N

230,645

HOLDER FOR LEDGER SHEETS OR THE LIKE

Allen L. Dixon, Portage, Mich., assignor to Master-Craft

Corporation, Kalamazoo, Mich.

Filed Sept. 20, 1971, Ser. No. 182,299

Term of patent 14 years

Int. CI. D19— 03

U.S. CI. D74— 2 C

kl^^^^i*J=J==i==^

March 5, 1974

U. S. PATENT OFFICE

251

I 230,646

DESK FILE

Steve A. Unger, 343 S. Jefferson, Woodstock, 111.

1 lied Feb. 16, 1972, Ser. No. 227,018

Term of patent 14 years

lut. CI. D19— 02

U.S. CI. D74— 2 A

230,649

HYDROTHERAPY FOOT TUTB

60098 Samuel L. McNair and Henry J. Talge. Overland Park,

Kans., assignors to Dazev Products Company

Filed July 23, 1973, Ser. No. 381,677

Term of patent 14 years

Int. CI. D24 — 04

U.S. CI. D83— 1 C '

230,647

PEN AND PENCIL HOLDER

Alicia Holly Driks, 4 Carter Lane,

Monsey, N.Y. 10952

Filed Sept. 13, 1972, Ser. No. 288.561

Term of patent 14 vears

Int. CI. D19— 02

U.S. CI. D74— 5 A

230,650
PORTABLE WHIRLPOOL BATH

Clifford E. Grube, Niles, III., assignor to Associated

Mills, Incorporated

Filed Mar. 26, 1973, Ser. No. 345,008

Term of patent 14 years

Int. CI. D24 — 04

U.S. CI. D83— 1 C

230,648
NEWSPAPER BOX

Murray M. Fibus, Youngstown, Ohio, assignor to Steel

City Corporation, Youngstown, Ohio

Filed May 25, 1972, Ser. No. 257,070

Term of patent 14 years

Int. CI. D31— 00

U.S. CI. D74— 9 R

U.S.

230,651
HYDROTHERAPY BATH

Clifford E. Grube, Niles, III., assignor to

Associated Mills, Incorporated

Filed Mar. 26, 1973, Ser. No. 345,009

Term of patent 14 vears

Int. CI. D24— 04

CI. D83— 1 C

252

OFFICIAL GAZETTE

March 5, 1974

U. S. PATENT OFFICE

253

230,652

SEALING CAP FOR INLET BLOOD

PLUG OF DIALYSIS COIL

Lester Zimmerman, Hicksville, N.Y., ass|por ^^

Vemitron Medical Products, Inc., Deer Park, N.Y.

Filed Apr. 13, 1973, Ser. No. 351,050

Term of patent 14 years

Int. CI. D24— Oi

U.S. CI. D83— 1 F

U.S.

230,655
COMB

Anthonv Battaglia, 455 NW. 202 Terrace,

Miami, Fla. 33169

Filed June 1, 1972, Ser. No. 258,934

Term of patent 14 years

Int. CI. D28— ^i

CI. D86— 8

230,658
MATERIAL HANDLING BOX

William R. Powell, Hubbard, Ohio, assignor to The

Powell Pressed Steel Company

Filed Apr. 11. 1972, Ser. No. 243,108

Term of patent 14 years

Int. CI. D9— 03

U.S. CI. D87— 1 R

U.S.

230,661 '

HANDBAG

Jacqueline H. Andrews, Patrick St.,

Ashland, Va. 23005

Filed Feb. 15. 1972, Ser. No. 226,654

Term of patent 14 years

Int. CI. D3— ^7

CI. D87— 3 C

230,653
INLET BLOOD PLUG FOR DIALYSIS COIL

Lester Zimmerman, Hicksville, N.Y., assignor to

\ ernitron Medical Products, Inc., Deer Park, N.Y .

Filed Apr. 13, 1973, Ser. No. 351,115

Term of patent 14 years

Int. CI. D24— 01

U.S. CI. D83— 1 F

230,656
COMBINED COMB, MIRROR AND KEY HOLDER

Clyde H. Hafler, 115 N. 5th St., Allentown, Pa. 18100

Filed Mar. 2, 1973, Ser. No. 337,654

Term of patent 3Vi years

Int. CI. D28— Oi

U.S. CI. D86— 8

230,659

PURSE HOLDER OR SIMILAR ARTICLE

Kenneth G. Bride, 408 Brett St.,

Inglewood, Calif. 90302

Filed Nov. 15, 1971, Ser. No. 199,085

Term of patent 14 years

Int. CI. D3— 02

U.S. CI. D87— 2 A

230,654

CASE FOR BATTERY POWERED IN-LINE

ORTHOPEDIC SURGICAL CUTTING TOOL

Meyer Fishbein, 12020 Saltair Place,

Los Angeles, Calif. 90049

Filed Sept. 7, 1971, Ser. No. 178,543

Term of patent 14 years

Int. CI. D24— 02

S. CI. D83— 12 R

230,662

TRAVELING BAG OR SIMILAR ARTICLE

Ira R. Katz, Nashville, Tenn., assignor to Hartmann

Luggage Company, Lebanon, Tenn.

Filed May 7, 1971, Ser. No. 141,467

Term of patent 7 years

Int. CI. D3 — 01

U.S. CI. D87— 5

230,657
MAKEUP HOLDER

Dorothy Begun, 22559 Avon Lane,

Southfield, Mich. 48075

Filed May 30, 1972, Ser. No. 258,209

Term of patent 7 years

Int. CI. D28— Oi

U.S. CI. D86— 10 A

230,660

PURSE

Jacqueline Hayes, 727 Stewart Ave.,

Daly City, Calif. 94015

Filed Jan. 31, 1972, Ser. No. 222,449

Term of patent 14 years

Int. CI. D3—01

U.S. CI. D87— 3 F

LIST OF PATENTEES

— TO WHOM

PATENTS WERE ISSUED ON THE 5th DAY OF MARCH, 1 974

Note. — Arranged in accordance with the first significant character or word of the name (in accordance with city and

telephone directory practice).

Abbott Laboratories; See —

Plotnikoff, Nicholas Peter. 3,795,738.
Abe. Masahiro See —

Shigemori, Hideto, and Abe, Masahiro. 3,795,796.
Abolafia, Oscar R , Lau, John A , Lee, Franklin F M.; and Watson.
Catherine R , to International Business Machines Corporation. Elec-
trical interconnect structuring for laminate assemblies and fabricat-
ing methods therefor 3.795.047, CI 29-625 000
Acker. Douglas B . and Berr\, Trevis L , to Reliance Trailer Manufac-
turing. Inc Apparatus for transporting building modules. 3,795,336,
CI 214-390 000
Ackerman, Albert C . and Bowman, Walter J., to Mac Valves, Inc.

Electrical disconnect means 3,795,883,01. 339-19.00p.
Acraloc Corporation See —

Andre, L George, Barthalomew, Wayne R.; and Worline, Paul
W , 3.795,085
Adamic. Anthony Device for melting and preventing the formation of

ice in the area of the edge of a roof 3.795,27 1 , CI. 165-47.000.
Adams. Frank H , and Anderson. Robert F., to Universal Oil Products
Companv Metal, sulfur and nitrogen removal from hydrocarbons
utilising moving bed reactors 3,795.607. CI. 208-210.000.
Adams, Kenneth D . Bradus, Robert, and Winar. Joseph J., to Singer

Company. The Cam selection module 3.795.2 10. CI. I 12-158. OOd.
Addressograph-Multigraph Corporation: See —

Miller, John P , Oatess, Arthur W . and Thornton. Bryce G.,
3.795.191
Adev. Anthony John, to C.A V Limited. Drive circuit for conducting

devices 3.795.826. CI 307-268.000.
ADM Tronics See —

Dimmo, Alfonso. 3,795,539

Advanced Machine Design Company ; See —

Moelbert, Heinnch, 3.795,165
Advanced Memory Systems See —

Mehta. Rustam J . Geilhufe, Mike; and Palfi. Thomas L .
3.795.898.
Aerojet-General Corporation: See —

Depree, David O .3.795.555.
Agfa-Gevaert N \' See —

Smolderen. Albert Emiel; and Cappuyns, Joseph Marie,
3,795.080
Aignesberger, Alois, and Rosenbauer. Hans-Gunter. to Suddeutsche
Kalkstickstoff-Werke Aktiengesellschaft Lightweight concrete and
method of manufacturing it. 3,795,653, CI. 260-39. Osb.
Aisenherg. Sol See —

United States of America. National Aeronautics and Space Ad-
ministration. 3.795.448
Akahira. Rokuro See —

Aoyama. Keiji, Akahira. Rokuro; and Katoh. Yuichi, 3.795,688.
Akimtsev , Gennady \ asilievich: See—

Tarnopolsky, Igor Rafailovich; and Akimtsev, Gennady
Vasilievich, 3,795,066.
Akita, Masaki: See —

Kimura, Takuhei. and Akita. Masaki, 3.795,442.
Aktiebolaget Bofors See—

Nilsson. Ake Valentin. 3,795,836,
Albert, Joel M See —

Weiss, Shirley I .3.795.497.
Albrecht, Richard Edmund See —

Hamlin, Ronald Jackson, and Albrecht, Richard Edmund.
3,795.445
Alcan Research and Development, Limited: See —

Leconle, Gerard Bernard, and Wright, John Walter. 3.795.269.
Aldrich, Floyd E , and Fischman. Martin, to GTE Sylvania Incor-
porated Horizontal lineantv correction circuit. 3.795.835. CI. 315-
27 Otd
Allen, Paul M , to Armco Steel Corporation Semi-austenitic Cr-Ni-Al-

Cu stainless steel 3,795,507, CI 75-124 000.
Allen, Robert E , Jr . and Morel. Richard A . to Du-Al Company. The
Splash-proof leak-proof syringe-type cryosurgical instrument.
3.795.245. CI 128-303 100 '
Allied Chemical Corporation: See —

Beyleveld. Wilhelmus M . Oxenrider. Bryce C ; and Woolf, Cyril,

3.795.689
Dementi. Brian Armstead. De Caprio. Joseph Donald; and

Lazarus. Stanley David. 3.795,661
Oxenrider. Bryce C ; Beyleveld. Wilhelmus M . and Woolf. Cyril,
3.795.706
Allington. William B . to Instrumentation Specialties Company. Elec-
trophoresis and method apparatus. 3.795.600. CI. 204- 1 SO.OOg.
Alpermann. Hans Georg See —

Ruschig. Heinrich; Meixner. Willi, and Alpermann, Hans Georg,
3.795.681

3.795.159

Helmut L . and Lawson.

Alphaco. Inc.: See —

Zifferer. Luthar Robert; and Stump. Lester F.. Jr , 3,795,726.
Altmann. Albrecht. to Blaupunkt-Werke GmbH Television receiver
with an audio section constructed to automatically receive two chan-
nel and stereophonic signals 3.795.764. CI 178-5 80r.
Amchem Products. Inc See—

Hall. Wilbur S , and Steinbrecher. Lester. 3.795.546
America Optical Corporation: See —
Thaler. Sherwood S . 3.795,247.
American Cyanamid Company: See —

Asato, Goro. and Berkelhammer. Gerald. 3,795,735.
Sono. John, and Richmond. Henry. 3.795.700.
American Home Products Corporation: See —

Douglas. George H . and Guinosso. Charles J . 3,795,691 .
Rochefort. Joseph Guy. 3,795.734
Santilh, Arthur A , and Kim, Doug H , 3.795.674.
American Hospital SuppK Corporation: See —

Deindoerfer, Fred H.and Brake, Jon M., 3,795,581,
American Welding &. Manufacturing Company: See —

Kinney, John M., 3,795,054.
AMF Incorporated: See —

Cnstiani, Athos. 3.795.249.
Halter, Howard Martin, 3.795.250.
Amidon, Alan B See—

Heine-Geldern. Robert \ .; and Amidon, Alan B . 3.795.443.
Amoco Production Company: See —

Smith. Robert C. and St'effensen, Roger J.. 3.795.142
AMP Incorporated: See —

Desso. Jerome Andrew ; and Henschen. Homer Ernst. 3.795,885.

Kotaka. Yasumasa. 3.795.884.

Nauman. Warren David. Verger. Clair William, and Douty,

Robert Lee, 3,795,889.
Steiner, Charles Dale, and William. Ear
Ampex Corporation See —

Licht, Lazar, Branger, Morit7; Kavan
Bob L. 3,795,427.
Amunt S p A See —

Milani, Giuseppe, 3,795.47 I .
Anaconda Company . The See —

Johnson. Gary D . and Matthews, Larry A . 3,795,807.
O'Mara. Joseph B. 3.795.758
Ancker-Johnson. Betsy, to Boeing Company. The. Radiant energy opti-
cal detector amplifier 3.795.803. CI 250-338 000
Andersen. Ariel A.. 2000. Inc Sampler of air-borne particles,

3,795, 135, CI. 73-28.000
Anderson, James Hilbert. Dual fluid cycle 3,795, 1 03, CI. 60-65 1 .000.
Anderson, Lucia E : See —

French, James C . Anderson. Lucia E . Bunge, Richard H , and
Howells. John D .3.795.668
Anderson. Richard N . to Anderson. \ E . Mgf Co. Window structure

3.795.076. CI. 49-102.000
Anderson. Robert F See —

Adams. Frank H . and Anderson. Robert F.. 3,795,607.
Anderson. \ E, Mgf Co : Sff —

Anderson. Richard N.. 3.795.076.
Andre. L George. Barthalomew, Wayne R , and Worline, Paul W . 1/2
to Acraloc Corporation and 1/2 to Rheem Manufacturing Company.
Device for the evacuation, clipping and trimming of bag-like
packages 3.795.085. CI. 53-1 12.00b.
Andrews. Robert E : See —

United States of America. National Aeronautics and Space Ad-
ministration. 3.795,858.
Andrews, Roland Eugene, and White, Robert Edward, to Tektronix,
Inc Oscilloscope basing external trigger display mode 3.795.834.
CI 315-26.000.
Androsov, Pavel losifovich: See —

Strekorytov. Alexei Alexeevich. Strekopytov, Tatyana Andreevne.
Androssva, Tamara Povlovna, and Androsov. Pavel losifovich.
3.795.034.
Androsova. Maria Nickforovna See —

Strekorytov, Alexei Alexeevich. Strekopytov, Tatyana Andreevne:
Androssva, Tamara Po\lo\na, and Androsov. Pavel losifovich.
3,795,034
Androssva, Tamara Povlovna See —

Strekorytov. Alexei Alexeevich. Strekopytov. Tatyana Andree\ne,
Androssva, Tamara Povlovna. and Androsov. Pavel losifoMch.
3.795,034
Ansul Companv, The See—

Kaiser, Donald W , and May, Kenneth J . 3.795.690
Aoyama. Keiji. Akahira, Rokuro, and Katoh, Yuichi, to Denki Kagaku
Kogyo Kabushiki Kaisha and Kanesho Kabushiki Kaisha Reaction

PI 2

LIST OF PATENTEES

March 5, 1974

, E., Tur

,3.795.851.
,3.795.711.

products of z.nc salts with alkylene bisdi hiocarbamates 3.795.688.

CI :60b4:9 900
^'''ZltTnTorUu Takano. Kosh.; A«.. Yashuak.. and Kusaka.
Argust^HTrfnTs" cVrneVcU^p 3.795.38 1 . CI. 249-2 1 9.00r

"^'^Mo'ire:.'una'un , Koerpcr. PhUhp E.. Turner. Albert C. and
Dev. hurst, Dav.dS. 3.795.094.

Armco Steel Corporation See—

Allen. Paul M .3.795.507 ^^ ^ . , , .^c ,,^

Neilon Claude R. and W. like, Herbert L. 3. 795. 3.6.

Arn^strong.-Thomas R • - Ho"7-'V,t5T6^' CI r"T"oo"o
mated real time equalized modem 3.795.865, CI J-:'-*- uuu^

Armstronr^.H-m A , and Stefancin, James M , to Dow Chemical
Companv The Method of selectively cutting and perforating super-
posTpanelsofmatenal 3,795.163.0 83-30 000

Asakura Hiroshi. Takano. Koshi. Aral, Vashuaki, and Kusaka.

^ Masaharu. to Denk. Kagaku Kogyo "^f -^"'' .^-'^^.^.^'^Jr
Kagaku Kabush.ki. a/k;a Toyo Chemical Co . \'^ J'%'''\'VX
production of foamed polystyrene materials 3.795,7.9, CI .64

Asato^'^Goro and Berkelhammer, Gerald, to American Cyanarnid

Compan; Antimicrobial nitroimidazolyl-1 .2.4-oxad.azoles

■; 79S ■'Vs CI 424-248 000.
Aschauer,' George R . to Twin Disc, Incorporated C-mrol apparatus

for hydraulic jet propulsion *ater borne craft 3.795.105. CI bU

221 000
Aseltine, William S See— i lae, A\a

N,emkie*icz. Ignatius John, and Aseltine, V, illiam S . 3.7'^5.4 v
Ash. Eric Albert, to International Business Machines Corpo^am.n

Grating guides for optical surface wave* -^- ''^•\'^„^\^''^"^f ,-,f,
Ashton. Mark H Stowable tab and tear strip 3.795,342. CI. 2.0-

54 000
Asohi Kogaku Kogyo Kabushiki Kaisha .S^f-

Sugi>ama,Takahiro, 3,795,437
Astro-Mechanics, Inc See—

Gage, Theodora A . and Crothers. Carl C
Atlantic Richfield Compans See —

W orrell. George R . and OToole. James I
Au ROSrL See- ^

Buttironi, Giovanni, 3,795,328 .u i„H,it

Aubert Pierre-Camille, and Poesy , Michel, to Soc.ete Nationale Indus-
triene Aerospatiale Device for introducing in -f -«f ' "'-^^ ';;,
svstems apparent motion characteristics quite different from the real
characteristics 3,795,065, CI 35-25 (K)0.
August Herrog Maschinenfabrik See —

Strangfeld, Reiner, 3,795,171
Aupor, Hans. Beuchlem, Gunter, and V.ernheim, H^"- "^^^J^' ''
Maschinenfabrik Augshurg-Nurnberg Aktiengesellscha t , VrA V »
and Motorenwerke Mannheim AG Hot gas cylinder-piston ap-
paratus 3,795, II 2, CI 60-526.000.
Automobiles Peugeot Sff— I ,,„.,„.

Lecailtel, Pierre, and Dressier. Bruno. '•3*'5.405
Ventre. Pierre, and Lacambre.Jact^ues, 3.795.414,

AsantGuard Devices, Inc See
Isaacs, Roger, 3.795,896

Axherg,Sture See— , -,„< noi

Gebhard, Rainer, and Axberg, Stur*. 3.795.093.
Babcock& Wilcox Companv . The See+

Jabsen Felix S ■* 795,040 (

Babler Egon S , toTeletvpe Corporation Impellers for impact prin-
ters ■< 795, 1 87, CI 10 1 -93 00c
Backman, Sture Anders, and ^ '"'^-»;- !^""' ^udv.g, to Gr^ fman,

Johan H H>draulic pulse generator ^^'^-^^J*- f ' "* ' ^- '*^"''
Badische Anilin- & Soda-Fabrik Aktiengesellschaft See-

Henning.Georg. 3,795.528 ,,o<;80l r\ 339--'32 000

Bailev, Albert Preston Batters terminal 3.795.891 C. 339 .J.:.uuu.
Baird CurtisK Sr Timingdevice 3.795,100,0 58-145 OOr
Baker Don R and Teach Eugene O , to Stauffer Chemical Company

Methvlene dioxy benzene derivatives as synergists for carbonyl

3,795',740, CI 424-282 000

Baker, John C5ef— , -,qc «.c<

Leclaire, Claier D . and Baker, John C. 3.795.655.

Balint, Valer i^e— ■> ->q< -577

Ban Akos Nagv. Sandor, and Balint, V aler. 3.795.2 //.

Ban Akos N agv , Sandor, and Balint, Valer, to Koolaj-es Gaziparii Ter-

^\ezo V allala?- Method for improvement of petroleum -'P"' P-^-"

larK from storage strata containmg concomitantly petroleum

3 795 ■'77 CI 166-265 000 _ . . <■

Barb.er Claude, to Le Joint Francais Seal ring for a floating tank roof

3,795.339,0 220-268.000. I

Barbis. Peter R See— J . _ p.,„r R

Kegerise. Wesley R . Muzyka. donald R . and Barbis, Peter K

3,795.552

ral;:'BT?r:;LnVerHe?man; to Daimler Benz AG Bumper
arrangement ma vehicle 3.795,418,0 293-88 000

Barnebe^erbert L , to Barnebey -Cheney Co Fluid filter construc-
tion 3,795.090.0 55-387.000.

Barnebey-Cheney Co See—

Barnebey. Herbert L . 3.795.090

Barthalomew. Wayne R See—

ibre. Jacau

Andre. L George. Barthalomew. Wayne R ; and Worl.ne. Paul

Corporation Coating apparatus 3.795.224. CI. 118-308.UOU.
Battelle Development Corporation: See-
Russell, James T. 3.795.902
Bau-StahlgewebeGmbH 5ee— i,ri„,.

Ettenreich. Ludwig. Reimann. Otto, and Greulich. Klaus.
3.795.550

Bauer, Ronald; See— ■, naf. laA

Mracek Milo F. and Bauer. Ronald J. 3. 795. .84.
Baxendale John William, to Vendo Company , The Product dispensing

apparatus 3.795.345,0 221-125 000
Bavchem Corp<iration, mesne Sff— j, u . c^w i

' MorecrofV Andrew S , V isser. Simon A D . and L.^bert. Frank J.
(said Limbert and said \ isser assors. to). 3,795.7 1V.
Baver Aktiengesellschaft See—

' S:^;rSS:'«^- Gerhard, Schwochow. Fr.edrich, and

Beama^' D^^n'^-rnVs^be^g. John T . to Shotec. .nc Emergency

power supply 3.795.8 18. CI. 307-66.000.

Beck. Robert H,Jr See- -. -jos a-jt

Golovoy, Amos, and Beck. Robert H.Jr 3.795.633.

Beckish.John Golf swing training device. 3.795.399.0. 273-191.003.

Beecham Group Limited Sff— .u ■> 7q«; A0«

Soulal Maurice John, and L tting. Kenneth, 3.795.698.

'^^^l^nf V^cJ^^Fre^ck. Beeken. M.chae. John, and Penning-

ton Stephen, 3,795,701
Belcher, Donald K . to Signa-Signer, Inc Electronic fe-ce employing

a phase locked loop for tuning musical instruments. 3.795.169. L.I

84-454 000

'^"cot?eTlames'D:Belden. Donald E ; and Terhunc. Ralph D..

3.795.810.

Bell. Allan J; Sfe— 1. „„ v t 795 765

Degroat Paul H , Bell, Allan J , and Cheng. King Y.. 3.795.765.

Bell Telephone LaKiratories, Incorporated^ 5<v-

Feiner Alexander, and Gerrish, Allan Martyn 3 795.776_
Na^'htano, Orlando. Pasternack, Gerald Philip, and Saltzberg,
Burton R .3.795.872.

Beloit Corporation Sfe— .... 1 im r\u-)

Brenner Lawrence A ; and Lopuski. Andrew, 3.795.082.

Ben;:;:;^';;^; ': D;^-f-%icholasM. and Linton, Ric.ar.H.^
International Busmess Machines Corporation Method an^ ap-
paratus for determining the electrical characteristics o a memory
cell having field effect transistors 3,795.859.0. 324.73.0r.

Bendix Corporation, The SVf- i7qsiS1

JehU Lvnn C , and Johanson. Carl E.. 3,795.151.
Keller. Clarence, Jr. 3,795.292.

Lewis, Richard L. 3.795.424 , ,0, ,„

Shields. Martin A . and Jack«in. David A.. 3.795.423.
Sisson.AlbertE. 3.795.426.

'^"l"es%\n/am Ar'^ul Bennett. David John. Swire. John Richard.

. nH Hirdino Peter 3,795,641
Benton" Ronald Ed'-rd Bending '.795. 28, CI 72-306.000.
Rerbalk Hermann to Gebruder Boehringer Gesellschaft mit
"eschrankteTHaftung Tool machine for machining crankshafts.
3 795.161,0 82-9000

'"'is/e^wmrn, D^^ald J ; Williams. Donald J., and Berg. John R.

3.795.532.
^"'McHa'dy'*'N"cholas. Berger. John; and Simpson, Ruth M .

Bergeron^'^ChYrles R . to Ethyl Corporation Phosphazene fire retar-
dants 3 795 526. CI 106-168.000 , u u; .^

ma subsea pipelines 3.795. 11 5. 0.6 1-72 300
Bergson Gustav Three way valve for fiow regulator connected to

3.795.697. O 260-468 000
Berkelhammer, Gerald Sf*"- m -» 7QS 7-«S

Asato, Goro. and Berkelhammer. Gerald. 3,795.735.
Bernhardt, Anthony F Sff- , ,o< a7d

Pan. Yu-Li, and Simpson. Joe R.. 3.795.874.
Berry.TrevisL See— 1 io« iia

Acker. Douglas B . and Berry. Trevis L.. 3.795,336,

^'"t'uTor'^Halj; BeThlein. Gunter. and V.ernheim. Hans-Joach.m.

Beversdorf^H^r'twig, and Rims. Lothar. to Preussag AG. F.re alarm

wtthlonization chamber 3.795.904,0. 340.237.00s.
Bevleveld.WilhelmusM Sff— „if /^«ril

Oxenrider, Bryce C , Beyleveld. Wilhelmus M.; and Woolf. Cynl.

3.795.706.

March 5, 1974

LIST OF PATENTEES

PI 3

Beyleveld. Wilhelmus M . Oxenrider. Bryce C; and Woolf. Cyril, to Al-
lied Chemical Corporation Process for preparing fluoroperhaloalkyl
isocyanates 3,795.689.0 260-453.00p
Bhutani. Harish K ; See-
Kendall. Giles A : and Bhutani. Harish K.. 3.795.390.
Bianchi. Jack M . and Decker. Willis W . to Safeway Stores Incor-
porated Cover for basket-type container and combination thereof.
3.795.360. 229-43.000.
Bil-City 1 Pilea AB: See-
Eriksson. Lars Levi. 3.795.332
Birkmayer. Walter, and Neumayer. Erwin. to Hoffmann-La Roche
Inc . mesne Treatment of Parkinson's disease. 3.795,739. CI, 424-
274000.
Blaby. Roy E See—

Bergquist. Arthur John. Blaby. Roy E ; and Hopkins. John W ,
3,795.115
Black. Thomas J . to Westermann. Werner F. Centrifugal coin sorter

3.795.252. CI. 133-3. 00a.
Blanchard. Eugene J.: See-
Harper. Robert J . Jr . Gautreaux. Gloria A., and Blanchard, Eu-
gene J . 3.795.480.
Blaupunkt-Werke GmbH; See—

Altmann. Albrecht. 3.795.764
Blosser. Nelson K Salt removal spray device. 3.795.254. CI. 134-

123 000
Bodine, Albert G Acoustical suppression of detonation waves in rotary

internal combustion engine 3.795,226.0 123-8.010
Boehm. Robert Francis, and Van Bogelen. Donald Wayne, to Interna-
tional Business Machines Corporation Data processing memory
svstem with bidirectional data bus. 3.795.901. CI 340-172.500.
Boeing Company, The See —

Ancker-Johnson, Betsy, 3,795.803.
Horn. Victor I , and Kangas. Henry A., 3,795,559.
Bogart. Marcel J P , to Fluor Corporation Synthesis gas generation

apparatus 3.795,485.0 23-262 000
Boggs. Roger L , and Reinsma, Harold L.. to Caterpillar Tractor Com-
pany Track link with replaceable rail 3.795.43 1 . CI. 305-56.000
Bohn. Floyd O . to Dresser Industries, Inc Apparatus for applying an
elastomeric sheath to a wireline used in oilfield service operations
3.795,275.0 166-85 000
Bojas Edward J ; and Ward. Harold R , to Eaton Corporation. Hydro-
static transmission drive system 3.795.109, CI 60-490 000
Bolger, John G , Jr , and Walker, Carl A , to Digilux Corporation Pm

sensing system 3,795,402.0 273-54 OOe
Bollag, Werner, Gutmann, Hugo, Hegedus, Balthasar; Kaiser. Ado,
Langemann, Albert. Muller, Marcel, and Zeller, Paul, to Hoffmann-
La Roche Inc Alpha-2-methylhydrazine-pyridivotoluidides and
derivatives 3,795.678.0 260-295 Oam.
Boiler, Arthur, and Scherrer. Hanspeter, to Hoffmann-La Roche Inc
Nematogenic materials which exhibit the kerr effect at isotropic tem-
peratures 3,795,436,0 350-150 000
Boiler, Thomas E . to Ford Motor Company. Method of treating a sur-
face of a glass article and the glass article produced therefrom
3,795.535,0 1171 18.000
Bolton, Anthony Peter See—

Pickert, Paul Eugene, and Bolton. Anthony Peter. 3.795.714
Bond, Herbert M , and Rucinski, Michael E , to Buckbee-Mears Com-
pany Vertical etchers for minute parts 3,795,561,0. 156-345 000
Borden Chemical Company ( UK), Ltd .See-
Lees, William Arthur Bennett. David John, Swire. John Richard.
and Harding. Peter, 3.795.641,
Borden, Inc See —

Cummin, Alfred S . Daun. Henryk; Gilbert. Seymour G.; and

Henig.Yair, 3.795.749.
Hiss. Reinhard Calhoun. 3.795.086.
Bosma Robert W ' and Pettee, George H . to Norton Company Seg-
mental cut-off grmdmg wheel 3.795.077. CI. 5 I -206.500.
Bouniot Albert, to Melle-Be7ons. Process for the continuous produc-
tion of beta-methoxy aldehydes. 3.795.643, CI. 260-602 000
Bourdelais, Roger J , Colangelo. Dominick, McFadyen, Robert J , and
Elliott, James F , to United States of America. Air Force Instrument
for automatically inspecting integrated circuit masks for pinholes
and spots 3,795.452.0 356-237 000
Bourgeois. Norbert. to Etudes et Bonneterie S A Cam device for con-
trolling the needles or knitting accessories of circular knitting-
machine 3.795,1 19. 66-20.000.
Bowers. Charles E . Jr : See—

Simpson. Jack N.; Ruck Heinz E.; and Bowers. Charles E . Jr .
3.795.014.
Bowman. Walter J See —

Ackerman. Albert C : and Bowman, Walter J.. 3.795,883.
Boycott. William A : See-
Brown. Henry; and Boycott, William A , 3,795.593
Boyer, Marcel-Louis, to Compagnie Industnelle des Telecommunica-
tions Cit-Alcatel Automatic code-correcting device 3.795.791. O.
235-61 100.
Boyer, Marcel-Louis. to Compagnie Industnelle des Telecommunica-
tions Cit-Alcatel Device for punching and/or reading a tape
3,795.793.0. 235-61 100.
Bradus. Robert: See-
Adams. Kenneth D. Bradus. Robert; and Winar, Joseph J .
3,795.210
Brake. Jon M : See —

Demdoerfer. Fred H.. and Brake. Jon M., 3,795.58 I.

Brand. Karl Apparatus for processing sheet material 3.795.166. CI

83-409 000
Brandin. Tore; and Frejd. Bo, to Sta